Descriptive Catalogue of Govt Collections of Manuscripts Part 2

Author(s): Hiralal R Kapadia
Publisher: Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
Catalog link: https://jainqq.org/explore/018038/1

Page #1

GOVERNMENT COLLECTIONS OF MANUSCRIPTS
BHANDARKAR ORNTAL
RESEARCH INSTITUTE
POONA
FOUNDED
1917
नावधीतमस्तु
Published by Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
1936

Page #2

DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF MANUSCRIPTS

IN THE
GOVERNMENT MANUSCRIPTS LIBRARY
PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE MANUSCRIPTS DEPARTMENT OF
THE BHANDARKAR ORIENTAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE,
POONA
INSTIT
POONA
FOUNDED 1917
तेजस्वि
नावधीतमस्तु ।
Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
POONA
1936

Page #3

Copies can be had direct from the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona 4 ( India )
Price: Rs. 4 per copy, exclusive of postage
Printed and published by Dr. V. S. Sukthankar, M. A., Ph. D., at the Bhandarkar Institute Press, Bhandarkar Oriental
Research Institute, Poona No. 4.

Page #4

Page #5

Page #6

No. 434-438
PREFACE
RULES FOR THE GOVT. MANUSCRIPTS LIBRARY...XVII-XIX
LIST OF CATALOGUES AND REPORTS
SYSTEM OF TRANSLITERATION
439
440-442
443-448
449-45I
452-454
455,456
457-460 461
462-465
466
CONTENTS

A. AGAMIKA LITERATURE
IV. Six Chedasutras
The 1st Chedasūtra
Niśithasütra
PART II
Do with tippaṇaka
Niśithasutra bhāṣya
Niśithasūtraviseṣacūrṇi
Niśithasütraparyāya
Niśithasūtracurṇyādiparyāya
The 2nd Chedasūtra
Niśithasūtracurṇivimśoddeśakavyākhyā ...
Mahäniśithasūtra
Do
with ṭabba
The 3rd Chedasūtra
Vyavaharasütra
Do
with tabba
...

...
...
090
...
::
...
000
***
...
PAGE
XI-XVI
Fr 000
XX-XXII
XXIII
PAGE
I-6
7,8
8-14
14-22
23-25
25-27
27, 28
29-35 36
37-42
42, 43

Page #7

Contents
PAGE
1
Do
467, 468 469 470-475 476 477,478
Vyavahārasūtrabhașya
with fikā Vyavahārasútrabhāşyaţikā Vyavahārasūtracūrņi Vyavahārasútraparyāya
The 4th Chedasūtra
43-47 47, 48 48--56 56-58 58,59
60-65 65,66 67-69 69-74 74-77 77, 78 79-90 90-92
...
479-483. Daśāśrutaskandhasútra 484
Do with tippaņaka 485-487 .. Daśāśrutaskandhasutraniryakti 488-491 Daśāśrutaskandhasútracũrņi 492, 493 Janahitā ( Daśāśrutaskandhasūtraţikā ) .... 494, 495 Daśāśrutaskandhasútraparyāya 496-501 Kalpasūtra 502 Do with Samdehavişa uşadhi ... 503-505 Samdehavişausadhi ( Kalpasūtra
pañjikā) 506-508 Kalpasūtra with avacũrņi 509-513 • Do Do Kalpakiranāvali ... 514516
6. Do Do Kalpapradipikā 517-519 • DO Do Kalpamañjari 520-522 ... Do Do Kalpalată 523-527 ... Do Do Kalpasubodhikā 528, 529 Do Do Kalpakaumudi 530
Do Do jñānadipikä (tabbä) 531-534
Do Do Kalpadrumakalika 535
Kalpadrumakalikā (Kalpasūtravștti)
Kalpasūtra with ţikā 537
Do Do avácüti 538
Do Do ţippaņaka $39. * Do Do vācanikämnāya 940 3. ... Do Do tabbä:
92-95 95-102 102-113 113-121 122-127 127-139 139-152 152-158 158-163 163-175 176, 177 177, 178 179, 180 180, 181 181-184 184-186
536

Page #8

Contents
VY
No.
PAGE
541
542-544 545 546 547
Kalpasūtrân targata-Nemináthacaritra
with bālāvabodha Kalpasůtraniryukti with Samdehavișauşadhi Kalpasūtraniryuktyavacůri Kalpasūtravșiti *Kalpasútrațippaņaka "Kalpasūtradurgapadanirukta Kalpäntarvācya Paryuşaņāşțāhnikávyākhyāna Paryuşaņā parvavicăra (?) Paryusaņāvicăra Paryuşaņādaśaśataka with svopajña vrtti...
548
187–191 191-192 192-195 195-197 197-199 200-215 216-218 219, 220 221 : 222, 223
549-562" 563, 564 565 566 567
The 5tb Chedasūtra
568-570
224-230
571
572-575 576,577 578, 579 580,581 $82,583 584 $85,586
Brhatkalpasutra
... Do
(Pithika ) with
laghubhāşya and vivaraña ... Do Do Do Do ţikā ... Bịhatkalpasūtralaghubhāşya Bịhatkalpasūtra with cabba Běhatkalpasūtracūrņi Bșhatkalpasūtraviśeşacürņi Bșhatkalpasūtrabșhadbhāşya Bțhatkalpasūtraparyāya
... The 6th Chedasūtra
230-232 232-243 244, 245 246-248 248-251 251-253 254, 255 255, 256
Pañcakalpasūtracůrņi
... 257,258 588 Pañcakalpasūtrabshadbhāşya ... 258-261 589, 590 Pancakalpsütraparyāya
... --261, 262 1 Out of these No. 554 is styled as Kalpasamarthana, too.

Page #9

Vid
Contents
No.
591 592 593 594-596 597
PAGE 263-265 266-267 267-269 269-276
Do
Jitakalpasutra Do
with vivaranalava
Do vivíti Jitakalpasútracũrņi Jitakalpasūtracúrņigata
siddhathetyādivivaraña Jitakalpasūtraparyāya Jitakalpasūtra padaparyāya Yatijitakalpasútra Do
with vivrti Śrāddhajitakalpasūtra with vịtti...
598,599 600-602 603 604-606 607 .
276, 277 277, 278 278-280 281, 282 282-287 288, 289
V. Two Culikāsutras
The 1st Cūlikāsutra
608-612 Nandisutra
290-297 613
Do with bālāvabodha ... 297, 298 614 Nandisútracūrni
298-300 615-6191 Nandisūtravivaraña
300-307 620 Nandisütravivaraṇadurgapadavyākhyā ... 307, 308 621-623 Nandisůtravişamapadaparyāya ... 308-310 624-628 Sthaviravali
311-314 Do with avacūri
314, 31,5 Do Do ţabbā
315,316 631 Sthavirăvalivịtti with bālāvabodha
317, 318 632,633 Sthavirävalyavacūri
318-320 634 Sthavirāvalyavacūrni
320, 321 The 2nd Cālikāsūtra 635,636 Anuyogadvarasūtra with výtti ... 322-328
Nos. 617-619 are by a different author, though the title of the work is the
629 630
same.

Page #10

Contents
No. 637-641
PAGE 328–333 333-335
642
Anuyogadvārasútravṛtti Anuyogadvärasútra with vārtika ... Anuyogadvārasütrāntargatasädhüpamā.
dvādasi with ţikā
643
335, 336
ADDENDA TO PARTS I & II
337-363
Appendices I-IV APPENDIX I Jaina and non-Jaina characters
4-14
6-10 11-14
(a) Jaina symbols and characters ... (b) Supplement (c) List of Manuscripts from which the
symbols and characters in Appendix
II have been reproduced ... (d) Explanatory Notes to Appendix II ... III Typical letter-numerals from No. 36 of
1880-81 (Plates I-II ) ... IV ( a ) Variants of typical letter-numerals
( Plates I--V) ( 6 ) List of Manuscripts from which the
letter-numerals in Appendix IV have
been reproduced c) Explanatory Notes on Appendix IV
15,16 17-24
„
17-21
22, 23

Page #11

Page #12

PREFACE
It is a pleasant feature to note that only after a lapse of about seven months this second part of the Descriptive Catalogue of the Agamika Literature gets published. This is due to the fact that this time the progress in printing has been even a little bit more than double of what it has been in the case of Part I.
To begin with, I may say a few words about the procedure adopted in this second part.
As already stated in the preface (pp. xiii-xiv ) of Part I of this Volume, the headings of description, the inter-arrangement of descriptive sheets pertaining to the same text, and the matter to be included. here were: practically decided by Rao Bahadur Dr. S. K. Belvalkar, M. A., Ph. D., the then Hon. Secretary of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute and Hon. Superintendent of the Mss. Department.
I may however note that some changes have been introduced in the general outlines of this part. The mere expression “Devanagari characters” used by me rather reluctantly in the first part and in the first 8 forms of this second part, has been found to be inadequate so far as the special features of most of the Jaina Mss. are concerned. Consequently I have here added the word "Jaina" before "Devanā. gari characters" where necessary. The expression “ Jaina Devanāgari character " is used in Prof. A. B. Keith's Catalogue of the Sanskrit and Prakrit Manuscripts in the Library of the India Office, Vol. II, pt. II, Nos. 7441, 7442 etc.
It is a fact that the Jaina Devanāgari characters differ in various ways from the non-Jaina Devanāgarī characters. This will be clear from the chart of Jaina and non-Jaina characters given at the end as Appendix I.' Since, in this chart some of the Jaina characters
1 Three pages of this Appendix have been printed at the Nirnayasagar Press, Bombay. On p. 2, 1. 18 sy ought to have been placed before out, and that the special syinbol in Hindi ought to have been used for u.

Page #13

Pitfa.
usually met with in the Jaina Mss. could not be given for want of „uitable types, I got two plates of the same prepared according to ny instructions. For the necessary arrangements made in this connection I am indebted to Dr. V. 3. Sukthankar, M. A., Ph. D., che Hon. Superintendent of the Mss. Department and the Hon. Secretary of the Institute.
It has been found that on the whole most of the Ja na Mss. begin in a number of ways, and that therein blale ( 77 ) styled hy some scholars as a Jaina diagram occupies a prominent place. As she necessary type for this bhale was not available while printing Part I, it was omitted ; but now this discrepancy is here removed for which I have to thank Mr. P. K. Gode, M. A., the Curator of the Institute.
There was up till now another discrepancy remaining to be attended to. It pertained to the printing of letter-numerals used for foliation in Jaina Mss. As it was not found possible to do nore than to give as approximate a representation of these letteraumerals as was consistent with the materials at the disposal of the press of the Institute, seven plates prepared under my nstructions have been given here. In this connection, too, I have o thank Dr. V. S. Sukthankar, who most willingly agreed to get che corresponding blocks prepared, when I drew his kind attention
o the fact that I had to deal with a number of Jaina palmyra Mss. forming a very rich collection in the Government Mss. Library leposited at the Institute.
During the course of the printing of this second part, I got an opportunity of consulting Prof. Keith's Catalogue of the Sanskrit and Prakrit Manuscripts in the Library of the India Office. So, from the
leventh form, information about additional Jaina Mss. has been ncorporated, and the corresponding information connected with ibe Mss. described in the first part of this Volume has been
1 See Appendix II, pp 4 and 5. On p. 5 there ought to be a instead of a in the small square inside the sist square.
2 See Appendix II, p. 12 3 Two of them are given in Appendis Ill, and the rest in Appendix 11.

Page #14

Preface
given here in the addenda wherein the following three additio al works are made use of :
(1) La Religion Djaïna by A. Guérinot.
( 2 )
लींबडी जैन ज्ञानभंडारली हस्तलिखित प्रतिभानुं सूचीपत्र.
(3) Die Lehre der Jainas nach der alten Qiellen dargestell by Walther Schubring.
Xi
was
The serial number for the Mss. given in the rectangular Bracket in the top-line of a page requires a word or explanation. On every even page, a number referring to the Ms. of which the description is continued or in the absence of such a Ms., a number p rtaining to the very first Ms. taken up for description, ought to be usually given; instead of that in the present part the number of the last Ms. taken up for description is given. I was all the while under the impression that this different method introduced in my Catalogue by the Publication Department and so I did not modify it. But, very recently when I came across a printed form of the Alamkara, Samgīta and Natya, the 12th Volume of Descriptive Catalogue of the Government Collections of Manuscripts, I found therein the other method followed. On this matter being referred to the Hon. Secretary, it was decided that the method followed up till now should be given up and the other method should be adopted in order that there might be uniformity as regards the Descriptive Catalogues published by the Institute. Consequently the method adopted in this part as well as in the first part, will be discontinued hereafter.
The system of transliteration followed here is identical with that adopted in Part I as will be seen from page xxiii.
All textual matter which appeared to me to be superfluous is enclosed within rectangular brackets [ I, while additions and alterations, are enclosed within parantheses (
).
As regards the appendices given in this part, I may say that they are different from those referred to in the preface (p. xiv) of Part I.
These have been utilized from p. 221 in this part.

Page #15

tiv
Preface
Now a word about the contents of this second part. As is wellknown to a student of Jaina Literature the canonical treatises of the Jainas are usually divided by the Śvetămbara school into six groups, viz. ( 1 ) the angas, ( 2 ) the Upangas, (3) the Prakirnakas, ( 4 ) the Chedasūtras, ( 5 ) the Culikāsütras and ( 6 ) the Mulasütras. Out of these the first three groups have been already treated in Part I. This part, therefore, commences with the fourth group. Over and above this it deals with the fifth group viz. the Culikasätras along with their explanatory literature as recorded in Sanskrit and Gujarāti languages in the Mss. themselves.
As regards the six Chedasūtras, the Jaina tradition replaces by Jiyakappasutta, the Pancakappasutta (the 6th Chedasutra) which is not available at present. But, since its cūrni etc., are available, herein is given exegetical literature of seven works instead of six only. Furthermore, the two works Jaijiyakappasutta and Saddhajiyakappasutta, each of which is subsequently composed on the basis of Jiyakappasulta, are treated here along with their exegetical literature.
The Calikasantras contain 2 works viz. Nandisutta and Annogaddara.
It may be mentioned that there seems to be no hard and fast. rule laid down regarding the order of the six Chedasūtras or the two Culikasitras ; so I need not dilate upon it here. All the same it may be pointed out that the order for the Chedasotras here adopted agrees with that found in Verzeichniss der Sanskrit und Prakrithandschriften der Königlichen Bibliothek zu Berlin Vol. II, pt. II, p. X, La Religion Djaina, (pp. 78-79), A History of Indiana Literature Vol. II, p. 429 etc.
It may not be amiss to say a few words about the contents of the remaining portion to be included in Volume XVII which is devoted to the Agamika Literature. This portion will deal with the Mulasutras, miscellanea and some of the works on Jaina ritualism. As a rule the Malasiilras are four in number. Even then under this heading will be given five works viz. Uttarajjhayaņasutta, Dasaveyaliyasutta, Avassayasutla, Pindanijjutti and Olanijjutti. For, out of these five works the first three are universally

Page #16

Preface
accepted as the Malasutras, while it is left to an individual to choose either of the last two works as the fourth Mulasūtra.
Under miscellanea will be included such works as are Agamika owing to their being appendages of the Avassyasutta or to their being closely related to the canonical treatises of the Jainas.
The ritualistic works will be followed by the Appendices to be published at the end of Volume XVII under the following heads :
XV
(1) Index of authors.
(2) Index of works.
(3) Classification of works according to languages.
(4) List of works according to the date of their composition. 5) Correspondence table of Mss.
(6) Chronological order of dated Mss.
(7) Names of places where Mss. were written and works composed.
(8) Names of scribes, presentees and others.
(9) Abbreviations occurring in Mss.
When the foregoing portion will be printed Volume XVII will be completed, and thereafter will arise the question of bifurcation regarding almost every section to follow. For, so far as the Agamas are concerned, there is no chance for any bifurcation since the Digambaras believe that all of their Agamas have been irrevocably lost for ever and thus they have no canonical works of their own. The Svetambaras, however, believe and rightly that except the twelfth anga, the remaining Agamas are not entirely lost and hence they do possess at least to some extent the eleven Angas along with the twelve Upangas etc.
In the end I may gladly and respectfully record my indebtedness to Vidvadvallabha Muni Punyavijayji, a disciple of Muniraja Śrī Caturavijaya and a grand-disciple of Pravartaka Śrīmat Kantivijaya, who has once more quite willingly rendered to me
valuable

Page #17

vi
Preface
assistance by going through a duplicate copy of the page-proofs of the non-English portions. I am also indebted to the Secretary and the members of the Executive Board of the Institute for having expedited the printing and thus given an early opportunity to the public in general and the Jaina community in particular to know more about the Jaina Mss. pertaining to this part.
Bhandarkar O. R. Institute, 1
Poona. 22nd Feb. 1936
Hiralal R. Kapadia.

Page #18

Regulations of the Manuscripts Department
1. “The Government Manuscripts Library” formed and maintained by the Government of Bombay, and förmerly deposited at the Deccan College, Poona, is now, subject to the general control of the Department of Education, Bombay, placed under the direct charge of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona.
2. The Department is administered by a Superintendent appointed by the Executive Board of the B. O. R. Institute subject to the approval of Government.
3. The Manuscripts are available at the Institute, during working hours, for purposes of bona fide study.
4. The Manuscripts in the Library, if, in good condition, and subject to the requirements of Department, are lent out to bona fide scholars on their applying for them in writing to the Superintendent of the Department or to the Secretary of the Institute. Such scholars shall, however, execute a bond for the value of the manuscripts required, this value being fixed by the officers in charge of the Library.
5. In the case of scholars from outside India, all requisitions for loans of manuscripts shall be made to the Secretary of State for India in Council, through whom also the transactions in manuscripts shall take place. Such scholars shall execute the necessary bond with the Secretary of State for India in Council, at his discretion.
6. In the case of scholars in India the execution of the bond shall be necessary before the manuscripts are lent out. When the applicant is not sufficiently known to the Superintendent of the Department, this latter officer shall have the power to call upon the applicant to produce a certificate as to his interest in the study of Sanskrit Literature, and of his being a fit person to be entrusted with Government manuscripts. Such a certificate shall have to be

Page #19

Regulations of the Manuscripts Department
signed by Orientalists of recognised position, or by Government officers of the Provincial or other highest service, not below the rank of a Deputy Collector or Extra Assistant Commissioner. The certificate should contain a reference to works or eassays published by the applicant.
XVIII
N. B.- In the case of scholars residing within the jurisdiction of a Native State, the certificate may be signed either by the Chief Sahib or the Divan or the administrator of the State.
7. All applications for manuscripts shall state the reasons for which the manuscripts are required and the period for which the loan is sought.
8. If any manuscripts belonging to this Library have been used in the publication of an edition, or in any other learned disquisition, the author should present to the Manuscripts Library a copy of the work or works so published.
9. The number of manuscripts to be lent out at a time to a scholar, and the period of loan, is determined by the officer in charge of the Library. Usually, however, in the case of Indian scholars, not more than five manuscripts are allowed to remain with them at a time, and the period of loan shall not normally exceed
six months.
10. Immediately on receipt of manuscripts, the scholars are requested to examine them carefully before signing and returning the receipt-form accompanying the manuscripts, as no complaints will be enteratain thereafter.
II. When the manuscripts are returned to the Library they are duly examined, and if found in their original condition, the receipt formerly signed for them is returned and the bond cancelled. The liability of the borrowers ceases only after the return of this recipt.

Page #20

Regulations of the Manuscripts Department
xix
12. If scholars find that, owing to the work on the manuscripts not being completed within the stipulated period, they cannot return the manuscripts when due, they shall, sufficiently in advance, apply in writing to that effect to the Superintendent of the Department, ot to the Secretary of State for India in Council, as the case may be. The period of loan will be extended at discretion. In no case, however, shall any maunscripts be allowed to remain with a scholar longer than two years in India, and five years outside India.
13. The Manuscripts Department reserves to itself the right of refusing to lend out any manuscript to any scholar at any time, and in the case of manuscripts lent out, of demanding their return before the expiry of the stipulated period, if the manuscripts be required for library or other purposes.
14. All postal charges shall be borne by the applicant.
15. The Department undertakes to procure on loan, for the members of the Institute, manuscripts from other lending Libraries.

Page #21

A LIST OF PRINTED CATALOGUES AND REPORTS
ABOUT MANUSCRIPTS
The following is the list of works ( Catalogues, Reports, etc.) already published embodying the results of the search and preservation of Sanskrit manuscripts in the Bombay Circle from 1868 to 1915. All lists published up to 1884 have been incorporated in our consolidated catalogue prepared by Mr. S. R. Bhandarkar, M. A., in 1888. The lists for the subsequent years are to be found embodied in the various Reports published thereafter. These Reports are of considerable value, inasmuch as they give in many cases the history of individual manuscripts, personal details of authors, their chronology, and such other items. All these works are therefore here put together in one place for ready reference.
Papers relating to the Collection and Preservation of the Reports of ancient Sanskrit Literature, edited by order of Government of India, Calcutta, 1878, by Mr. E. A. Gough. This is a useful work for the general history of the Search during the earlier period upto 1878 and contains, among other things, lists of manuscripts bought for Government during the years 1868-69, 1869-70, 1870-71, 1871-72, 1872-73 and 1874-75. All these lists, originally publish
es were also inculed in our consolidated catalogue (to be mentioned below) published in 1888.
Report on the results of the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in Gujarat during 1871-72, by G. Bühler, Surat, 1872, 11 pages in folio.
Report on Sanskrit Manuscripts 1872-73, by G. Bühler, seven and seventeen pages. Bombay, 1874.
Report on Sanskrit Manuscripts 1874-75, by G. Bühler, 21 pages. Girgaum, 1875.
Detailed Report of a Tour in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts made (in 1875-76), in Kashmir, Rajputana and Central India, by G. Bühler. Extra No. XXXIVA, Vol. XII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1877, Bombay.

Page #22

A List of Printed Catalogues and Reports
Lists of the Sanskrit Manuscripts purchased for Government during the years 1877-78, and 1869-78, and a list of the Manuscripts purchased from May to November 1881, by F. Kielhorn, Poona, 1881.
A Report on 122 Manuscripts, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1880, 37 pages in folio.
Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1880-81, by F. Kielhorn, Bombay, 1881.
A Catalogue of Sanskrit Maunscripts in the Library of the Deccan College ( being lists of the two Viśrāmabag collections ) Part I prepared under the superintendence of F. Kielhorn ; Part II and Index prepared under the superintendence of R. G. Bhandarkar, 1884, 61 pages in folio.
A Report on the Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts during 1881-82 by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1882.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1882--83, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1884.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1883-84 by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1887.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1884-87 by R. G. Bhandarkr, Bombay, 1894.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1887-91, by R. G, Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1897.
A Consolidated Catalogue of the Collection of Manuscripts deposited in the Deccan College ( from 1868-1884) with an Index, by S. R. Bhandarkar.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1891-1895, by A. V. Kathawate, Bombay, 1901.
Detailed Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, August 1882 to March 1883, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLI, Vol. XVI of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1883, Bombay.

Page #23

A List of Printed Catalogues and Reports
A Second Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1883 to March 1884, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLIV, Vol. XVII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1884, Bombay.
A Third Report of Operation in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1884 to March 1886, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLV of Vol. XVII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1887, Bombay.
A Fourth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1886 to March 1892, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLIXA of Vol. XVIII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1894, Bombay.
xxii
A Fifth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1892 to March 1895, by P. Peterson, Bombay, 1896.
A Sixth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1895 to March 1898, by P. Peterson, Bombay, 1899. This contains also a list of manuscripts purchased by Professor Peterson from 1898-99.
Lists of Manuscripts Collected for the Government Manuscripts Library by the Professors of Sanskrit at the Deccan and Elphinstone Colleges containing the following Collections:--
(i) 1895-1902, (ii) 1899-1915, (iii) 1902-1907, (iv) 1907-1915, (v) 1916-1918, (vi) 1919-1924 and (vii) 1866---68.

Page #24

SYSTEM OF TRANSLITERATION
अ a आ ३ इ
ई उu ऊ ।
*
का ल ! एe पे ai ओ ) औ au
क्k ख kh गू g घ् gh च् c छ ch - j झ jh – 1 र् ! th d द dh c n त् + थ् th d 5 db - n
ph ब b भ bh म् m y र ल् | v शू ।
स् s हh
visarga h, anusvara im.

Page #25

Page #26

JAINA MANUSCRIPTS

Page #27

Page #28

JAINA LITERATURE AND PHILOSOPHY
निशीथसूत्र (fadizga)
No. 434
Age.- Old.
A. AGA MIKA LITERATURE
1-2
IV. 6 CHEDASUTRAS
to
fair; complete.
---
THE FIRST CHEDASUTRA
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 32 folios; II lines to a page; 36 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters with qarars; bold, big, quite clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. 1 blank; red chalk and yellow pigment as well, used ; edges of the first and last foll. slightly worn out; foll. 2 somewhat condition worm-eaten; tolerably
IO
Author. A Jaina saint.
Subject.

Niśīthasūtra
(Nisihasutta)
161.
1873-74.
Out of the six chedasütras this is the first and it contains twenty uddeśakas This agama is called Acarapagappa1 Acaraprakalpa, Nisihajjhayana and Niśithadhyayana2 as See Nos. 440 and 435 respectively.

Page #29

2
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 435.
well. Like the other chedasütras this chedasütra prescribes rules for the life to be led by monks and nuns and atonements and penances by way of punishment for various transgressions against these rules of daily life. Thus all the chedasutras have almost the same contents as we meet with, under the name of Vinaya in Buddhist literatare. As observed by Winternitz this Niśithasútra which deals with the discipline of the order "has embodied the major portion of the Vavahara in its last sections and has numerous similar sūtras in common with culas I and II of the Äyaramga. Probably these works originated in one and the
same earlier source." 19 I
Begins. fol. rb ॥ ६० ॥ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
Ends. fol. 32
f(f) etc., up to as in No. 439 followed by णिसीहे वीसइमो उद्देसो उ समत्तो ॥
etc., as in No. 439.
Reference.--- Published along with Vyavaharasūtra by W. Schubring, Leipzig, in A. D. 1918. It is also published with (Bṛhat )Kalpasūtra and Vyavaharasutra by Jaina Sahitya Samsodhaka Samiti, Poona, in A. D. 1923 in Devanagari characters, under the title " 'कल्प-व्यवहार- निशीथसूत्राणि " For contents etc., see Weber II, p. 623, Indian Antiquary, vol. XXI, p. 180, and Peterson Reports I, p. 88. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 393 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 31. G. Bühler's Report on Sanskrit Mss. (pp. 4-5 ) for 1872-73, Bombay, 1874 and Z. D. M. G. (vol. XLII, p. 550), Leipzig, 1888 may be also consulted.

निशीथसूत्र
No. 435
Size. 12 in. by 41 in.
1 See "A History of Indian Literature" (vol. II, pp. 464-465 published by the University of Calcutta, in A. D. 1933.
Nisithasutra 740.
1892-95.

Page #30

436.]
1.6 Chedasūtras
Extent.-- 13 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.---Country paper thin, brittle and grey; Devanāgari
characters with AEIS; bold, big, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; yellow pigment used; edges of the first and last foll. somewhat damaged ; fol. 1a blank; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the centre and the numbered, two more, one in each margin; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual ; the 11th fol. wrongly numbered as 12th in the left-hand margin ;
condition tolerably good ; complete ; extent 812 ślokas. Age.-- Old. Begins.-- fol. 1b 11 & 011 FT(#:) statt Tr[:} 11 FAT Traat(at)g 11
PHITE 574FFA etc., as in No. 439. Ends.-- fol. 13b for forei etc., up to us as in No. 439. Then
follow the lines as below :--
वा णिसीहे वीसमउ उद्देसउ संम्मत्तो ॥ २० ॥ समाप्तं निशीथाध्वयनं समाप्तं ॥ श्लोकसंख्या सिइ आठ ८१२. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 434.
निशीथसूत्र
Nisithasūtra No. 436
442.
1882-83. Size.- 104 in. by 41 in. Extent.- 16 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and grey; Devanāgari charac
ters with occasional Ten ; bold, big, clear and fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; numbers of foll.
entered twice as usual ; complete ; condition very good. Age.-- Saṁvat 1609.

Page #31

Begins. – fol. 14 ॥ ए६० ॥ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ॥ fu Ends. fol. 16 far etc., up to by the lines as under :---
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
I
नंयात् ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
निशीथसूत्र
No. 437
Size.- 25 in. by 21 in.
Extent.
etc., as in No. 439.
मिसीहे बीसइमो उद्देसो सम्मत्तो ॥ छ ॥ समाप्तं निशीथाध्ययनसूत्रमिदमिति नाम । संवत् १६०९ वर्षे भाद्रपदवदि १२ बुधे...' श्री 'मेडता'नगरे || श्रीजयमल्ल विजयराज्ये ॥ शुभं भवतु लेखकपाठकयोः || आचंद्रार्क
N. B. For further particulars see No. 434.
Description.
as in No. 439 followed
[ 437.
15+3+2=20 leaves; 4 to 7 lines to a leaf; 120 to 130 letters to a line.

Palm-leaf thin, durable and greyish; Devanagari characters with e; small, legible, uniform and tolerably good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but, really it is not so, since the lines of the 1st column extend to the remaining ones; red chalk used; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand one as 1, 2, etc., and in the left-hand one as ft,, gr, ai, §,
१
Niśithasutra
35.
1880-81.
etc.; leaf 1 blank; three extra blank leaves preceding the first, and two following the 15th; these last ones are numbered here as 16 and 17; some lines are seen written on them; some leaves slightly worm-eaten; condition tolerably good; complete.
Letters are made illegible. 2 This is numbered at the back as
र्तृ

Page #32

438.1
Age.-— Old.
Begins. – leaf r ॥ ६० ॥ नमः सर्व्वज्ञाय । जे भिक्खू हत्थकम्मं etc.
"
Ends.---leaf 15© आदिमज्झे अवसाणे स ( ( अ ) ‡ सहेतुं सकारणं अहितेमातारतं । तेण परं छम्मासायुं णिसीहस्स ॥ छ ॥ वीसमओ उद्देसओ समत्तो ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ स ( ? से) सपरिखेवंसि सोवाहिरियंसि कज्जति न (नि) ग्गंथानं हेमन्त: गम्हासु दो मासा वत्थसे गामंसि वा नगरान्स (रंसि ) वा जाव रायहाणिसे वा ॥ छ ॥ छ मंगलं महाश्रीः ॥
ލ
:>
I. 6 Chedasutras
---leaf 15' We have in a different hand the lines as under :---
प्रभासं पुष्करं गंगा कुरुक्षेत्रं सरस्वती
देविका चंद्रभागं (गा) च सिंधुश्चैव महानदी ।
निशीथसूत्र ( उद्देशक १-१० )
मलया यमुना रै (?) वा नति (? नेमि ) षं च गया तथा
स्वरगुः (?) कौशिकां चैव लौहिकां च महानदं । तैस्तीर्थे ()हद्धिः कुर्याद्देवाभिषेक्ष (?) कं etc.
--leaf 16a The following lines are written in a different hand:अवाचा तेसि पसावणपाते पाते नामान प्रमाणनस संपुर्ण (?) प्राम (?)
माता वयरी पिता सत्र बालो जेन. It ends thus .
---leaf 17a मिच्छात्तजयणा...'
N. B. For additional information see No. 434.
I Letters are not legible.

S
No. 438
Size.— 322 in. by 24 in.
Extent.— 239 + 1 + 1 = 241 leaves ; 5 to 6 lines to a leaf ; abou
100 letters to a line.

Nisithasutra (Uddeśakas 1-10)
113.
1872-73.

Page #33

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(438.
Description. – Palm- leaf thin, durable and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with gearsts; sufficiently big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but, really it is not so, since the lines are continuous; borders of each of the columns ruled mostly in four lines in black ink ; leaves numbered in both the margins ; in the right-- hand margin as 105, 106 etc.; leaves 116 etc. as 1, 2 also; in the left--hand margin in letters as in other palmleaf Mss. ; this Ms. starts with leaf numbered as 105; over and above the first ten uddeśakas of Niśithasūtra, it contains Niśīthacūrņi commencing on leaf 1166 and ending on leaf 343b; this work is separately numbered in the Government collections of Mss. ; some leaves at the end seem to be written in a different hand and are not quite legible, since ink has faded; even leaves 1054, 1056 and 106 are less legible for the same reason ; leaves 105 to 115 are tied down in a reverse order i. e. to say as 115, 114 etc., by means of strings passing through two holes ; one of these holes is in the space between the ist and the 2nd columns, and the other, between the 2nd and the 3rd; leaf 116a blank; one extra blank leaf in the beginning and one in the end; edges of some of the leaves slightly worn
out; condition on the whole good. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins.--- fol. 1056 FA: starfarreri
À PTFE FUFFÀ FIT etc. Ends.-- fol. IIFb छम्मग्गं वा पडिपहं वा गच्छति गच्छत वा सातिज्जति जे
Forestur afara satu syux......'AFTÈ THAT SEHR FERTIT IN
N. B.- For further particulars see No. 434.
1. Letters are illegible, for, ink has faded.

Page #34

439.1
निशीथसूत्र fecquala
No 439

دو
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 37 folios; 9 lines to a page; 36 letters to a line.
Description. Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters with occasional gears; bold, big, clear and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink, and edges, in two lines in black ink; fol. 1a blank; so is the fol. 37; yellow pigment and red chalk used; marginal notes added in Gujarati on almost every fol. practically up to the 34th; extent 7705 (?) slokas; condition very good; complete; the entire text is divided into 20 sections (uddeśakas) as under :---
Uddeśaka
I
II
در
""
""
وو
""
""
23
در
در
""
I. 6 Chedasi'ras
སྙ་ ི་ ོ་ ི་མ་ ི་ ེ་ ེ
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
XIII
XIV
XV
XVI
XVII
XVIII
XIX
XX
foll.
""
در
""
:)
رو
39
رد
""
دو
دو
رو
دو
ور
ور
در
در
""
در
در
Nisithasutra
with tippanaka
207.
1871-72.
1 to 32
3a 5b
""
5b
84
ཨ ོ ཾ ུའ*d° ྨའའདའ
28
Ioa
12a
13b
15b
15b,, 17b

I0a
12a
13b
176
20a
22a
دو
34a
در
35a
23
,,
23b
23b
", 26a 26a
27b
27b
"20a
,, 22a
286
", 30a 30a
» 31a 31a
"33a
33a
در
286 رو
7
342
,, 15a 37a
در

Page #35

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1440.
Age.- Not modern. Begins.- (text) fol. 1 ॥ ६ ॥ जे भिक्खू हत्थकम्मं करेइ । करेंतं वा सातिजति ।
. जे भिक्खू । अंगादाणं । कहेण वा । कलिंचेण वा । etc. , --(com.) fol. Ib साति । करावइ करतानइ अनुमोदइ अंगाद । गुरुदेस
इंद्रिवशेषलिंग ।। कलिंचे । क्षुद्र काटे करी ॥१॥ ,, -- (com.) fol. 24° गाममहा । गामनु महोछव थातो होइ etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 37°
तस्स २ लिहियं निसीहं धम्मधुराधरणपवरपुज्जस्स आरोगधारणिज्जं सिस्सपसिस्सोवभोज्जं च ३
छ । इति बीसइमो उद्देसो सम्मत्तो २० ग्रंथाग्रंथ ७७०५(१) सु(शुभं करोतु लेषकपाठकयोः छ ऋषि श्री ५ गोविंदपठनार्थ स(शुभं भवतु । -- (com.) fol. 34° पत्तंण । पतंति त्रिणी वरस उपरांति दीष्या लीधइ हुइ ।। ८॥ अन्वन्नं । जाव कखादिसु रोमसंभवो ण्ण(न) भवति ताव अव्वतो।
तस्स भावे वन्नो जाव सोलस वरिसो ताव अम्वन्नो परो ओवनो etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 434.
"
निशीथसूत्रभाष्य
Niśīthasutrabhāsya (निसीहसुत्तभास)
( Nisihasuttabhāsa )
1188. No. 440
1887-91. Size.- I3 in. by 5 in. Extent.— 105 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 68 letters to a line Description.- Country paper rough and greyish; Devanāgari
characters with occasional erat; small, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in both the margins; unnumbered sides have a small design mainly in yellow colour, in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; fol. 1 blank ; a beautiful picture of a Jaina saint and śrāvakas listening to

Page #36

440.1
İ. 6. Chedasutras
his sermon is given on fol. 1' on the right-hand side; edges of some of the foll. slightly worn out; strips of paper pasted to fol. 105; foll. 98 to 105 have a portion on the lefthand side gone; condition very fair; complete. Since Niśithasutra is divided into 20 uddeśakas, this bhāṣya, too, is correspondingly divided into 20 sections. The extent of each of them is as under :
Section
در
""

دو
در
در
در
در
>>
در
ور
در
ور
در
رو
رد
در
رو
""
>>
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
2 [J. L. P. 1
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
XIII
XIV
XV
XVI
XVII
XVIII
XIX
XX
foll.
در
دو
""
ور
-""
""
ور
در
""
ور
""
>>
در
دو
در
ور
ور
در
در
Begins. fol. 1 ॥ ६० ॥ ॐ हूँ । नमो जिनाय ।
1b to 15a
Isa
252
25a 27a
272 32b 32b,, 37b 37b 39a
39a 39b
42b
39b
42b
69a
72b
75b
81b
""
952
985

در
در
در
در
در
44a,, 55b 55b, 64b 64b 69a
44 دو
ور
در
""
در
" 93a
932
94b
""
94b ,, 95a
98b
Age. Not later than Samvat 1655.
Subject. A commentary in Prakrit in about 6439 verses on Niśithasütra. See No. 442.
726 75b
81b
""
» Io5b
णवबंभचेरमइउ (ओ) अट्ठारसंपद सहस्सिउ (ओ) वेदो । हवइ य संपंचचूलो बहुबहुयरो पयरगेण ॥

Page #37

to
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
41.
आयारपगप्पस्स उ इमाइं गोण्णाई णामधिजाई। आयारमाइयाइं पायत्थि(च्छि )त्तण हीगारो॥ आयारो अग्गतिय पकप्पे तह चूलिया णिसहिं ति। णीसितं?ह) सुतत्थ तह(?त्त)ते दुआणुपुदिव अक्खति। आयारे णिक्खेवो चउविधो दसविधो य अंग्गे(ग)म्मि । छक्को य पकप्पमी चूलियाए निसीथे य॥ णामं उवणायारो एसो खलु । आयारे णिक्खेवो चउविहो होइ। णामण धोवण वासण सिक्खावण सुकरणाविरोधीणि । दवाणि जाणि लोए दबायारं वियाणाहि । णाणे दसण चरणे तए(वे) (य) विरिए य भावमायारो ॥ अहहह दुवालस विरिय महाणीतु जा तेसिं। काले विर्णए बहुमाणे उवधाणे नहा अणिण्हवणे ॥ 'वंजण अस्थ(त)दुभए अट्रविधो णाणमायारो। जं जंमि होइ काले आयरियव्वं स कालमायारो। पतिरित्तो तु अकालो लहुगा तु अकालफारिस्स ।
कोओ उरस्स कालो मइण व्व रधोवणे व्व को कालो etc. fol. 10• इति निसीथभाष्ये पि(पी)ठिका समाप्ता । छ ,, I णिसीथभाष्ये प्रथमोद्देशकः । छ । ,, Is' एवं विमग्गमाणे जे दिअण्णं पादपुंछणं न लभे।
तं चेव णु कटेजा जावणं लब्भती ताव । एसे व कमो णियमा समेणीणं पादपुंछणे । दुविधे णवरं पुण णाणत्तं बप्पडउ दंडउ तासिं । सूत्रं विसुआवणसुक्कवणं तं कप्पयमुंजवि व संवद्ध।
तं कढिणदोसकरण कप्पति सुक्कवे तुं ॥ ,, 254 इति निसीथभाष्ये द्वितीयोदेशकः ॥ छ ॥
इति निशीथभाष्ये तृतीयोद्देशक(:)।३।।
चतुर्थः। छ। ४। ,, 37° इति निसीथभाष्ये पंचमो(s)ध्यायः । छ ।
39 षष्टः(8)॥ ,, 39 निशीथभाष्ये सप्तम उद्देश(ः) समाप्तः । छ ।
अष्टमः । छ । ८। नवमः । छ ।९।
दशमः । छ ।१०। , 64° एकादशमः । छ ।११। * 69 बारसमो । छ । १२ ।

Page #38

440.]
fol. 720
” 75
"
ور
""
""
94
,, 95 * 98b
"
79°
81
93
I. 6 Chedasutras
निशीथभाष्ये त्रयोदशमः । छ । १३ ।
निशीथभाष्ये चतुर्द्दशमः उद्देशः । छ । १४ ।
एवं प्रलंवाधिकारः समाप्तः । छ ॥
पंचदशमः ॥ छ ॥ १५ ॥
षोडशः । छ | १६ | छ ।

सप्तदश (ः) | छ । १७ ।
अट्टारसमो ओ ( उ ) द्देसओ सम्मत्तो ॥ छ ॥ १८ ॥
इति निशीथभाष्ये उद्देशक एकोनविंशतितमः ॥ छ ॥। १९ ।
Ends. – fol, 105*
किं पुण पावो विरती निस्सग्गजुत्तस्सी ।
रागोसवत्तो जोगो असढ़स्स होति जतणाओ ( उ ) ॥ रागद्दोसाणुगतो जो जोगो साऽ (अ) जतणाओ ( उ ) । पावं अवायभीतो पावायतणाई परिहरति लोगो । तेण अवातो बहुहा पढ़े देखितो । दुग्गविसमे विन खलति जो पंथे सो समे कहण्पु खले । कज्जे विवज्जवज्जा स कहं सवेज्न दप्पणं ॥ अम्हे विएत धम्मा आसी वट्टेति जं ( ज ) त्थं सो तारा । इति गारवलकर कहपणय सावए लज्जा । पछित्तणुवादेणं कातणुवातेण केवि अहिगारा ।
ओ ( उ ) वहिसरीरणुवाया भावणुवादेण य कहिं पि । णो (ण) गावकुसुमपुप्फो व कार सरिसा तु (तु) केइ अहिगारा ॥ सरस्वति भूमिभावित गुणसति वाप्पे पकप्पांम | भिण्णरहस्से व नरे निस्साकरे एव मुक्कजोगी वा । छविहगतिविलंमी सो संसारे भगवि (? मिहि) दीहे । अरहरसदारए पारए य अस ( इढ ) करणे तुलो मे समिते कप्पाणुपालणा दीवणा य आराहण छिण्णसंसारे ।
छ । नमो । सुयदेवयाए भगवतीए ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ निशीथभाष्यं समाप्तं ॥ छ । ग्रंथाग्रं ८४०० । छ । शुभं भवतु । छ ॥ छ ॥ After this there follows some portion which appears to have been written in a different hand. It is as under :---
II
संवत १६५५ प्रमिते । श्री' स्तंभतीर्थ बेलाकूले ॥ कात्तिकसुदि त्रयोदशवासरे ॥ श्रीबुधवारभासुरे || रंगद्वैराग्यभंगीवासना समाहतकठोरतरसाधुक्रियासमाचार | कृतवदावदकुवादितिरस्कार | श्रीसाहिसमक्षं दूरीकृतोत्सूत्रासभ्यवचनमयप्रवचनपरीक्षादिशास्त्रव्याख्यानविचार । विशिष्टस्वष्टमंत्रादिप्रभावप्रसाधित' पंचनद 'पतिसोमराजादियक्षपरिवार । अधरितमधुमाधुर्यवर्य्यवाक्चातुर्यरंजित निखिलभुजाल भूपाल मौलि मौलिमाणिक्यप्रभापटल' कश्मीर

Page #39

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
441..
जजलधौतचरणकमलजलालदीश्रीअकबरपातिसाहिवितीर्णाषाढीया(? ढाद्या)टाहि(ह्नि)काऽमारिवर्षावधिश्री स्तंभतीर्थीय 'जलध्यंतर्वर्तिजलचरजीवततिसं. रक्षणसमुद्भुतभूतयशसंभार । श्रीसाहिप्रदत्त युगप्रधान बिरुदाधार। जायद्भाग्यसौभाग्यप्राग्भार । शासनाधा(धी )श्वरश्रीमवीरवर्द्धमानजिनपदृप्रतिष्ठित पंचमगणधर । श्रीसुधर्मस्वामिप्रमुखयुगप्रधानाचार्याविच्छिन्नपरंपरायातश्री'चंद्र'कुलचंद्रश्रीउ(द)द्योतनसूरि-श्रीवर्द्धमानसूरि-श्रीजिनेश्वरसूरि-श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरि-श्रीअभयदेवसरि-श्रीजिनवल्लभसूरि-श्रीजिनदत्तसूरिसंतानीयश्री वृहत्तरतर गणशृंगारमौक्तिकहारश्रीजिनमाणिक्यसूरिपट्टोद्या (दया)चलप्रभाकरविजयमानयुगप्रधानश्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिभिः श्री स्तंभतीर्थभांडागारे श्रीसंघाय प्रसादीकृता । प्रवाच्यमान(ना) विरं नंदतादाचंद्रा ॥ शुभं बोलवीतु श्रीस्तंभनकपार्श्वनाथप्रसादात् ॥ श्रेयो(s)स्तु ॥ श्री ॥ कल्याणमस्तु । कृता श्रीरत्ननिधानोपाध्यायैः ॥ लिवीकृतं पं० धर्मसिंधुरगणिना ॥
श्री॥छ। Reference.--- Sce Webcr II, p. 626ff.
निशीथसूत्रभाष्य
Niśíthasūtrabhāsya
36 (b). No. 441
1880-81. Extent.- leaf 235* to leaf 414o. Description.- Complete ; extent 8400 slokas. For other details *** see Niśīthasútracūrội No.L.14? Age. -- Sarmvat II46. Begins.-leaf 235 ॐ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ॥ . ...
णवबंभचेरमइओ अट्टारसपदसहस्तितो वेदो । हवति ज्ज(य) सपंचचूलो बहुवहुतरतो पदग्गेणं ॥
आयारपकप्पस्स तु इमाइं गोणाई मवेज्जो(?णामधेजा)ई ।
आयामरादिताई पायच्छित्ते अधिगारो ॥ etc. Ends.- leaf 413 किं पुण पावो etc., up to छिण्णसंसारे practically as in
. . . 'No. 440 followed by छ ।।

Page #40

442. ]
1. 6 Chedasūtras
एतं पकप्पणामं अज्झयणं जो पराए भत्तीए ॥ सुणिहिति बक्खाणेहिति तस्स सुहं देति सुतदेवी ॥
छ । छ ।। ठ(इ)ति निशीथभाष्यविंशतितमोद्देशकः परिसमाप्तः । छ ॥ समाप्तं चैतन्निशीथभाष्यमिति ॥ संवत् ११४६ श्रावणशुदि ६ सोमे
VAATATOTTATT 800 il etc. N. B.-- For other details see No. 440.
निशीथसूत्रभाष्य
Niśithasūtrabhāşya
8.
No. 442
1881-82. Size - 311 in. by 11 in. Extent.-- 195(?)+2=197 (?) scaves; 6 lines to a leaf; about 125
letters to a line. Description.— Palm-leaf somewhat thick and greyish; Devanāgarī
characters with TwES; small, clear, uniform and very good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but; really it is not so, since the lines are continuous; borders of each of the columns ruled in four lines in black ink ; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand one as 1, 2, 3 etc. ; in the left-hand one as sft, 7? FT) , , ,
१ २ ३क etc. the first ninety leaves are very much corroded ; some broken into fragments; few leaves at the end sharing the same condition ; condition very bad ; leaves 12 and 1945?) blank; 6439 verses in all; two blank leaves extra at the end; the work, if judged from the end is no doubt what the title indicates ; but, from the beginning it appears to be the text; it is however not possible to ascertain for certain, since
leaves in the beginning are in fragments. Age. - Old.

Page #41

Jaina Literature and Philosophy (443. Begins.- leaf I ॐ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।
जे भिक्खू हत्थकम्मं करेइ......' , -leaf राये(द् )दुढे भवे(ए व) आगाहे गेलणे(ण्णे) उत्तिमद्वेच्चा(चा)रित्तसस्सा(?)इए
असती। एगखेत्त ......'त्थ तु बहिताहाणी हवेज्ज तहियं ण विहरेज्जा ॥
सूत्रं ॥ छ । दवे खेत्ते काले........ Ends.-- leaf 194 (2195) असढकरणे नुलोवमे । समिते etc., up to छिन्नसंसारे
practically as in No. 440 followed by छ॥ ग्रंथानं गाथा ६४३९॥
छ । इति भगवनिशीथभाष्यं समाप्तं ॥ छ । छ । N. B.— For additional particulars see No. 440.
निशीथसूत्रविशेषचूर्णि
Nisithasūtraviśesacūrņi ( निसीहसुत्तविसेसचुण्णि)
( Nisihasuttavisesacuņņi ) No. 443
__1201 (a).
1884-87. Size.— 104 in. by 4.} in. Extent.--- 744-8+6-1 =741 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 48 letters to
a line.
Description.- Country paper thin, smooth and greyish ; Devanā
garī characters with occasional (A TS; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; foll. Ia, 586° and 744 blank ; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged ; numbers of some of the foll. doubly entered ; foll. 548 to 583 numbered also as I, 2 etc.; foll. I78, 277, 307, 359, 379, 394, 443 and 493 lacking; foll. 275, 368, 395, 442, 512 and 558 repeated; fol. 328th numbered also as 329th ; the succeeding foll. hence numbered as 330 etc.; fol. 184th wrongly numbered in the right-hand margin
1--2 Letters are missing, since the corresponding portions are worn out.

Page #42

443.1
15
as 185, fol. 197th wrongly numbered in the left-hand margin as 198; foll. 180 to 221 worm-eaten; some of them very badly damaged; condition fair; almost complete; this work ends on fol. 708b; it contains the s of Nisithasūtra ; extents of the corresponding portions of this curņi explaining the 20 uddeśakas in order are as under :
Section
foll.
Ib to 128a
در
در

دو
در
י,
رو
دو
در
در
در
در
در
در
در
در
27
رو
""
I. 6 Chedasütras
رد
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
XIII
XIV.
XV
XVI
XVII
XVIII
XIX
XX
""
در
در
دو
""
در
در
""
در
""
""
در
در
دو
در
در
رو
""
در
128a
» 179a 1792 189b
189b 212b
212b 236b
242b
2456
245b 2576 257b 263b
263b
39336a 336a 3832
3832
410b
410b
236b
242b
430b
4516
در
""
در
23

در
در
در
""
در
در
در
" 500a
500a
" 579a 579a 586a 586a
35
4306
» 590a 590a 616b 616b 708b
در
451b
رو
This Ms. contains an additional work viz. fastfaster commencing on fol. 708 and ending on fol. 744b.
Age. Samvat 1650.
Author. Jinadasa Gani Mahattara, pupil of Pradyumna.
Subject. A commentary to Niśithasutra. It is based upon a commentary composed by some Acarya who flourished earlier

Page #43

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[443.
than Jinadāsa. This work is taken up after finishing Vimutticülā. The author explains how Niśīthacūlā is relat
ed to it. Begins.--- fol. I ए ६० ॥ नमो अरहंताणं
नमिऊण(ड)रहंताणं सिद्धाणं(ण) य कम्मचक्तमुक्ताणं । सयणमिण( सिणे )ह विमुक्काण सव्वसाहुण भावेणं (॥१॥) सविसेसायरजुत्तं काउ पणामं च अत्थदायिस्स । पज्जुण(ण्ण)खमासमणस्स चरणकरणानु(णु)पालस्स ॥ एवं कयप्पणामो पकप्पणामस्स विवरणं मन्ने । पुवायरियकयं चिय अहंपि तं चेव उ विसेसे ।।
भाणया विमुत्तिचूला । अहुणावसरो णिसीहचलाए ।
का संबंधो तस्सा भण्णइ इणमो णिसामेहिं ।। etc. - fol. 128- विसेसणिसीहचुण्णीए पढमो उद्देसउ(ओ) सम्मत्तोः ।
छ ॥ ग्रंथानं ९९५ उ(उ)भयं सर्वग्रंथसंख्या ५३९५॥ छ । ~~fol. 586* इति विसेसणिसा(सी)हचुण्णीए सत्तरसमो उद्देसउ( ओ)
सम्मत्तो ॥छ ॥ भणिओ सत्तरसमो इदाणिं अट्ठारसमो इमो भणइ etc. Ends.- fol. 708
अणुगमोत्ति दारं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ इदाणिं नय त्ति दारं । णी() प्रापणां(णे)। अनेकविध (अर्थ) प्रापयंतीति नया अथवा णित्थि(च्छि)यमत्थं गं(ण)यंतीति नया। जो सो अत्थो उवक्कमादीहिदारोहिं हारहिं] वण्णिओ सो सम्बो एहि समोयारेयज्जो(वो) । ते य सत्त णयसत्ता(ता)दो चेव णया जाता ॥तं जहा णाणणयो ध(?य) चरणणयो य । तच्छ(त्थ) णाणमओ इमो णायंमि गाहा ॥ इदाणि चरणणओ सम्वेसि पि गाहा ॥ ..
जो गाहो(हा)मुत्तच्छो(त्थो) चे वितिधि(?) पागा(ग)डो पु(फु)डपदत्थो रइतो परिभासाए साह(ह)ण अणुग्गहहाए। तिचउपण अद्ध(8)मव(ग्गा) तिपणतितिगअक्खरा वेते(चेव) तेसिं पढमततिएहिं ति(ति)दुसरखु(जु)एहि णामं कं(क)यं जस्स . गुरुदिण्णं च रा(ग)णित्तं महत्तच (रत्तं) च तस्स तुट्रेहि।
तेण कएसा चुण्णी विससनामा णिसीहस्स ॥ - नमो सुयदेवा(व)याए भगवता(ती)ए जिणदासगणिमहत्तरेण (र)इया नमः तीर्थकृद्भ्यः । छ ॥
.........:.:

Page #44

444.)
1. 6 Chedasutras
17
Reference.-- See " Transactions of the ninth international congress
of Orientalists” vol. I, pp. 215-218, wherein remarks are made by E. Leumann, in connection with a Ms. of Piņdaniryukti and Niśīthacūrņi. For contents etc. see Weber II, p. 626 and Indian Antiquary vol. X, p. 101. For an extract see Abhidhanarājendra vol, IV, p. 2143.
निशीथसूत्रविशेषचूर्णि
Nisīthasūtravićeşacūrņi No. 444
1187 ( a ).
1887-91. Size.— 113 in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 670+1=671 folios,; 13 lines to a page ; 54 letters to
a line. Description. - Country paper rough and grey ; Devanägari charac
ters with AES; small, uniform, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; fol. 1a practically blank ; for, only the title etc. written on it ; foll. numbered mostly in the right-hand margin only; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; some of the foll. somewhat worm-eaten ; some very badly ; foll. 512 to 517 torn; condition fair ; fol. 374th repeated ; tries of the sūtras given ; vide fol. 427", etc.; red chalk and yellow pigment rarely used ; complete; this work ends on fol. 6465; this Ms. contains an additional work viz. farartefázTTE TOSCUTETT beginning on fol. 6466 and ending on
fol. 6706. See No. 450. Age.- Pretty old. Begins. — fol. 1b56 011 RAT STATO I
नमिउ(ऊ)ण रहताणं । सिद्धार्ण(ण) य कम्मचक्कमुक्काणं । FOTOT (FUTOT FUTE THEIT #STFE(E) HOT ! सविसेसायरजुत्तं काउ पणामं च अत्थदायिस्त ।
9720(OUT)EFTATHAUTE STUTATOTTOTITOFH 1 3 (J. L. P.)

Page #45

18
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
एवं कयपणामी पकप्पणामस्स विवरणं मन्ने garरिक चिय अहं पि तं चेव उ विसेसे ॥
छ ॥
भणिया विमुत्तिचूला | अरुणावसरो जिसीहचूला (ए) को संबंधो तस्सा | भणइ इणमो णिसामहिं ।
णत्रबंभचेरमतिओ गाहा णव इति संख्यावायगो सहो बंभं चउन्विहं णामादौ (दी) तत्थ णामबंभं । जीवादीणं जस्स बंभ इति नाम कज्जति ठवणारंभ अक्खातिविणासो अहवा जहा बंभणुप्पत्ती । आयारे भणिया तहा भाणियव्वा गयाउ णामटवणाओ इयाणिं दव्वबंभं तं दुविहं आगमओ गोआगमओ य आगमओ जाणएव (अ) ण ( ( ) वउत्ते । नोआगमओ जाव वइरितं अ ( णा ) जीणं जो वत्थि संजमो जाओ य । अकामियाउ रंडकुरंडाउ बंभं धरति । [ बंमव्वं दव्व ] (भाव) भंबं (बंभं) दुविहं आगमओ णोआगमओ णोआगमउ य । आगमओ । जाणए उवउत्ते णोआगम (ओ) साहूणं वात्थि संजमो वत्थि संजमो त्ति मेहुणउव रती साय अद्वारसविहा भवति । etc.
Ends. fol. 6466 अणुगमो त्ति दारं सम्मत्त etc., up to महत्तरेण रइया | नमः तीर्थभ्यः ॥ as in No. 443.
N. B. For other details see No. 443.
निशीथसूत्र( उद्देशक १-१० )विशेषचूर्णि
No. 445

Begins.-leaf 116b तँ नमः सर्वज्ञाय |
[445.
Extent.-- leaf 116b to leaf 3436.
Description. Complete so far as the curni of the first ten uddeśakas is concerned. For further particulars see No. 438.
णमिऊण रहंताणं etc., as in No. 443.
Nisithasutra
(Uddeśakas I-X )
viśeṣacurņi
114.
1872-73

Page #46

446. ]
1. 6 Chedasūtras
Ends.- leaf 3436 À PATETIET,I fee cou a SHIÊUTT Í STUTTI
परखेत्ते गेण्हेज्ज पच्छा णाए तं दायव्वं अह ण देति तो चउगुरुं उवगरणणिप्फणं वा आउट्टिए वा गिलाणस्स जत्तिएण कज्जं तं गेण्हतिः। से समतिरित्तं ॥ गिण्हतीत्यर्थः ॥ छ ॥ इति विसेसणिसीहचुण्णीए दसमओ उद्देसो
HATTUJ 11 2011 11 etc. N. B.- For other details see No. 443.
Fazitua(JEITT -80). विशेषचूर्णि
Nisīthasutra (Uddešakas 1-10 )
viseșacūrņi
37.
No. 446
1880-81.
Size.-- 301 in. by 13 in. Extent.-- 326+1+1= 328 leaves ; 4 to 7 lines to a leaf ; 120 to 140
letters to a line. Description.- Palm-leaf thin and greyish; Devanāgari characters
with qfarars; small, legible, and very good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but, really it is not so, for, the lines are continuous; borders of each of the columns ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; there are two holes in each leaf, one in the space between the ist two columns and the other in that between the second and the third ; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand one as 1, 2 etc.; and in the left-hand one as in the case of other palm--leaf Mss.; numbers such as 74, 75 etc. are written as , etc. ; especially left-hand corners
and edges of several leaves more or less worn out ; condition poor; an extra blank leaf at the beginning ; leaf 11 blank; so is the leaf 3266; it is followed by a blank leaf; the cūrņi
of Ist ten uddeśakas complete. Age.-- Samvat 1359.

Page #47

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 447.
Begins.— leaf 16 TAFU Tgarui etc.' Ends.--leaf 3264 saatte U POTIES at a(?)aratura TET I PAS TOUT TE SITE
ALATII Ura etc., practically up to fÀFIUIFIED OUTए दसमो उद्देसओ सम्मत्तो | as in No. 445 followed by मंगलं महाश्री Il ll etc. JH HTTSTÄTET II 3 il faa 3349 af Arfare
सोमवारे वाचनाचार्यकनकचंद्रेण बाहुदं(?)सु पुस्तकं लिखितं ॥ etc. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 443.
निशीथसूत्र( 3€377 18-20 )
विशेषचूर्णि
Nisīthasūtra(Uddesakas XI-XX )višeşacūrni
38 (a). 1880-81.
No. 447
Size.-- 324 in. by 24 in.
Extent.- 353+3=356 leaves; 4 to 6 lines to a leaf ; 120 to 130
letters to a line.
Description.-- Palm-leaf thin, durable and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with tearats; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but, really it is not so, since the lines of the first column are continued to other columns; borders of each of the columns ruled in four lines in black ink; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand one as 1, 2 etc., and, in the left-hand one from the 4th as e, etc. ; leaves i to 3, 140
to 149, 189 to 200, 214 to 224, 252 to 271 and 273 to 275 are written on paper and not on palm-leaves; complete so far as the uddeśas II to 20 are concerned ; the cũrņi of the last uddeśaka ends on leaf 334%; leaves 3116, 3 1 2" and a few more illegible; this Ms. contains in addition fãsfreuifNIESTETIET which begins on leaf 335", since

Page #48

448.]
I. 6 Chedashtras
21
leaves 334' and 335' are blank, and it ends on leaf 353b (?); three extra blank leaves in the beginning ; leaf Ia, too, blank ; after the leaf 352th, there are two leaves in fragments, one of which is not legible ; but they seem to be
parts of the leaf 353th. Age.- Sainvat 1294. Begins.---leaf I" इदानी एकादशमः ॥ प्रारभ्यते । तस्याभिसंबंधो इमो। वुत्तं घुच्छे
गाहा । दशमे अंतसूत्रेषु वस्त्रग्रहणमुक्तं । एकादशे आद्यसूत्रे पात्रमुच्यते ।
एष संबंधः । अहवा दशमसुत्रे कालप्रतिषेध उक्तः ॥ etc. Ends.-leaf 334* अणुगमो त्ति दारं गतं ॥ छ ॥ इयाणिं णतो ति दारं । णां
प्रापणे । अनेकविधमर्थ प्रापय(य)तीति नयाः etc., up to विसेसनामा निसीध(ह)स्स practically as in No. 443 followed by छ । संवत् १२९४वर्षे वैशाखशुदि ३ रवावयेह स्तंभतीर्थ निवासना श्री श्रीमाल'वंशोभवेन ठ° साढासतेन ठकुमरसीहेन निसीथचूर्णिणद्वितीयखंड
पुस्तकं लेखयांचवे ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु etc. N. B.--- For additional information see No. 443.
निशीथसूत्र
Nisithasutra(उद्देशक १४-२०)
( Uddesakas XIV-XX)विशेषचर्णि
višeşacūrņi
36(a). No. 448
1880-81. Size.- 25.1 in. by 2 in. Extent.-- 414+I+I=416 leaves ; 4 to 7 lines to a leaf ; 120 to 130
letters to a line. Description.— Palm-leaf thin and greyish ; Devanāgari characters
with occasional qualS; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns, except that leaves 2352 and 414 show as if the work is written in six separate columns; but, really it is not so, since the lines are continuous; borders of the leaves 235* and 414 ruled ; on leaf 235 three beautiful diagrams in the inter-spaces between the rst and the 2nd, the

Page #49

22
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[448.
3rd and the 4th and the 5th and the 6th columns; the same is the case with leaf 414"; small, Icgible and good handwriting ; leaves numbered in both the margins ; in the right-hand one as I, 2 etc. , and in the left-hand one as श्री, दे, व, एका etc. ; leaf ra blank ; an extra blank leaf preced
ing it; lcaf 22 less legible, ink having faded ; edges of several leaves slightly gono; condition on the whole tolerably fair ; complete so far as the uddesakas I4 to 20 both inclusive are concerned; cūrņi of the last uddeśaka ends on leaf 235a; leaf 4I4b blank ; it is followed by one extra blank leaf; this Ms. contains an additional work viz.. निशीथसूत्रभाष्य commencing on leaf 235b and ending on leaf
414"; this Ms. is placed between two wooden boards. Age.– Samvat II46. Begins.-leaf I ॥ नमो वीतरागाय !
णमो अरहताणं णमो सिद्धाणं णमो सुतदेवताए भगवतीए ॥ उक्तस्त्रयोदशमः इदाणिं नीं] चतुर्दश.....' गाथा वाति आदि जाव जोग पि शे(?) एते साधु अविसुद्ध त्ति काउं परिसिद्धा ॥ पादं पि पिण्डो चेव अविसुद्धं
वज्जेतव्वं ॥ Ends.-leaf 234 अणुगमो त्ति दारं समत्तं ॥ छ ॥ etc., practically up to
तीर्थकदभ्यः as in No. 443 followed by संवत् ११४६ ज्येष्टवदि १४ लिखितमिदं ॥ छ ॥ 'धन(क)रीजा(?) ग्रामे मुंध(?)पसायेन 'श्रीतलवाटावस्थितेन महाराजाधिराजश्रीकन(र्ण देवराज्ये ॥ छ ।
यदक्षरपरिभ्रष्टं मात्राहीनं च यद् भवेत् (।) क्षतुमर्हमि(न्ति?) विद्वान्स ( द्वांसः ) कस्य न स्खलते मनः? ॥
हस्त (स्त्य)श्वरथयानानि प्रस्खलंति समे पथि।
जिह्वायां तु किमाश्चर्य श्लेष्मव्याकुलिते मुखे ? ॥
मंगलं महाश्री ॥ छ ॥ छ । N. B.- For additional information see No. 443.
-
-
-
1.
Letters are not legible, since ink has faded.

Page #50

23
449. ]
1. 6 Chedasutras निशीथसूत्रचूर्णि
Nisīthasutracūrniविंशोद्देशकव्याख्या
vimsoddesakavyākhyā
1201 (b). No. 449
1884-87. Extent.-- fol. 708' to fol. 744°. Description.- Complete. For other details see Nisithasutravisesa
cürņi No.443. Age.- Samvat I650. Author.- Śricandra Sūri, pupil of Silabhadra Sūri. Subject. This is a commentary in Sanskrit explaining difficult
words etc., occurring in Jinadäsa's curņi of the twentieth uddeśaka of Niśithasūtra. This is therefore called for freue
चूर्णिविंशोदेशकदुर्गपदवृत्ति. It is composed in Sarmvat II74. Begins.- fol. 708 ६० ॥ नम(:) सा(स)र्वज्ञाय ॥
प्रणमम्य वीर(रं) सुरवंदितक्रम
विशुद्धशुद्धाखिलनष्टकल्मषं । गुरु(रू)स्तथा निर्मलशुद्धिकारिणो
विशुद्धतत्त्वात् जगते हितैषिणां ॥१॥ विंशोदेशे श्रीनिशीथस्य चूर्णी
दुग्गै वाक्यं यत्पदं वा समस्ति । स्वस्मृत्यर्थ तस्य वक्ष्ये सुबोधां
___व्याख्यां कांचित्सद्गुरुभ्योऽवे(व)बुद्धां ।। आदौ मासिकपदमिह तत्प्रस्तावात् समागता मासाः। Ends.- fol. 743 तथा परिभाष्यतेऽर्थोऽनयेति परिभाषा चूर्णिरुच्यते ॥ छ । अधुना
चूर्णिकारः स्वनामकथनार्थ गाथायुग्ममाह । तिथिं चेत्यादि वर्गा इह । “अ । कचटतप । य । श । वर्गाः” इति वचनात्स्वरादयो हकारांता ग्राह्याः। तदिह प्रथमगाथया जिणदास इत्येवं रूपं नामाभिहितं । द्वितीयगाथया तदेव विशेषयितुमाह । जिणदासमहत्तर इति । तेन रचिता चूर्णिरियं ॥ छ ।
सम्यग् तथा(55)म्नायाभावादत्रोक्तं (यदुत्सूत्र)॥ मतिमायाद्वा किंचित्तच्छोध्यं श्रुतधरैः कृपाकलितैः । श्रीशीलभद्रसूरीणां शिष्यैः श्रीचंद्रसूरिभिः । विंशकोद्देशके व्याख्या दृष्टा(ब्धा) स्वपरहेतवे ।

Page #51

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[450.
[वे)वेदाश्चरुद्र(११७४ )युक्ते विकमसंवत्सरे तु मृगशीर्षे ।
माघसितद्वादश्यां समर्थितोऽयं रवौ वारे । ॥ छ ॥ श्रीनिशीथचूर्णिविंशकोद्देशकव्याख्या समाप्ता॥ छ । यादृशं पुस्तके दृष्टं । etc. up to न दीयते followed by सं० १६५० वर्षे मा शुक्लपक्षे ९दिने पं०पंडितविद्म( ? )विजयभद्रन( ? )गणितशिष्यपंडितचक्रचूडामणिपं श्रीहर्षसोमगणिवाचनार्थ ॥ शुभं भवतु कल्याणमस्तु श्रीरस्तु । छ ।
श्रीमत् तप'गणगगनांगणगगनमणिप्रभैः स्वपुण्यार्थ ।
विजयाणंदमुनींद्रश्चित्कोशे(अ)सौ प्रतिर्ममुचे ॥१॥
श्रीश्रीश्रीहीरवजे(विजय)सूरी श्रीवजे(विजय)सेनसरिकल्याणभूत्(?)सुभ Reference. - For an extract see Abhidhānarājendra vol. IV, p. 2143.
निशीथसूत्रचूर्णि
Niśíthasūtracūrņi. विंशोद्देशकव्याख्या
virsoddesakavyākhyā
1187 (b1. No. 450
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 646b to fol. 670b. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 444. Begins.- fol. 646 नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।
प्रणम्य वीरं सुरवंदितक्रमं etc. Ends.-- fol. 670 थारे त्ति क्वचिदपाठो भाष्ये कचिञ्च दीहे विततो द्वितीयपाठमप्य
र्थतो व्याख्यातवान् । दीहं कालमित्यनेन ॥ छ । अनवदग्रेऽपरिमिते (तैः)। इदानीं चूर्णिकारो यदर्थ मया चूर्णिः कृता इत्येतदाविष्करोति । जे गाहेत्यादिगाथाशब्देन भाष्य गाथानिबद्धत्वादभिधीयते । ततो गाथा च सूत्रं च । तयोरर्थ इति विग्रहः । पागडो त्ति प्राकृतः प्रकटो वा पदार्था वस्तुभावा यत्र स तथा परिभाष्यतेऽर्थोऽनयति परिभाषा चूर्णिणरुच्यते ॥ छ । अधुना चूर्णिकारः etc., practically up to श्रीनिशी(थ)चूर्णिणविंशकोद्देशकव्याख्या
समाप्तः(प्ता) ॥ as in No. 449 followed by छ ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ॥ N. B.-- For other details see No. 449.

Page #52

452.!
निशीथसूत्रचूर्णि विंशोद्देशक व्याख्या
No. 451
"
Extent. - leaf 335b to leaf 3538.
Description.- Almost complete. For other details see No. 447. Begins.-- leaf 335 नमः सर्व्वज्ञाय || प्रणम्य वीरं सुरवंदितक्रमं etc.
I. 6 Chedasutras
निशीथ सूत्रपर्याय
No. 452
Extent. fol. 41b.
Ends.- leaf 3520 नवमसंयोगफलानि पाश्वात्यगत्या यथाक्रमं पंचचत्वारिंशता गुणितानि चतुर्थतृतीयद्विती (य) प्रथमसंयोगराणितफलसंख्यानि भवंति etc. Hereafter letters are not quite legible.
-
Niśithasūtracurņivimśoddeśakavyākhyā
- leaf 353 ( fragment ) अधुना चूर्णिकारः स्वनामकथनार्थ गाथायुग्ममाह तिचेत्यादि । वर्गा इह "अकचटतपयशवर्गाः” इति वचनात्स्वरादयो हकारांता ग्राह्याः । तदिह प्रथमगाथया जिणदास इत्येवं . This ends thus.
Ms.
N. B. For additional particulars see No. 449.
38 (b).
1880-81.
25
Description. Complete. For other details see
paryāya No.
736 ( 1 ) . 1875-76.

Niśithasūtraparyaya
736 (34). 1875-76.

Subject. Some of the difficult words etc. occurring in Niśithasutra explained in Sanskrit.
Pañcavastuka
Begins. fol. 40° उद्दाणे भोइयंमि मृते भर्तरि पुष्पुमा कोउय | नाइ 'बेस सकरं अतिभयं बुज्झइ प्रवेश्यते संचणियाय । etc.
4 ( J. L. P. ]

Page #53

26
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[454.
Ends...-- fol. 41 एतदंगान्येव गंधादि तेषां गंधादीनां तत्प्रतिपत्ति(:) लेश्यातां
वित्सु(?ष्णु)प्ररूपणां। उवठाए समीपे । दुविन्हं पि । ऐहिकपारत्रिकाणां वा(दो)ग्गह भेडीअज्झाए अना(स्वाध्यायाभोव । छ॥
निशीथसूत्रपर्याय
Nisīthasutraparyāya No. 453
789 (34).
1895-1902. Extent.--- fol. 68. to fol. 6ga. Description.- Complete. For other details see lañcavastukaparyāya
No ___789 ( 1 ).
No. 1895-1902.
Begins.--- fol. 684 SETÒ HIETTA etc. Ends.---fol. 69 एतदंगान्येव etc., up to अना(स्वाध्यायाभावे as in No. 452
followed by निसीथपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ॥ संवत् १६४४ वर्षे पौषमासे शुक्लपक्षे पूर्णमास्यां तिथौ बुधवासरे उजारुद्रलिखितं । लेषकपाटक(योः)
जयो(s)स्तु ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ N. B.-- For additional information see No. 452.
निशीथसूत्रपर्याय
Nisīthasūtraparyāya
332 (17). A. 1882-83.
No. 454
Description.- Complete. For other details see Nandisutravisama°
332 (I).
१.
No.
A. 1882-83.
Age.- Samvat 1672. Begins.-- fol. 59" उदा(हा)णे भोइयमि । नृ()ते भतार etc., as in No. 452.

Page #54

* 455.]
1. 6 Chedasütras
27
Ends.- fol. 6ra अनेन प्रकारण परं ववइ । सोहेइ साज्जोगो दवे जं थइ अन्नद
थेसु । अनिसाहो वहीणेय आमिश्रितेन तपः कार्य जेणे वीसरिए । ऐश्वर्य संमणं च पुत्रादीनां । तज्जपेन आचार्येण यत आज्ञा तं तेनैव । अने स एव मोक्ष एव त(द )धेतुत्वे । समता तेषां रागादीना । को(5)नयोः विकृतिसम: तयो तत्पद्वेषां कामादि । तदनुग्रहः कल्पा तदायतना रागादि तद्वारेण मोह। एतदंगान्येव etc., up to अवा(स्वाध्यायाभावे as in No. 452. Then we have the lines as under:॥ छ । मंगलं महाश्रीसूत्रं समाप्तः । संवत् १६७२वर्ष माहासूद १४ सोमे दने
लषतं 'मोढ'नाती जोसीवाघजीः ॥ श्रीसुभं ॥ N. B.- For additional information see No. 452.
निशीथसूत्रचूादिपर्याय
Nišithasūtracūrnyādiparyaya
736 ( 10 ). 1875-76.
No. 455
Extent.-~~ fol. 4b to fol. gb. Description.- Completc. For other details see
parvava No. 736 ( 1 ),
Pancavastuka
1875-76..
Subject.-- Difficult words etc. occurring in Niśīthasūtracũrņi etc.
explained in Sanskrit.
Begins.- fol. 4 निसीथचूर्णिप्रभृतिपर्याया यथा। अत्थेण कारणं पप्यत्येण भाष्येत
कार त्ति रुचिः । लोमसियाणं ति विभडी गोधुमेवो य सविशेषो । etc. Ends.-- fol. 9 एतेषु यथासंख्यं तृतीयपंचमतृतीयाक्षराणि गृह्यते । जणदसरूपाणि
एतानि वति दुसरजुएहिं ति तृतीयस्वर इकारः ॥ द्वितीयः स्वर आकार आभ्यां युतानि क्रियते ततो जिणदास इति नामायातं ॥ छ । इति निसीथपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ।

Page #55

28
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(456.
निशीथसूत्रचूादिपर्याय
Nisithasūtracūrņyādiparyāya
No. 455
789 (10).
1895-1902. Extent. fol. 6a to fol. 14o. Description.-- Complete. For further details see Pañcavastuka
parvava N, 789 (1).
paryaya No. 1895-1902.
Begins.-- fol. 6a fazlietto Raitt Teri etc., as in No. 455. Ends.— fol. 144 gag TUTHET TATIT etc.
N. B.-- For additional information see No. 455.

Page #56

457.1
महानिशीथसूत्र ( महानिसीहसुत्त )
Adhyayana
در
No. 457
Size. 13 in. by 5 in.
Extent. 56 folios; 17 lines to a page; 66 letters to a line.
Description.
ور
>>
Country paper thin and grey; Devanagari characters with Taras; sufficiently big, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; fol. 1a blank; so is the fol. 566; several foll. more or less worm-eaten; strips of paper pasted to foll. 1a and 56b; foll. 1 to 3 partly torn; condition very fair; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; complete; extent 4544 ślokas. This work consists of 8 adhya
yanas,
the extent of each of which is as under :
foll.
رد
در
>>
22
II. 6 Chedasutras
Age. Pretty old.
Subject.
THE SECOND CHEDASUTRA

I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
""
""
22
دو
در
دو
""
Ib
sa
IIb
20a
23b
34a
4ra
466
Mahānisithasutra
(Mahānisîhasutta)

to
در
33
در
در
در
A
165.
1881-82.
در
22
IIb
202
23b
342
41a
29
466
j6a
This is one of the six chedasútras. It is written in Prakrit. A three-fold division referred to in the beginning is not to be found. There are specific titles for the 1st, 2nd, 5th and 6th adhyayanas. They indicate the subjectmatter. The 3rd and the 4th adhyayanas treat of kusila. In

Page #57

30
Jaina Literature and Philospohy
[457
the 4th there is also a narrative about two brothers Sumati and Naila. The 5th deals with the relation between the guru and his pupil. This adhyayana seems to have supplied materials for composing Gacchäcăra1. The 6th adhyayana treats of prayaścittas and contains a narrative pertaining to a teacher Bhadda and Rayyā, the aryika. The last two adhyayanas which are styled as culiyas supply information about the daughter of Suyyasivi,
Begins. – fol. 1 ए ० ॥ ॐ नमो तित्थस्स । ॐ नमो अरहंताणं । सुयं मे आउस तेणं भगवया एवमकूखायं । इह खलु छउमत्थसंजमकिरियाए बट्टमाणे । जेणं
साहू वा साहुणी वासे णं इमेण परमत्थतत्तसारप ( स ) ब्भूयत्थपसाहगसुमहत्थातिसयपवरवरमहानि सीह सुयक्खंधसुयाणुसारेणं तिविहं तिविहणं सव्वभावतरंतरेहि णं णीसले भवित्ता णं आयहियट्टाए । अञ्चतघोरवीरुग्गकहतवसंजमाणुट्टाणेसुं । सव्वमायाचण विष्पमुक्के । अणुसमयमहण समणालसत्ताए सययं अणुवि ( चि) पणे । etc. fol. 5 महानिसीय (ह) सुयक्खंधस्स पढमं अज्झअणं 'सल्लूद्धरणं' नाम ||
'महानिसी (ह) सुर्य (क ) खंधस्स ' कम्मविबागवागणं बीयमज्झयणं ॥ छ ॥
20 महानिसी (ह) सुय (क) खंधस्स तइयमज्झयणं ॥ छ ॥
,, 23° महानिसीहस्स चउत्थज्झयणं ॥ छ ॥
अत्र चतुर्थाध्ययने बहवः सिद्धांतिका etc. up to न किंचिदाशंकनीयं as in No. 458.
342 महानिसी (ह) मुय ( क ) खंधस्स दुवाल संगसुयनाणस्स 'णवनीयसार' नार(?म) पंचमं अज्झयणं ॥ छ ॥
41* महानिसीहसुयक्खंधस्स छुट्टमज्झयणं ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ॥ 'गीत्थविहार' नाम सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥
46° अणिओगदाइयं संखेज्ज अक्खरे अणते पज्जवे जाव णं दंसिज्जति । उवदंसिज्जंति अज्जे (? आव) विज्जति । पन्नविज्जति । पर (रू) विज्जति कालाभिहिताए । भाव (वा) भिग्गहित्ताए जाव णं आणुपुवीए अणाणुपुत्रीए जहाजोगं गुणट्टाणे ठि(ति) ॥ छ ॥ बेमि ॥
This seems to be the end of the first culika.
"
در
"
"2
च्छ ॥

Irb
1. See my “ Descriptive Catalogue of Jaina Mss. " ( vol. XVII, pt. I, No. 374) published by the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute.
नाम

Page #58

457.]
II. 6 Chedasītras
31
Ends.-fol. 55 अन्थेगे जे यणं अइरेणेव विमुच्चेज्जा से भ(य)वं जम्मजरामरणे(णा)
इअणेगसंसारियदुक्खजालविमुक्के समाणे जत्तं कहि परिवसेज्जा अत्थेगे जे य णं अइरे(णे)व विमुच्चेज्जा । से भयवं जम्मजरामरणे अणेगसंसारियदुक्खजालविमुक्के समाणे जत्तं परिवसेज्जा । गोयमा । जत्थ णं न जरामरणं न मच्चू । न वाहिओ णो अयसभक्खाणसंताणवुञ्चेवगकलिकलदारिद्वदट्ट(द)परिके(के)संण इटविउ(ओ)गो कि बहुणा एगंतेणं । अक्खयधुवसासयनिरुवमअणंतसोक्खं परिवसेज्ज त ?त्ति) बे(बे)मि ॥ छ । महानिसीहस्स पि(वि)इया चूलिया छ॥ समत्तं च महानिसीहसुय(क)खधं ॥ छ ॥१
ॐ नमो चउवीसातित्थंकराणं । ॐ नमो तित्थस्स । ॐ नमो सुयदेवयाए । ॐ नमो सुयकेवलीणं । ॐ नमो सवसाहणं । नमो सव्वसिद्धाणं ॥ छ ॥ नमो भगवओ अरहओ । से(सि)ज्झउ मे भगवई । महइमहाविज्जा व इइरुहर)। एम् । (अह । अअवइइयरए । जय वे(व)इइरे(र) ए। इसणे(?सेण)। वइइ । रए । वर । म् । अअण । वइइ रए । ज । य अम म्) । त ए। अपरे(र) अअ । ज । इए । सव । अ। आहं(?अह) । अआ। उपचारो चउत्थभत्तेणं साहिज्जइ एसा विज्जा सव्वगओ। ण । इत्थ । अअरग । पुआ। रग। अओ । होइ । उबह । अअ । वणा अ अ गणस्त वा अणउ । न आएवा एसा सत्तवारा परिजवेयवा णित्थारगपारगा होइ ॥ जेण कप्पसम्मत्तीए विज्जा आभिमंतिऊण विग्रोवणाइगा । आराहति सूरेसं गोमे(से) पविसंतो अ(व)राजिओ होइ । जिणकप्पसमत्तीए विज्जा अभिमंतिऊण खेमवहणी मंगलवहणी भवइ ॥ छ ।
चत्तारि सहस्साई पंच सयाओ तहेव चत्तारि । चत्तारि सिलोगा । वि मह(हा)नि[ सू]सीह(म्)मि पाएण ॥
ग्रंथाग्रं ॥ ४५४४ एवं महानिसीह समाप्तमिति ।। छ॥छ॥ छ ॥ छ ।। साहश्रीवच्छासुते साहसहिसकिरणपुण्यार्थि पुस्तक कारिता सुतवर्द्धमान
पुस्तकपरिपालनार्थः॥ Reference.— For contents etc. see Weber II, p. 631ff. and Indian
Antiquary vol. XXI, pp. 183-185. For an extract see Abhidhānarājendra vol. VI, p. 189.

Page #59

32
महानिशीथसूत्र
No. 458
33
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Size. 12 in. by 4 in.
Extent.– 68 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 66 letters to a line.
Description. - Country paper thin, rough, brittle and grey; Devanagari characters with gears; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines; the space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in both the margins; unnumbered sides have a disc in red colour, in the centre only ; the numbered, in the margins, too; foll. r± and 68b as well, decorated with different designs in red colour; edges of almost all the foll. slightly worn out ; fol. 68th partly torn; condition very fair; complete; extent 4544 Ślokas.
Age.- Fairly old.
Begins.—fol. 1° ६ ॥ ॐ नमो तित्थस्स । तँ नमो अरहंताणं as in No. 457. -- fol. 6" लभेज्जा उत्तमं रु (रू) वं सोहग्गं जइ णं नो सिज्झिज्जा तब्भवेत्ति बेमि ॥। ४९ ।।
[458.

Mahānisithasutra
792.
1892-95.
छ । महानिलीहरूक्खंधस्स पढमं अज्झयणं नाम | छ । एयस्स य • कुलिहियदोसो न दायच्वो सुयहरेहिं । किंतु जो चेव एयस्स पुव्वायरिसो आसि तत्थेव । कत्थइ सिलोगो कत्थइ सिलोगद्धं कत्थइ पक्खरं कत्थइ अक्खरपंतिया कत्थई पन्नगट्टिय (या) कत्थइ बे तिनि पन्नगाणि एवमाइ बहुगंध परिगलियं ति ॥ छ ॥ etc.
. fol. 21 एयं तु जं पंचमंगलसुयक्खंधस्स वक्खाणं तं महया पबंधेणं अनंतपज्जवेहिं सुत्तस्य पिहब्भूयाहि निज्जुत्ती मास-चुण्णोहिं जहेब अनंतनाणदंसणधरेर्हि तित्थयरेहिं वक्खाणि (यं) तहेव समासओ वक्खाणिज्जंत आसि । अहन्नया कालपरिहाणिदोसेणं ताओ निज्जुत्ती- भास-चुन्नीओ बुच्छिन्नाओ इउ (? ओ) य वच्चतेणं कालसमएणं महिडीपत्ते पाणुसारी वयरसामी नाम दुवाल संगस्यहरे समुत्पन्ने तेणेयं पंचमंगलमहासुयक्खंधस्स उद्धारो मूलसुत्तस्स मज्झे लिहिओ मूलसुत्तं पुण सुत्तत्ताए गणहरेहिं अत्थत्ताए अरहंतेहि भगवंतेहि धम्मतित्थकरेहिं तिलोग महिएहिं वीरजिणिदेहिं पन्नबियं ति । एस बुट्टसंपयाओ । एत्थ य जन्थ जत्थ परणाकुलग्गं सुत्तालावर्ग

Page #60

458.]
II. 6:Chedasutras
33
न संपज्जइ । तत्थ तत्थ सुयहरेहिं कुलिहियदोसो न दायब्बो त्ति । किंतु जो सो एयस्स अचिंतचिंतामणिकप्पभूयस्स महानिसीहसुयक्खंधस्स पुवायरिसो आसि तहिं चेव खंडाखंडीए उद्देहियाइएहिं हेऊहिं बहवे पत्तगा परिसडिया तहावि अच्चंतसहमत्थाइसयं ति । इमं महानिसीहसुयखधं कसिणपवयणस्स परमसारभूयं परं तत्तं महत्थं ति कालऊणं॥ पवयणवच्छल्लते(त्त)ण बहुभश्वसतो(ता)वयारियं च काउं तहा य आयहियट्टयाए आयरियहरिभद्देणं जं तत्थायरिसे दिटुं त(त) सव्वं समतीए साहिऊणं लिहियं ति ॥ अन्नेहिं पि सिद्ध सेणदिवायर-वुडवाइ-जक्खसेण-देवगुत्तजसवद्धणखमासमणसीसरविगुत्त-णेमिचंद-जिणदासगणिखमगसव्वरािस? सच्चसिरि)पमुहहिं कु(जु)गप्पहाणसुयहरेहिं बहुमन्नियमिणं ति
fol. 25* तहा उसन्ने सुजाणे णित्थ लिहिज्जइ पासत्थे णाणमादीणं । सच्छ(त्थं) देउस्सुरूं मग्गगामी । सबले णेत्थं लिहिज्जेति ॥ गंथवित्थरभयाओ भगवयाओ ण एत्थं पत्थावे कुसीलादीमहापबंधेणं पन्नविए एत्थं व जा जा कच्छ (त्थ)इ । असेणे वायणा सा मुणियसमयसारेहिं नो पउसेयवा । जतु(तो)। मूलादरिसे चेव बहुं गंथं विप्पणटुं । तहिं च जत्थ २ । संधाणुलग्गं गंथं संबज्झइ तत्थ तत्थ बहुपहिं सुयहरेहिं संमिलिऊणं संगोवंगदुवालसंगाओ सुयसमुदाओ अन्नमन्नअंगउवंगा सुयक्वंधअज्झयणुदेसगाणं समुच्चिणिऊण किंचि २ संबज्झमाणं एत्यं लिहियति ण उण(ण)सकव्व(लं) कयंति । पंचे एसु न(?ज)हापावोजणवज्जेज्ज गोयमा। संलावादीहिं कुसीलादीभमिही सो मुमती जहा । भवकायट्टितीए संसारे घोरदुक्खसमोत्थउज्जा अलहंतो दसविहे धम्मे बोहिमहिंसाइलक्खणो एवं तु कीरदिद्वंतं संसग्गीगुणदोसारिसिभिल्लासमवासणं णिप्फप्ले(?) गोयमा सुणे ।
तम्हा कुसीलसंसग्गी सब्बोवाएहिं गोयमा।
वज्जिज्जा(55)यहियाकंखी अंडजदिटुंतजाणगे ॥ छ । महानिसीहसुयक्खंधस्स तइयमज्झयणं । छ । fol. 29 एवं बुच्चइ जहा णं गोयमा सिद्धीए । तो गोयम कुसीलसंस
गी(गी)ए विप्पहियाए । एवइयं अंतरं भवइ त्ति । छ । महानिसहिस्स चउस्थमज्झयणं । छ ॥४॥ __अत्र चतुर्थाध्ययने बहवः सैद्धांतिका(:) केचिदालापकान्न सम्यक् अदधत्येव । तैरश्रद्दधानरस्माकमपि न सम्यक् श्रदधानं इत्याह हरिभद्रसूरिः ॥ न पुनः सर्वमेवेदं चतुर्थाध्ययन अन्यानि वा अध्ययनानि अस्यैव कतिपयैः परिमितेरालापकैरश्रद्धानमित्यर्थः । यत(:)। स्थान-समवाय-जीवाभिगम
प्रज्ञापनादिषु न कथंचिदिदमाचख्ये यथा । प्रतिसंतापस्थलमस्ति तइ गुहा[J. L. P.]
3

Page #61

34
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[459.
ज्र
वासिनस्तु मनुजास्तेषु च परमाधार्मिकाणां पुनः सप्ताष्ट वारान्र यावदुपपातस्तेषां च । तैर्दारुणैर्वज ( ? ) सिलाघरसंपुटै (:) पीलितानां परिपीड्यमाना (ना)मपि (न) संवत्सरं यावत्प्राणव्यापत्तिर्भवतीति ॥ छ ॥ वृद्धवादस्तु पुनर्यथा तादिदमा सूत्रं विकृतिर्न तावदन्नप्रविष्टा प्रभूताश्वात्र श्रुतस्कंधे अर्थाः सुष्ट्वतिशयेन सातिशयानि गणधरोक्तानि चेह वचनानि तदेवं स्थिते न किंचिदाशंकनीयं ॥ छ ॥
Ends. fol. 68° अत्थेगे ज (जे) णं णो etc., practically up to ग्रंथाग्रं ४५४४ as in No. 457 followed by 'उदीच 'ना (ज्ञा ) तीयं द्भ( ) श्रीपतिखतपोचालष्यतं ४ ॥
N. B. - For other details see No. 457
महानिशीथसूत्र
No. 459
Size.- ro‡ in. by 44 in.
Extent.~ 129 folios; 13 lines to a page, 48 letters to a line. Description.— Country paper rough, thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with frequent gas; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; the first seven old foll. replaced by new ones, wherein yellow pigment is profusely used; fol. ra blank ; strips of paper pasted to some of the foll., e, g. 8, 13, 19, 25, 26 etc. ; edges of several foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole toterably fair; complete ; extent 4544 Ślokas.
Age. -- Sarvat 1594.
Begins.fol. 1 ॥ ६० ॥ श्रीगणेशाय नमः ॥
Mahāniśithasutra
178.
1873-74.

ॐ नमो अरहंताणं । स मे आउस तेणं etc., as in No. 457.
Ends. fol. 1286 अत्थेगे जे य णं etc., up to एवं महानिसीहं समाप्त ॥ practically as in No 457. Then we have the lines as under:

Page #62

460.)
II. 6 Chedasūtras
35
संवत् १५९४ वर्षे मार्गशीर्षमासे प्रथमपक्षे १० श्रीमत्व रतर'ग(च)छे
........... N. B.- For other details see No. 457.
महानिशीथसूत्र
Mahānisīthasutra
228. No. 460
1871-72. Size.- 11} in. by 4} in. Extent. — 75-1 =74 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and white ; Devanāgarī
characters with TAAS ; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; foll. 65th numbered as 66th also; the following foll. hence numbered as 67, 68, etc. ; the unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; fol. 1a blank; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 1a; most of the foll, worm-eaten in several places; condition tolerably fair ; complete ; yellow pigment rarely
used, Age.--- Samvat 1566. Begins.-fol. 1 1 0 1 FAT fazemes 11 AT 377Earoi i gi À 3113 # etc. Ends.--fol. 754 377925T SOT etc., up to AETAT TOT II 211 as in
No. 457. This is followed by the lines as under:
Fran 24@@T $a pre statut graa......arrantyaz THETFITTE Jagiza Il a 11 Then in a different hand we have :
पं० भुपतिविजयनी परत छै ।। N. B.- For other details see No. 457
1. Letters are gone, since a strip of paper is pasted here. 2. Letters are illegible, since yellow pigment is used.

Page #63

36
महानिशीथसूत्र zealarga
Age. Not quite modern.
Subject.
Begins.
در
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
No. 461
Size. 103 in. by 43 in.
Extent.
268 folios; 6 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper rough and white; Devanagari characters; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; white paste used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; this Ms. contains at times the tabba; e. g. on pp. 1 to 12, 51 to 113 etc.; fol. 210th numbered as 2010; foll. 1st and 267th slightly torn; condition on the whole good; complete; red chalk used rarely; while marking the end of the 2nd adhyayana named as mor; extent 4544 slokas.
""
- (tabbā) gar ति० तीर्थ नै वा त्रिकालवर्त्ति जिनने etc.
[461.
The text with its explanation in Gujarati.
(text) fol. 1 ton at fa am̃ raro etc., as in No. 457.
ور

Mahānisithasutra with ṭabba
1308.
1886-92.
पंचपरमेष्टि (ष्टि) रूप मंत्र छै रक्षा करो न० नमस्कार
Ends.-- fol. 267a à fìr etc., practically up to - सहिमि पाए (1) ग्रंथाग्रं ४५४४ as in No. 457 followed by इति ज्ञेयं महानिसी हसूत्रं संपूर्णः छः लीषतं गोकलसु (सुं) दर दादाजीरी धरमसालमे अंम नगरे वाचनार्थ

-(tabba ) fol. 113a ça e zỡi sû aita à ge जाणवो etc.
N. B. For other details see No. 457.

Page #64

462.]
व्यवहारसूत्र (ववहारसुत्त)
No. 462
در
در
دو

Size. 12 in. by 43 in.
Extent. 15 folios; 13 lines to a page; 51 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper very thin, brittle and grey; Devanägar: characters with पृष्ठमात्राs ; bold, big, legible and beutiful hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. ra blank; edges of the first three and those of the last two somewhat damaged; condition on the whole very fair; complete; 10 uddeśakas in all; their extents are are under :Uddeśaka fol. to fol. 3a
Ib
b
در
""
ور
""
در
III. 6 Chedasutras
THE THIRD CHEDASŪTRA
Age. Samvat 1563.
Subject.
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
""
23
37
در
>>
""
دو
رو
در
+in
7b
8b
rob
IIb
13b
Vyavahārasūtra (Vavaharasutta)
در

""
در
32
""
>>
""
1338. 1886-92.
""
ار
27
در
در
""
"3
72
در
ور
י7
8b
37
Iob
Irb
13b
15b
This is the third chedasútra. It deals with prescriptions and interdictions. In short it points out what Jaina saints ought to do and what they are expected to refrain from; in case of violating the prescribed rules, they have to go in for prayaścittas (expiations). This chedasūtra is utilized in composing Gacchacara.' and it has some portion in common with Niśithasutra.2
1 See my "Descriptive Catalogue of Jaina Manuscripts." (vol. XVII, pt. I, No. 374) published by the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute,
2 See No. 435, p. 2.

Page #65

38
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 462.
Begins.- fol. I ॥ ६॥ नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय[:] ।
जे भिक्खू मासियं परिहारहाणं परिसेवित्ता आलोएज्जा अप्प(प)लिउंचिय आलोए etc. -- fol. IS* चत्तारि अंतेवासी पन्नत्ता तं जहा उद्देसणंतेवासी णाम एके जो वायणंतेवी(वा)सी जाव धम्मंतेवासी जाव धम्मं ततो सेहभूमीउ(ओ) पण्णत्ताउ(ओ) तं जहा सत्तराइंदिया चाउम्मासि(या) छम्मासिया तओ थेरभूमीओ पन्नत्ताउ तं जहा जाइथेरे सुयधेरे परियागथेरे सट्टिवासजायए समणे णिग्गंथे जाइथेरे टाणसमवायधरे समणे णिग्गंथे सुत्तथैरे वीसवासपरियाए समणे णिग्गंथे पारयागथेरे णो कप्पति णिग्गंथाण वा णिग्गंथीण वा अणकडवसजातयं उवटावेत्तए वा संभु(8)जित्तए वा णिग्गंथाण वा खुड्डगं वा सातिरेग[चट्रवासजाये । यं उवटावेत्तए वा संभुजित्तए वा णो कप्पति णिग्गंथाण वा णिग्गंथीण वा खुड्डगस्स वा खुड्डियाए वा अवंजणजायकस्स आयारप. कप्पे णामज्झयणे उहिसित्तए वा कप्पति णिग्गंधाण वा णिग्गंथीण वा खुड्डगस्स वा खुड्डियाए वा वंजणजायकस्स आयारपकप्पे णामं अज्झयणे उदिसित्तए चउवासपरियागस्स समणस्स णिग्गंथस्य(स्स) कप्पति सूयकडे णाम उद्दिसित्तए पंचवासपरियागस्स समणस्स णिग्गंथस्स कप्पव्ववहारा णामज्झयणा उद्विसित्तए अट्टवासपरियागस्स समणस्स णिग्गथस्स कप्पति ठाणसमवाए णाम अंगे उद्दे(दि)सित्तए दसवासपरियागस्स समणस्स णिग्गंथ. स्स कप्पति विवाहे णाम अ(अ)गे उदिसित्तए एक्कारसवासपरियागस्स समणस्स णिग्गंथस्स कप्पति खुड्डिविमाणपविभत्ती-महल्लियाविमाणपविभत्ती-अंगचूलिया-वंगचूलिया-विवाहचूलिया णाम अज्झयणं उद्दिसित्तए एवं बारसवासपरिया[ए]गस्स म(अ)रुणोववाए गरुलोववाए वेलंधरोववाए णामं अज्झयणे [उज्झयणे उद्दिसित्तए तेरसवासपरियागस्स उहाणपरियाए समुहाणसुते देविंदोववाए णागपरियावलिया णाम अज्झयणं उहिसित्तए चोहसवासपरियागस्स समणस्स आसीविसमावणा णाम अज्झयणे उदिसित्तए पण्णरवासपरियागस्स दिट्टिविसभावणा णाम अज्झयणे उद्दिसित्तए सोलसवासपरियागस्स समणस्स चारणभावणा णामं अज्झयणे उदिसित्तए सत्तरवासपरियागस्स समणस्स कप्पति महासुमिणभावणा णामं अज्झयणे उदिसित्तए अटारसवासपरियागस्स समणस्स कष्पति णामज्झयणे उदिसित्तए वीसवासपरियागस्स पुव्वमुयाणुवादी दसविहे वेयाबच्चे पण्णत्ते तं जहा आयरियवेयावच्चे थेरवेया(वच्चे) तवस्सिवेयावच्चे
सेहवेयावच्चे गिलाणवेयावच्चे संघवेयावच्चे साहम्मियवेयावच्चे छ etc. Ends.- fol. I5 महापज्जवसाणे भवति संघवेयावञ्चं करेमाणे समणे महाणिज्जरे
महापज्जवसाणे भवइ साहम्मियवेयावच्चं करेमाणे महाणिज्जरे महापज्जव: साणे भवति त्ति बेमि छ ।

Page #66

463.)
III. 6 Chedasūtras
___इति श्रीव्यवहारसूत्रं समाप्त[:] छ संवत् १५६३वर्षे मार्गशरवदि
6 ogÀ arendi 7 Ti Hal:] 11 Reference.- Published along with Nišithasútra by W. Schubring,
Leipzig, 1918 and also by Jaina Sähitya Samsodhaka Samiti, Poona, Samvat 1979. See No. 434. The text is published with bhäşya etc.; see No. 467. For cotents etc. see Weber II. , p. 638, Indian Antiquary, vol. XXI, p. 210, and G. Bühler's Report for 1872-73. For an additional Ms. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 396.
व्यवहारसूत्र
Vyavahārasūtra
131. No. 463
1872-73. Size.— 334 in. by 24 in. Extent. 14+439+2+I+I-I=458 leaves ; 6 lines to a leaf ; 124
letters to a line. Description.- Palm-leaf somewhat thick and greyish ; Devanāgarī
characters with EATS; sufficiently big, legible and very good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but, really it is not so, since the lines are continuous; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the righthand margins as ļ, etc., 8, etc.; in the left-hand margin
स्त
स्तु
as 204, 806, sf, 8 oC etc.; leaf 1a blank ; so is the leaf 146; one extra blank leaf preceding the ist leaf; and one following leaf 14b; this work ends on leaf 14o; complete; extent soo ślokas ; this Ms. contains an additional work viz. व्यवहारसूत्रभाष्यटीका which is separately numbered and which commences on leaf rb following leaf 14€ (leaf 1* being blank) and which ends on leaf 439* which is followed by two extra blank leaves ; out of this second set leaves 27th and 47th are repeated and leaf 370 is numbered as 371 also, the subsequent ones hence numbered as 372 etc. ; edges

Page #67

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 464.
are slightly worn out; on the whole condition tolerably
good, this Ms. is placed between two wooden boards. Age.- Samvat I412. Begins.- leaf r" नमः सर्वज्ञाय ॥
__ जे भिक्खू मासिय परिहारट्टाणं etc. Ends.- leaf 14 महापज्जवसाणे etc., up to महापज्जवसाणे भवति as in
No. 462 followed by छ ॥ ववहारस्स दसमो उद्देसतो समत्तो ।। छ । छ । कप्पववहारा सम्मत्ता ॥ छ । छ । ग्रंथागू ५०० ॥ छ । मंगलं महाश्रीः ॥ छ । छ । शिवमस्तु [॥ छ । छ ।] सर्वजगतः [॥ छ ॥ छः ॥]
परिहि(ह)तदुरिता भवंति(तु) खष्वे(? सर्वेऽ)पि [॥ छः ॥] दोषा) प्रयांतु नाशाय
सर्वत्र सुखी भवतु लोकः ॥
& Il etc. N. B.- For other details see No. 462.
व्यवहारसूत्र
Vyavahārasutra (उद्देशक १-३)
(Uddesakas I-III) No.464
_12 (a)..
1881-82. Size.- 29t in. by 21 in. Extent.- 6+485+3%3D494 leaves ; 5 lines to a leaf ; 120 letters to
a line. Description.-- Palm-leaf somewhat thick, durable and greyish;
Devanāgari characters with Talas; small, legible and good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but, really it is not so, as the lines are continuous ; borders of each of the columns ruled in four lines in black ink; leaves numbered in both the margins ; in the right-hand one as १,२ etc.; and in the left-hand one as स्व, स्ति, श्री, पर्क etc.; leaf r'

Page #68

465.]
III. 6 Chedasutras
41
blank; three extra blank leaves preceding this leaf; this work ends on leaf 6b; complete so far as the ist three uddeśakas making up the ist khanda are concerned ; leaves after the sixth are again numbered as 1, 2, etc.; the leaf 385th wrongly placed after the ist, so it appears to be missing after the 384th leaf; in each leaf in the spaces betweeen the columns there are two holes in all; a string passes through them ; so the 384th leaf is not being shifted to its due place ; this Ms. contains व्यवहारसूत्रभाष्यटीका; it commences on leaf rb, since leaf 1a is blank, and it ends on leaf 485a; leaf 4856 blank; see No. 472 ; two wooden boards encom
pass this Ms. Age.- Old. Begins.- leaf I 9 नमः सर्वज्ञायः ।
जे भिक्खू मासियं परिहारट्टाणं etc. Ends.- leaf 6 भिक्खुणो बहुस्सुत्तो(तो) वन्भागमा बहुसो २ आगाढागासु
कारणेसु माई मुसाबाई पावजीवी जावज्जीवाए तेसिं तप्पत्तियं तं चेव । एवं बहवे गणावच्छेतिया बहवे आयरियउवज्झाया बहवे भिक्खुणो व(ब)हवे गणावच्छेइता । बहवे आयरियउवज्झाया बहुस्सुता बभागमा । बहुसो आगाढागाढेसु कारणेसु माई मुसावाई अमु(सु)ति पावजीवी जाव(ज)जीवाए तेसिं तापत्तियं णो कप्पड आयरियत्तं वा जाय(व) उदिसित्तए वा ॥ छ ॥ तईओ उदेसओ समत्तो॥ छ ॥ छ । समप्तिं प्रथमखण्डस्य सूत्रं ॥छ ॥ छ । मंगलमस्तु । शुभं भवतु श्रीश्रमणसंघस्य ॥ छ ।।
मांगल्यं दद्यात् ॥ छ ॥ छ । N. B.-- For other details see No. 462.
व्यवहारसूत्र (उद्देशक १-३)
Vyavahārasūtra (Uddesakas T-III)
No. 465
13(8). 1881-82.
Size.- 343 in. by 2 in. Extent.-4+ 345+3+2=3D354 leaves ; about 6 lines to a leaf; 160
letters to a line. 6 [J. L. P.]

Page #69

42
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 466.
Description.-. Palm-leaf thin and greyish ; Devanāgari characters
with gaitats ; small, quite legible and very good handwriting; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but, really speaking, it is not so ; for, the lines are continuous; borders of each of the colunms ruled in three lines in black ink; red chalk used ; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand margin as १ स्त, २ स्त, ३ स्त, and ४ स्त and thereafter as 3, R, etc. ; in the left-hand margin as Fa, PA, sit, of and then fa, fa, ft, ut etc ; leaf 14 of each ? = ? of the sets blank; three extra blank leaves at the beginning and two such extra leaves at the end ; this work ends on leaf 4; complete so far as the first three uddešakas are concerned ; this Ms. contains in addition aerea ( 3. १-३)टीका which commences on leaf Ib and ends on leaf 3456; there are two holes in each leaf, in the spaces between the columns; a string passes through them ; a number of leaves corroded ; so, several leaves are in a frag
mentary condition; condition on the whole fair. Age. – Saivat 1391. See No. 473. Begins.- leaf 10 TA: FATTI
PTFE HIti oferteroi etc. Ends.-leaf 4" भिक्खुणो बहुस्सुत्तो etc., up to जाव उहिसित्तए वा practically
as in No. 464 followed by afwat gerhaÌ HATT 117 11 TATA
TYAQUETT FELIZ!! 11 Ji wa ll lll N. B.---For other particulars see No. 462.
व्यवहारसूत्र
Vyavabārasūtra टब्बासहित
with tablā
193. No. 466
1873-74. Size.. 102 in. by 4 in. Extent. 50 folios ; 6 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line.

Page #70

467.]
III. 6 Chedasntras Description.- Country paper thick, smooth and white; Devanagari
characters ; big, clear and very good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink, edges singly; a Gujarăti commentary known as tabbā written line for line above the corresponding portions of the text; fol. ja blank; yellow pigment used ; condition very good ; complete ; extent
740 Slokas. Age.- Samvat I753. Subject.— Vyavahārasūtra along with its explanation in Gujarati, Begins.- ( text ) fol. 1 ॥६॥ ॥ श्रीजिनाय नमः ।।
जे भिक्खू etc., as in No. 462. , --( tabba ) fol. I' श्रीमहावीराय नमः ।
जे कोइ साधू । मास एक परिहार प्रायछित(श्वित्त) स्थानक । अंगी
कार करी etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 50° महापज्जवसाणे भवई । ९ संघवेयावच्चं etc., up to
महापज्जवसाणे भवई as in No. 462 followed by the line as under:
दसमोदेसो सम्मत्तो ॥ १० ॥ इति श्रीव्यवहारसूत्रं समाप्तं ॥ संवत् १७५३ वर्षे शाके १६१९ पृ(प्र)वर्तमाने । कात्तीशुदि १३ रवौ दिने । 'पाटण'मध्ये लिपीकृतं । सूत्रग्रंथाग ७४० ॥ श्रीरस्तु etc. --( tabba ) fol. 50" श्रमण । निग्रंथनि । मोटी निर्जरा । मोटु फल होइ ।। १०॥ दसमो उद्देसो समाप्त ॥१०॥
___इति श्रीव्यवहारसूत्रार्थटबो समाप्तः ॥ N. B.---For other ditails see Nc. 462.
व्यवहारसूत्रभाष्य
Vyavabārasūtrabhāsya (ववहारसुत्तभास)
(Vavahārasuttabhāsa)
151. No. 467
1881-82. Size.- 12g in. by 5 in. Extent.-- 128 + 1 = 129 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 53 letters to a
line.

Page #71

44
Jaina Literature and philosophy
[ 467. Description. - Country paper thin, tough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with ears; big, legible and elegant handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; most of the foll. numbered only once, in the right-hand margin ; the first few foll. slightly worm-eaten ; condition good ; fol. 42nd repeated ; some foll. have partly stuck together, owing to the presence of gum in the ink used; foll. 1a and 128b blank; complete; extent 5200 ślokas; for the last lines see No. 476 ; this bhāşya is divided into 10 sections corresponding to the ro uddeśakas of Vyavahārasūtra ; the extent of each of these sections is as under:-- Section
I foll. ja to 286
11
»
285
III
IV
IX
VI VII VIII
105a
, 1058 „ 1282 Age.-- old. Subject.— This work starting with the pithikā or introduction end
ing on fol. 66 is a commentary in Prākrit in verses explaining Vyavahārasūtra.
Begins.-- fol. 16 (:) TATTI
ववहारो ववहारी ववहर(रि) ति]यचो य जे जहा पुरिसा ।
एतेसिं उ पमाणं पत्तेव(य) पत(?)वणं वोच्छं । १ । fol. 65 gra **(Tatatag THT gitaar' FATA grã gia
Ararat 11 7 113!! ,, 18 पवत्तिणी गणावछेइणी भिं(भिक्खुणीसूत्रं आलोयणा प्रकृतं
HEARI Jl arora FFATIG
I. This contains 183 verses.

Page #72

468.]
III. 6 Chedasatras
fol. 28' इति व्यवहारभाष्ये प्रथमोद्देशकः ॥ समाप्तः छ । छ ॥ एवं
सर्वा ग्रंथानं ९७९ ॥ छ । , 38 व्यवहारे द्वितीयः ॥१॥छ ।
48. इति व्यवहारभाष्ये पट्टबद्धोद्देशकस्तृतीयः परिसमाप्तः ॥ छ । 64 इति व्यवहारभाष्ये चतुर्थो(s)ध्यायः ॥ छ ॥ छ ।
इति व्यवहारे पंचम(:) ॥ छ । छ । 78b व्यवहारभाष्ये षष्टः(ष्ठः) ॥ छ ॥६॥ ,, 93 इति व्यवहारभाष्ये (सप्तमः) समाप्तः ॥ छ ॥ ७॥ ,, Lord इति व्यवहारभाष्येऽष्टमोऽध्यायः समाप्तः ॥ छ ॥ ८
,, 105 इति व्यवहारभाष्ये नवमो(s)ध्यायः समाप्तः । छ । Ends.-- fol. 128
कप्पव्ववहाराणां भासं मोतु(त्तू )ण वित्थरं सोउं । पुवायरिएहिं कयं सीसाण हितोवएसत्थं । (१)४१ । etc. जयति जि[पा ]णो वीरवरो सह(स)रुह(हर तवणिज्जपुंजपिंजरदेहो । सबसुरासुरणरवरमउडतडालीढया(पा)वीढतढो(डो)। १४३।
णमो सुतदेवयाए भगवतीए ॥ छ ॥ इति व्यवहारभाष्यं समाप्तं ॥ छ ॥ etc. followed in red ink by the lines as under:साहश्रीवच्छासतसाहसहसकिरणेन पुस्तकमिदं गृहीतं सुतवर्द्धमानशांति
दासपारपालनार्थ न लषाव्यउ लेषक जो भूपत्ति यं. ५२०० माहाजनइ. Reference.- This bhāşya is published together with the original
work, Niryukti and Malayagiri Sūri's Sanskrit commentary by Keshavlal P. Modi in 12 parts in Samvat 1982 to 1985.
व्यवहारसूत्रभाष्य
Vyavahārasūtrabhāşya
401. No. 468
1880-8]. Size. — 13} in. by s} in. Extent.-78 - 2 = 76 folios; I7 lines to a page ; 62 letters to a line. Description.--- Country paper, very thin, rough and greyish ; Deva
nagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, quite legible, uni

Page #73

46
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[468.
form and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used profusely; foll. numbered in both the margins; unnumbered sides have a small design mainly in yellow colour in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; edges of some of the foll. e. g. 2nd, 4th etc., damaged and slightly worn out; condition tolerably good ; foll. 1st and 3rd missing ; otherwise the work is complete ; 4629 gāthās.
Age.— Samvat 1655.
Begins.— ( abruptly ) fol. 2... णं यं च्छंद (तु) मंचेवच्छंदितो सतो । (?) वमंतरम ठावे तित्थगराणं तरं संघ । (३०) पिम्मे दधम्मे संविग्गे चेव जे उ पडिवक्खा | ते विहु वहरियव्वा कि (किं) पुण जे तेसि पडिवक्खा (३१) वितियमुवएसमकादिया जे होंति ऊ पडिवक्खा |
विवि (व) वहा (ह) रियव्वा पायच्छित्ता भवतेया (३२)
(a) एसो अगीए दिज्झति बितिओ ओ ( उ ) सोधिववहारो गहिए य अणाभवे दिज्झति वितियं नुपत्थित्तं ॥ (३३) दारं ।
पायच्छित्तनिरुत्तं भेयाजत्ते परूवणहुत्तं । अज्झणाण विसेसो तदरिहपरिसा यमुत्तत्थो ॥ (३४) दारं ॥

पावं [] [छ (छिं)दति [म] जम्हा पायछित्तं तु भण्णए तेण । (पा) एण वा वि चित्तं विसा (सो) धय (ए) तेण पच्छित्तं (३५) णिरुत्तदारं ॥ etc.
Finds. - fol. 78b कप्पववहाराणं भासं etc., up to विढतो ( त )डो as in No. 467 followed by एवं गाथा ।। ४६२९ ॥ व्यवहारभाष्यं समाप्तं ॥ छ ॥ संवति १६५५ प्रमिते । श्री' स्तंभतीर्थ वेलाकुले | कार्त्तिकसुदि त्रयोदशीवासरे । श्रीबुधवारभासुरे । रंगद्वैराग्यभंगीवासना समादृतकठोरतरसाधुक्रियासमाचार | कृतवदावदकुवादितिरस्कार | श्रीसाहिसमक्षं दूरीकृतकुमतिकृतोत्सूत्रासभ्यवचनमय प्रवचनपरीक्षादिशास्त्रव्याख्यानविचार । विशिष्टस्वष्टमंत्रादिप्रभावप्रसादित' पंचनद' पति सोमराजादियक्षपरिवारा अधरितमधुमाधुर्य व वाक्चातुर्य रंजितनिखिल भूपालमौलिमाणिक्यप्रभापटलकश्मीरजजलधौतचरणकमलजलालदी श्री अकबर पातिसाहिवितीयो ( ? ) पालियां हि (? अष्टाहि (ह्नि) काष्मा (? मा)रिवर्षावधि श्री स्तंभतीर्थ' विज (?)लध्यं तर्वर्त्तिजलचरजीवततिसंरक्षणसमुद्भतप्रभूतयशः संभार । श्रीसाहे प्रदत्तयुगप्रधानबि रुवधार | श्रीजिनदत्तसरिसंतानीव । श्री बृहत्खरतर 'गणशृगारमैक्तिकहार

Page #74

469.]
III.6 Chedasutras
___47
श्रीजिनमाणिक्यसूरिपट्टोदयाचलप्रभाकरविजयमान । श्री । युगप्रधानश्रीजिनचंद्रमुरिभिः श्री स्तंभतीर्थ'भांडागारे श्रीसंघाय प्रसादीकृता । प्रवाच्यमाना चिरं नंदता(दा)चंद्राळ । शुभं बोभवीतु । श्रीस्तंभकपार्श्वनाथप्रसादात्
॥श्री।। श्री॥ N. B.-- For other details see No. 467.
194.
व्यवहारसूत्र
Vyavahārasutra (उद्देशक १-३).
(Uddesakas I-III)भाष्य टीकासहित
bhāsya with tīkā No. 469
1873-74. Size.- Io in. by 48 in. Extent.---329 - 1 - 1 = 327 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 52 letters to
a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and white; Devanāgari chara
cters with occasional पृष्टमात्राs; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used ; foll. numbered in both the margins; Ist fol. missing ; fol. 188th numbered as 189th also ; the following hence numbered as 190 ete. ; fol. 266th numbered in the right-hand margin as 166th ; similarly 289th as 309th ; 309th as 209th in both the margins ; the bhāsya goes up to the end of the third uddesaka only; fol. 329th blank ; small strips of paper pasted to fol. 41b; edges of the
second fol. slightly damaged ; condition very fair. Age.—Pretty old. Author of the commentary.- Malayagiri Suri. Subject. --- A chedasůtra along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.~~ ( text ) fol. 3b
व्य(ब)वहारा(रो) व्य(व)वहारी वध(व)हरियत्वा य जे जहा पुरिसा। एएसिं उ पमाणं पत्तेय परूवणं वोच्छं ॥ etc. ववहारी खलु कत्ता ववहारो होइ करणभूतो उ । ववहा(ह)रियव्यं कज्जं कुंभादितियस्य जह सिद्धी । etc.... ..

Page #75

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
48
[470.
Begins.- (com.) fol. 2* क्रमः ॥ शरीरभव्यशरीरव्यतिरिक्तस्त्रिविधः । सचित्ता
चित्तमिश्रभेदात् तत्र सचित्तद्रव्योपक्रमे etc. (com.) fol. SI" इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचितायां व्यवहारटीकायां
व्यवहारपीठिका समाप्ता[:] ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथानं २३५५ छ गतो नामनिष्पन्नो निक्षेप संप्रति सूत्रालापकनि
ष्पन्नस्य निक्षेपस्यावसरः । etc. ,, ,, 233' इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचितायां प्रथम उद्देशकः
समाप्त ॥ छ ॥ सपीठिके प्रथमोद्देशके ग्रंथाग्रं १०८७८ ॥ छ ॥ व्याख्यातः प्रथमाद्देशकः ।१। सांप्रतं द्वितीयमारभ्यते । तस्य चेदना(मा)दिसूत्र छ
दोसो हम्मियाए गतो विहरति इत्यादि । etc. , , 295" इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचिताया(यां) व्यवहारटीकायां
द्वितीयोद्देशकः ॥ छ ॥ छ । उक्तो द्वितीयोद्देशक(:)॥ संप्रति तृतीय आरभ्यते । तत्र चेदमादिसूत्रं भिक्खू
य इच्छेज्जा गणं धारितएत्यादि । etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 329b
आगाढमुसावादी वितियईए य लोवतिवए ऊ (1)
मो(मा)यी य या(जा)व(ज् )जीव असुइकिन्ने कणगदंडे (1) ,, -(com.) fol. 329 कनकदंडः संज्ञालिप्तः स्पष्टुं न कल्पते एवमेषो(ड)पि न कल्पते यावज्जीवमाचार्यत्वादिपदेषु स्थापयितुमिति । छ ।
इति श्रीमलयागिरिविरचितायां व्यवहारटीकायां तृतीयोद्देशकः
समाप्तः ॥ छ । ग्रंथानं १६८५६ प्रथमषंड परिपूर्णा छ । etc. Reference.--- Published. See No. 467. For the commentary see
Weber II, pp. 640-644.
व्यवहारसूत्र
Vyavahărasūtraभाष्यटीका
bhāsyaţikā
16. No. 470
1881-82. Size.- about 25] in. by It in. Extent.- 400 leaves as stated in the printed catalogue.

Page #76

471.]
49
Description.-Palm-leaf; Devanagari characters; almost every leaf broken into three pieces; several leaves stuck together; condition extremely unsatisfactory; further description not possible as the Ms. placed between two wooden boards is not to be taken out of the box.
N. B. For other details see No. 469.
व्यवहारसूत्र( उद्देशक १ )भाष्यटीका
No. 471
Size. 32 in. by 17 in.
Extent.
III. 6 Chedasūtras
10+401+1=412 leaves; 3 to 4 lines to a leaf; about 120 letters to a line.
Age. Samvat 1344.
Author.
Description. Palm-leaf thin, durable and greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional qarars; sufficiently big, legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink; red chalk used; there are two holes in each leaf in the inter-spaces between the columns; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand one as R, etc. and in the left-hand one as a, 2, 3, ?
पर्क etc. ; leaf a blank; this is preceded by 10 extra blank leaves; complete so far as the 1st uddeśaka is concerned ; extent 10878 slokas; leaf 401 is slightly worn out; it is followed by one extra blank leaf; this Ms. is placed between two wooden boards.
7 [J. L. P. ]

Vyavaharasutra(Uddeśaka I)bhasyaṭīkā
Malayagiri Sūri.
14. 1881-82.

Page #77

yo
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 471.
Subject. Commentary in Sanskrit to the 1st uddeśaka of Vyava
hārasūtra.
Begins. - leaf rb नमः सर्व्वविदे |
प्रणमत नेमिजिनेश्वर etc., as in No. 472; the 4th verse etc., being as under :---
भाष्यं क्व चेदं विषमार्थगर्भ
कवा (चा) हमेषोऽल्पमतिप्रकर्षः ।
तथापि सम्यग्गुरुपर्युपास्ति
प्रसादतो जातदृढप्रतिज्ञः ॥ ४ ॥ उक्तं कल्पाध्ययनमिदानीं व्यवहाराध्ययनमुच्यते etc.
Ends.-- leaf 401 4 स्वयं ददति प्रयच्छंति विशोधीः प्रायश्चित्तानि याः पुनः प्रत्युत्पन्ना (:) संप्रत्युत्पन्ना देवतास्ता महाविदेहेषु गत्वा तीर्थकरान पृच्छंति पृष्ट्वा च साधुभ्यः कथयंतीति ॥ छ ॥
॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ etc.

श्रीमलयगिरिविरचितायां व्यवहारटीकायां प्रथम उद्देशः समाप्तः
सपीठिके प्रथमोद्देशके ग्रं. १०८७८ संव (तू) १३४४ वर्षे अश्विन शु० ५ 'साकंभरी' देशे 'सिंहपुर्यो' 'मथुरान्वये कायस्थ पांडे (त) सांगदेवेन लिखितमिति । 'पोहवाला'न्वये सा० गोगासंताने सा० सपूनपुत्र सा० दुर्लभ । आहड धनचंद्र | वीरचंद्र तत्पुत्र सा० वोल्हा सा० जाहड सा० हेमसिंह | ढानां तत्पुत्र सा० हूलणदेवचंद कुमरपालप्रसृषा(खा ) णां पुस्तकमिदं ॥ सं० १३४४ श्रीकम्ह ( ? न्ह ) रिसिसंताने श्रीपद्मचंद्रोपाध्यायशिं......' सिंहस्य श्रेयसे श्रीव्यवहारसिद्धांतस्य पुस्तकत्रयं शा० हूलकेन स्वपितृव्यभक्तिमता लिखापितं ॥ छ ॥
raviद्रदिवाकरौ शिरि (?) गुरुर्यावच्च ......
.. यतिजने यावच्च रत्नाक
Then in a different hand we have :
संवत् १४५१ वर्षे सा० खेतसिंहपुत्रिकया 'माल्ह 'कुलकमलराज - मरालसा • झांझणनंदनोत्तम सत्कर्माकर सा० क....... कर्मादेव श्राविकाया श्रीव्यवहार सिद्धांत पुस्तकं स्वकीय शुल्कस्वापतेयेन गृहीत्वा सविचार (?) श्री ' खरतरगच्छे सुगुरुश्रीजिनराजसूरीणां समुपकारित (?) वाच्यमानं चिरं नंदतात् ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥
Reference. -- Published. See No. 467.

Page #78

472.]
1!1. 6 Chedasutras
व्यवहारसूत्र
Vyavabārasūtra(उद्देशक १-३).
(Uddesakas I-III)भाष्यटीका
bhāsyatikā No. 472
12(b).
1881-82. Extent.- 485 leaves. Description.- Leaves Ii and 485° blank; complete so far as the first
three uddcsakas are concerned ; extent 2465 slokas. For
other details see No. 464. Subject.- A Sanskrit commentary explaining the first three uddesa
kas of Vyavahärasútra. Begins.- leaf r' ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥ अहं ।।
प्रणमत नेमिजिनेश्वरमखिलप्रत्यूहतिमिररविबिंब । दर्शनपथमवतीर्ण शशिवद् दृष्टेः प्रसत्तिकरं ॥१॥ नत्वा गुरुपदकमलं व्यवहारमहं विचित्रनिपुणार्थे । विवृणोमि यथाशक्ति प्रबोधहेतोडमतीनां ॥२॥ विषमपदविवरणेन व्यवहर्तव्यो व्यधायि साधूनां।
व्यवहारः श्रीचर्णिकृते नमस्तस्मै ॥ ३ ॥etc. leaf 1385b-- संप्रति यथा भूतार्थो ज्ञायते । तथा प्रतिपिपादायपुरगाथामाह ॥ छ ।
वारिया पुच्छणपसण कावालिय तवो य संघो जं भणइ ।
चउभंगो तिरिक्खी देवया य तहियं विहीए एसो। तत्र भूतार्थे ज्ञातव्ये । एष विधिश्वरिका परिव्राजिका तस्या प्रच्छनाय
वृषभाणां प्रेषणं । स चेत्सत्यवादी न मन्यते । etc. Ends.- leaf 485 कनकदंडा(डः) संज्ञालिप्तः etc., up to समाप्तः as in
No. 469 followed by छ ॥ तृतीयोदेशके ग्रंथाग्रं २४६५॥ छ ॥ etc. N. B.--- For other details see No. 471.
-
-
This leaf is placed after the first leaf of the work here noted, whereas the leaf
385th is wanting after 384th; so it seems to have been misplaced.

Page #79

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[473.
व्यवहारसूत्र
Vyavahārasūtra( उद्देशक १-३)
(Uddesakas I-III)भाष्यटीका
bhāsyatīkā No. 473
13 (b).
1881-82. Extent.-- leaf 1b to leaf 345". Description.-Complete so far as the Ist three uddesakas are con
cerned ; this Ms. contains a praśasti. For other details see
No. 465. Age.-- Samvat 1391. Begins.- lcaf r" ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ।
प्रणमत नेमिजिनेश्वर etc. Ends..- leal 345 कनकदंडः etc., up to स्थापयितव्यामिति छ॥ as in No.
469 followed by the lines as under:
इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचितायां व्यवहारटीकायां तृतीय उद्देशकः समाप्तः ग्रंथा२४६...... छ छ शुभं भवतु श्रीसंघस्य संवत् १३९१वर्षे आश्विनसुदि १ सोमे अद्येह स्तंभ'तीर्थे व्यवहारग्रंथस्य प्रथमखंडं संपूर्ण संजातमिति छ छ॥ 'ऊकेश'वंश इह शैवली(लि)नीशबंधु
रुत्तं(मुंगभंगिसुभगोरुयशोनिवासः खत्प्रतापवडवानलडंबरायः
संशोभते कलगभीरिमलक्ष्मिरम्यः ॥ १॥ इह.........रुभक्त्या रंजितानेकलोको
गुणगणघृणिपूर्णः पुंमाणिर्मूलराजः समजनि जनवित्ता पंच पुत्रास्तदीया
जिनकृषकृतिसज्जाः पांडवाभा बभूवुः ॥२॥ लालाख्य(ः) प्रथमः परस्तिहुणसिंहाख्यस्तृतीयः पुनः
श्राद्धो राजति हेमसिंह इतरः सद्धर्मकर्मोद्धरः तुर्यों वर्यगुणो विभात्य(5)जयसिंहोऽन्यो जगत्सिंहको
तेऽमी दिव्यविवेकमेदु...कस्मै न चित्रप्रदाः ॥३॥ लालाकस्य कला(कला)पकलिता भार्या बभौ सुंदरी
सोमाख्यस्तनयोत्तमोऽस्य दयिता सोमल्लदेवी प्रिया तस्या डोंगरसिंहनंदनवरः साधुर्बभौ सद्गुणो
यत्कायो नयधैर्यमुख्यकगुणैः सद्भूषणैर्भूषितः ॥ ४ ॥ इतश्व॥

Page #80

473.]

III. 6 Chedasutras
जल्पाककल्पित प्रकल्पजटालजल्पकुट्टाकक... (निश्छन (झ) धर्मपुर सार्वपथीन बुद्धिजैज्ञे गुरुजिनपतिर्य तिचक्रवर्ती ॥ ५ ॥ तत्पट्टपद्मारमणीविलासनिवासवर्या मुनिचक्रर्याः ।
कंदर्पदम्पलना (:) प्रधाना जिनेश्वराख्या गुरवो बभूवुः ॥ ६ ॥
श्री 'चंद्र' गच्छसरसी सरसीरुहश्री
विद्यामरालललनाललनाभिरामः नैर्यथ्यमार्गसुरतः सुरतप्रसक्ति
मुक्तोऽभवत्तदनु सूरिजिनप्रबोधः ॥ ७ ॥ तदनु मदनरूपो...
.. दूरूपः सर्वसिद्धांतरूपः ।
युगवरकमलोरश्वित्रपत्रांकुराभः
स्म जयति जिनचंद्राभिख्यसूरिप्रधानः ॥ ८ ॥ inप्राप्ते यशसि जलधौ श्वदधौ
tata'शत्रुंजय' शिखरिचैत्यच्छलवशात् घनस्त्यानीभूतः प्रविलसति डिंडीरनिकर:
कुले चांद्रे' ते श्रीजिनकुशलसूरीश उदगुः ॥ ९ ॥ श्रीचंद्र' गच्छांबर तिग्मभानवः
भाग्यभंगी सुभगंभ (म्म) विष्णवः
गु
• युश्विरं श्रीजिनपद्मसूरयः ॥ १० ॥ तद्वक्त्रामृतकुंड मंडनवचः पीयूषषं कणे
हत्यास्वाद्य समुन्मिषच्छुभमतिः सोमाभिधः श्रावकः लालाभिख्यपितुर्वृषाय सुकृती सद्वर्ण्य (र्ण) वर्णाततं
पुस्तं श्रीव्यवहार आद्यदलकं संलेखयामा सिवान् ॥ १२ (११) ॥ शैलस्तोमसुरोमहर्षखचिता शृंगारभृंगारिता
सूर्यश्वेतगुकांतिकुंकुम कलश्रीषंडलिप्तांगका ।
यावत्क्रीडति गा मेदिनी
तावन्नंद पुस्तमेतदनिशं वावाच्यमानं बुधैः ॥ १२ ॥ श्रीव्यवहार सिद्धांत प्रशस्तिः ॥ छ ॥ etc. श्रीः ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ शिवमस्तु ॥ छ ॥ सकलश्रीसंघस्य ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ॥
N. B. — For further particulars see No. 472.

Page #81

54
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Age.--Samvat 1412.
व्यवहारसूत्र( उद्देशक ४-१० )भाष्यटीका
No. 474
Extent.--439 + I - 1 = 439 leaves.
Description. Leaves numbered in both the margins; in the righthand one as 1 2 etc.; in the left-hand one as स्व, स्ति, श्री, २ ३
र्क etc.; leaves 27 and 47 repeated; leaf 37oth also numbered as 371th ; so the following numbered as 372, 373 etc. ; leaf ra blank; this Ms. commences with the commentary of the 4th uddeśaka. For other details sce No. 463.
Author - Malayagiri suri.
Subject.
Begins. – leaf rb ॐ नमः सर्वज्ञाय |
Commentary in Sanskrit explaining the uddeśakas ( 4 to 10 ) of Vyavahārasūtra.
Ends. - leaf 4394

[474.
Vyavaharasutra(Uddeśakas IV-X)bhāṣyaṭikā
132. 1872-73.
उक्तस्तृतीयदेशकः संप्रति चतुर्थ आरभ्यते । तत्रेदमादिसूत्राष्टकं । नो कप्पइ आयरि (य) उवज्झायरस एमाणियस्स इत्यादि । अथास्य सूत्राष्टकस्य कः संबंध इति संबंधप्रतिपादा ( दना )र्थमाह एयोसविमुको होs etc.
aava (a) वहाराणं भासं मुत्तूण वित्थरं सव्वं । gaarरयेहिं कयं सीसाण हियोवएसत्थं ॥
(भ) बससह समहणं एयं ता (ना) हिंति जे उ काहिंति । कम्मरयविपक्को (का) मोक्खमविग्घेण गच्छति ॥ देशक इव निर्दिष्टा विषमस्थानेषु तत्त्वमार्गस्य । विदुषामतिप्रशस्यो जयति श्री चूर्णिकारोऽसौ ॥ विषमोऽपि व्यवहारो अधापि (व्यधायि ) सुगमो गुरूपदेशेन । यदवापि चात्र पुण्यं तेन जन ( : ) स्यात्सुगतिभागी | (II) दुर्बोधात पकष्टव्यपगतमलच्चै (?) कविमलकीर्तिभरः || (I) टीकामिमामकार्षीत् मलयगिरिः पेशलवचोभिः | ( | ) व्यवहारस्य भगवतो यथास्थितार्थप्रदर्शने दक्षा (क्षं) (I)

Page #82

15.]
III. 6 Chedasūtras
55
विवरणमिदं समाप्तं श्रमणगणानाममृतभृ(भूतं ।
इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचिता व्यवहाराध्ययनटीका समाप्ता ॥ छ । दशमोद्देशके ग्रंथा० ४१३३ सर्वसंख्याया ग्रंथाग्रं ३७६२५ ॥ छ ॥ द्वितीयखंडे तु ग्रंथानं १०३६६ ॥ छ ॥ संवत् १४१२वर्षे अद्येह 'स्तंभ'तीर्थे श्री श्रीमाल'ज्ञातीयमंत्रीलूणसीहभार्या चांपलदेवी तयोः पुत्र महं(?)सोहडभार्या हांसलदेवी तयोः पुत्र सलषणः तेन श्रीहेमचंद्रसूरीणां शिष्येन श्रीम'दागम'गच्छनायकश्रीजयतिलकसूरीणां बांधवेन अमरकीर्तिगणिना पंडस्फुटितव्यवहारद्वितीयपंडपुस्तकं निजश्रेयो(5)थै संपूर्णी
कृतं ॥ श्रीः ।। छ । Reference.- Published. See No. 467.
व्यवहारसूत्र( उद्देशक ७-९).
भाष्यटीका No. 475
Vyavahárasūtra(Uddesakas VII--IX )
bhāsyatīkā
15.
1881-82.
Size.- 311 in. by 2 in. Extent.-- 99+3=102 leaves ; 6 lines to a leaf ; 124 letters to a line. Description.-- Palm-leaf thin, durable and greyish ; Devanāgarī
characters with पृष्टमात्राs; small, legible, uniform and very good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns ; but really it is not so ; for, the lines are continuous ; red chalk used ; some of the leaves slightly worm-eaten ; a few leaves in the begining have their right-hand corners worn out; some have their edges partly worn out; condition on the whole unsatisfactory; for, even some leaves are in fragments; leaves numbered in both the margins as usual ; this Ms. starts with the sist leaf marked as C, so it begins
१ abruptly; even the end is abrupt, though there are three

Page #83

Jaina Literature and Pliilosophy
476.
extra blank leaves in the end. This Ms. contains a part of the commentary to the 7th uddeśaka along with that of the 8th
and the oth uddešakas, that for the latter incomplete. Age.-- Fairly old. Author.-- Malayagiri Súri. Subject. – A Sanskrit commentary explaining the uddeśakas (7 to 9)
of Vyavahārasūtra. Begins.--- leaf SI च्छति तस्य चागच्छति इयं सामाचारी यदि समागच्छन्
नैष(षे)धिकीं न करोति कालवधः । अथ नमो कखमासमणाणमिति......एवं दंडकारिणा निवेदने कृते etc. एष दृष्टांतोऽयमर्थोपनयः । छ ॥ एविहवी
दट्टज्ज(व्वं) दंडधरो होति दंडो तेसिं च etc. Ends.-- leaf I49 अथवा ब्रूयात् गृहवासे(5)प्येते अदृष्टकल्याणा दीनां(ना) अदत्त
दाणा(ना) आसीरन् तेन मध्ये प्रविशति ॥ उपसंहारमाह । एतान् दोषान ज्ञात्वा मध्ये प्रविशेत् । अत्र चोदक(:) प्राह यदि एलुकविष्कभे एते दोषा अंतःप्रविष्टे च सविदोषास्तत एलुकविष्कंभसूत्रफलं ......... स्यात् तत आह ॥ छ ।
उम्बरविष्क(क्खं)भ(भं)मि वि जति दोसा अतिमयंमि सविसेसा
तहवि अफलं न सुत्तं सुत्तनिवाइमो जम्हा ॥ यद्यपि उम्बरविष्कंभे दोषा अतिगते मध्यमप्रवेशे सविशेषास्तथापि सूत्रफलं न भवति यस्मादयं सूत्रीनपातः मूत्रविषयस्तमेव दर्शयति । छ ।
उच्चा(?)प्पडासत्थेसेणासंबवयपवादीवा ॥
वहिनिग्गमणा जले(?) भुंजइ. This Ms. ends thus. Referance. - Published. See No. 467.
व्यवहारसूत्रचूार्ण (ववहारसुत्तचुण्णि)
Vyavahārasūtracūrņi ( Vavaharasuttacunni)
152.
No. 476
1881-82. Size.-- 12g in. by 4g in. Extent.--. 219 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and greyish ; Devanägari cha
racters with पृष्टमात्रा ; big, clear and good hand-writing

Page #84

476.]
III. 6 Chedasūtras
III
IV
borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; every fol. more or less worm eaten ; condition fair ; fol. I. blank; complete ; extent 10360 ślokas. This work is divided into 10 sections corresponding to the 10 uddeśakas of Vyavahārsūtra ; the extent of each of these sections is as under:Section
foll. I to 542 _542,, 68b
68b,, 86b ___86° ,, II60 ,, II6,, 122 , 1226 ,, 1438 , 143°,, 1670
1679 ,, 186 186 ,, 190°
I90° ,, 219 Age. Samvat 1566. Subject,-~- A commentary in mixed Prakrit and Sanskrit to Vyava
harasutra.
V
VI
VII
VIII
190° "21"
Begins.- fol. I'ए ९ ० ए नमोऽहन्यः ॥ नमो जिणाणं ॥
उक्तः कल्पः । अधुना व्यवहारस्यावसरः प्राप्तः । तत्र कल्पव्यवहार. स्यायं संबंध() ॥ कल्पे आभवंतपच्छित्तं वत्तव्वं जं च कप्पे ण भणितं तं ववहारे भण्णति । आलो( य )णविही ववहारे भण्णति । अनेन संबंधेनापातस्य व्यवहार(रा)ध्ययनस्य अनुयोगद्वारचतुष्टयं । वत्ताणे(?) जहा etc. fol. To ववहारपेढिया सम्मत्ता ॥ छ । .. , 39. ते भणंति। अक्खाह दीवेह गुरु(रूणगाहा । कंठ्या ॥०॥..
२००० ॥ एवं अणापुच्छाए वि धञ्चेज्जा । इदाणिं पडिसिद्धे
अववादो एमेव य गाहा etc. ,, I04 एवं आविदिण्णण कप्पति णिग्गंतुं । जं तत्थ थेरेहिं आविदिण्णेहि
एगततो सेसंतरा छेदे वा परिहारे वा अंतरति जाव ण पडिक्कमति । तस्स ट्राणस्स ताव जदि छेदं वा परिहारं वा आव
ज्जेज्ज । एष सूत्रार्थः । अधुना नियुक्तिविस्तरः । ते पुण किं 8 [J. L. P.

Page #85

Jaina Literature and Philosoply
[477.
णिग्गच्छंति अत उच्यते । आकिण्णे गाहा etc. fol. 168a संथारगा विफलगाहा घेप्पंति । यं ८००० । ,, I90° छट्टा पिंडेसणा व्यवहारस(स्य) नवमोद्देशकः समाप्तः । छ । , 216" सेसातो गाहातो कंठातो ॥ छ ॥ व्यवहारप्रकृतं समाप्तं ।।
छ ॥ चत्तारि पुरिसज्जाया गयं णं सि परितसंति । etc. Ends.- fol. 219' गिण्हितव्वे अगेण्हतवंमि व इति ।
जो उवसि पि णयाणं बहुविधवत्तव्वयं णिसामेत्ता।
तं सवणयविसुद्धं जं चरणं(ण)गुणट्टितो साधु ॥ छ ॥ ववहारस्य दसमोइसतो सम्मत्तो ॥ छ ॥ ववहारचुण्णी सम्मत्ता । सर्वतो(s)पि ग्रं० १०३६० षष्ट्यधिकानि त्रिशतानि दश सहस्राणि ॥ छ । संवत् १५६६वर्ष(र्षे) ज्येष्ठवदि ६ बुधे श्री वीसलनगरे लिखित्त(तमिदं चिरं जीयात् ॥ छ ॥ etc. साहश्रीवच्छामुतसाहसहस्रकिरणे पुस्तकमिदं
ग्रहीतं मुतवद्धमानशांतिदासपरिपालनार्थ । Reference.-- For an extract see Peterson Reports III, pp. 171-172.
व्यवहारसूत्रपर्याय
Vyavahārasūtraparyāya
No. 477
736(12), 1875-76.
Extent.- fol. 120 to fol. I3°. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya
. No. 736 ( 1 ).
- NO. 1875-76. Subject. - Difficult words etc., occurring in Vyavahārasūtra etc.,
explained in Sanskrit. Begins.--- fol. 12b व्यवहारपाया यथा । अप्पे(?)माणो(णा)ए धुवलंभो त्ति अल्पा
पमानायां । खालयाइस अपशकुनादिषु etc. Ends.--- fol. 13 वंजणमुवछिरोमाणि अपानरोमाणीत्यर्थः। भाष्ये वेज्जववेव इति
वैयावृत्त्यं । इति दशमे उद्देशके व्यवहारस्य । छ । इति व्यवहारपर्यायाः समाप्त (ताः)।

Page #86

478. ]
III. 6. Chedasútras
व्यवहारसूत्रपर्याय
Vyavahārasūtraparyāya
789 (12). No. 478
1895-1902. Extent.-- fol. 194 to fol. 204. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyāya
No. 789 ( 1 ).
". 1895-1902. Begins.-- fol. 199 JAERTIUT TRT 1 345alarong etc.; as in No. 4770 Ends.-- fol. 20° LHOTSHIDÍTETTATO etc.
N. B. For other particulars see No. 477.

Page #87

60
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्र (दसासुयक्खंधसुत्त)
No. 479
I-2.
"2
Size. 103 in. by 43 in.
Extent. 25 folios; 19 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line.
Description.-Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional Tars; small, legible and good hand-writing; edges of several foll. slightly damaged; condition very fair; borders ruled in two lines in black ink; red chalk used; fol. 1a blank; complete. This work is divided into to sections. Out of them 1 to 7 and 9 are called dasă (daśā), while the eighth and the tenth as well, are called ajjhayana (adhyayana ). Their extents are as under :Daśā
fol.
Ib
""
رو

در
در
در
Adhyayana
Daśā Adhyayana
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
THE FOURTH CHEDASUTRA
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
Daśāśrutaskandhasūtra (Dasasuyakkhandhasutta)
دو
foll.
در
fol.
foll.
33
در
fol.
foll.
22
rb to 2a
2a
༡༡

,, 3a
3b
3b,, 5a
6b
2
479.
""
Sa 6b
,, 21a 212 21b
21b,, 25b
608.
1875-76.
در
Age. Fairly old.
Subject. This chedasūtra is known as Dasão', Ayāradasão2 and Acaradaśā, too. It is said to have been extracted by Bhadrabahusvāmin from the 9th Purva. It consists of ten significant sections. The respective topics treated therein are as under:
( 1 ) 20 असमाहिट्ठाण ( असमाधिस्थान ), ( 2 ) 21 सबलदोस ( शबलदोष ), (3) 33 आसायणा ( आशातना ), ( 4 ) 8 गणिसंपदा See Nos. 482 and 480 respectively.

Page #88

479.j
IV. 6 Chedasutras (गणिसम्पदा ), (5) 10 चित्तसमाहिदाण (चित्तसमाधिस्थान ), ( 6 ) II उवासगपडिमा ( उपासकप्रतिमा ), (7) 12 भिक्खुपडिमा ( भिक्षुप्रतिमा), (8) पज्जोसवणाकप्प (पर्युषणाकल्प ), (9) 30 मोहणिज्जट्टाण ( मोहनीयस्थान ) and (10) आयातिट्टाण (आयतिस्थान ).
It may be added that each of the 7 daśās dealing with regulations pertaining to the discipline of the sādhus and śrāvakas begins with suyam me ausam etc. as in Acärängasutra and ends with ti bemi. In the sth dāśā there is given a narrative about a sermon of Lord Mahāvīra at the time of king Jitasattu. It goes up to 17 verses. The 9th daśā gives us a sermon of Mahāvīra under king Koņiya, in 39 verses. In the roth section we find Seņiya and his queen Cellaņá listening to Mahāvīrā's sermon. Their splendour etc. detracted the mind of almost all the sädhus and såd hvis
and consequently Mahāvīra delivered a lengthy sermon. Begins.- fol. b५ ॥ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।
नमो अरिहंताणं etc., up to सव्वसाहूणं as in No. 484 followed by सुत(य) मे आउसं तेण भगवया etc. fol. Ib वीस असमाधिष्ठाणा पण्णते त्ति बेमि । पहमा दसा सम्मत्ता। ,,, एकवीसं सबला पण्णत त्ति पे(बे )मि पि(बि)तिया दसा समत्ता ॥ छ ,, 2 भगवतेहिं [पटे] (ते)त्तीसं आसायणाउ(ओ) पण्णत्ताउ(ओ) त्ति ए(बे)मि
ततिया दसा समत्ता ,,, 3 अविवा(धा)रा(ग)णिसंपदा पण्ण(त) त्ति पे(बे)मि । छ । चउत्थिया
दसा समत्ता इ[णि]ति णमो सुतदेवयाए भगवं(वोतीए । छ । 1 3 एवं अभिसमागस्स(म्म) चित्तमादाए आउसो
सणिसोविधि)मुवागम्म अंतमोचिसु चेक तिः त्ति पे(बे)मि । छ । पंचमा दस(सा) समत्ता। छ । , 4 पढमा उवासगपडिमा 75 दसमा उकासगपडिमा ,, 5 एक्कारस उवास(ग)पडिमाउ(ओ) पण्णत्तातो ति पे(बे)मि । छ ।
छट्टा दसा । छ। . ,, 6° बारस भिक्खूपडिमातो पण्णत्तातो त्ति पे(बे )मि । छ । सत्तमा दसा
समत्ता । छ । ,, 6° तेणं कालेणं तेणं समये(ए)पं. भगवं महावीरे पंचहत्युत्तरे होत्था etc.

Page #89

Jaina Literature and Philosophy [480. ,, 21* सकारणं भुज्जो भुज्जो । अ(उ)वदंसेति ति पे(बे)मि । छ । पज्जो
सवणाकप्पो सम्मत्तो । छ । ,, सचमोहविणिमुक्का । जातीमरणमतिच्छित
'त्ति पे(बे )मि । छ । समत्ता मोहणिज्जठाणं णवमा दसा । छ। ,, 23° सेणियं रायं चेल्लणं देवि पासित्ता । इमेतास्ववे। अभत्थिते जाव
समुप्पजित्था आहो णं सेणिए राया महिड्डीए जाव से तं साहू से पूर्ण अज्जो अत्थेय । समटे हंता अवि एवं खलु समा(म)णाउसो एवं धम्मे पण्णत्ते इणा(ण)मेव णिग्गंथे पावयणे सत्वे । अणुत्तरे।
पडिपुण्ण etc.' Ends. - fol. 25 मज्झगए एवं आइक्खति etc., up to सम्मत्ताओ आयार
दसाओ । as in No. 484 followed in a different hand by सा.
शिवादत्त एषा प्रतिः ॥ Reference. - Published with Hindi translation of Amolaka Rşiji.
Another Hindi translation is recently published in Sri Ratnaprabhakarajnana-puspamala, Falodi (Marwar). For contents etc. see Weber II, pp. 644-648 and W. Schubring's “ Das Kalpa-sútra, die alte Sammlung jinisticher Mönchsvorschriften,” Leipzig, 1905. Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 211f, and Peterson's Reports III, pp. 142 and 181 and IV, p. 100 may be consulted. For another Ms. see G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 42.
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्र
Dasāśrutaskandhasutra No. 480
1163
1884-87. Size.-- 10.1 in. by 4; in. Extent.--- 10 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 72 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and grey; Jaina Devanagari
characters with occasional quarts ; small, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; each fol. torn in three parts ; out of them one part, missing; a strip of white paper pasted to fol. IA; condition unsatis
factory ; the work goes up to the end. - Cf. Leumann's edition of Aupapatikasutra p. 62.

Page #90

481.]
Age. Samvat 1772.
Begins. - fol. r ॥ ६० ॥ श्रीवीतरागाय ॥ 'सुयं मे आउस तेणं भग ....
(i) असमाहिटा (डाण (णा) पण्णत्ता etc. Ends. -- fol. 1ob सुराए परिसाए etc., up to भुज्जो २ उब as in No. 484 followed by त्ति बेमि आयातिठाणं समत्तं । नवपावणियाण ठाणं | दसमज्झणं सम्मत्तं ॥ १० ॥ सम्मत्ते आयारसाउ ||
संवत् १७७२ वर्षे कार्त्तकशुक्त (क्ल)... सोमवारे लिषतं मणसा कंठ करवाने अर्थे ॥
N. B.--- For further particulars sce No. 479.
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्र
No. 481
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
Daśāśrutaskandhasutra
436.
1882-83.
Size.- 1o in. by 4 in.
Extent.- 19 folios; 14 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line.
Description. Country paper thin and grey; Jaina Devanagari characters; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; fol. ra blank ; edges of several foll worn out ; a strip of white paper pasted to foll. 2a, 6a, 12, 18a, 19a and 19b; condition very fair; complete.
Age.— Pretty old.
Begins.-- fol. 1 ए ० ॥ ॐ नमः श्रीशांतिनाथाय । ए
63
नमो अरहंताणं etc., up to सव्वसाहूणं as in No. 484 followed by the lines as under :--
एसो पंच नमोकारो। सव्वपावप्पणासणो । मंगलाणं च सव्वेसिं । पढमं हवइ मंगलं ॥ ॥ सुयं मे आउस तेण भगवया etc.

Ends.-- fol. 19b सदेवमणुयासुराए etc, up to आयारदसाओ as in No. 484 followed by इति दशाश्रुतस्कंध समाप्तं | संपूर्ण ॥ ॥ श्रीरस्तु [ : ] ॥
N. B. — For further particulars see No. 479.

Page #91

I
64
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्र
No. 482
Size. 13 in. by 5 in.
Extent. 33 folios; 17 lines to a page; 62 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, tough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; big, legible and good hand-writing; borders thickly ruled in two lines in red ink; space between them coloured yellow; red chalk used; there are some lacunæ on fol. 13b; foll. 1 and 336 blank; unnumbered sides marked with a disc as it were in yellow colour in the centre only, while the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; several foll. worm-eaten; condition fair; this Ms. contains an addilional work viz. दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्रनिर्युक्तिं which commences on fol. 3ob and ends - on fol. 33a.
Age. Pretty old.
Begins. -- fol. 1 ए ६७ ॥ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।
Ends. fol. 30
[483:
Daśāśrutaskandhasutra
णमो अरहंताणं etc., up to सव्व साहूणं as in 'No. 484 followed by सुयं मे आउ तेण (जं) भगवया etc.

gr etc., up to af af as in No. 484 followed by णक्पावणियाणठाणेषु दसादसमज्ज (ज्झ ) यणं संमत्तं । संमत्ताउ दसाउ ।
N. B. For further particulars see No. 479.
157 (a).
1881-82.
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्र
No. 483
Size: 11 in. by 5 in.
Extent. 83 folios; 17 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line.
Dasaśrutaskandhasutra
1268 (a).
1886-92.

Page #92

484.]
Description.-Country paper tough and white; Devanagari characters with gears; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; fol. 1a blank; corners of some of the foll. gone; condition very fair; complete; foll. 1 and 83 blank; extent of the text 1380 slokas; this Ms. contains the following two additional works :
Age. Samvat 1661. See No. 489.
Begins. fol. 1° ६० ॥ ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
(1) दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्रनिर्युक्ति foll 37b to 412 (2) दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्रचूर्णि 41a 83a.
IV. 6 Chedasutras
a ed by सुयं मे आउसं तेणं भगवता etc.
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्र fecquafea
No. 484
22
Ends. fol. 37° सदेवमणुयासुराए etc, up to आयातिद्वाणं संमत्तं । छ | as in No. 484 followed by the lines as under :---
N. B. For further particulars sce No. 479.
--
Size. 10 in. by 41
नवपावणियाणटुणदसमज्झयण संमत्तं । समत्ता आयारदसातो ! छ | ग्रंथाग्रं १३८० ।
1

in.
etc., up to as in No. 484 follow
65
>>
Daśäśrutaskandhasutra with tippanaka
Extent. 38 folios; 9 lines to a page; 36 letters to a line.
Description.-Country paper thin and grey; Devanagari characters with gears; big, legible and elegant hand-writing; bor9 [J. L. P. J

714. 1892-95.

Page #93

66
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[484.
ders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink ; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. ra; fol. ja blank; edges of some foll, slightly worn out; condition very fair; red chalk used; notes written in Gujarati at times with the corresponding Prākrit portions in the margins as well as above and below the text; this Ms. contains only the first paragraph of the eighth chapter (see fol. 21b);
otherwise complete. Age.- Sarivat r677. Subject. -- The fourth chedasūtra dealing with regulations pertaining
to the discipline of the Jaina clergy and the laity is given
here along with a Gujarati gloss. Begins.-(text) fol. 1° ५ ६0॥ नमो(मः) श्रीवीतरागाय ॥
नमो अरहंताणं । नमो सिद्धाण । नमो आयरियाणं । नमो उवज्झायाणं । नमो लोए सवसाहु(दू)णं । १।
सुयं मे आउसं तेणं । भगवया एवमक्खायं । इह खलु थेरोहिँ भगवतेहिं यीसं असमाहिठाणा पन्नत्ता । etc. ,, - (com.) fol. I' दवदवचारि यावि भवति क० उतावलउ उतावलउ
चालइ १ etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 38° सदेवमणुयासुराए परिसाए मझगए एवं आइक्खति । एवं
भासति। एवं पण्णवेति । एवं परूवेति । आयातिट्राणं णाम अजो अज्झयणे सअटुं सहेउयं सकारणं । ससुत्तं च सअत्थं च । तदुभयं च भुजो २ उवदंसेति त्ति बेमि । आयातिट्टाणं सम्मत्तं । सम्मत्ताओ आयादि(द)साओ। दशाश्रुतस्कंधसम्मत्ता दशाओ १०।
संवत् १६७७ वर्षे कार्तिकशुदि १ सोमे लिषितं । ऋषिहरजी । शुभं भवतु । कल्याणमस्तु । लेषकपाठकयोः । ऋषिकरमसीपठनार्थ ॥ छ etc. ,, - (com.) fol. 37° ए समे० एहवे कुलथी चारित्र लेतां सोहिल हुइ ८
से तं साहु० नीच कुलइ उपजवउं ते भलउं ९ etc. N. B.--- For other details sce No. 479.

Page #94

485.1
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्रानेयुक्ति Dasasrutaskandhasatraniryukti (दसासुयक्खं धसुत्तनिज्जुत्ति) (Dasāsuyakkhandhasuttanijjutti)
105(a). No. 485
1872-73. Size.-- 98 in. by 4] in. Extent.— 47 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 56 letters to line. Description.—Country paper thin, tough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible and elegant handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual ; foll. Ia and 476 blank; red chalk used; the left-hand corners of several foll. worn out; condition all the same good ; complete ; this work ends on fol. 5a; 154 gāthās in all; verses of the different sections of this nijjutti corresponding to the 10 sections of Daśāśrutaskandha are separately numbered as under:
असमाहिद्वाणनिज्जुत्ति II verses fol. 10 सबलदोसनिज्जुत्ति आसायणनिज्जत्ति ____ 10 ., foll. 10 to 2a गणिसंपयानिज्जत्ति 7 , fol. 20 चित्तसमाहिदाणनिज्जुत्ति 4 उवासगपडिमानिज्जुत्ति II
24 to 20 भिकखुपडिमानिज्जुत्ति 8 , पज्जोसवणाकप्पनिज्जत्ति 67 , foll. 2' to 4 मोहणिज्जट्टाणनिज्जुत्ति 8 , fol. 4 ,, 40
आयतिढाणनिज्जुत्ति 15 , foll. 4' , 5. This Ms. contains an additional work viz. दशाश्रतस्कन्धसूत्र
चूर्णि commencing on fol. 5 and ending on fol. 47'. Age.--- Samvat 1590. Author.- Bhadrabahusvamin (?). Begins.- fol. 1 ए ६0 ॥ ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ।।
वंदामि भद्दबाहुं पाईणं चरमसयलसुयनाणि । सुत्तस्स कारगामसिं दसास कप्पे य ववहारे । १ ।।

Page #95

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[487.
आउविवागज्झयणाणि भावओ दव्वओ ओ(उ)वत्थदसा । दस आउविवागदसा वाससयाओ दस हत्थेत्ता । २॥ बाला मंदा किड्डा बला य पण्णा य हायणिपवं च(चा)। पब्भारसम्मुहा सयणी नामेहिं य ल(क)खणेहिं दसा । ३ ।
Ends.
अप्पासस्थाए अकुसीलयाए अकसाय अप्पमाए अ।
अणिदाणयाइसाहू संसारमहन्नवं तरइ । १५॥
आचारदसाणं निज्जुत्ती । छ ॥ गाथा १५४ । Reference. - See for another Ms. G. O. Series Vol. XXI, p. 42.
Daśāśrutaskandhaniryukti
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्रनियुक्ति
No. 486
1263 (b). 1886-92.
Extent.- fol. 37 to fol. 41. Description.- Complete. For other deitails see No. 483. Begins.- fol. 37 ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ।
वंदामि मद्दबाहुं etc. Ends. - fol. 41* अप्पासत्थाए etc. as in No. 485. _N. B.-- For other details see No. 485.
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्रनियुक्ति Daśāśrutaskandhasutraniryukti
___157 (b). No. 487
1881-82. Extent.- fol. 30b to fol. 33°. Description. Complete. For other details see No. 482; extent of
this work together with that of the text 2096 ślokas.

Page #96

488.]
Begins. fol. 30
etc. as in No. 485.
Ends. -- fol. 334 अप्पासत्थाए etc. up to निज्जती practically as in No. 485 followed by सम्मत्ता | छ । etc. ग्रं० २०९६ । साहाश्रीवछामुत सा० सहसकिरणेन स्वद्रव्येण गृहीत्वा मु० • वर्द्धमानशांतिदासपरिपालनार्थ ॥
N. B. For further particulars see No. 485.

दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्रचूर्णि (zagazdagagion )
No. 488
Size. 13 in. by 5 in.
Extent.
33 folios; 17 lines to a page; 64 letters to a line. Description- Country paper thin, tough and greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional gras; borders ruled in two thick lines in red ink; space between them coloured red; red chalk used; almost every fol. more or less worm-eaten; condition fair; unnumbered sides have a disc so to say in yellow colour in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; complete; extent 2225 slokas. This curni is divided into 10 sections as under:
Section
foll.
33
"">
دو
33
در
در
ور
55
در
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
در
Ι
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
Dasaśrutaskandhasutracurni (Dasasuyakkhandhasuttacunni)
در
""
"2
دو
ور
در
""
ور
""
rb to sa
6a
5a
6a 8a
8a
II
IIa 13a
13a
16b 16b 20a
29b
20a
29b
31b

دو
در
در
در
""
در
در
در
158. 1881-82.
ور
69
31b
336.

Page #97

70
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Age.-— Fairly old.
Author. - Not mentioned.
Subject. A commentary partly in Prakrit aud partly in Sanskrit, to Daśāśrutaskandhasútra and its Niryukti.
Begins. fol. 1 ए ० ॥ ॐ नमः सिद्धेभ्यः ॥
[488.
मंगलादीनि सत्थाणि मंगलमज्झाणि मंगल (ला) बस (सा) णाणि । मंगलपरिग्गहिया य सीसा अवग्गहेहावायधारणासम्मत्था || अविग्घेण सत्थाण य पारगा भवति । ताणि य सत्थाणि य लोगे विरायांत वित्थारं च गच्छति ।
etc.
तत्थ भावमंगलं णिज्जुत्तिकारो आह ॥ छ ॥ वंदामि भद्दबाहुं गाहा बाहु णामेण पाईणो गोत्रोणं चरिमो अपच्छिमो | etc.
fol. 5 अप्पिसातो सेससमितिअसमियस्स वि त एव दोसा भवति ॥ छ ॥ २० एते खलु ते वीसं असमाहिंदाणा थेरेहिं भगवंतेहिं पण्णत्त ति बेमि । बेमित्ति ब्रवीमि अज्जभद्दवाहुस्स वयणमिदं । भगवता सव्वावदा उवदितं
अहमवि बामे या जहा हेट्टिमसत्तेसु ॥ छ ॥ पढमज्झयणं असमाहि ॥ छ ॥ १ ॥ fol. 64 आउट्टियाए सीतोदगवग्घारिएण सुतं ॥ वग्घारिओ गलंतो एवं ताव चरितं प्रति सबला भणिता दरिसणं प्रति संकादि । णाणे काले विणए बहुमाणे गाहा || एकवीस त्ति गरे णेमं णितं ॥ छ ॥ बितीय ( ये ) अज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥ २ ॥
fol. 72 अभिविधिरभिव्याप्तिः । तत्राभिर्विधौ । आउद्रं । ओव्रं पसः पाणिनेः आवंडालं वायसः । पाणिनेरिति । etc.
fol. 84 अणुट्टिया णिविट्टा चेव । आमेण्णा ण ताव विसरति अवोच्छिण्णा जाव एको वि अच्छति । तमेव त्ति जो आयारएण अत्थो कहिओ दोहिं तिहिं चतु ( उ ) हिं वा जहा सिद्धसेणायरिओ तमेवाधिकारं विकल्पयति । अयमा प्रकारा (रो) तस्यैवैकस्य सूत्रस्य एवं गुणजुत्ते (तो) भावासायणा भवति ।
1

fol. 8 संथारो पि दलकटुमतो वा अहव सज्जा एवं संथारो सेज्जासंथारो सज्जाया वा संथारगो सेज्जासंथारगो । तं पाएण संघट्टेत्ता णाणुमाणेति । ण खमावेति (1) उक्तं च ।। सघट्टित्ता कारण तहा उवहिणामवि । खमेह अवराह मेव पज्जणा पुणो ति य अविणतो सेहादी य परिभवंति जं च न भणिय कंठं ॥ छ ततियं अज्झयणं सम्मतं ॥ छ ॥ ३ ॥
I This extract with some variants is given in the Gujarati introduction (p. 37) to Sanmatiprakarana and its Gujarati translation etc., 'published in Sri Punjabhai Jaina Granthamälä No. 6, A. D. 1932.
2 See Panini's Astadhyayisutrapatha (1.1.14 ).

Page #98

488.1
fol. 11 संजमबहुल चि मनोवाक्कायगुप्ता । अथवा सत्तरसविधेण संजमेण संवरबहुल त्ति दुविहो सम्बरो इंदियसम्बरो पोईदियसंवरो य । इंदियसंवरो सोइंदियाति । नोइंदियसंवरो कोहणिग्गधादि । हु । समाधिबलति । णाण- दंसण-वरित्तसमाधी से कंटं ॥ छ ॥ गणिसंपदा चतुर्थ अज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥ ४ ॥
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
fol. 12 उक्तं च || अकालवरसेणिमुस्सिया । उपागम्य ज्ञात्वा कृत्वा च उप सामीप्ये (य) त्वं प्राप्य किम्भवति । उच्यते ।। अत्तसोही आत्मनः सोधी आत्मसोही कम्माणि साधयति । तवसा संजमेण य उवेहइ पेक्खति । जो एवं करेति एवं गणधरतीर्थकरा आह जं ण भणियं तं कंटं ॥ छ ॥ पंचममध्ययनं
समाप्त ॥ छ ॥ ५ ॥
71
fol. 16b केवे त्ति इत्थी वा पुरिसो वा पासिता पेक्खित्ता कस्त्वं किंव्रती वा । ब्रवीति समणो हं किंवति त्ति । जं भणह पार्डमापावणो हमिति उप प्रदर्शने ॥ छ ॥ समत्तं च छट्ठमज्झयणं ॥ छ ॥ ६ ॥
fol. 20 + ईसीप भारगतो तडीए ठाति इसिं रज्जणा वा २ ईसिं दो वि पाए पायरस य पायरस य अंतरं चउरंगुलं । साह साहरिता एगपोग्गलणिरुद्धदिट्टि । रूविदव्वे कम्हिति अचेयणे णिवेसियदिट्टी सत्रेयणे अप्पति मति । उम्मेसादीणि न करेति । सहुमुस्सासं च अहापणिहियाणि जं जहा टियं संविंदियाणि सोया दाणि ण रागं ण दोसं गच्छति । सेसं कंटं ॥ छ सत्तममज्झयणं सम्मानं ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
संबंध समासियं फासेत्ता आगतो ताह वासाजोग्गं उवहिं उप्पाएति । वासाजोगं च खेत्तं पडिलेहेति एतेण संबंधेण पज्जोसवणाकप्पो संपत्तो । तस्स दारा चचारि अधिकारो वासाजोग्गेण खेत्तेण । उवधिणा यजाय वासासु मज्जाया । णामणिष्णो पज्जोसमणा कप्पो दुपदं णामं । पज्जेसमणाकप्पो य । पज्जोसमणापकप्पो । पज्जोसमणाकप्पो । पज्जोयाण ओसमणाए पज्जोसमणा । अहवा परि सव्वतो भावे । उष णिवासे । एस पज्जो - सणा इयाणिं णिज्जुत्तिवित्थारो ॥ छ ॥

fol. 29b सणिमित्तं सकारणं । अणणुपालेत्तस्स दोसो अयं हेतुः । अव वाते । कारणं । जहा सवीसतिराते मासे वीतिकंते पज्जोसवेतत्रं । किंणिमित्तं हेतुः । पाएण अगारीहिं अगाराण सट्टाएं कारणे उरेण वि पज्जोसवेति । आसाढपुण्णिमाए एवं सव्वसुत्ताणं विभासा । दोसदरिसणं हेतुः । अववादो कारणं । सहेतुं सकारणं । भुज्जो २ पुणो २ उवदंसेति । परिसग्रहणात् ॥ सावगाण विकहिज्जति । समोसरणे कट्टिज्जति ॥ छ ॥ पज्जोसवणाकप्पो ॥ छ । अटुमज्झयणं परिसमाप्तं ॥ छे ॥ ८ ॥

Page #99

72
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[489.
fol. 3rb उच्यते ॥ सव्वसोह । सच्वो मोहो । अट्ट कम्मपगडीओ मृ (म) (च) मोक्षणे । जे दाणि खसे सोमो || हा खधिओ भवति । कारणाभावात्कार्यस्याभावो भवति । तंतुपटवत् ॥ कारण मोहः कार्ये जातिमरणे अतिस्थि (च्छिते अतीते काले अतिच्छति त्ति सांगतं (1) अतिच्छिरसं ति । भविस्से । स्वतः भगवान ब्रवीति अर्थ । सूत्रं गणधरा ( : ) ॥ छ ॥ णवमज्झयणं संमत्तं ॥ छ ॥ ९ ॥
fol. 33 ° किल्बिषबहुला किल्विषा ततो किन्वसियत्ताते विप्पयुज्जमाणा जइविय किहइ अणंतरं परंपरं वा माणुसत्तणं लभंति । तहा (ह) वि एलमूयत्ताए । पलओ जहाबुपति एवंविहा तस्य भासा भवति । तनुकाइत्ता इति जात्यंधो भवति । वालंधो जात्यंधः । सेसं कंठं । जावया वि जाव करणणयो सव्वेसिं पिया गाहा | छ | दशानां चूर्णिः परिसमाप्ता । ग्रंथप्रमाण २२२५ । साहाश्रीवछासुतसा सहिस किरणेन स्वद्रव्येण पुस्तकमिदं सुवर्द्धमानशांतिदास परिपालनार्थे ।
Reference. - For another Ms. sce G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 42.
Ends. -
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्र चूर्णि
No. 489
1
Dasasrutaskandhsūtracurni
Extent.-- fol. 4ra to fol. 83b.
Description.-- Complete; extent of this work along with that of the previous oncs ( Nos. 483 and 486 ) 4321 slokas ; fol. 830 blank. For other details see No. 483.
Age.-- Samvat 1661.
Begins. - fol. 41 * मंगलादीणि सत्थाणि as in No. 488.
Ends. fol. 83 किल्बिषबहुलां किल्बिका: । etc., up to दशानां चूर्णी समाप्ता । practically as in No. 488 followed by ग्रं. ४३२१ श्लोकबंधेन । संवत् १६६१ चइ (चैत्रशुदि १३ रुद्रलिखितं ।
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 488.

1263 (c).
1886-92.

Page #100

491.]
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्रचूर्णि
No. 490
दशात स्कन्धसूत्र चूर्णि
Size.-- 127 in. by 47 in.
Extent. 391 = 38 folios; 15 lines to page; 60 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with Tarars; big, legible and elegant handwriting; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; edges of several foll. slightly worn out; strips of paper pasted to fol. 3b etc.; some of the foll. somewhat worm-eaten; condition tolerably good; contents mentioned on fol. 39a; fol. 39b practically blank; fol. 1st lacking; otherwise complete; foll. 7 to 39 numbered in the right-hand margin as also 42, 43 etc.; extent 2161 slokas.
Ends. fol. 39 faqagar etc., up to
followed by छ ॥ ॥ श्री ॥ छ ॥ etc. ग्रंथाग्रं २९६१ । N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 488.
No. 491
Age.-- Pretty old.
Begins. fol. 22 दसाणं । अतो इमं पट्टवणं पडुच्च तासिं पच्छतो । जइ दसाणं अणुउणादसा तो णं । कि अंग अंगाई सुक्खंधो सुक्खंधा । etc.
IV. 6 Chedasutras
Extent.--fol. a to fol. 47b.
Description.
Age.
Samvat 1590.
Daśāśrutaskandhasūtracurņi
10 [J. L. P.]
73

1264.
1886-92.
Complete; extent of this work together with that
of the correstonding Niryukti 2325(?) slokas. For other details see No. 485.

as in No. 488
Dasaśrutaskandhasūtracurņi
(05 (b). 1872-73.

Page #101

74
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
492.
Begins-fol. 5a Aparetfur FrTTO etc., as in No. 488. Ends..-- fol. 47a ffcata etc., up to opui practically as in
No. 488 followed by ! Tror ! Tai qui parar il y ll ग्रं. २३२५ () ॥॥॥॥ संवत् १५९० वर्षे चैत्रसुदि ९ बधे लिषितं । अचल
11 Jil etc. N. B.---- For further particulars see No. 488.
जनहिता
Janahita (119F #C#U) (Daśāśrutaskandhasūtratika )
1089. No. 492
95. Size.-- 10.1 in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 60 folios; 15 lines to a page; 46 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and grey; Jaina Devanägari cha
racters; small, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink ; fol. ra blank; edges of the first and the last foll. slightly worn out ; a small bit of paper pasted to each of the foll. 54", 54' and 55b; fol. 56th partly torn ; strips of paper pasted to fol. 600; condition tolerably good; red chalk and white paste used; this work is divided into 10 sections corresponding to those of Daśāśrutaskandha. The Sth is wanting in this Ms. The extents of the rest arc as under:-- Section
soll. b to 85
88, 10b III
100 , 125 IV V
204 ,, 246
24", 34" VII
39° ,, 44 44" ,, 60
VI
34", 392
IX

Page #102

492.]
Age. - Samvat 1750.
Author - Muni Brahman.
Subject.-A commentary in Sanskrit to Daśāśrutaskhandha.
Begins.— fol. 1b ए ६० ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ।
IV. 6 Chedasutras
33
در

यथास्थिताशेषपदार्थसार्थक्रमार्थसंधाम (न?) विधिप्रवीणं । जिनं जनानंदकरं कृपाधि
नमामि भव्य बुजबोधभाव (स्क) रं ॥ १ ॥ स्तुमो महावीर जिनस्य तेजो ।
भवाख्यनीशकरपारगम्य (स्य ) ॥ अनादिदुः कर्मगणस्य नित्यं ।
तृणायितं यत्र सुखायमेव २ श्रीवसुभूतितनुजं वंदे श्रीगौतमाभिधं (सदा) साधु (धुं)। सकललब्ध्येकानलयं । मलयं गुणचंदनौघस्य ॥ ३ ॥ येषां प्रसादमासाद्य । जायते शास्त्रकौशलं । श्रीगुरूणामहं तेषां | वंदे चरणपंकजं ४ अध्ययनदशकमेतत् । चूर्पिणकृता यदपि वणितं सम्यम् । तदपि त्वरयति मामिह वृत्तिविधौ वाक्यदृढभक्तिः ॥ ५ ॥
fol. 8h इति ब्रह्माविरचितायां जनहितायां श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंधटीकायां समाधिस्थाननामकं प्रथममध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥ श्री ॥ ॥ नमः श्रीसर्वविदे ॥
100 इति ब्रह्मविरचितायां जनहितायां श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंधटीकायां . शव (ब) लनामकं द्वितीयमध्ययनं समाप्त ॥ २ ॥ नमः श्रीभगवते ॥
75
इह रागद्वेषायभिभूतेन संसारपार वारसारिजीवेने (ने) द्रियायतनमानसाने कातिकटुकदुःखोपनिपातपीडितेन तत्परिहाराय हेयोपादेयपदार्थसार्थविज्ञानविधौ यत्नः कर्तव्यः etc.
श्रोतुमभिमुखाया
124 शिष्यो रान्निकस्य धर्मकथाकथयतः । अनुत्थितायामेव तस्यां पर्षद ( अ ) भिण्णाए त्ति । भेदमप्राप्तायाः एव अबो (वो)च्छिणाए त्ति । यावदेकोपतिष्ठति । अबोगडाए त्ति | अविसंमृतायां । दोच्चं पि तच्चं पि त्तिद्वित्रिचतुर्वारं तमेवार्थ कथां वा कथयिता भवति । अयमप्याधिकारस्तस्य सूत्रस्येति च वदति । दोहाश्वेहार्थाप्रतीत्यादयोऽवगंतव्याः । ३० । etc.

Page #103

76
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 492. lol. 12' इति ब्रह्मविरचितायां जनहितायां श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंध कायां
आशातनानामकं तृतीयमध्ययनं समाप्त ॥३॥
नमः श्रीसिद्धेभ्य(:)॥ ,, 20" इति ब्रह्मविरचितायां जनहितायां श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंधीकायां
गणिसंपन्नामकं चतुर्थमध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥
नमः श्रीगौतमगुरवे ॥ ,, 24' इति ब्रह्मविरचितायां जनहितायां श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंधटीकायां
दशचित्तसमाधिस्थानाख्यं पंचममध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥ छ ।
क्षीणाष्टकर्मणे नमः ॥ ,, 34* इति ब्रह्मविरचितायां जनहितायां श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंध कायां
एकादशोपासकप्रतिमाख्यं षष्टमध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥६॥ ,, 39* इति ब्रह्मविरचितायां जनहितायां श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंधटीकायां
द्वादशभिक्षुप्रतिमाख्यं सप्तममध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥७॥ परमपदं प्राप्तेभ्यो नमः ॥ व्याख्यातं कल्पाख्यमष्टममध्ययन । सांप्रतं नवममारभ्यते । अस्य चायमभिसंबंधः । अनंतराध्ययने कल्पः
प्रतिपादितः । स चावितथ एव कार्यः । etc. ,, 44" इति ब्रह्मविरचितायां जनहितायां श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंधटीकायां
नवममध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥ ९॥ २२२ ॥ Ends.- fol. 60" आयातिठाणे त्ति । आयति म उत्तरकालस्तस्य स्थानं पदं इत्यभि
धान । हे आर्य । अध्ययन सअटु(त्थ)मित्यादि व्याख्यातार्थ । इति ब्रवीमीति पूर्ववत् तया अप्यत्र वाच्यास्ते चानेकप्रकारा भवन्ति । परमत्र विशेष्यत्वेन ज्ञानपूर्वक एव क्रियानयो(5)तिसंग्रहेण वाच्यः । स चायं
सवेसि पि नयाणं बहुविहवत्तव्ययं निया(सा)मेत्ता।
तं सब्बनयविसुद्धं जं चरणगुणट्रिउ(ओ) साहू(ह) ॥१॥ इति ब्रह्मविरचितायां जनहितायां श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंधटीकायां दशम निदानाख्यमध्ययनं समाप्त । तत्समाप्तौ समाप्ता चेयं दशाश्रुतस्कंध. टीका[:]। छ । संवत् १७५० वर्षे वैशाखशुदि ८ अष्टमी बुधदिने लिषतं
मोहनद्रव्यजैनलिंगी धुध्याणे सफाचंदश्रावकगृहे । etc.. Refetence.-- See Abhidhānarājendra (vol. IV, pp. 2485-2486 )
where an extract is given.

Page #104

494.)
IV. 6 Chedasūtras जनहिता
Janalitā ( दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्रटीका)
(Daśāśrutaskandhasūtratikā)
156.
No. 493
1873-74.
Size.— 104 in. by 4; in. Extent.--- 162 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tough and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with occasional qafias; small, legible and fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; yellow pigment and red chalk used; fol za blank; some foll. worm-eaten (e. g. the 16th ); condition on the whole good; this Ms. does not seem to contain the complete text;
the commentary complete ; extent 5152 ślokas. Äge. – Not modern. Begins.-- fol. 1b & Co Il TPUTRAATSTTTaraf etc., as in No. 492. Ends.— fol. 1606 straipatzerrot for etc., up to Ara as in No. 492
followed by HAITI igatpureati I etc. 1 j. 4848. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 492.
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्रपर्याय
Daśāśrutaskandhasutraparyāya
No. 494
736 (14). 1875-76.
Extent.-- fol. 14" to fol. 15a. Description.--Complete. For other details sce Pancavastukaparyāya
No. 736(1).
No. 1875-76
Subject.--Difficult words etc., occurring in Daśāśrutaskandhasútra
explained in Sanskrit.

Page #105

78
Jaina Literature and Philospohy
[ 495.
Begins. fol. 142 दशाश्रुतस्कंधपर्याया यथा द्वाभ्यां कलितो बाल इति बालत्वयुवत्वाभ्यामित्यर्थः । भोयणदारगरायदिट्टंतेण भावो छिज्जिस्संति इति etc. Ends. fol. 154 भारिया इमे बंधा साहुगुरुमित्तबंधवसिटी सेणावइवहेसु इत्यत्र लोकप्रकटा भारिका इमे साधुगुरुमित्रबांधवश्रेोष्ट(ष्टि) सेनापतिवधेष्वित्यर्थः ॥ छ ॥ दशाश्रुतस्कंधपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ।
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्रपर्याय
Daśāśrutaskandhasūtraparyāya
789 (14).
1895-1902,
No. 495
Extent.--fol. 21a to fol 23a.
Description.-- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukapar789 ( 1 ). 1895-1902.'
yaya No.
Begins. fol. 214 दशाश्रुतस्कंधपर्याया यथा ॥ द्वाभ्यां कलितो etc., as in
No. 494.
Ends. fol. 234 भारिया इमे बंधा etc.
N. B.-- For additional information see No. 494.

Page #106

496.]
कल्पसूत्र ( कष्पसुत्त )
No. 496
IV. 6 Chedasatras
in.
Size.--103 in. by 4
Extent. 63 folios; 7 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, rough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional years; bold, quite legible and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the intervening space between the pairs coloured yellow; every numbered side is decorated with a small design in each of the two margins; fol. 16b spoiled; condition very good; fol. 1a blank; fol. 63b decorated with a design in red ink; incomplete as it ends abruptly at the beginning of the 8th couplet of; thus only the first part viz. Jinacarita is complete; it ends on fol. 55b; on fol.rb we find Gujarati explanation written above and below the lines of the text, probably in the same hand but the attempt is given up after writing four lines.
Age. Not quite modern.

79
Kalpasūtra (Kappasutta)
183.
1871-72.
Author.- Bhadrabahusvamin (according to the tradition).
Subject---This work is known as Paryuṣaṇa--kalpa and forms the 8th chapter of Daśāśrutaskandha, one of the chedasūtras already noted. This Kalpasūtra is divided into 3 vācyas (sections) in Samdehaviṣausadhi, Subodhikä etc., as under:--
(1) Jinacarita, (2) Sthaviravali and (3) Sāmācārī.
In Jinacaritra the life of Lord Mahāvīra occupies the major portion. The conception, transference of the embryo and the birth of Mahavira are described in the same way as in Acarängasütra. Then come the 14 dreams, their inter

I This is narrated "in great detail, with great diffuseness with descriptions in he Kavya style and with exaggerations beyond all measure ". So says Winternitz. Vide "A History of Indian Literature" vol. II, p. 463.

Page #107

86
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[496.
pretation, Mahavira's grhavāsa, his twelve years' life as an ascetic and his activities for about 30 years after he became omniscient. The description of the biography of Mahāvīra given here reminds one of the Lalitavistarä, a Buddhistic work.
In Sthavirāvali, we find a list of ganas (schools), their Sakhās (branches) and the ganadharas ( heads of schools ).
The names given in this list are borne out by the inscriptions from the Ist century A. D.
Sāmācāri, a code of rules for asceticism deals with rules and regulations pertaining to pajjusaņa. This section is looked upon by Western scholars as the oldest nucleus, and they opine: that Bhadrabāhu does not seem to be the author of all the three sections which have been united to
forin a whole in the Kalpasūtra. Begins.-- (text) fol. I" ए ६० ॥ अहं ॥
_ नमो अरिहंताणं नमो सिद्धाणं नमो आयरियाणं नमो उवज्झायाणं नमो लोए सब्वसाहूणं
एसो पंचनमुक्कारो सम्वपावप्पणासणो
मंगलाणं च सब्वेसिं पढम हवइ मंगलं १ तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं समणे भगवं महावीरे पंचहत्थुत्तरे होत्था तं जहा हत्थुत्तराहिं etc. , --(explas) fol. 1॥ ६॥ अरिहंतनइ माहरी त्र(त्रि)कालवंदना ॥ सिद्धनइ
माहरी बंदना etc. ए पंच परमेष्टि ष्टि)॥ नमस्कार सर्व पापर्नु नसाडणहार etc. fol. 44* अयं असी(इ)मे संवच्छरे काले गच्छइ वायणंतर पुण अयं तेणउयए ... संवच्छरे काले गच्छइ ॥ इति दीसइ ५१ छ श्री इति महावीरचरित्र(त्र)
समाप्तं श्री॥. . fol. 55 एमि समए समणे भगवं महावीरे परिनिवु(बु)ए तउ(ओ)वि परं नव
वाससया विइं(इ)कंता दसमस्स य वाससयस्स अयं असी(इ)मे संवच्छरे
काले गच्छइ २५ Ends.- fol. 632
वंदामि अज्जधम्म च सुवय(सुब्वयं) सीललद्धिसंपन्न जस्स य निक्खमणे देवो छत्तं वरमुत्तमं वहइ ७ हत्थं 'कासव'गुत्त: This Ms. ends thus abruptly.

Page #108

496.]
ÍV. 6 Chedasūtras
Reference. - Edited with Introduction in English by H. Jacobi,
Leipzig in A. D. 1879. The text was published at Calcutta in A. D. 1887. It was also published by the Atmānanda Sabhā with Subodhikā of Vinayavijaya Gaņi and the commentary by Lakşmivallabha as well, in Saṁvat 1975, and with Kiraņāvali of Dharmasāgara Gani in Samvat 1978. The text was published with Subodhikä in the D. L. J. P. F. Series as Nos. 7 and 61 respectively in A. D. 1911 and 1923. The text with Kālikācārya's Kathā was published in D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 18 in A. D. 1914. An edition of the text with copious illustrations in three colours or more was published in 1933 A. D. in D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 82.
Kalpasútra was translated into English by H. Jacobi in the S. B. E. Series vol. XXII. For contents etc. see Weber II, p. 648f. , Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 211f.' and Winternitz, Geschichte vol. II, p. 309ff. Also see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 385 ff. and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 28. For additional Mss. of Kalpasūtra and their full descriptions see Prof. A. B. Keith’s “ Catalogue of the Sanskrit and Präkrit Manuscripts from the library of India Office” vol. II, pt. II, Nos. 74672 to 7470.
i From Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 212 we learn that according to Weber "the legendery excursi of the last dasâu ( 5, 8, 9 and 10 ) in reference to Mahavira are doubtless the cause of the introduction of the Kalpaşůtra, the first part of which treats especially of the life of Mahavira."
2 Herein there is a remark as under:
« This work is not by the famous Bhadrabāhu ; see Winternitz, Geschichte der indischer Litteratur, II, 309-310 (H. T. Colebrooke )."
In the German work (p. 309 ) above referred to we have the following lines:--
"In dem Kalpasútra sind drci verschiedene Texte zu einem Ganzen vereinigt, und es schient nicht gut möglich, dass sie alle den Bhadrabahu zum Verfasser haben”.
These lines are translated into English as under:--
« Three different texts are united to form a whole in the Kalpa-Sutra, and it does not seem feasible that Bhadrabāhu was the author of all three.”
-"A History of Indian Literature," vol. II, p. 462. 11 (J. L. 1. )

Page #109

82
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 497.
As Weber has pointed out Kalpasütra was the first Jaina text made known in A. D. 1848 to occidental scholars in the very faulty translation of Rev. J. Stevenson. See his edition of "The Kalpa Sutra and Nava Tattva', London. Lassen's Indische Alterthumskunde, vol. IV, its translation published in Indian Antiquary vol. II, pp. 193-200 and 258-265, Hindu Philosophy popularly explained the heterodox systems (ch. VI. & VII) by R. C. Bose, Calcutta, 1887, S.J. Warren's "Over de godsdienstige en wijsgeerige Begrippen der Jaina's, Zwolle, 1875, G. Bühler's " Über die indische secte der Jaina", Wien, 1887, its translation by Burgess, London, 1903, A. Barth's "Bulletin des religions de l' Inde" -Jainisme, vol. I, pp. 256-257, A. D. 1880, A. Weber's "Ueber das Çatrunjaya Mahatmya, Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Jaina" Leipzig, 1858, Z. D. M. G. vol. XXXIV. pp. 247-318, and Z. D. M. G. vcl. XXXVII, pp. 493-520 may be also consulted.
कल्पसूत्र
No. 497
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 112 folios; 7 lines to a page; 25 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thick, rough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters; quite bold, very big, perfectly legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink, and edges in one, in the same ink; dandas or vertical strokes written in red ink; foll. 1a and 112b blank; yellow pigment used profusely; complete so far as the 8 vyäkhyānas are concerned; for, this Ms. lacks in the 9th
Kalpasutra
184.
1871-72.
J A porition from. the preface (p. xxiv) of this work is quoted by A. N. Upadhye in his edition of Pancasuttam (2nd edn., introduction p. 1:).
2 Herein there are some remarks on Kalpasūtra.

Page #110

83
viz. Sāmācāri ; thus this Ms. contains Jinacarita and Sthaviravali, the former ending on fol. 97a; condition excellent. Age. Not modern.
498. ]
Begins.-- fol. r ॥ ए ५० श्रीगणेशाय नमः ॥ 11
Taro etc., as in No. 496.
Ends.-- fol. 112a
IV. 6 Chedasûtras
रणभरि ॥ खमदं (द) ममवगुणेहिं संपन्नं ॥ देवखमाणे 'कासव' गुत्ते पणिवयामि ॥ १४ ॥ स्थि ( स्थवि )रावली ॥ संपूर्णम्ः ॥ ॥ श्री ॥ श्री ॥ N. B.--For further particulars see No. 496.
कल्पसूत्र
No. 498

Size.-81 in. by 43 in.
Extent. 81 folios; 9 lines to a page; 27 letters to a line. Description--Country paper sufficiently thick and greyish in colour; Jaina Devanagari characters; bold, big, clear, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in yellowish ink; red chalk used; a blue sheet of paper almost of the same size as the fol. pasted to fol. 1'; fol. 1 decorated with two illustrations, one of a Jina and the other of the Goddess of Learning; the 1st two lines in the beginning written in red ink; this Ms. terminates at the 8th vyākhyāna as is the case with No. 497; condition tolerably good.
Age. Samvat 1818.
Kalpasūtra
96.
1872-73.

Page #111

Jaina Literature and Philosophy [499. Begins.-- fol. 1° ५ ६0 ॥ श्रीसारदाई (य) नमः ॥ श्रीकलिकुंडपार्श्वनाथाय
नमः ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥ श्रीः ॥ बारसहा लष्यते ॥ ॐ नमः ॥
नमो अरिहंताणं etc., as in No. 496. Ends.--- fol. 81" सुत्तत्थरयणभरिए etc., up to पणिवयामि । १४ ॥ as in No.
497 followed by the lines as under :
इति अष्टमं वाष्यांन (व्याख्यानं ) संपूर्ण ॥ इति श्रीबारसेंसूत्र संपूर्ण ॥ संवत १८१८ रा वर्षे मति वैशापमुदि ५ दिने ॥ वारबुधे ॥ प.(०) ज्ञा(ज्ञानविजय ल(लि)पीकृतं ॥ चेलामुनिषिमाविजयवाचनार्थ ॥
श्री कालधरी नगरे[:] ल(लि)पीकृतं[:] ॥ श्रीरस्तु[:] श्री ॥ श्री ॥ N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 496.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra 14 (8). 1880-81.
No. 499
Size.--147 in. by 21 in. Extent.- 131+2=133 leaves; 3 to 5 lines to a leaf; 44 letters to line. Description.-- Palm-leaf thick and grey; Jaina Devanāgari characters
with पृष्टमात्रा ; quite bold, perfectly legible, uniform, big and beautiful hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of having been written in two separate columns; but really it is not so; each of the columns is bounded by four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red ; every leaf is numbered in two places, once in each margin; the numbers written in the right hand-margin are continuous, and are १, २ etc., as usual, whereas in the left-hand margin they are practically as in other palm-leaf Mss.; some of them are as under :

Page #112

499.)
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
J
)
tai
= 34;
= 35;
So s = 36;
9
g
=37;
=38;
= 39;
o š =40;
2
=41;
å } = 42;
3
= 43; c
=44;
Sony = 50;
2
=
1;
61;
03
-60;
603
=
0;
so)
= 80; 2
=81;
63 = 90;
o 64
I
91;
I
- 1009 0
Bueno
=I1O;
H
]
=III;
- 120:
21:
SI30:
ink faded in the case of leaves 94th and 95th; after 13 ist leaf there are two more leaves, but they are completely blank; unnumbered sides have a small disc in the centre in red colour, whereas the numbered have two more such discs, one in each margin; the rst 33 leaves broken almost to a half ; leaf 1a blank ; leaves 36 to 39 slightly damaged at times by white ants or so; condition unsatisfactory; hints by way of explantion written on some leaves; complete ; this work ends on leaf 992 ; this Ms. contains in addition Fresarial commencing on leaf 999 and ending on leaf 1316.

Page #113

86
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Age. — Fairly old.
Begins. -- leaf rh तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं समणे भयवं महावीरे पंचहत्त्तरे होत्या || तंजहा ॥ इत्युत्तरा etc.
बु (वि) -
वे सेह
Ends.—- leaf 97° इह खलु णिग्गंथाण वा २ अज्जेव कक्खडे । कडुए | गहे समुपज्जेज्जा | सेहे राइणियं खामिज्जा ( रा ) इणिए खाज्जा | खामियत्वं । खामेयव्वं ॥ उवसमियन्वं । उवसामेयत्वं । सं ( ख ) - मपुच्छणाबहुलेणं होयच्वं । जो उवसमइ तस्स अस्थि आराहणा । जो न उवसमइ तस्स नत्थि आराहणा तम्हा अप्पणा चेव उवसमियन्वं से किमाहु ते । उवसमसार खु सामन्नं । वासं (सा) वासं । अन्नायरिं दिसं वा || अविगिज्झिय भत्तपाणं गवेसित्तए से किमाहु भंते ओसन्नं समणा वा ॥ सा तव संपउत्ता भवंति । तवस्सी दुब्व (ब) ले किलंते । मुच्छिज्ज वा पवडेज्ज वा । तामेव दिसिं वा । अणुदिसिं वा । समणा भगवंतो पडिजागरति ॥ वासावासं पकप्पइ णिग्गंथाण वा । २ जाव चत्तारि पंच जोयणाई | गंतुं पडिवत्तए । अंतरा वि । से कप्पइ वत्थए णो से कप्पड़ तं यणिं तत्थेव उवाइ (य) णावेत्तए । इच्चेतं (यं) संवच्छरियं । थेरकप्पं । अहासुतं । अहाकप्पं । अहामग्गं । अहातच्चं । समं कारणं ॥ फासेत्ता । पालेत्ता । सोभेत्ता । तीरिता । किट्टित्ता । आराहेत्ता । आणाए अणुपालेत्ता ॥ अथिएगइया तेणेव भवग्गहणेणं सिज्झति । ब्रज्झति । मुच्चति । परिणाति । सव्वदुक्खाणं । अंतं करेति अस्थिरगइया दोव्वेणं भवग्गणेणं सिज्झति । जाव दुक्खाणं अंत करेंति । अस्थिरगइयाणं तव्वेणं भवरगहणेणं सिज्झति जाव अंत करेंति । सत्तट्ट भवग्गहणाइं नाइकमंति || तेणं कालेणं ते समएणं समणे भगवं महावीरे रायगिहे नयरे । गुणासिलए चेइह बहूणं समणाणं बहूणं समणीणं बहूणं सावगाणं बहूणं साविगाणं बहूणं देवाणं बहूणं देवी मज्झगए चेव एवमाइक्ख । एवं भासइ । एवं पण्णवे । एवं परूड || पज्जोसवणाकप्पे णाम अज्झयणं । सअहं । सहेउयं । सकारणं । समुत्तं । अत्थं । सउभयं । सवागरणं ॥ भुज्जो भुज्जो उवदंसेइ त्ति वे (बे)मि ॥ पज्जोसवणाकप्पो संमत्तो ॥ छ ॥ दसाणं अट्टमज्झयणं सम्मत्तं
॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 496.
[499.

1" तेणं काले तेणं समए " is quoted by Kalikalasarvajña Hemacandra Suri in his svopajña commentary to “ सप्तम्या द्वितीया ", a sutra of Siddhahaima (VIII. 3. 137)

Page #114

500.)
IV. 6 Chedasatras
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra
761.
No. 500
1899-1915.
Size.--10, in, by 4 in. Extent.-- 93 - 2 = 91 folios ; S lines to a page ; 27 letters to a line.
Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari
characters with TATTS; very big, quite legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance as if the work is written in two distinct columns ; but, really it is not so, since the lines of the first column extend to the second; each column has its borders ruled in four lines; space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; unnumbered sides have mostly a small disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered,
in the margins, too; fol. 1a blank except that the title T OTEFTFE is written on it; this Ms. seems to be exposed to fire, as some portions at times indicate ; strips of paper pasted to foll. 396, 446, 62a etc. ; fol. 9ist slightly torn ; edges of fol. 93rd damaged; condition tolerably good; foll. 55 and 56 missing ; otherwise complete; extent 1216 slokas : this Ms. contains 52 illustrations which the Jainas get a chance to sce during thc paryușana-parvan.
These illustrations can be roughly named ' as under:(1) Tirthamkara Mahāvīra
fol. ( 2 ) Gaņadhara Gautamasvämin (3) 14 dreams seen by Devänanda
Indrasabha (5) Sakrastava (6) Indra and Hariņagameşin (7) Garbhaharana (8) Garbhasainkramana (9) 14 dreams seen by Trišala (10) Mallayuddha
N
»
225
1 They are mostly named in the Ms, itsell, but these names differ at times from those viven here.

Page #115

88
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
I soo.
(11)
(12)
Svapnapăthaka and King Siddhartha Lamentation of Trisala Joy
» » Birth of Mahāvīra Snātra , e Saşthījāgaraņa Mahāvīra being taken to school Samvatsarika dāna Sibika ( Dikṣāmahotsava ) Dikṣā of Mahāvīra Upasargas to Mahavira in kāyotsarga Samavasarana of Mahavira
A POP
3
(13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) ( 20 ) (21) ( 22 ) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) ( 28 ) ( 29 )
106 400
4
Nirvana
رررر
o
524
S22
(30) (31) ( 32)
S26
(33)
sa
(34) (35) (36) (37)
Pārsvanātha Birth of Pārsvanātha His snātra Snätra of Pārsvanätha Kamatha tāpasa and Pārsvanatha Diksämahotsava of Pārsvanatha Diksā of Pärsyanātha Kamatha's upasarga to Pärsvanatha Neminātha and the beasts Neminātha's going away from the place of marriage Diksā of Neminātha Nirvāņa >
> 10 Tirthamkaras . other Tirthamkaras Rşabhadeva Birth of Rşabhadeva Snātra of Rşabhadeva His reign Diksā of Rşabhadeva Samavaşarana of Rşabhadeva Nirvāṇa . » 11 Gañadharas , „, with a bigg in the centre
(38)
(39) ( 40 )
a
(42) (43) ( 44 ) (45)
»
70*

Page #116

501.)
IV. 6 Chedasutras
(49)
(46) A feat of archery in connection with a mango-tree ( Rathika--kala )
fol. 734 (47) Dance of Kosa (48)
Transformation of Sthulabhadra into a lion and his sisters arrival
Sthūlabhadra and his sisters (50) Tirthamkara (SI) Vajrasvămin delivering a sermon : sthā
a sermon ; sthapanacarya (52) Goddess of Learning (?) Age. — Samvat 1515. Begins.-- fol. I" ए ६० ॥ नमो वीतरागाय ।।
नमो अरिहंताण etc., up to हवइ मंगलं ॥१॥ followed by
तेणं कालेणं etc. Ends.--- fol. 93b बहूण देवाणं etc., up to उवदंसेइ ति बेमि as in - 1875-76.
- followed by पज्जोसवणाकप्पो समत्तो ॥ छ । अमज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ॥ १ ग्रंथायं १२१६ ॥ संवत् १५१५ वर्षे मार्गशरमुदि द्वितीया बुधवारे मं° वाछालिखितं ।
श्रीशांतिचंद्रवाचकवरां......'जचंद्रविबुधेन।
गणिहेमचंद्रसजुषा चित्कोशे रगै(?) प्रतिर्मुमुचे ॥१॥ N. B.--- For additional information see No. 496.
No. __833.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasutra ___1248 (a).
1891-95.
No. 501
Size. -- II in. by 2 in. Extent.--- 95 - 2 = 93 leaves; 4 to 6 lines to leaf; 36 letters to a
line.
I. Letters are gone. 12 [J. L. P.]

Page #117

90
Jaina Literature and Phiiosophy
( 502.
Description.- Palm--leaf durable and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgarī
characters with Paras; big, legible, uniform and good handwriting; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been divided into two different columns; but, really it is not so, since lines of the first column extend to the second ; borders of each of the columns ruled in four lines; red chalk used ; leaves numbered in both the margins ; in the right hand one as 3, Y etc. and in the left-hand one from the 7th as uf, ei, etc.; the ist two leaves are missing ; leaves 3 to 5 half worn out; strips of white paper pasted to leaf 95° and 95b; condition on the whole tolerably fair ; this work ends on leaf 83b; this Ms. contains as an additional work viz., Kalikācāryakathä сommencing on leaf 84o and ending on leaf 95“; leaf 956 blank; a red string passes through a hole in each leaf between the two columns above referred
to; leaves are placed between two wooden boards. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins.- leaf za (fragment)......ACUTTIT I TEHTI I TRAĦAUTATTI
ERARET.... Ends. -- leaf 83° बढणं देवीण etc., up to practically अट्टमज्झयणं as in
No. 5oo followed by FIE I N. B.-- For additional particulars see No. 496.
कल्पसूत्र सन्देहविषौषधीसहित
No. 502
Kalpasūtra with Sarndehayisausadh?
375. 1879-80.
Size.— 104 in. by 41 in. Extent.-- (text) 80 folios ; 3 to 10 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line
„ --(com.) » » ; 2 , 10 » »» » ; 55 » » » »

Page #118

502.1
IV. 6 Chedasútras
91
Description.-- Country paper neither very thick nor very thin and
grey ; Jaina Devanagari characters with पृष्टमात्राs; bold, legible, uniform, big and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; condition:very good; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; it is a Ênta Ms; so, as usual the text occupies the central place and is comparatively written in a bigger hand; both complete, the extent of the text being 1216 ślokas and that of commentary 2200 (?) ślokas ; the text is divided into 3 vācyas as under:-- ( I ) जिनचरित
foll. Ib to 62b ( 2 ) स्थविरावली
,, 62 ,, 682 (3) सामाचारी
,, 68b , 80. Agc.- Old. Author of the commentary.- Jinaprabha Suri' (c. Sarivat 1365). Subject.— The text is as usual. The commentary deals mostly with
difficult portions. It is only a few of Kalpasūtra. Begins.-- (text) fol. I" ए ६॥ ॥ श्रीसव(4)ज्ञ
नमो अरिहंताणं etc., as in No. 496. ,, --- (com.) fol. I ॥ ६॥ अर्ह ।
ध्यात्वा श्रीश्रुतदेवी पर्युषणाकल्पदुर्गपदविकृतिः(तिः)। स्वपरानुग्रहहेतोः किंचिदियं लिख्यते मयका ॥१॥ हृदयानि सहृदयाना(नां) पर्युषणाकल्पगोचरा मुचिरं । रंजयतु पंजिकेयं संदेहविषौषधी नाम ॥२॥
पर्युषणाकल्पस्य चादौ केषुचिदादर्शषु मंगलार्थ पंचनमस्कारो दृश्यते । सर्व(च) सुबोध एव । अत्र चाध्ययने त्रयं वाच्यं । जिनानां चरितानि स्थविरावली पर्युषणासामाचारी च (1) तत्रापि वर्तमान(न)तीर्थाधिपतित्वेनासन्नोपकारित्वात् प्रथमं श्रीवर्द्धमानस्वामिनश्चरितमाहु(:) श्रीभद्रबाहुपादाः । तेणं कालेणमित्यादि ॥ ते इति प्राकृतशैलीवशात् तस्मिन् काले वर्तमानावसर्पिण्याश्चतुर्थारकलक्षणे एवं तस्मिन समये etc.
I For a list of his works etc., see my edition of Caturvimsati-JinānandaStutis (pp. 40-45) published with Gujarati translation etc., in Agamodaya Samiti Series as No. 59.

Page #119

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[503.
(com.) fol. 62° सुसु(स)मदुस्समाए त्ति तृतीयारके एकोननवतिपक्षावशेषे भगवान्
सिद्धः उम्पिति उपर्यष्टापदशैलशिष( ख )रस्य चउद्दसमेणं भत्तेण उपवासषट्रेन चतुर्थभक्तपरित्यागात् इति चतुर्वि(वि)शतिजिनचरित्राणि समाप्तानि
सा(सां)प्रतं स्थविरावली बक्तकामः प्रक्रमते । तेण कालेणमित्यादि। (conn.) fol. 684 अत्र चूर्णिणः । पुरिअपच्छिमजिणाणं एस मग्गो चेव । जहा वासा
वासं पज्जोसवेययं पडउ बासं मा वा मज्झिमगाणं पुण भयणिज्ज अवि य वडमाणतित्यमि मंगलानमित्तं जिणगणहरावलिया सोर्सि जिणाणं समोसरणाणि ण परिकहज्जति ति। समवसरण ति वर्षाचातुर्मासकावस्थानरूवाणि गता स्थविरावली ___सांप्रतं पर्युषणास(सा)माचारा(री)विवक्षुरादौ पर्युषणा कदा विधेयंति श्रीमहावीरतद्गणधरतच्छिष्यदृष्टांतेनाह ॥ तेणं कालेण(ण)मित्यादि ॥
Ends.-(text) fol. 80° बहूण देवीण etc., up to सम्मत्त as in No. 47:
1870-71. followed by ग्रंथानं० १२१६ ॥ छ ॥१॥ श्रीशुभं भवतु. ,, - -(com.) fol. 80" पज्जोसवणाकप्पो सम्मत्तो ति ॥ छ ॥ पर्युषणा
कल्पः । समाप्तः ॥छ । पर्युषणा वर्षासु एकक्षेत्रनिवासस्तस्य संबंधी कल्पः सामाचारी साधन प्रतीत्य विधिप्रतिषेधरूति कर्तव्यता । तदभिधेययोगादध्ययनमपि पर्युषणाकल्पो रत्नपरीक्षा-गजशिक्षादिवत् । स च दशाश्रुतस्कंधस्याष्टममध्ययनं समाप्त (प्तं) समर्थि(तं) इति ॥ ग्रंथाj । २२०(५)० ॥ छ ।
१॥ शुभं भवतुः ॥ Referencc.- Samdehavisausadhi is published by Hiralal Hamsaraj,
Jamnagar in A. D. I913. For extracts etc. see Weber II, pp. 652-654.
सन्देहविषौषधी
Samdehavişausadhi ( कल्पसूत्रपत्रिका)
(Kalpasūtrapañjikā )
776 (a). No. 503
1875-76. Size.- II in. by S! in. Extent.--- 62 - 2 - 1 - 2 = 57 folios; 16 lines to a page; 52 letters
to a line.

Page #120

504.1
IV. 6 Chedasutras
Description. Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional garars; big; legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in black ink; red chalk profusely used; yellow pigment at times; foll. numbered in both the margins; this Ms. contains the gates of the text; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to foll. 1a and 62; fol. 1st. slightly torn; edges: of several foll. partly worn out; condition very fair; foll. 3, 4, 27, 32 and 33 missing; otherwise complete; this work ends on fol. 46"; extent 2268 slokas; this Ms contains aff with vyäkhyä commencing on fol. 46b and ending on fol. 62b; at the end of this vyäkhya there is a colophon where the date of composition is given as Samvat 1364; total extent 3041 slokas.
Age. Samvat 1635.
Author.
Subject. A commentary to Kalpasütra.
Jinaprabha Suri.
Begins.--- fol. r° ॥ ६० ॥ ऊँ नमः (1) श्रीमायाबीजाय नमः ॥ श्रीब (व) र्द्धमानाय ॥ rar afgaaf etc.
Ends.--- fol. 462 पज्जोसवणाकप्पो etc, up to ग्रंथाग्रं as in No. 502 followed by २२६८ ॥ छ ॥ कल्याणं भूयात् ॥ श्रीः ॥
Reference. See No. 503.
a-è̟giâqìquì ( कल्पसूत्रपञ्जिका )
No. 504
93

Saindehaviṣauṣadhi (Kalpasūtrapañjika)
Size.-12 in. by 43 in.
Extent. 71 folios; 13 lines to a page; 54 letters to a line.
213 (a).
1871-72.
Description. Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; sufficiently big, quite legible,

Page #121

[ 595.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in both the margins; every fol. worm-eaten in several places; condition poor; fol. 1 blank; this Ms does not seem to contain the complete text; mostly its as are given; it has as an additional work कल्पसूत्रनिर्युक्ति together with its vyākhyā commencing on fol. 52 and ending on fol. 71b; at the end of this vyakhya there is no colophon. Age. Old.
94
Begins. - fol. 1 ए६ ॥ अहे । ag
Ends.-- fol. 52bq etc., up to समर्थित इति as in
No. 502.
N. B. For other details see No. 503.
सन्देहविषौषधी ( कल्पसूत्रपत्रिका )
etc. as in No. 502.
Sandehaviṣausadhi (Kalpasūtrapañjikā)

No, 505
Size. 10 in. by 44 in.
Extent. 68 folios; 15 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line.
353 (a). A. 1882-83.
Description.-Country paper rough, thin and greyish; Jaina Devanägari characters with gears; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. ra blank; this Ms. does not seem to contain the complete text; the प्रतीकs are mostly given; foll. numbered in both the margins; some of the foll. slightly worm-eaten; condition on the whole

Page #122

506. ]
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
95
good ; complete ; extent 2168 ślokas ; this Ms contains an additional work viz. Actualita with vyākhyā which commences on fol. 502 and ends on fol. 686; at the end of the vyākhyā there is a colophon ; from the lines that follow we learn that this Ms. was corrected by Ratnanidhāna Upādhyâya with the help of Pandita Ratnasundara Gani ; total
extent 3041 ślokas. Age.—Samvat 1670. Begins.-- fol. 10 & 11 TË II
cat a af etc. as in:No. 502. Ends.-- fol. 502 TSHIFT01cgi etc., up to Fraga za Il as in
No. 502 followed by z li so 2386 il N. B.- For other details see No. 503.
कल्पसूत्रा अवचूर्णिसहित
Kalpasūtra with avacūrņi
585. No. 506
1884-86. Size.--104 in. by 4 in. Extent.-- (text) 41 folios ; 12 lines to a page ; 43 letters to a line.
» -com.) „ „ ; 26' „ „„ ; 14? » » » » Description.--. Country paper greyish, smooth and not very thin ;
Jaina Devanāgari characters with gears; bold, clear, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; this Ms. contains both the text and a small gloss; both complete ; this is a querer Ms.; the text is consequently written in bigger hand in the middle, whereas the commentary all around and comparatively in a smaller hand; space reserved for the text
kept blank but not utilised for writing the commentary; 1-2 These numbers for the lines and the letters refer to a column.

Page #123

96
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1506.
most of the foll. more or less worm-eaten ; condition fair ; the text is divided into 3 vācyas as under :--
(1) जिनचरित foll. I to 30" (2) स्थविरावली ,, 30" ,, 35
(3) सामाचारी ,, 35a ,, 41". Age.-- Sativat 1469. Author of avacürņi.- Not mentioned. Subject.-- The text with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.-- (text) fol. I" नमो अरिहंताणं etc., as in No. 496. ,, -- (com.) fol. I' अत्र । चाध्ययने त्रयं वाच्यं । जिनचरित्राणि स्थवि
रावली पर्युषणासामाचारी च । तत्रापि वर्तमानतीर्थाधिपतित्वेनासन्नोपकारित्वात् प्रथमं श्रीवर्द्धमानचरित्रमाहुः श्रीभद्रबाहुपादाः ॥ प्राकृतशैली etc. -(com.) fol. 30 तृतीयारके एकोननवतिपक्षावशेषे भगवान् सिद्धः = २ उपर्यटापदशैलशिखरस्य = २ चउ० उपवासपदकेन । चतुर्दशभक्तपरित्यागात् = ४ सम्यग् पद्मासने निषन उपविष्टः = ५ इति चतुर्विंशतिजिनचरित्राणि समाप्तानि =
__सांप्रत स्थविरावली वक्तुकामः प्रक्रमते = etc. -(com.) fol. 35 वरा अटा मा लक्ष्मीस्तया उत्तम छवं वहति यस्य शिरसि धारयति देवः पूर्वसंगतिकः को( 5)पि =४ = मृदुना मधुरेण मार्दवेन मानपरित्यागेन संपन्नं =इच्छं (?) स्थविरावली मंगलार्थ पठ्यते =
५ = सांप्रत पर्युषणासामाचारी विवक्षुरादौ पर्युषणा कदा विधेया
इत्याह । = आषाढचतुर्मासि(स)कादनादारभ्य etc. Ends.--- (text) fol. 41° बहूण देवीणं etc., up to उवदंसेइ त्ति बेमि as in
No. 04 - followed by the lines as under :--
1870-7I. . श्रीकल्प(ल्पा)ध्ययनमष्टमं श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामिभिः प्रत्याख्यानपूर्वान्निी दे दशाश्रुतस्कंधमध्यगतं ॥ छ । श्लोकसंख्यया ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं ॥ १२१६ ॥छ ।। संवत १४६९ वर्षे वैशाखमामे श्री इंगरपुरे लिखितं ॥ छ ॥ छ ।
यादृशं पुस्तके दृष्टं तादृशं लिखितं मया । यदि शुद्धभशुद्धं वा मम दोपो न दीयते ॥१॥
छ॥छ॥छ। ,, (com.) fol. 41" स च दशाश्रुतस्कंधस्थाष्टमं [5]अध्यध्ययनं समर्थितमिति
श्रीः ॥छ ॥ श्रीः ॥ ॥

Page #124

507.] IV. 6 Chedasūtras
97 'ऊकेश'वंशार्णवपूर्णिमेंदुः।
श्राद्धावतंसो विजयादिपालः ॥ अलीलिखत् शुद्धवरावचूर्णि
सखं सुखायाद्भुतकल्पसूत्रं ॥१॥ श्रीः ॥ श्री इलदुर्ग'वास्तव्यश्रेधारापत्नीचंपूः तयोः सप्त पुत्राः विज(य)पाल-गोपा-शिवराज-ठाकुर-सीनरिया-पर्वत-मेराख्याः पुत्री हीरुः तेषु सा विजयपालेन श्रीकल्पसूत्रप्रतीर्दश लेखयता स्वभ्रातृमहापुरुषप्रौढप्रभावकगोपाश्रेयो(s)) श्रीकल्पसूत्रं सावचूरि लेखितं ॥
महोपाध्यायश्रीजिनमंडनगाणवाचनार्थ ॥ छ.॥ श्री ॥ Reference.- See Nc. 496.
कल्पसूत्र अवचूर्णिसहित
Kalpasūtra with avacūrņi
No. 507
1223. 1886-92.
Size.--IoT in. by 3 in. Extent.-- ( text ) 35 folios ; II to I3 lines to a page; 53 letters to a
line. ,, - (com.) ,, ,, ; 23' ,, 26 ,, ,, , ; 83 ,, ,,
__line. Description.- Country paper thin and grey; Jaina Devanagari chara
cters with occasiona! पृष्टमात्राs; clear, uniform and elegant hand-writing, this Ms. contains both the text and a small gloss ; it is a पश्चपाटी Ms. ; the commentary is written in a very small hand and at times not clear ; several foll. have their cleges worn out; a sheet of paper of the same size and most probably of the same quality as the fol. pasted to each of the first and the last foll. ; condition fair ; red chalk and
yellow pigment used ; ink getting faded ; foll. numbered in 1-3 These numbers for lines and letters refer to a column. 13 [J. L. P.

Page #125

98
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[507.
both the margins ; fol. 1a blank; both the text and avacūrņi complete ; the former is divided into 3 vācyas as under :-- ( 1 ) जिनचरित
foll. 1 to 26 ( 2 ) स्थविरावली
, 26 ,, 29 (3) सामाचारी
, 29b ,, 35. Age.-- Samvat I568. Author of avacúrņi.- Not mentioned. Subject.-- The text along with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.--- (text) fol. 1° ५ ६० ॥ नमो अरिहंताणं etc., as in No. 496.
--- (com.) fol. I ॥ ६0 ॥ अत्र चाध्ययने त्रयं वाच्यं । जिनानां चरितानि । स्थविरावली पर्युषणाम(सा)माचारी । etc. ( text) fol. 4° उसाप्पिणीहिं । बिइक्वंताहिं समुप्पज्जइ । पं० १०० etc. ,, ,, 7 तओ पुणो हारनिकरखीरसागरससंककिरणदगरयरययमहा
सेलपंडुरंग ॥२०० ग्रं० ॥ etc. ,, , 10 धन्ना। मंगला । सस्सिरीआ । आरुग्गतुझीदीहाउअकल्लाण
ग्रं० ३०० etc. ,, I2 अरहतमायरो वा चक्कवट्टिमायरो वा अरहंतसि वा ।
चक्कहरंसि वा । गभं । ४०० ग्रं० etc. 15 नगरयत्तिए सद्दावेइ । २ ता ॥ एवं पयासी ॥
१०० etc. IF अणेगतालायराणुचरिअं । अणुद्धअमुअंगं ग्रं. ५०० etc.
18 मायाए वा लोभे वा भए वा हासे वा । पिज्जे वा । जाव
मिच्छादसणसल्ले वा ॥ पं० ६०० etc. ,, 21 जोगमुवागएणं । आहारवक्कंतीए । भववक्कंतीए सरीरवक्कं.
तीए ॥ ग्रं० ७०० etc. , 23° पुव्वरत्तावरत्तकालसमयसि । नेसज्जिए कालगए । ग्रं
८00 etc. ,, 26 जे से हेमंताणं । तच्चे मासे । पंचमे पक्खे । माहबहुले ।
ग्रं० ९००:etc.
,

Page #126

507.]
IV. 6 Chedasúiras
__99 (com.) fol. 26 उपवासषट्कनेत्यर्थः = २ etc. मंडिकश्वासौ पुत्रश्च धनदेवस्य मंडिकसुवः(तः)। केचित्तु मंडित इति धनदेवस्य नामांतरं वदति। मंडिकमौर्यपुत्रयोरेकमातृकत्वेन भ्रात्रोरपि यद्भिन्नगोत्राभिधानं तत् पृथक(ग)जनकापेक्षया यतो मंडिकस्य पिता धनदेवा मौर्यपुत्रस्य मूर्या माता त्वेका विनया देवा । अविरोधश्च । तत्र देशे एकस्मिन् पत्यौ मृते द्वितीयं करणस्येति वृद्धाः = ६ = etc. (text) fol. 28' इमे चत्तारि थेरा अंतेवासी अहावच्चा अभिन्नाया हुत्था ॥ ग्रं० १००० etc. (com.) fol. 29" मृदुना मधुरेण मार्दवेन मानत्यागेन संपन्न...करुणाहृदयं न द्रवेण नर्मणा संपन्नं अइव संपन्नं = ॥ ॥ उक्ता मंगलार्थ स्थविरावली॥
सांप्रत पर्य(यु)षणासामाचारीविवक्षुरादौ पर्युषणा कदा विधेया इति दृष्टांतेनाह etc. (text) fol. 32* भत्ता पाणा०नि० पवि० कप्पइ से अप्पवुट्रिकायसि । संतरुत्तरस्स । गाहा भ० पा०नि०प० ॥३१॥ ग्रं० ११०० etc. (text) fol. 34 सेहे रायणि खामिज्जा । रायणिए वि सेहं खामिज्जा ॥ १२००ग्रंetc.
Ends.--- (text) fol. 35 बहूणं देवीणं etc., up to सम्मत्तं as in No. 24/
1870-71. followed by प्रत्याख्यानपूर्वान्निएंडं ॥ ग्रं. १२१६ ॥
इति कल्पसूत्रं संपूर्ण लिखितं 'सार'ग्रामे पं. लावण्यभद्रगणि....' followed by the lines written in a different land ( as it seems ) as under :--
नागपुरे नमिभवनप्रतिष्ठया महितपाणिसौभाग्यः ।
अभ(व)द् वीराचा[:] स्त्रिभिः शतैः साधिको राज्ञः ॥१ वि०३०५॥ यो नरसिंहमूरिरासीदनोऽखिलग्रंथपारगो येन । यक्षो 'नरसिंहपुरे' । मांसरतित्याजितः स्वागराः] ॥ २ वी१०५५ (१) 'खोमाण'राजकुलजोव(थ) समुद्रसूरि
गच्छं शशास किल यः प्रवरः प्रमाणी ॥
I
Letters are indistinct, since ink has faded.

Page #127

too
"
कल्पसूत्र अवचूर्णिसहित
No. 508
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
जित्वा तदा क्षपन (ण) कानू स्ववशं वितेने । नाग भुजगनाथ नमस्यतीर्थे ॥ ३ ॥ विद्यासमुद्रहरिभद्रमुनींद्रमित्र ।
afragata हि मानदेव (:) | माद्यात् प्रयातमपि योऽनघसूरिमंत्रं ।
Reference. - See No. 496.
39
पूर्वे श्रीविजयचंद्रमूरिणा श्रीदेवेंद्रसूरिषु 'मालवक 'देशगतेषु गच्छावर्जननिमित्तं समस्तगीतार्थ पृथक २ वस्त्रपुट्टलिकाप्रदानं ९ नित्यं त्यनुज्ञा २ । चीवरक्षालनं ३ फलशाकग्रहणं ४ नीवीप्रत्याख्याने निर्वि(क)त (ति) कग्रहणं ५ साधूनां द्विविधाहारप्रत्याख्यानं ६ आर्यिकाविहृतभोगः ७ गृहस्थप्रतिक्रमण - कारापण ८ संविभागदिने गृहे गीतार्थगमन ९ लेपसंनिध्यभावां १० तत्कालोष्णोदकग्रहणं १९ इति गोत्रिकं वृद्धशालीय समाचारी ॥ वी ९९३ वि० ५२३ कालिकाचार्येण चतुर्थी पर्युषणापवनीतः ९९४ तस्य स्वर्गः वी१००० सत्यमित्रे १० पूर्वविच्छेदः ॥
--
- (com) fol. 35 कथनं तेन सहितं इति ब्रवीमीति श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामी स्वशिष्यान् प्रति ब्रूते न तु स्वमनीषिकया... अनेन च गुरुपारतन्त्र्य'... अनस्थाष्टमस्यावचूरिः ॥ छ ॥ श्री ।। इति श्रीकल्पस्यावचूर्णिः ॥ संपूर्णा ॥ 1... शुभं भवतु लेखकपाठयोश्व || संवत् १५६८ वर्षे.
arraataafir तपसो 'जयंते ' ॥ ४ ॥
... दिनकृत्य ५ कर्मग्रंथ सिद्ध पंचासि (शि) कासूत्रवृत्तयः । धर्मरत्नवृत्ति सुदर्शनाचरित्रं भास्या ( (या) दयः सुकृताः ।

Size.-- rog in. by 4g in
Extent.— (text) 56 folios; 12 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a linea
-- ( com. ),,
"
; 252 to 271
22 "" "
1 508.
I Letters are indistinct, since ink has faded.
2-5 These numbers for lines and letters refer to a column.

Kalpasūtra with avacurni
277.
A. 1882-83.
84 to 95
22 " " "

Page #128

508.1
IV. 6 Chedasütras
tot
Description.- Country paper thin and white ; Jaina Devanāgarī
characters with occasional TEATES; this is more or less a Taaret Ms. ; the text written in big, clear and good handwriting; the same is the case with avacūrņi except that it is written in small hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines
mostly in red ink ; fol. I blank ; edges of the first fol. and those of the last slightly worn out; condition good; foll. 33rd and the following also numbered as 2, 3 etc. in the space between the lines of the margin ; yellow pigment and white paste as well used; both the text and avacũrņi complete; the text is divided into 3 vācyas as under :( 1 ) जिनचरित
foll. I to 42 ( 2 ) स्थविरावली
, 42, 470 (3) सामाचारी
, 47 , 564. Age.-Samvat I613. Begins.---- (text) fol. I'ए ६ 0 ए नमो श्रीवीतरागाय ॥
तेणं कालेणं etc., as in No. 496. -- (com.) ,, ,, ६0 ॥ अवाध्ययने त्रयं वाच्यं ! जिनानां चरितानि १ स्थविराबली २ पर्युषणासामाचारी च ३ etc.
(com.) fol. 424 सुसमदुसमाए त्ति तृतीयारके एकोननवतिपक्षविशेषः २। उप्पिंति उपरिऽ (अ)ष्टापद 'शैलशिखरस्य ५ से केण त्ति० सेशब्दोऽथशब्दार्थः । प्रश्नाभिप्रायोऽयं ।
“जावई(इ)आ जस्स गणा तावइआ गणहरा तस्स" त्ति वचनात् सर्वजिनानां गणधरगणमानयोस्तुल्यत्वे(s)पि श्रीवीरस्य तु किमर्थमन्यथेति आचार्य आह । समणस्सेत्यादि । अकंपिताऽचलभ्रात्रोरेकरूपैव वाचना जाता । एवं मेतार्यप्रे(प्र)भासयोरपि । एकवाचनावा(चा)रयतिसमुदायो हि गण इति भावः ११ etc.
(com.) fol. 47° वरमुत्तमं ति वरा मा लक्ष्मीस्त या उत्तमं छत्रं धारयति ॥६॥
उक्ता मंगलार्थ स्थविरावली ॥ सांप्रतं पर्युषणासामाचारीविवक्षुरादौ
पर्युषणा कदा विधेया इति दृष्टांतेनाह etc. Ends.--- (text) fol. 56* बहूणं देवीण etc., up to ग्रंथायं १२१६ । as in
No. NO. 1870-71.
47:- followed by the lines as under :

Page #129

102
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [509. छ । श्री ॥ छ ॥ संवत् १६१३ वर्षे श्रावणसुदि ५ वारशनौ 'मालव'मध्ये लिपतं 'हाथोद'ग्रामे। श्री श्रू(शुभं भवंतु
जादशं पुस्तके द्रष्ट्वा तादशं लिखितं मया ॥
जदि शुद्धमशुद्धं वा मम दोलखो न दीयते ॥१॥ ,, -- (com.) fol. 56° कथनं व्याकरणं तेन सहितं सव्याकरणं । इति ब्रवी
मीति श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामी स्वमनीषिकया किंतु तीर्थकरगणधरोपदेशेनेति । अनेन च गुरुपारतंत्र्यमभिहितमिति ।। ६४ ॥
इति श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंधस्य श्रीकल्पाख्याष्टमाध्ययनस्यावचूर्णिः। ऋषिजैवंतयोग्या कल्पप्रतिरियं । क्षेत्रसिंहाख्येन लिपीकता । शुभं भवतु
लेषकपाठकयोः कल्याणमस्तु भद्रं भूयात् ॥ श्री etc. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 507.
कल्पसूत्र कल्पकिरणावलीसहित
Kalpasūtra with Kalpakiraṇāvali
661.
No. 509
1892-95.
Size.- IIg in. by 5 in. Extent.- (text) ISI -- I = ISo folios ; 2 to 7 lines to a page ; 42
letters to a line. ,, - (com.) ISo folios; 7 to 17 lines to a page ; 56 letters to
a line. Description.- Country paper tough, thick and greyish; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters ; bold, uniform, big, legible and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges singly, in red ink ; this is a fêtret Ms. ; it contains both the text and the commentary ; foll. numbered in the right-hand
margin ; fol. I blank ; the Ist line on it written in red ink; fol. ga decorated with a beautiful illustration of Lord Pärśvanātha ; fol. 88th missing ; fol. 92 marked as 93; Col. 128 marked as 127; fol. 1144 and 1146 decorated in the centre with a big faltar, fol. 1154 with and fol. 1156 with ऐ; edges of the first fol. worn out ; condition good ; both the text and the commentary complete; the latter com

Page #130

509. ]
103
posed in Samvat 1628 has its extent 4814 slokas plus 16 letters; the text contains 3 vācyas as under :--
foll.
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
""
(I) जिनचरित
( 2 ) स्थविरावली ( 3 ) सामाचारी
""
"
Age.—Sarvat 1721.
Author of the commentaty.- • Dharmasāgara Gani, pupil of Hira
vijaya Suri.
Subject.---- The text along with a Sanskrit commentery (vrtti) popularly known as Kiraṇāvali. This commentary is also known as Kalpavyākhyānapaddhati. It is at times criticized in
Subodhikā ; see Nos.
and
Begins. - (text) fol. 9 ए ६७ ॥ श्री नमः ॥
ते काणं etc., as in No. 496.
706. 1899-1915.
Ib to 119b
" 130b
13 14 150b.

120a
(com) fol. 3± कथं ज्येष्ठताव्यवहारः । इत्याह ॥
در
--(com.) fol. 1' ए६० ॥ श्रीशंखेश्वर पार्श्वजिनो जयतु ॥ पांडत श्रीश्री ३श्रीकल्याणसागरगणिचरणकमलेभ्यो नमः ॥ ऐं नमः ॥
प्रणम्य प्रणताशेषवीरं वीरजिनेश्वरं ।
स्त्रवाचनकृते कुर्बे | कल्पव्याख्यानपद्धतिम् ॥ १ ॥
इह हि तावच्चतुर्मासकमासीना मुनयो मंगलानीमित्तं । कल्पद्रुकल्पपर्युषणाकल्पाभिधानमध्ययनं पंच दिनानि वाचयंति । तत्र कल्पः साध्वाचारः
व दशधा ॥ तद्यथा
(com) fol. 5 यदाहुः । श्रीहरिभद्रसूरिपादाः ।
आचेल (ल) क्कु १ देसिअ २ सिज्जायर ३ रायपिंड ४ किइकम्मे ५ । वय ६ जिट्ट ७ पडिक्कमणे ८ । मासं ९ पज्जोसवण १० । कप्पे ॥ व्याख्या || अविद्यमानं चेलं वस्त्रं यस्व (स्या) सावचेलक: ।। etc.
255 1871-72.
पितिपुत्तमाइआणं समगं पत्ताणि जिपितिपभई थेवंतरे विलंब पनवणाए उबवणा ॥ १ ॥ व्याख्या || पिता etc.

एवंविहाण व इह ( ( ) चरणं दिट्टं तिलोगना हिं जोगाण थिरो भावो जम्हा एएसि सुद्धो ओ ( उ ) etc.
"

Page #131

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 509.
(com.) fol. 6° इत्यादि कल्पसूत्रश्रवणफलं ॥ न चैवंविधमाहात्म्यस्य नैकातिकत्वं शंकनीयं etc.
104
(com) fol. 8 अथात्र कल्पाध्ययने त्रि (त्री )णि वाच्यानि । तथाहि || जिनानां चरितानि ॥ ९ ॥ स्थविरावली ( 11 ) २ ( | ) पर्युषणा स(सा)माचारी ॥ ३॥ चेति ॥ उक्तं च ॥
पुरिमचरिमाण कप्पो मंगलं वद्धमाणतित्थां ।
इह परिकहिआ जिणगणहराइथेरावली चरितं ॥ १ ॥
व्याख्या ||
वर्षे पततु मा वा पर्युषणा तावदवश्यं कर्त्तव्येति प्रथमचरमयोः ऋषभवीरयोस्तीर्थे कल्पो मंगलं च । तीर्थे यस्मादेवं तस्मादिह परिकथितानि जिनानां चरितानि ९ गणधरादिस्थविरावली २ चरित्रं ३ चेति । तत्रापि सांप्रा (प्र) तीन तीर्थाधिपतित्वेन प्रत्यासन्नोपकारित्वादादावेव श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामिपादास्तद्भवव्यति करावात पंचकल्याणकनिबंधबंधुरं श्री श्री वरिचरित्रं सूत्रयंत उद्देशनिर्देशसूचकप्रायं जघन्य मध्यमबाच (ना)त्मकं प्रथमसूत्रमादिशति ॥ छ ॥ श्री ॥ etc.
(com) fol. 9 ए ६० ।। तेणं कालेणमित्यादितः परिनिबुडे भयवमिति पर्य ( ये ) तं ॥ तत्र यत्तदोर्नित्याभिसंबंधात् । यत्रासौ स्वामी दशमदेवलोकगत 'पुष्पोत्तर' प्रवरविमानाद देवानंदाकुक्षाववातरदिति यच्छन्दघटितमत्वमध्याह्न (?) त्य तेणं ति ते तस्मिन् णमिति वाक्यालंकारे etc.
(com.) fol. 119b उसभस्स णं अरहओ इत्यादितः काले गच्छत्ति पर्यतं ॥ २२८ ।। इति श्रीवृषभदेवचरित्रं ॥ छ ॥
इति श्रीमत् 'तपा' गणगगनांगणन भोमणि श्री ६ हीरविजयसूरी[S]श्वरशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरगणिविरचितायां श्रीकल्पकिरणावल्यां जिनचरितरूपप्रथमव्याख्यानपद्धतिः ॥ समाप्ता ॥ श्रीरस्तुः छः
(com) fol. 130 मृदुना मधुरेण मार्दवेन मानत्यागेन संपन्नमथवा मृदुकं करुणार्द्रहृदयं अ (आ) द्रव संपन्ननर्मणाऽसंपन्ननर्मणाऽसंपन्नमिति ॥ ७ ॥ च्छ
इति श्रीमत् 'तप' गणगगनांगणन भोमणि श्री ६ हीरविजयसूरी स्व ( श्व) रशिष्योपाध्याय श्री श्रीधर्म्म सागरगणिविरचितायां श्रीकल्पकिरणावल्यां व्याख्यानपद्धतिः समाप्ता ॥ तत्समाप्तौ च समाप्ता श्रीपर्युषणाकल्प द्वितीयवाच्यव्याख्यानपद्धतिः । थेरावली संपूर्णेति श्रेयः सकलमुनिजनमंडितमहीतलाय शुभं भवतु ॥
Ends. - (text ) fol 150 बहूणं देवीणं etc., as in No.

47.
1870-71.

Page #132

509.]
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
105
Ends.--(com.) fol. ISI स्वशिष्यान् ब्रूते नेदं स्वमनीषिकया ब्रवीमि किंतु तीर्थकरगणधरोपदेशेनेति (1) अनेन च गुरुपारतंत्र्यमभिहितामिति ॥ ६४॥
इति श्रीमत्'तपा'गणगगनांगणनभोमणिश्रीदहीरविजयसूरीश्वरशिष्यो. पाध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरगणिविरचितायां श्रीकल्पकिरणावल्यां सामाचारीव्याख्यानपद्धतिः समाप्ता ॥ तत्समाप्तौ च समाप्ता श्रीपर्युषणाकल्पे तृतीयवाच्यव्याख्यानपद्धतिः॥
व्याख्योपयोगिनिश्शेषवाच्यरुच्या वचं(च)स्विनां ॥ स्फूर्तिकर्वी सदस्येषा श्रीकल्पकिरणावालः ॥१॥ विक्रमादष्टयुक्षद्कशशांकांकित१६२८वत्सरे ॥ दीपोत्सवदिने दृब्धा 'राजधन्यपुर' पुरे ॥२॥ युग्म अनुष्टुभो(ड)टचत्वारिंशच्छतानि चतुर्दश ॥
षोडशोपरि वर्णाश्च ग्रंथमानमिहोदितं ॥३॥ इति श्रीकल्पकिरणावलीनाम्नी वृत्तिः ॥ छ ।
श्रीवर्द्धमानप्रभुशासनाभ्र(ब्ज)।
प्रभासने नव्यसहस्रभानोः ॥ लीलां दधानो(5)पि सुधैकधामा ।
सुधर्मनामा गणभृदू बभूव (१) तत्पट्टपूर्वाचलचित्रभानवो
(5)नेके बभूवुर्भुवि सूरिशेखराः संप्राप्नुवंतो गुणजां नवां नवां
गच्छस्य संज्ञां किल 'कौटिकादिकां (२) बृहद्गणांभोनिधिचंद्रसन्निभाः
श्रीमज्जगच्चंद्रगुरुत्तमाः क्रमात् तेषामशेषागमपारगामिनो
समुद्वभूवुर्भुवनकभूषकाः (३) तपोभिर्दुस्तपेः(पैः) प्रापुर्ये 'तपा' इति विश्रुतं बिरुदं बाणनागेंद्रद्विचंद्रांकित१२८५वत्सरे । (४) ततः प्रभृति गच्छो(5)यं 'तपागच्छ इति क्षितौ विख्यातो(s)भूज्जनानंदकंदकंदलनकभूः (५) तत्परंपरया श्रीमदानंदविमलाया।
सूरींद्राः समजायंत जगदानंददायिनः (६) 14 [J. L. P.]

Page #133

106
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[509.
मिथ्यामतितमस्तोमसमाक्रांतमिदं जगत् एतत् श्वभ्रे समु(दू)दधे यैः क्रियोद्धारपूर्वकं (७) तत्पर्ट(ट्ट)कुंभिकुंभस्थलैकसिंदूरपूरसंकाशाः श्रीविजयदानसूरीश्वराः बभूवुर्जगद्विदिताः (८) तेषां पट्टे संप्रति विजयते हीरविजयसूरीशाः ये श्वेतांबरयतिनां सर्वेषामाधिपत्यभृतः (९) कलिकाले(s)पि प्रकटीकृततीर्थकरसमानमहिमानः गीयते ये सकलैरद्भुतमाहात्म्यदर्शनतः (१०) तेषां विजयिनि राज्ये राजते सकलवाचकोत्तंसाः श्रीधर्मसागराहा निखिलागमकनक(कोषपट्टाः (११) कुमतिमतंगजकुंभस्थलपाटनपाटवेन सिंहसमा(:) दुर्मतवादिविवादादपि सततं लब्धजयवादाः (१२) श्रीकल्पसूत्रगतसंशयतामसाली
नाशे नवीनतरणेः किरणालिकल्पा एषा(s)तिशेषरचना रुचिरा वितेने
तैरत्र कल्पकिरणावलिनामवृत्तिः (१३) यावत्तिष्ठति ‘मेरु'विजिनशासनं जगन्मध्ये तावत्तिटतु शिष्टैर्निरंतरं वाच्यमाना(s)सौ ॥ १४ ॥
इति प्रशस्तिः ॥ श्रीमत् तपा'गणमहोदधिचारुचंद्राः
सर्वज्ञशासनविभासनवासरेंद्राः ये सांप्रतं सकलिनामनुकारिणस्ते
शश्वज्जयंतु विजयप्रभसारिशकाः (१) तेषां गणे सकलसाधुशिरो(s)वतंसा
निश्शेषनम्रधरणीश्वरराजहंसाः चारित्रसल्लालितत्तिविधूतदोषाः
चारित्रसागरलसद्गुरवो बभूवुः (२) तत्पट्टपूर्वधरणीध्र(?धोरविप्रकाशा
लक्ष्मीविलासनिलया विबुधावतंसाः कल्याणसागर इति प्रथिताभिधानाः
कल्याणदाममसदा गुरवो जयंति (३

Page #134

Sto.
1V. 6 Chedasülras
107
लोकत्रयाविबुधराशिशिरोमणीनां
विद्याविनोदरसनिर्जितदीधितीनां वाग्डंबरादररवाल्पितवाक्पतीनां
_ विद्वद्यशःप्रथमसागरसिंधुराणां (४) शिष्येण कल्पकिरणावलिनामवृत्ति
याख्यानवाचनकृते च लिपीकृतेयं पीयूषभानुयुगलपिमही(१७२१)मिते(s)ब्दे
शुक्लाष्टमीशुभदिने नभसः श्रिये(s)स्तु ॥ ५॥ श्रीकल्पसूत्रटीकापुस्तं पुण्यार्थमात्मनः पूर्ण
लिखितं यशस्वत्सागरगणिना सुखकारणं कृतिनाम् ॥१॥ इति प्रशस्तिः
॥ इति श्रीकल्पसूत्रटीका कल्पकिरणावलीनाम्नी संपूर्णा ।। Reference.-- Both the text and the commentary published. See
No. 496. For an additional Ms. of the text together with Kiranāvali see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III, IV, p. 385. ,
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra कल्पकिरणावलीसहित
with Kalpakiraṇāvali No. 510
1222.
1886-92. Size.- Iol in. by 4g in. Extent.-- (text) 127 folios; 3 to 10 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a
line. ,, -(com.) , ,; 4 ,, 4 , , , , , 58 , ,,
line. Description.-- Country paper thin and white ; Jaina Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, clear, uniform and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment as well used ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; it is a faret Ms.,

Page #135

108
Jaina Literature:and Philosophy
[510.
hence, as usual the hand-writing for the text is slightly bigger than that for the commentary; fol. I blank ; edges of the last fol. slightly torn; condition on the whole very good; both the text and the commentary complete ; the text is divided into 3 văcyas as under :
(1) जिनचरित ___foll. I to 100% (2) स्थविरावली
, 100% ,, I09 (3) सामाचारी
, IIO ,, I27. Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.- (text) fol. 70 ए
तेणं कालेणं etc., as in No. 496. , - (com.) fol. 1 ए ६ 0 श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः
प्रणम्य प्रणताशेष etc., as in No. 509.
Ends.- (text) fol. 1260 apo ato etc., as in No. Start
,, -- (com.) fol. I27 स्वशिष्यान् ब्रूते etc., up to वाच्यमाना(s)सौ १४
as in No. 509 followed by the lines as under:fol. 127
श्रीमदहम्मदावाद वास्तव्यः संघनायकः सहजपालनामा(ssसीत् पुण्यप्रसारभासुरः १५ सतीजनशिरोरत्नं मंगाईति तदंगना कुंअरजातिसन्नामा तयोः पुत्रोऽभवत्पुन १६ आबाल्यादपि पुण्यात्मा धर्मकर्मपरायणः
सप्तक्षेत्र्यां वपन वित्तं स चक्रे सफलं जनुः १७ तथाहि
विजयदानसूरीणां समीपे समहोत्सवं प्रतिष्ठां कारयित्वा(s)सौ प्रतिष्ठां प्राप भूयसी १८ विमानप्रतिमान स प्रतिश्रयमचीकरत् स्थितये धर्मराजस्य राजधानीमिवोत्तमा १९ स च संघपतीभ्य यात्रां 'सिद्धगिरेव्यंधात् ततः संघपति ख्याति विशेषालब्धवान् भुवि २०

Page #136

511.]
गुरूणामुपदेशेन स संघपतिरादा (द) तू २३
पदमाईप्रियापुत्रविमलदाससंयुतः
अलेखयत्स्वयं वृत्तेरमुष्याः शतशः प्रतीः २४ इति प्रशस्तिः ।
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 509.
कल्पसूत्र कल्पकिरणावलीसहित
No. 511
'शत्रुंजय' महातीर्थे पद्याबंधपुरस्सरं
स चैत्यं कारयामास यशःपुंजमिवात्मनः २१ 'तालध्वजो ' ' ज ( ज्ज )यंता हि नाम्ने प्रथिततार्थयोः जीर्ष्या (र्णोद्धारं स चक्रे 'ऽष्टापदे' भरत भूपवत् २२ ज्ञानावरणकर्मोत्थध्वांतध्वंसविधित्सया
"2

IV. 6 Chedasutras
""
Size.-- ro‡ in. by 44 in. Extent.— (text) 141 folios; 1 to 8 lines to a page; 38 letters to a line
; 10, 17,
- ( com.) ,, ; 48 Description. Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional qars; this is a fret Ms; the text written in a comparatively bigger hand; clear and good hand-writing; when there is no portion of the text to be written on a particular fol., space is utilized for writing the commentary; red chalk used; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 1"; the same is the case with fol. 141b foll. ra and 14rb blank ; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 940 ; condition tolerably good; yellow pigment rarely used; the
وو
"
ور

Kalpasūtra with Kalpakiraṇāvali
1177.
1884-87.
109
""
"
" "

Page #137

IO
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[511.
I070
7.
text as well as the commentary complete ; the text is divided into 3 vācyas as under :( 1 ) जिनचरित
foll. b to IION (2) स्थविरावली
, IIo ,, 120" (3) सामाचारी
, 121 , 140*. Age.-- Samvat 1673. Begins.-- (text) fol. 8 ॥ तेणं कालेणं etc.
- (com.) fol. 1" ५ ६ ७॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
प्रणम्य प्रणताशेष etc., as in No. 509. Ends.-- (text) fol. 1390 aeui datu air datu etc., as in No.-07:2; ,, - (com.),, I40° स्वाशिष्यान् ब्रूते etc., up to शतशः प्रती ।। २४ ॥
इति प्रशस्ति (:) as in No. SIo followed by the lines as under:नक्षत्राक्षतपूरी(रि)तं मरकतस्थालं विशालं नमः
पीयषद्युतिनालिकेरकलितं चंद्रप्रभाचंदनं या(वोन्मेरुकरे गभस्तिकटके धत्ते धरित्रीवधू
स्तावन्नदतु धर्मकर्मनिरतः श्रीसंघभट्टारकः ॥१॥ स्फूर्जन्नागेंद्रनाले विगु(?)पचितदले तारकाबीजजाले
क्षोणीभृत्केसराले कनकगिरिलसत्कर्णिकाचक्रवाले। याम्यो(?) मां मां बुजे(5)स्मिन् स्फुरदुरुललितं राजते राजहंस
द्वंद्वनिर्द्वद्वमेतज्जगति विजयतां तावदेषो()व संघः ॥२॥ इति श्रीकल्पकिरणावली समाप्तं ।। संवत् १६७३वर्षे चैत्रशुदि ५. दिने रविवासरे । सा० धर्मदासपुत्रसाविट्ठलदासकस्य लषापितं । सापुंजाख्येन श्रेयो(s)) वाच्यमानो चिरं जीयात् । श्रीरस्तु (6) शुभं भवतु ॥ श्री।
N. B.--- For further particulars see No. 509.

Page #138

512.)
Iv. 6 Chedasūtras
III
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra कल्पकिरणावलीसहित
with Kalpakiraņávali No. 512
182.
1871-72. Size.-- 109 in. by 41 in. Extent.-- (text) 217 -- 2 = 215 folios ; 1 to 7 lines to a page; 36 letters to line.
ios; 3 to il lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with earts; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary ; it is practically a grâ Ms.; consequently the text is written in a comparatively bigger hand; legible and very good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. ra blank; foll. 18 to 20 bracketed ; central space not reserved for the text when it is not written (vide fol. 1176 ); corners of some of the foll.worn out, otherwise condition excellent; complete ; extent of the text 1216 ślokas; total extent 8018 (? ) ślokas ; prasasti wanting ; the text is divided into 3 vācyas as under:(1) Fratta
foll. Ib to 173a ( 2 ) FIATTEST
1738 , 1796 (3) FIATTIA
1904 , 2175. Age.-- Not quite modern. Begins.-- (text) fol. 186 FOT TUT etc. „ -- (com.) roll & 0 0 Il salgaixot AA:
TUTEET TUTATETT etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 2170 agut aatoi etc., practically up to F#ART as in
No. 78 , followed by &8 #göf sj. 8735.
1870-71. , --com.) fol. 2176 Frigorra aa etc., practically up to gt gill
211 as in No. 5og followed by the lines as under:

Page #139

II2
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[513.
इति श्रीथ(?)सुमागणगगनभ(न)भोमणिश्रीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरविरचितश्रीकल्पकिरणावल्यपरनाम्नी श्रीकल्पव्याख्या)नपद्धति()" छ ।
अनुष्टुभो(s)ष्टचत्वारिंशच्छतानि चतुर्दश ४८१४
षोडशोपरि वर्णाय(श्च) १६ ग्रंथम(मा)न्मा(नमहोदित(त) १ ग्रंथानं ८०१४(?)अक्षर १६ etc. N. B.- For other details see No. 509.
-
-
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasutra कल्पकिरणावलीसहित
with Kalpakiraṇāvali
420. No. 513
1882-83. Size.- Iod in. by 4 in. Extent.-(text) 321 folios ; 9 to II lines to a page ; 38 letters to a
line. Description.-- Country paper rough, tough and white ; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters with yearsts; this is a fêtrêt Ms., all the same the hand-writing for the text does not appear to differ from that for the commentary in size ; legible and very good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; numbers for the foll. entered in the righthand margin ; fol. 1a blank ; yellow pigment and red chalk used ; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; condition very good; the text as well as the commentary complete; the text is divided into 3 vācyas as under:
(I ) जिनचरित ___foll. 1 to 2524 ( 2 ) स्थविरावली
, 252 , 2762 (3) सामाचारी
, 2762 , 320*. Age.- Sarmvat 1677. Begins.-- (text) fol. I7° तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc. -,, -- (com.) ,, ,, श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
प्रणम्य प्रणताशेष etc., as in No. 509,

Page #140

SI4.0
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
II3
Ends.--- (text) fol. 3194 बहूण देवीणं etc., as in No. 516. , -- (com.) ,, ,, अनेन च गुरु etc., up to शतशः प्रती ॥ २४ ॥ as in No. 510 followed by the lines as under :
इति प्रशस्तिः श्रीरस्तु संवत् १६७७ वर्षे माहमासे शुक्लपक्षे १५ पूर्णिमायां तिथौ लिखित । श्री मांद्धाक्ष'पुरमध्य
तैलाद्रक्षेज्जलाद्रक्षेद्रक्षेच्छिथ(थिलबंधनात् ।
मूर्षहस्तगतां रक्षेदेवं वदति पुस्तक(कः) ॥१॥ In the margin of fol. 321° we have :---
__पंडितश्रीविबुधसागरगणिशिष्यसु०भोजसागरनी कल्पकिरणावली पं० श्रीविबुधसागरगणिप्रदत्ता संवत् १७१६ वर्षे आ(?)कार्तिक
यदि ९ दिने गुरुपुष्ययोगे ॥ 'पत्तन नगरे । N. B.--- For other details see No. 509.
कल्पसूत्र कल्पप्रदीपिकासहित
Kalpasūtra with Kalpapradipikā
1128. 1887-91.
No.514
Sizc.- 10.1 in. by 4} in. Extent.-- (text) 127- I = I26 folios ; 2 to 6 lines to a page; 37
letters to a line. ,, - (com.) 126 folios, 8 to I3 lines to a page; 54 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thick and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with FANTS ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; it is a Egret Ms.; the hand-writing of the commentary smaller than that of the text; bold, legible, and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the intervening space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk and yellow pigment used; some of the foll. partly smutty; foll. 95 to 127 damaged slightly at the corners ; condition on the whole good; text complete ; commentary
begins abruptly as the first fol. is missing ; this commentary 5 [J. L. P.]

Page #141

114
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[514•
is designated as Kalpapradipika; it was composed in Samvat 1674, and was revised by Dhanavijaya Vacaka, pupil of Kalyānavijaya Vacaka in Samvat 1680 ( see No. 515 ) ; the text is divided into 3 vācyas as under :--
(I) जिनचरित
( 2 ) स्थविरावली
( 3 ) सामाचारी
Age.-- Sainvat 1680.
"
foll. 60 to 964
96a
107b
107b 127" ;
""
"
extent of the commentary 3200 slokas plus 4 letters.
Subject.
Begins. - (text) fol. 60 तेणं कालेणं etc, as in No. 496.

Author of the commentary. - Sanghavijaya Gani, pupil of Vijayasena Suri of Tapa gaccha.
در
:)
The text as before, along with its explanation in Sanskrit.
(com) fol. 24 विधः । सर्वजिनतीर्थेषु साधूनामकल्प्यः । यतः सिज्जायर त्ति भन्नइ । आलयसामी अ तस्स जो पिंडो ॥ सो सच्चेसिं न कप्पइ । पसंगसुहदोसभावाओ ॥ १ ॥ जइ जग्गति सुविहिआ । करंति आवस्मयं च अन्नत्थ । सिज्जायरो न होइ सुत्ते व कु ( क ) ए व सो होइ ॥ २ ॥ तण १ डगल २ छार ३ मल्लग ४ सिज्जा ५ संथार ६ पीढ ७ बाई ८
सिज्जायरपिंडो सो न होइ सेहो अ सो वहिओ ॥ ३ ॥
शय्याक (त) रकल्प: तृतीयः ॥ ॥ राजा । सेनापति १ पुरोहित २ श्रेष्टय३ऽमात्य ४ सार्थवाह लक्षणैः पंचभिः सार्धं राज्यं भुंजानश्वक्रवर्त्यादिस्तस्य पिंडोऽशनादिचतुष्कं वस्त्रपात्रकंवलरजोहरणं चेत्यष्टविधः । स चाद्यांत जिनतीर्थयोयघातादिदोषदूषितत्वादकल्प्यः अन्येषां तीर्थेषु मुनीनां ऋजुप्राज्ञत्वात् राजपिंडः कल्प्यः । राजपिंडकल्पः चतुर्थः ॥ ४ ॥ etc. (com) fol. 95b उप्पिं० उपरि 'अष्टापद शैलशिखरस्य चोइसे उपवासषट्केन || २२६ उसभस्सेत्यादितः काले गच्छईत्यंत प्राग्वत् २२७
इति श्री ऋषभचरित्रं श्रीमत् 'तपा' गणगगन विकाशननभोमणिभट्टारकश्री विजय सेन सूरीश्वरशिष्यपंडितश्री संघविजयगणिविरचितायां श्री. कल्पप्रदीपिकायां जिन चरित रूपप्रथमवाच्यत्र्याख्यानानुक्रमः संपूर्णः ॥
अथ गणधरादिस्थविरावलीरूपे द्वितीये वाच्ये जघन्यवाचनायां स्थवि रावलीमाह तेणमित्यादितो हुत्थेत्यंत स्पष्टं १ etc.

Page #142

$14.]
29
IV. 6 Chedasntras
(com) fol. 107 4 मृदुना मधुरेण मार्दवेन मानत्यागेन संपन्नं यद्वा मृदु करुणार्द्रहृदयं अ (आ) द्र (ई)वेण नर्मणा संपन्न अइवसंपन्नं १० ७
इति श्री' प'गणगगन विकाशननभोमणिभट्टारकश्री ६ विजयसेनसूरीश्वर शिष्य पंडित श्री संघविजयगणिविरचितायां श्रीकल्पप्रदीपिकायां स्थविरावली रूप द्वितीय वाच्यव्याख्यानानुक्रमः संपूर्णः
अथ पर्युषण सामाचारीरूपं तृतीयं वाच्यं विवक्षुरादौ पर्युषणा कदा विधेयेति शिष्य (प्र) शिष्यादिदृष्टांतेन प्राह तेणमित्यादितः पज्जोसवे ईत्यंत etc. Ends.— (text) fol. 126 बहूणं देवीणं etc., as in No. 516.
115
-- ( com.) fol. 127 स च दशाश्रुतस्कंधसिद्धांतस्याष्टमाध्ययनं समाप्तं
इति श्रीमत' तपा' गणगगनविकाशननभोमणिनिखिलजननिकरमनीषितार्थ
प्रदानसुरमणिश्रीमत्साहिअकब्बरवसुमतीवल्लभसभाप्राप्तजयवादप्राप्तिसमुद्भूत
यशः सुधासमुदयरजनिमणिश्रीमत्साहक माकुलसदनप्रकाशन सदनमाणभट्टारकपुरंदर श्री विजय सेन सूरीश्व रशिष्यपंडितश्रीसंघविजयगणिविरचितायां श्रीकल्पप्रदीपिकायां सामाचारीरूपतृतीयवाच्यव्याख्यानानुक्रमः संपूर्णः सामाचारीरूपतृतीयवाच्यव्याख्यानानुक्रमे संपूर्णे सति पर्युषणाकल्पना माध्ययनं
संपूर्ण ॥

वेदाद्रिरशीतांशुमिताब्दे १६७४ विक्रमार्कतः श्रीमद्विजयसेनाख्यसूरिपादान (ब्ज) सेविना १ प्राज्ञः श्रीसंघ विजयगणिना या विनिर्मिता । विबुधैर्वाच्यमाना ( s)स्तु सा श्रीकल्पप्रदीपिका ॥ २ युग्मं ॥ श्रीमत् कल्याणविजयवाचकको टीतटीकिरीटानां शिष्यैः श्रीधनविजयैर्वाचकचूडामणी मुख्यैः ॥ ३ कल्पप्रदीपिकायाः प्रतिरेषा शोधिता चिरं जयतु मात्सर्यमुक्तमानसविबुधैरपरैश्र्व संशोध्या ॥ ४
युग्मं ॥
प्रत्यक्षरं गणनया भवंति कल्पप्रदीपिका ग्रंथे श्लोकानां द्वात्रिंशत् शतानि वर्णाश्व चत्वारः ॥ ५
ग्रंथाग्रं ३२०० ( 1 ) संवत् १६८० (वर्षे) आश्विनमासे शुरूपक्षे प्रतिपत्तिथौ सुधाकरवासरे लिखितेयं कल्पप्रदपिका स्ववाचनार्थे परोपकाराय श्रीरस्तु शुभं भवतु.

Page #143

116
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Isis.
Reference.-- See Z. D. M. G. vol. XLII, p. 550, Leipzig, 1888.
Herein Kalpapradipika is mentioned by G. Buhler in his article “ Two lists of Sanskrit Mss. together with some remarks on my connexion with the search for Sanskrit Mss.” For an additional Ms. of the text with Kalpapradipikä and its description see Keith's Catalogue vol. II, pt. II, No. 7474.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra कल्पप्रदीपिकासहित
with Kalpapradīpika No. 515
704.
1899–1915. Size.-- 103 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- (text) 156 - I = 155 folios ; 3 to fo lines to a page ; 38 to
39 letters to a line. „ (com.) 155 folios ; 4 to ro lines to a page, 43 letters to a
line. Description.-- Country paper thin, tough and white; Jaina Deva
någari characters; this is a (qraî Ms. containing the text and commentary, the former written in big, clear and good handwriting ; the latter in a comparatively small hand; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; foll. 2 to 30 slightly damaged; a few foll. partly worm-eaten ; condition on the whole good; periods of the embryonic condition of the 24 Jinas tabulated on fol. 57o; fol. 1565 practically blank; the ist fol. missing, therefore the commentary begins abruptly; the text is however complete ; the commentary composed in Samvat 1674; there is a dittographical error regarding the colophon. The text is divided into 3 vācyas as under :( 1 ) fara
foll. 102 to 1196 ( 2 ) Fyfarer
„ 1202 ,, 1336 (3) FITATERT
» 134, 155

Page #144

16.1
IV. 6 Chedasutras
Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.-~~ (text) fol. I0 तेण कालेण तेणं समएणं etc. ,, -- (com.) fol. 20 तः । तादृग्विशिष्टवेषाभावेऽचेलकत्वव्यवहारः सार्व
जनीनो नत्र कुत्सावाची च यथा । etc. Ends..-- (text) fol. 154 बहूण देवाणं etc., up to the end as in No. 516.
-- (com.) fol. I55 स च दशाश्रुतस्कंध etc. up to सा श्रीकल्पप्रदीपिका ॥२॥ युग्मं || as in No. SIA followed by the lines as under :--
श्रीवीरक्रमसेवापरायणः श्रीसुधर्मनामाऽऽसीत् प्रथमो गणाधिराजः ततः क्रमात् हीरविजयगुरुः ३ यद्वचनरंजितश्रीअक्कबरक्षितिधरो(डाखिले देशे पण्मासावधिजीवाऽभयप्रदानं विधत्ते स्म ॥ ४ तत्पट्टोदयभूभृत् तरणिः श्रीविजयसेनसूरींद्रः निःशेषशास्त्रजलनिधिपारप्राप्तिप्रवरपोतः ६ संप्रति तत्पट्टधरश्रीविजयानंदसूरिविभुराज्ये विजयप्रमोदकारिण गगनाष्टरसेंदुमितवर्ष १६८० ॥७॥
Then from श्रीमत्कल्याणविजय etc., up to वर्णाश्च चत्वारः as in No. 514 followed by jc 3200 5811 0ll o On fol. 156 verses from श्रीवीरक्रमसेवा etc. are repeated. Only the following verse is inserted after the hemistich of the fifth verse noted above :
आ वसुधाचंद्राः यत्कीर्तिर्निश्चला तस्थौ ॥ ५॥
तत्पट्टभालभूषणतिलकश्रीविजयतिलकसूरीशः । N. B.-- For other details see No. 514.
कल्पसूत्र कल्पदीपिकासहित
Kalpasūtra with Kalpadipikā
No. 516
1870-71.
Sizc.- 104 in. by 44 in.

Page #145

118
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1516.
Extent. (text) 152 folios; I to u lines to a page ; 40 letters
to a line. , (com.) „ „ ; 7, 13 » » ; ; 44 -
to a line. Description.— Country paper neither very thick nor very thin and
greyish in colour; Jaina Devanāgari characters with TEATS; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; it is a great Ms; the hand-writing for the text being slightly bigger than that for the commentary; bold, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; dandas written in red ink ; foll. Ia and 1520 blank ; small strips of paper pasted to the first fol.; the first few foll. have a small hole; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to the last fol. ; condition on the whole good; yellow pigment used; both the text and its commentary complete. The commentary is entitled as together. It is composed in Samvat 1677 and is revised and corrected by Bhävavijaya Gaņi. Its extent is 3432 ślokas. There is a blank space in the centre of the numbered and the unnumbered sides as well. The text is divided into three vacyas as under:(1) farafta
foll. I to 117 (2) Ferrari
» 1178 ,, 1296 (3) FAER
» 129* ,, 1522 Age,— Not later than Samvat 1685. Author of the commentary.- Jayavijaya, a devotee of Vimalaharsa
of Tapā gaccha. This Jayavijaya is thus different from one who has commented upon Sobhana Muni's Caturviņsatikā
in Samvat 1671. Subject.— The text together with its Sanskrit commentary. Begins.- (text) fol. 9a 14 1801 : fed
FAT Steau etc., as in No. 496. „ - (com.) fol. zb 11 &0 TA: A
श्रीसंखेश्वरापार्श्वनाथाय नमः । महोपाध्यायश्रीविमलहर्षगाणगुरुभ्यो नमो नमः।

Page #146

516.]
Iv. 6 Chedasutras
119
कल्याणांकुरवृद्धये जलधर(रः) सर्वार्थसंपत्तिकृत् ।
पादांभोजयुग)जगज्जनमनःसंकल्पकल्पद्रुमं ॥ भेजुर्यस्य सुरा जरामृतिहृते विश्वत्रयी का मधुक ।
स श्रीवीरजिनेश्वरो जनयताननै श्रेयसी संपदं । १ । etc. प्रणम्य निखिलान सूरीन् । स्वगुरुं सततोदयं । कुर्वे स्वबोधविधये । सुगमां कल्पदीपिकां ।२। पुरिमचरिमाण कप्पो मंगलं वद्धमाणतित्थंमि ।
इह परिकहिया जिणगणहराइ । थेरावली चरित्तं । ३।' इह तावच्चतुर्मासं संस्थिताः साधवो मंगलनिमित्तं । पर्युषणापर्वाण । पंच दिनानि कल्पसूत्रं वाचयंति । तत्र कल्प इति को(5)र्थः साध्वाचारः । स च दशविधः । तथाहि ।
आचेलक्क । १।द्देसिअ २। सिज्जायर ३रायपिंड ४ किइकम्मे । ५।
वय ६ जिट्ट ७ पडिक्कमणे । ८ । मासं ९ पज्जोसवण १० कप्पे ।१ अत्र कल्पशब्दः सर्वत्र योज्यस्तत्र । आचेलक्यं । श्रीवर्द्धमानयुगादिजिनावाश्रित्य । देवेंद्रोपनीतदेवदूष्यापगमे । यावज्जीवं । अन्येषां तु तत्सद्भावाद् यावज्जीवं सचेलकत्वं । प्रथमांतिमजिनेंद्रसाधूनुद्दिश्य च । श्वेतमानाद्यपेतानां । जीर्णप्रायाणां वा । वस्त्राणां धारित्वात् । अचेलकत्वमिति व्यपदिश्यते । अजितादितीर्थकतां साधूनां । ऋजुप्रज्ञत्वात् । महामूल्यमानाधिकवस्त्रधीरत्वेन । सचै(च)लकत्वं । १ प्रथमः etc. (com) fol. 8' इति नागकेतुकथा । अष्टमतपसि कविघटना त्वेवं । किं रत्नत्रयसेवनं किमथवा शल्यत्रयोन्मूलनं ! ।
किं वा चित्तवचोवपुःकृतमलप्रक्षालनं सर्वतः ? किं जन्मत्रयपावनं किमभवद्विश्वत्रयाग्यं पदं ?।
धन्यैर्यद्विहितं कलावपि जनैः पर्वोपवासत्रयं । १। तदेवं समुपस्थिते । पर्युषणापणि । अष्टमतपःपूर्व । सकलोपद्रवविद्रावकस्य । समग्रमंगलसंकेतनिकेतनस्य महानंदपरमनिदानस्य । महार्थनिधानस्य श्रीकल्पसूत्रस्य वाचना सावधानतयाऽवश्यं । श्रवणीयेति कृतं प्रसंगेनाथ प्रकृतं प्रस्तूयते । इति पीठिका। ___ इह तावन्मंगलनिमित्तं । पंचपरमेष्टिनमस्कारमंगलमाह । नमो अरिहंतेति ।
नमोऽहंद्भ्यः शक्रादिकृतां पूजां । etc. Ends..--- (text) fol. ISO' बहूण देवीण मज्झगए चेव । एवमाइक्वइ । एवं भासइ
एवं पण्णवेई । एवं परूवेइ । पज्जोसवणाकप्पो नाम अज्झयणं ॥ सअ, सहेउअं सकारणं ससुतं सअत्थं सउभय । सवागरण भुज्जो भुज्जो उव
।
This is the first verse o Kalpanturvicva. See No.

Page #147

120 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[516. दंसेइ त्ति बेमि ॥ छ ॥ पज्जोसवणाकप्पो दसासुअ(य)क्खंधस्स अट्टमं
अज्झयणं सम्मत्तं । छ। Ends.-- (com.) fol. ISI अनेन च गुरुपारतंत्र्यमभिहितमिति । पज्जोसवणा
कप्पो त्ति पर्युषणाकल्पो दशाश्रुतस्कंधस्याऽष्टममध्ययनं समार्थत इति सामाचारीव्याख्यानं संपूर्ण । तत्संपत्तौ च संपूर्णा श्रीकल्पदीपिकेति श्रेयः ।
गुणगणमणिगेहे श्री'तपागच्छसिंधौ ।
कुमततिमिरभेदे जागरूकप्रभावाः । विजायेविजयदानाः सूरिसूर्या बभूवु
स्त्रिभुवनजनपद्मोल्लासनैकस्वभावाः॥१॥ तत्पट्टोदयसानुमालिशिखरे भास्वत्प्रभाभासुरा । ___ जाताः श्रीगुरुहीरहीरविजया यदेशनारंजितः । आ पाथोधितटं जलस्थलवियत्प्राणस्पृशां पालनं
पृथ्व्यां कारितवानऽकब्बरमहाभूपालचूडामणिः ।२। तत्पट्टांबुधिभासनैकशशिनः संजज्ञिरे सूरयः ।।
__ श्रीमंतो विजयादिसेनगुरवः प्रौढप्रतिष्टास्पदं । यैः शाहेः पुरतः कुवादिनिवहान्निर्जित्य दर्पोद्भुरान् ।
कीर्तिस्तंभ इव व्यधायि गिरिजाप्राणेशशैलच्छलात् । ३। सुविहितमुनिदासेव्यमानांहिपद्मा ।
जिनगुरुजनवाक्याराधनोद्भुतपद्माः । विजायविजयसेनश्रीगुरोः प्रौढपट्टे ।
विजयतिलकसंज्ञा जज्ञिरे सूरिचंद्राः । ४। तषां पट्टेऽवदातद्यतिरुचिररुची जित्वरैः शोभमाना
रंगद्वैराग्यमुख्यैर्विमलतरगुणैर्दत्तविश्वप्रमोदैः । निश्शेषाचार्यचक्राऽवनिरमणगणे सार्वभौमायमाना
राजते श्रीसनाथाः सविजयविजयानंदसूरींद्रमुख्याः । ५। त्रिभुवनजनसेव्याः सर्वशास्त्रांबुराशौ।
जलधिशयनदेश्याः श्री तपागच्छधुर्याः । विमलविमलहर्षा रेजिरे वाचकेंद्राः ।
सकलगुणगरिष्टाः प्राप्तभूरिप्रतिष्टाः । ६। तत्पादांभोजभंगो बुधजयविजयः स्वस्य चित्तप्रमोद
प्राप्त्यर्थ मुग्धबुद्धयाऽलिखदतिसुगमां दीपिका कल्पसत्कां ।

Page #148

516.]
I
IV. 6 Chedasutras
वर्षे सप्तार्णवांगद्विजपपरिमिते १६७७ कार्त्तिके श्वतां ।
श्रीमत्पार्श्वप्रभावाज्जयतु च सुचिरं वाच्यमानेयमार्यैः । ७ । प्रत्यक्ष गणनया ग्रंथेऽस्मिन् श्लोकसंख्यया । चतुस्त्रिंशच्छती जज्ञे । द्वात्रिंशत्कलिता किल । ८ विद्वदशिरोमणिपंडितवरभावविजयगणिमुख्यैः ।
श्री कल्पदीपिकेयं । समशोधि जिनागमे भक्तेः ॥ ९ ॥ इति श्रीकल्पदीपिका लिखिता च प्रथमादर्शे स्वयं स्वशिष्यवृद्धि विजयगणिप्रार्थनया |
अनाभोगात्किंचित्किमपि मतिवैकल्यवशतः
किमौत्सुक्येन स्मृतिविरहतो वाऽपि किमपि यदुत्सूत्रं सूत्रे कथमपि मया (SS) ख्यातमिह चेत्
क्षमतां धीमंतस्तदऽसमदया पूर्णहृदयाः । १ । नक्षत्राऽक्षतपूरितं मरकतस्थालं विसा (शा) लं नभः
पीयु (यू) पद्युतिनालिकेरकलितं चंद्रप्रभाचंदनं । यावन्मेरुकरे गभस्तिकटके धत्ते धरित्रीवधू
स्तावन्नंदतु तीर्थराजविनुतः श्रीसंघभट्टारकः । २ इति श्रीसंघप्रशस्तिः ।
एकः सहस्रो द्विशतीसमेतः
Reference. p. 386.
श्लिष्टस्तथा षोडशभिर्विदंतु । कल्पस्य संख्या कथिता विशिष्टा । विशारदैः पर्युषणाभिधस्य । १
इति श्रीकल्पसूत्रस्येति । छ || छ ! | This is followed by the lines
as under written in red ink and in a different hand
संवत् १६८५ वर्षे फागु (ल्गु ) सुदि ३ सोमे । श्री श्रीमालीय' ज्ञातीयपारीषवीसुतपारीष हीराभिधानेन । भार्यासु भाविकाना कूपुत्रपरीष सोमकरणसुतपरीषकेशवयुतेन स्वश्रेयसे पंडितश्रीहंसविजयगणिवराणां पुस्तकं प्रतिलाभतं ॥ वाच्यमानं चिरं जीयात् ॥
For an additional Ms. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV,
This verse occurs in No. 511. See p. 110. 16 [J. L. P. 1
121

Page #149

faina Literature and Philosophy
109.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasitra कल्पमञ्जरीसहित
with Kalpamañjari
288. No. 517
A. 1883–84. Size. --- 10.1 in. by 4; in. Extent.-- 135-2=133 folios ; 15 lines to a page; 48 letters to
a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devapāgari
characters with occasional TAS; small, quite legible and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual; red chalk used; yellow pigment used while making corrections; the ist fol. newly replaced as can be inferred from the difference in the paper, hand-writing etc.; a piece of paper affixed to fol. 1356: condition excellent ; foll. 7 and 61 missing; so both the text and the commentary ( vrtti) are wanting in the corresponding portions ; this Ms. goes up to the 28th Sāmācāri ; exteni 5896 (?) slokas ; the commentary is composed in Saivat 1685; the text is divided into three vācyas as under :(1) Franca
foll. 6* to 1030 (2) FUERTET „ 1036 , 117a (3) Fararî
» 117* „ 135a. Age. — Pretty old. Author of the commentary.- Ratnasāra Gaņi, pupil of Lakşmi
vinaya, pupil of Pathaka Kanakatilaka, or Sahajakirti and
Śrīsāra according to the same colophon. Subject.-- The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit, the
latter containing antarvacyas together with an eulogy of
Sri sangha in verses and their elucidation. Begins.-- (text) fol. 6a Nu Tu au Faço etc.
,, --- (com.) fol. na ll coll #: 1 xialaisTFIT FTA: 11
I
The 7th and 61st Soll. are to be excluded.

Page #150

123
SI7.]
IV. 6 Chedasútras श्रीनाभेयजिनेश्वरोत्थमहिमा श्रीआचिरेयस्तथा।
श्रीनेमी रमणीपराङ्मुखमतिः श्रीपार्श्वनाथप्रभुः । श्रीवीरो नतधीरवीरनिकरश्चैते प्रमोदप्रदाः स्युः कल्याणकराः प्रसन्ने(न्न)मनसः पंचापि
तीर्थे(\)श्वराः ॥१ नत्वैतान जिनपान् गुरूंश्च सकलश्रीगोतमादी(दी)स्ततः
श्रीकल्पस्य सतो(5)क्षरार्थममलं वीक्षा(क्ष्या)द्यवृत्तिं सती । अंतर्वाच्ययुतं करोति सुकर श्रीरत्नसारः सुधीरत्यल(ल्प)प्रतिभा(भ)गिनो(5)पि विशदव्याख्या
रक्तात्मनः ॥२॥ मूत्रमर्थस्तथा चांतर्वाच्यमेतत्त्रयं समं (।)
वृत्तावस्यां समानीतमेतदाधिक्यमन्यतः ॥३॥ तत्र तावत् श्रीकल्पसिद्धांतस्याधिकारत्रयवाचिकेयं गाथा
पुरिमचरिमाण कप्पो मंगलं वद्धमाणतित्थंमि ।
तो परिकहिआ जिणगणहराइथेरावलीचरित्तमिति १ अस्यार्थलेशः प्रथमचरमतीर्थकरयोरादिवीरयोः कल्प आचारः मंगलं च भवतु etc. (com.) fol. I03° व्याख्या ॥ ऋषभस्याहतः कौसलिकस्य कालगतस्य
सर्वदुःखप्रप्यी(क्षी)णस्य सतः त्रीणि वर्षाणि सार्दोष्टमासा व्यतिक्रांताः । एतत्प्रमाणे काले गते चतुर्थारको लग्नः । इति भावः ततः परं एका सागरोपमानां कोटिकोटिः सार्धाष्टमासाधिकवर्षत्रयाद्वचत्वारिंशत्वर्षसहश्र(यूना व्यतिक्रांता । अस्मिन् समये श्रमणो भगवान महावीरो निर्वृतः । ततो(5)पि परं नव वर्षशतानि व्यतिक्रांतानि । दशमस्य वर्षशतस्यायं अशोति(त)मे संवत्सरे वर्तमाने कल्पसिद्धांत पुस्तकारूढः ॥
इति सातमी वाचना नव वाचनारइ लेखइ ॥
अथ स्थविरावली व्याख्यायते ॥ etc. (com.) fol. II7° माईव मानत्यागः । एभिगुणः सपन्नं ६ (?)यं तु स्थविरः
सर्वेभ्य स्थविरेभ्यो(5)पि प्रशस्यतमः कथं । येन कृपापरेण सवों(5)पि सिद्धांतो यथाश्रुतो यथा(55)यातः । पुस्तके लिखितः महानुपकारः कृत इति स्थविरावली ॥
इत्यष्टमीवाचना नववाचनायति ॥ ८॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥ श्री श्री
अथ सामाचार्यो 'यथोडेस( श )समुद्देशस्थितिकथनात् ॥ ताश्चाष्टाविंशतिः । पर्युषणासत्काः । स(मी)माचारी आचारः । etc. १ 'यथाद्देश समुद्देर्श इति वचनात्' इति प्रतिभाति ।

Page #151

124
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[517. Ends.---- (text) fol. 134* बहूण देवीण etc., up to उबदंसेइ ति बेमि as in
No. 516. (com.) fol. I342 अनेन गुरुपारतंत्र्यमुक्तामिति । एतेन कथनेन मया किंचित ससूत्रार्था सांतर्वाच्या वृत्ति(ः) समाप्तिं नीता। श्रीसंध स्तौति ॥ काव्य ॥
उर्बी गुर्वी तदनु जलदस्सागरः कुंभजन्मा।
___ व्योमाथैतौ रविहिमकरौ तौ च यस्यांघ्रिपीठे ।। स प्रौढः श्रीजनपरिदृढ(:) सो(ड)पि यस्य घणं ता
स श्रीसंघस्त्रिभुवनगुरु(ः) कस्य न स्यान्नमस्य(ः)? | अस्यार्थः स श्रीसंघः कस्य भव्यप्राणिनो नमस्यो नमस्कर्तुयोग्यो यद्वा मान्यो माननीयः सत्कारान्ह ई) इति यावत् न स्यात् न भवेत् । अपि तु सर्वस्यापि भवेदित्यन्वयः etc. (com.) fol. I34 प्रधानः को(s)पि नास्तीति सागरे साहंकारे कुंभजन्मा अगस्ति(:) प्रोचे । कुंभाज्जन्म यस्येति कविसमयः ज(य)दुक्तं ।
'न इत्थ कुलप्पहाणं । घडयसुएना(णा)पि(वि) सोसिओ जलही।
किं विमलेण कुलेणं छनिच्छरो हरइ न तमोहमिति ॥ भो सागर किमर्थ गर्व करोषि? । etc. ( com.) fol. 135° इत्यनेन श्रीसंघस्य स्तुतिर्विहितेति
गच्छाधीशे राजते(ति?) गुणगणसंतोषविहितसवृत्तौ (।) श्रीजिनराजयतीशे साधुजनालीनभव्यांह्रौ (॥) युवराजपदं बिभ्रति श्रीमज्जिनसागरे सुष(ख स्पर्शे (।)
बाणाष्टदर्शनेंदौ(१६८५) वर्षे मेघागमप्रौढे (॥) सिद्धांतांबुजचित्रभानव इलासभ्यप्रतिष्ठास्पदं
श्रीमत्श्रीकनकादिमांश्च तिलकांता(ताः) पाठका जज्ञिरे (।) श्रीलक्ष्मीविनया विनेयपरमा जातास्तदीयायाः) पि(? क्षि )तो
तत्सि(च्छिष्य(ः) परमाप्तभाग्यवसतिः श्रीरत्नसारो गणिः ( ॥) एतं नूतनसंस्कृतभाषां चक्रेऽक्षरार्थमतिसुगम कल्पस्य सौष्य(ख्य कर्तुर्वाचकवररत्नसारगणिः । ( ४ ) 'श्रीरत्नहर्षवाचकश्रीमत्श्रीहेमनंदनगणीनां सहजादिकीर्तिरपर श्रीसाराष्यो(ख्यो) विनेयो(5) स्ति तावता(ता)मतिसरलां विधाय रत्ति सुस्व)गुरुगुरोर्नाम्ना (।) चक्राते निजपरहितजनकां जननीभित्र प्रेष्यां (श्यां) ( ॥) श्लोकः ॥
१ 'न कुलं इत्यपहाण घड़यः' इति प्रतिभाति । २ श्रीरत्नसारवाचकः' इति ५१९क्रमाते ग्रन्थे ।

Page #152

918.)
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
125
अथात्तिगता एव लिखिताः सर्वे (5)त्र सान्वयाः ।
विषमाः सुगमा ये च प्राकृताः संस्कृता कृताः ॥ Reference.--- See R. G. Bhandarkar's Report (p. 41 ? ) for the
Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during the year 1882-83 — Bombay, 1884. As regards antarvācya see Nos. 549-562.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra कल्पमञ्जरीसहित
with Kalpamañjarī
421. No. 518
1882-83. Size.- 10 in. by 4: in. Extent.-- 128 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper tough and greyish ; Jaina Devanagari
characters; small, legible, uniform and beautiful handwriting; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk used ; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual ; fol. 1a blank; so is the fol. 23, but the continuity is not thereby disturbed; condition excellent; this Ms. contains the text and the commentary as well ; both complete; the text is divided into 3 vācyas as under :-- (1) hafta
foll. Ib to 976 (2) FuraTradi
» 975 , 1104 (3) FATERI
, 110 » 127a. Age.-- Sauvat 1756. Author of the commentary.-- Sahajakirti Upadhyaya (?). Begins.- ( text ) fol. 48 FAT BEATO etc.
„ - „ „ 45 Jor Fregut to haqor etc.
„ - ( com. ) fol. GoH TA: etc., as in No. 517. Ends.--- ( text ) fol. 127 aguration etc., up lo patire if as
in No. 516.

Page #153

126
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 519. Ends.- ( com. ) fol. 127 अनेन च etc., up to संस्कृता कृताः as in
No. 517 followed by the lines as under :
॥७॥ इति श्रीसहजकीयुपाध्यायविरचितायां कल्पमंजरीनाम्नी टीका समाप्ततामगादगाधगुणयुता ॥ संवद्रसबाणमुनींदु( १७५६ )प्रमिते श्रावणशुक्लैकादश्यां कर्मवाट्यां शुक्रवारे ॥ जंगमयुगप्रधानभट्टारकश्रीमच्छी१०८श्रीजिनचंद्रमूरिसूरीश्वराणां विनेयेन पंडितनोमिसुदरगाणिना लिखितेयं वृत्तिः ॥ श्री सोझित नगरमध्ये ॥
यावल्लवणसमुद्रो यावन्नक्षत्रमांडतो मे(रुः)। It ends thus. Reference.---- For other details see No. SI7.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra कल्पमञ्जरीसहित
with Kalpramañjari
10t0 No. 519
1891-95. Size.- 98 in. by 4: in. Extent.- 176 folios ; I3 lines to a page ; 32 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, smooth and greyish; Jaina Deva
nagari characters ; bold, clear, big, uniform and good handwriting ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink, whereas cdges singly, in the same ink; yellow pigment used while making corrections; numbers for foll. cntered twice as usual ; over and above this numbering foll. 155 to 162 are numbered as I, 2 etc. ; fol. I blank ; both the text and the commentary complete; condition very good. The text is divided into 3 vācyas as under:-- (I) जिनचरित
foll. I to 1360 ( 2 ) स्थविरावली
, 1374 , 154b (3) सामाचारी
,, I55 , 175. Age.-- Samvat 1828. Author of the commentary.-- Sahajakirti Upadhyaya, pupil of
Hemanandana Gani, pupil of Ratnasara(?).

Page #154

20.]
IT.6 Chedastatras
Begins.--- ( text ) fol. 6" नमो अरिहंताणं etc., up to हवइ मंगल ,, ~ ,, ,, 7 तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc. as in No. SI7. ,, --- ( com. ) fol. I" ॥ ए ६ ॥ श्रीसरस्वत्यै नमः ॥
श्रीनाभेयजिनेश्वरोत्थमहिमा श्रीआचिरेयस्तथा etc., as in
No. SI7. ,, (com.) fol. 97" इति श्रीवीरचरित्रं ससूत्रं सार्ध सांतर्वाच्यं जातमिति ॥५॥ Ends.-- (text ) fol. I75* बहूणं देवाणं २ मज्झगए etc., as in No. 516. ,, (com.) ,, I75° मया किंचित् सूत्रार्था सांताख्यावृत्तिः समाप्ति
नीता ॥ etc. ,, ,, 176° यथा स्त्रीलोकै तंदुलैः कृत्वा वर्धापयति इत्यनेन श्रीसंघस्य स्तुतिर्विहिता ॥
___ गच्छाधीसे(शे) राजति गुणगणसंतोषविहितसवृत्तौ। etc., up to विषमा सुगमायैव प्राकृता संस्कृता कृताः ॥ ७॥ practically as in No. 517 followed by the lines as under :___ इति श्रीक्षेमकीर्तिशाषा( खा )यां वाचकश्रीरत्नसारशिष्यश्रीहेमनंदनगाणिशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीसहजकीर्तिविरचितायां कल्पसिद्धांतकल्पमंजरीवृत्तौ नवमी वाचना समाप्ता तत्समाप्तौ समाप्ता कल्पमंजरीतिः ॥
सं० १८२८ वर्षे मिती फाल्गुनशुदि १२ चंद्रवारे लिखितं ।। N. B.---- For further particulars see No. SI7.
कल्पसूत्र कल्पलतासहित
No. 520 Size.- Iol in. by 41 in.
Kalpasūtra with Kalpalatar
1129. 1887-91.
I Kalpalată is tentatively placed here; for, without examining all the internal and external evidences it is not possible to fix up its date, and this is not possible here at this stage., so its location here should not be taken to mean that it was composed between 1685 and 1696 years, unless this is supported otherwise. This much is however certain that it is composed in tha life-time of Jinarāja Sūri who died in Samvat 1699 (I. A. XI, p. 250 ) and at that time Jinasagara Súri was yuvarâja).

Page #155

128
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Extent. 134 folios; 16 lines to a page; 52 letters to a line. Description. Country paper sufficiently thick and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters; bold, clear, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in both the margins; a small strip of paper pasted to the fol. 89b; the last (134th) fol. slightly torn; condition on the whole very good; both the text and the commentary complete. The text is divided into three vacyas as under :1b to 103a
foll.
IIIb
(1) जिनचरित (2) स्थविरावली (3) सामाचारी
Vyakhyāna I
II
III
""

""
The commentary is revised by Harṣanandana and is divided into 9 vyäkhyānas. The extent of them is as follows:---
ور
ور
""
""
""
33
""
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
""
دو
foll. rb to
در
""
در
دو
""
""
در
1032,,
116a 1342.
""

6a
6a 25a
36a
در
25a
36a
Sob
772 772 89b 89b 102b 102b 116a
116a 134b.
در
""
[ 520.
در
"2
د.
در
""
Age. Samvat 1744.
Author of the commentary.-- Samayasundara Upadhyāya', pupil of Jinacandra of the Kharatara gaccha.
Sob
Subject. The text as before, with a commentary in Sankrit to elucidate it. In this commenarty an attempt has been made to prove that there are six kalyaṇakas2 for Lord Mahāvīra.
For a list of his works etc. see my edition of Anekārtharatnamañjūṣā published in D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 81.
2 The question of the impropriety of believing six kalyanakas is recently discussed in Siddhacakra vol. III, No. 23; pp. 538-539

Page #156

,
520.] IV.6 Cbedasutras
129 This belief is criticized by Anandasāgara Sūri in his edition of Kalpasūtra and Subodhikā on pp. 96, 24", 309, 345
and 38. Vide D. L. J. P. F. Series, No. 61. Begins.--- ( text ) fol. 5" तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएण etc. as in No. 496.
( com. ) fol. I ए ६० ॥ श्रीसर्वज्ञाय नमः ॥
प्रणम्य परमं ज्योतिः पंचापि परमेष्टि(ष्टि)नः दीक्षाज्ञानगुरु()श्चापि ममोपकृतिकारकान् ॥१॥ वक्ष्ये(ऽहं कल्पसूत्रस्य व्याख्यानानि नव स्फुटं सुगमानि सुबोधानि नानाग्रंथानुसारतः॥२॥ न सूत्रं नावचूरिश्च । न वृत्तिर्नान्यपत्रकं । ग्राह्य व्याख्यानवेलायां । पुस्तके(5)स्मिन् करस्थिते॥३॥ प्रतिसंघाटक प्राज्ञैः । प्रायो व्याख्यानपद्धतिः।
कृता तथा(s)हमपि तां । कुबै स्वेच्छानुसारिणी ॥४॥ भीमपलासी लीलविलासी । ततो 'भीमपलासी रागेण श्रीपर्युषणापर्वव्याख्यानं कर्तव्यमिति श्री खरतरगच्छाम्नायः ॥१॥
नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय अज्ञानतिमिरांधानां०२२ अतः परं स्वस्वगच्छीया स्वस्वसंघाटीया गुळवली वाच्या । तस्या अग्रे अब्धिलब्धिकदंबकस्य तिलको ३ ॥ अहंत भगवंत उत्पन्नदिव्यावमलकेवलज्ञान श्रीमन्महावीरस्वामी पंचमगतिगामी । तदुपदिष्टविशिष्टश्रीपयुषणापर्व तेह तणइ समागमनि टामि २ गामि २ नगर २ श्रीकल्पसिद्धांत बचायइ । ते भणी इहां पणि श्रीसंघनी आज्ञाय इ करीनइ श्रीकल्पसिद्धांत वचायइ यथासमाधि अत्र श्रीकल्पसूत्रेऽधिकारवयं वाच्यं वर्त्तते तथाहि जिनानां चरितानि १ स्थविरावली २ श्रीपर्य(यु)षणापर्वसामाचारी च ३ तथापि श्रीमहावीरदेवो वर्तमानतीर्थस्य स्वामी पुनः आसन्नोपकारी ततः श्रीब(भ)द्रबाहुस्वामिनः पूर्व श्रीमहावीरदेवस्य चरितं कथयति तत्रापि पूर्व साधूनां दसः(श)प्रकारः
1- सम्पूर्णानि पद्यानि यथाक्रमं यथा
" नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय श्रीमते च सुधर्म ।
सर्वानुयोगवृद्धेभ्यो वाण्यै सर्वविदस्तथा ॥" "अज्ञानतिमिरान्धानां ज्ञानाअनशलाकया ।
नेत्रमुन्मीलितं यने तस्मै श्रीगुरवे नमः॥" " अब्धिलब्धिकदम्बकस्य तिलको निःशेषसूर्यावले
रापीड: प्रतिबोधनिपुणवतामग्रेसरो वाग्मिनाम् । दृष्टान्तो गुरुभक्तिशालिमनसा मौलीस्तप:श्रीजुषां
सर्वाभर्यमयो मष्टिसमय: श्रीगौतमः स्यान्मुदे ॥" J.L.P.]
17

Page #157

130
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[$20.
कल्पः आचारः कथ्यते । तथाहि श्री आदिनाथ - श्री महावीरसाधूनां वस्त्रं मानप्रमाणसहितं जीर्णप्रायं धवले च कल्पते । अजितादि २२ तीर्थंकरसाधूनां तु पंचवर्ण २ etc.
(com.) fol. sb तथा इदं कल्पसूत्रं अनंतार्थविषयं यतः सर्व्वनदीनां वालुकाकणाः सर्व्वसमुद्राणां च ये पानीयबिंदवस्तेभ्यो ( s) पि एकसूत्रस्थार्थी ( s)नंतगुणस्ततो मया मंदमतिना कथं व्याख्यातुं शक्यते तथापि यत्किमपि अर्थलवलेशं कथयन्नस्मि तन्मम माहात्म्यं नास्ति किंतु गुरोरेव । तत्र दृष्टांतो यथा विकलीकरोति तराणं । तन्मारुत[[ ] स्फूज्जितं ।
कचुंबति यद्भुजंगवदनं । तज्जृंभितं मंत्रिणः ।
चैत्रे जति कोकिलः कलरवं यत्सा रसालदुम
स्फूर्त्तिर्जल्पति मादृशः किमपि यन्माहात्म्यमेतद्गुरोः ॥ १ रेणु(:) सूर्यमंडलं स्पृशति तद्वायोमा (म)हात्म्यं न रेणोः १ (1) दर्दुरः सर्पमुख चुंबति तद्गारुडिमंत्र माहात्म्यं न दर्दुरस्य २ (1) चैत्रमासे कोकिला मधुरं कूजति तन्माहात्म्यं आम्रमंजर्या न तु कोकिलाया ( : ) ॥
अथ मंगलार्थे पंचपरमेष्टिनमस्कारो भण्यते ॥
नमो अरिहंताणं | व्याख्यालेशों यथा । नमोऽर्हद्भ्यः चतुःषष्टींद्रकृतां पूजामई ( है ) तीति अर्हतस्तेभ्यो मम नमस्कारोऽस्तु १
नमो सिद्धाणं अष्ट कर्माणि क्षपयित्वा सिद्धिं प्राप्तास्तेभ्यो मम नमस्कारो (S) स्तु २
नमो आयरियाणं आचारेषु पंचसु ज्ञानदर्शनचारित्रत पोवीर्य ५रूपेषु साधवस्ते आचार्यास्तेभ्यो मम नमस्कारो (S) स्तु ३
नमो उवज्झायाणं द्वादशांगानि सूत्रतो ये पाठयंति ते उपाध्यायास्तेभ्यो मम नमस्कारो (S) स्तु ४
नमो लोए सव्वसाहूणं ज्ञानदर्शनचारित्रैः कृत्वा मोक्षमार्ग ये साधयंति ते साधवः सर्व्वशब्देन ये जिनस्थविरकल्पिकादयः सार्द्ध तृतीयद्वीपवर्त्तिनस्तेभ्यो सभ्योऽपि मम नमस्कारो (S) स्तु ५
अथ नमस्कारस्य फलमाह
एसो पंचनमुक्कारो एषः परमेष्ठिनमस्कारः सव्वपावप्पणासणी सर्व्वपापप्रणास (श) नः मंगलाणं च सव्वेसिं सर्वेषां मंगलानां पढमं हवइ मंगलं प्रथमं भवति मंगलं ।

Page #158

520. } IV. 6 Chedasätras
131 __ अत्र नमस्कारेऽष्टषष्टिरक्षराणि एकषष्टि(:) लघ्वक्षराणि सप्त च गु (व)
क्षराणि नव पदानि अष्टौ संपदः । etc. (com.) fol. 6. गंशब्दो वाक्यालंकार(रे) यद्वा सप्तम्यर्थे इयं तृतीया । यो वा
कालसमयौ ऋषभादिभिः श्रीवीरस्य षण्णां च्यवनादीनां कल्याणकानां हेतुत्वे कथितौ श्रमणस्तपस्वी भगवान् समग्रैश्वर्ज(र्य )युक्तः महावीरः कर्मशत्रुजयात् सार्थकनामा पंचहत्थुत्तरे होत्था हस्त उत्तरो यासां ता हस्तोतरा(:) फाल्गुन्यः हस्तादुत्तरादिशि वर्तमानाद्वा ताः पंचसु च्यवनादिकल्याणकेषु यस्य स पंचहस्तोत्तर निर्वाणस्य तु स्वातौ संभूतत्वात्(।) समासे हस्तोत्तरा इति वहुवचनं बहुकल्याणकापेक्षया(।) हुत्था इति अभवत् ।
अथ सूत्रं । तं जहा। "हत्थुत्तराहिं चुए चइत्ता गभं वकंते १ हत्थुत्तराहिं गन्भाओ गन्भं साहरी(रि)ए २ हत्थुत्तराहिं जाए ३ हत्थुत्तराहिं मुंडे भवित्ता अगाराओ अणगारियं पब्वइए ४ हत्थुत्तराहि अणंते अणुत्तरे निव्वाघाए निरावरणे कसिणे पडिपुन्ने केवलवरनाणदसणे समुप्पन्ने साइणा परिनिव्वुए ६ भयवं ।” व्याख्या हस्तोत्तरायां उत्तरफाल्गुन्यां नक्षत्रे च्युते देवलोकाच्च्युत्वा च गर्भ व्युत्क्रांत(:)१ हस्तोत्तरायामेवैकस्माद्गर्भादन्यस्मिन् गर्भे साहरित्तिए(ए त्ति) संक्रामितः २ ह स्तोत्तरायां जातः ३ हस्तोत्तरायां मुंडे त्ति द्रव्यतो भावतश्च मुंडितो भूत्वा अगाराद् गृहवासान्निष्क्रम्येति गम्यं अनगारतां साधुतां प्रवजितः प्रकर्षण गतः ४ हस्तोत्तरायां केवलं असहाय अत एव वरं ज्ञानं च
दर्शनं चेति ततः प्राक्पदाभ्यां कर्मधारयः etc. (com.) fol. 62
व्याख्यानं कल्पसूत्रस्य । प्रथमं सुगम स्फुटं । शिष्यार्थ पाठकाश्चक्रुः समयादिमसुंदराः॥१॥
इति प्रथम व्याख्यानं संपूर्णम् ॥ अथ द्वितीयं व्याख्यानं । तत्र प्रथमव्याख्याने श्रीपंचपरमेष्ठी(ष्ठि)नमस्कारः श्रीमहावीरदेवस्य च संक्षेपवाचनया षड् कल्याणकानि व्याख्यातानि । अथ द्वितीयवाचनायां श्रीमहावीरदेवस्य च्यवनकल्याणकं गर्भापह(हा)रकल्याणकं च व्याख्यायते etc.
( com.) fol. 24 एवमपि गर्भपरावर्त्तनं कदापि भवति तत्रोच्यते
शिवशासने(s)पि श्रीभागवते दशमस्कंधे द्वितीयाध्ययने बलदेवस्य गर्भपरावर्त्तनं श्रूयते तत्रत्यश्लोकचतुष्टयं ।।
भगवानपि विश्वात्मा । विदित्वा कंस भयं । यदूनां निजनाथानां योगमायां समादिशत् । १

Page #159

132
Jaina Literature and Philosophyv
[520.
गच्छ देवि ! 'व्रजं' भद्रे । गोपं गोभिरलंकृतं । रोहिणी वसुदेवस्य । भार्या (55)स्ते नंदगोकुले । २ देवक्या जठरे गर्भ । शेषाख्यं वा ममात्मकं ।। तत्संनिकृष्य रोहिण्या । उदरे संनिवेशय[ त् ] । ३ गर्भसंकर्षणं कृत्वा । आहुः संकर्षणं भुवि ।
रामेति लोकरमणाद् बलभद्र(द्रो) बलाश्रयात् ॥ ४ ॥ पुनरपि पुराणे मांधाताराजोत्पत्तिकथा' यथा etc. ( com. ) fol. 25 अथ तृतीयवाचनायां यस्यां रात्रौ हरिनैगमषिदेवेन गर्भा
पहारः कृतः तदा किं जातं तत्र सूत्रं etc. ( com.) fol. 360 अथ चतुर्दशस्वप्नदर्शनानंतरं त्रिशलाक्षत्रियाणी चतुर्थ
वाचनायां किं करोति तत्र सूत्रं etc. ( com. ) fol. 50' ५ ६॥ ॥ अथ पंचमं व्याख्यानं प्रारभ्यते ॥ तत्र प्रथम
श्रीमहावीरदेवस्य जन्मकल्याणकं व्याख्यातं । अथ पूर्व जन्मोत्सव
व्याख्यायते etc. (com.) fol. 55" अा पुनर्ग्रन्थानुसारेण भोजनविच्छित्तिं प्राह ( text ) fol. 74° जं रयणि च णं समणे भगवं महावीरे कालगए जाव सब्व
दुक्खापहीणे साणं रयणी बहूहिं देवेहिं देवीहि य उप्पयमाणेहि य ( ओवय
माणे हि य ) उप्पिंजलभूया कहकहभूया आवि हुत्था २८ etc. ( com. ) fol. 74° आलापकद्वय सुगम पूर्वं व्याख्यातं च etc. ( com. ) fol. 774 ए ६ ॥ ॥ अथ षष्ठं व्याख्यानं व्याख्यायते ॥ तत्र प्रथम
वाचनायां पंचपरमेष्ठिनमस्कारसंक्षेपवाचनया श्रीमहावीरस्य षट् कल्याणकानि व्याख्यातानि । द्वितीयवाचनायां श्रीमहावीरस्य च्यवनकल्याणकं दशाश्चर्यसहितं गर्भापहारकल्याणकं च व्याख्यातं । २ तृतीयवाचनायां च श्रीमहावीरस्य माता(तृ)त्रिशलाक्षत्रियाण्या ये चतुर्दश स्वप्ना दृष्टास्ते व्याख्याता(:)३ चतुर्थवाचनायां श्रीमहावीरस्य जन्मकल्याणकं व्याख्यातं ४ पंचमवाचनायां श्रीमहावीरस्य दीक्षा१ज्ञाननिर्वाणकल्याणकानि व्याख्यातानि ५ अथ
I This is published in Kalpadrumakalika (pp. 546 and 55 ). Sec No. 531. 2 Colip Mackenzic has made the following remark in this connection:
“The exposition is carried on sol. J240 up to section tos of the Jinacaritra, where rhe words up to
q u i are explained, there belng cited from another book the boojanuviccbitti.” Vide Keith's Catalogue, vol. II, pt. II; No. 7471, p. 1254.

Page #160

520.]
IV. 6 Chedasútras
133
षष्ठवाचनायां पश्चानुपूर्व्या श्रीपार्श्वनाथस्य श्रीनेमिनाथस्य च पंच कल्याणकानि व्याख्यायंते etc.
(com.) fol. 102" अथाष्टमं व्याख्यानं तत्र प्रथमवाचनया श्रीपंचमपरमेष्टी(ष्टि)
नमस्कारो व्याख्यातः etc. ,, fol. I03* सप्तमवाचनया च अंतरकालः श्रीऋषभदेवस्य पंच कल्याणकानि व्याख्यातानि ७
अथाष्टमवाचनया स्थविरावली व्याख्यायते etc.
fol. I03 व्याख्या तस्मिन् काले तस्मिन् समये अमणस्य भगवतो
महावीरस्य नव गणाः एकादश गणधराश्च अभवन् etc. ,, fol. I03 अकंपिता८ अचल भ्रानो ९ रेकरूपैव वाचना जाता एवं मेतार्यप्रभास
योरपि यत एकवाचना[वाच यतिसमुदायो हि गण इति नव गणाः श्रीमहावीरस्य ज्येष्ठ इंद्रभूतिनामा अनगारो ‘गौतम गोत्रीयः स पंचशतश्रमणान् वाचयति वाचनां ददाति १
(com.) fol. I06 ततः श्रावकाणां उपद्रवनिवारणाय महाम्नायमयं 'उवसग्गहरं स्तोत्रं कृत्वा अर्पितं तसंघेन सर्वत्र प्रतिगृहं पठितं तत्प्रभावेण व्यंतरो नष्ट्वा गतः जातं सर्वत्र शुभं महाप्रभावं स्तोत्रं गौरपि कदाचित् कथंचित् दुग्धं न दत्ते तदापि लोका इदं स्तोत्रं गुणयंति ततःशेषनाग आगत्य विघ्नं वारयति एवं प्रतिगृहं आगच्छन् शेषनागः खिन्नः सन् गुरुं विज्ञापयति स्म अहं संघपार्थात् क्षणमपि स्थातुं न शक्नोमि ततः षष्ठी गाथा अतिशयभूता दूरीक्रियतां अहं स्वस्थानस्थो(5)पि गाथापंचकेनापि विघ्नं स्फेटयिष्यामि ततो गुरुणा षष्ठी गाथा भ(भा)डागारे क्षिप्ता श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामिठता श्रीआवस्य(श्य)कनियुत्क्यादयो(5) [अ]नेके ग्रंथा(:) कृतासंति एवंविधा:) श्रीभद्रबाहु. स्वामिनो वीरात् सप्तत्यधिकवर्षशतेन १७० स्वर्ग जगाम ६ etc.
fol. III इति स्थविरावलीसूत्र संपूर्ण अथ विस्तरस्थविरावल्या विवरणं क्रियते तत्र श्रीजसोभद्रसूरितः कति स्थविराः १ कति गणा(।) २ कति शाखा(:) ३ कति कुलानि ४ जज्ञिरे तत्सर्वे सूत्रपाठानुसारेण कथ्यते । यशोभद्रस्थविरः तस्य द्वौ शिष्यौ भद्रबाहुः १ संभूतिविजयः २ जाता स्थविरा(:) ३ भद्रबाहुस्वामिनश्चत्वारः शिष्याः गोदासः १ अग्निदत्तो २ जज्ञदत्त(:) ३ सोमदत्तश्च ४ स्थविराः ७ etc.

Page #161

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 520.
(com) fol. 1163 अथ नवमवाचनायां साधुसामाचारी व्याख्याते तत्र प्रथमं आषाढचतुर्मास कात्कतिभिर्दिनैः पर्युषणा कर्तव्या इति दिनसंख्या प्रश्नोत्तररूपा प्रथमा सामाचारी प्रोच्यते तत्र सूत्रं etc.
134
(text) fol. 1184 वासावासं पज्जोसवियाणं० नो कप्पइ
निग्गंथाण वा निग्गंथीण वा हट्टाणं आरुग्गाणं बलियसरीराणं इमाओ नवरसविगइओ अभिक्खणं २ आहारितए तं खीरं १ दहिं २ नवणीयं ३ सपि ४ तिल्लं ५ गुडं ६ मज्जं ७ मंसं ८ महुं ९ etc.
Ends.—( text. ) fol. 133° बहूणं देवीणं etc. up to अट्टमं अज्झयणं सम्मत्तं as in No. 516.
""
(com) fol. 1342 पज्जोसवणाकप्पो सम्मत्तो त्ति पर्युषणाकल्पः समाप्तेति पर्युषण वर्षा एक क्षेत्रनिवासस्तस्य संबंधी कल्पः सामाचारी साधून् प्रतीत्य विधिप्रतिषेधरूपा कर्त्तव्येति तदभिधेययोगादध्ययनमपि पर्युषणाकल्पः रत्नपरीक्षागजशिक्षादिवत् स च श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंधादिसिद्धांतस्य अध्ययनमष्टमं समाप्तः ( समर्थितः ) इति

व्याख्यानं कल्पसूत्रस्य नवमं सुगमं स्फुटं । शिष्यार्थ पाठकाश्र्वः समयादिमसुंदराः १
श्रीशासनाधीश्वरवर्द्धमानो गुणैरनंतैरतिबर्द्धमानः ।
दर्थ खखखाब्ज (?) नेत्र २१०००वर्षाणि यावद्दिजयि प्रसिद्धं २
तदीयशिष्य गण पंचमः
सुधर्मनामा (S) स्य परंपरायां
बभूव शाखा किल 'वज्र' नाम्नी
'चांद्र' कुलं चंद्रकु (क) लेव निर्मलं ३ म(त) गच्छेत्वाभिधानतः 'खरतरे' यैः 'स्तंभनाधीश्वरो भूमध्यात्प्रकटीकृतो पुनरपि स्नानोदका डुग्गता । स्थानांगानि नवांगसूत्रविवृतिर्नव्याऽतिभव्या कृता । श्रीमंतो(s) भयदेवसूरिगुरवो जाता जगद्विश्रुताः ४

Page #162

520. }
★
IV. 6 Chedasūtras

यो योगिनीभ्यो जगृहे ददौ च वरान वरान् जाग्रदनैकविद्यः
पंचापि पीरान् स्ववसी ( शी ) चकार युगप्रधान जिनदत्तसूरिः ५
मुनि (पुनरपि यस्मिन्गच्छे बभूव जिनकुशलनाम सूरिवरः यस्य स्तूपनिवेशा: सुजसः (यश:) पुंजा इवाभांति ६
तत्पदानुक्रमतः श्रीमज्जिनचंद्रसूरिनामान: जाता युगप्रधानाः 'दिल्ली' पतिपातिसाहिकृताः ६० अकबर रंजनपूर्व द्वादश ) बेषु सर्वदेशेषु स्फुटतमारिपटहः प्रवादितो यैश्व सूरिवरैः ७ यद्वारे किल कर्मचंद्र सचिवः श्राद्ध ( ( ) भवद्दीप्तिमान् येन श्रीगुरुराजनंदिमहारी द्रव्यव्यये निर्ममे । कोटे (:) पादयुजः शराग्निसमये दुर्भिक्षवेलाकुले |
(a) कारविधानत बहुजना संजीविता येन च ८ यद्वारे पुनरत्र सोमजिशिवाश्राद्धौ जगद्विश्रुतौ ।
याभ्यां 'राणपुरस्य 'रैवत' गिरेः श्री' अर्बुद 'स्य स्फुटं गौडीश्री शत्रुंजय'स्य च महान्संघोऽनघः कारितो
गच्छे भनिका कृता प्रतिपुरं रुक्मार्द्धमेकं पुनः ९ तेषां श्रीजिनचंद्राणां शिष्यः प्रथमो (S) भवत् गणिः सकलचंद्राख्यो 'रीडा'न्वयभूषणं १०
तत्सि (च्छिष्य समय सुंदर सदुपाध्यायैर्विनिर्मिताध्यायैः । कल्पलतानामा( 5 )य ग्रंथश्व के प्रयत्नेन ११ प्रक्रिया हैमभाष्यादिपाठकैश्व विशोधिता हर्षनंदनवादी: चिंतामणिविशारदैः १२
क्वचित् सूत्रहत्यार नाबोधतो वा ।
कचित् सूत्रपाठांतरभ्रांतिमत्वात्
कचिद् बुद्धिमाज्जिनाज्ञाविरुद्धं ।
( च मिथ्या ( s)स्तु तद् दुःकृतं मे १३
S
This and the tollowing verses are wrongly numbered in this Ms.

135

Page #163

136
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 520.
विषमं संस्कृतं भक्त्वा सुगमं च मया कृतं सर्वत्र न कृत(ः) संधिः तत्सर्वं सुखबोधये १४ सभासमक्षं व्याख्यानं कल्पसूत्रस्य दुष्कर केषांचिदल्पबुद्धीनां बहपायप्रलोकनात् १५ कृत्वा तदनुकंपां तां मया कल्पलता कृता सुगमा तत एतस्यामेकस्यामेव कथ्यतां १६ 'लूणकर्णसरे ग्रामे प्रारब्धा कर्त्तमादरात्
वर्षमध्ये कृता पूर्णा मया चैषा 'रिणी'पुरे १७ राज्ये श्रीजिनराजमूरिसुगरोर्बुद्धया जितस्वर्णरु
यद्भाग्यं भुवि लोकविस्मयकरं सौभाग्यमत्यद्भुतं कीर्तिस्तत्प्रसरीसरीति जगति प्रौढप्रतापोदया
दातात्युग्रतमारूपातनुभृतां दारिद्यदुःखापहा १८ श्रीमद् भानवडे' च 'पुंडगिरौ श्री मेडता'यां पुनः
श्री पल्ले नगरे च 'लोद्रनगरे प्रौढा प्रतिष्ठा कृता द्रव्यं भूरितरं व्ययीकृतमहो श्राद्धम(म)हत्युत्सबे
राजते जिनराजमरिगुरवस्ते सांप्रतं भूतले १९ युवराजे जिनसागरसूरिवरे विजयिनि प्रकृतिसौम्ये यत्सौभाग्ययशोभिर्द्धवलीकृतभूतलं भाति २० तद्गुरु(रू)णा(णां प्रसादेन प्रया कल्पलता कृता
कल्पसूत्रमिदं यावत्तावन्नंदतु सा(s)पि हि २१ इति श्रीकल्पलतानाम्नी श्रीसमयसुंदरोपाध्यायविरचिता किल्पसूत्रस्य टीका समाप्ता ॥ शुभं भवतु । कल्याणमस्तु लेखकपाटकयोः ॥ संवत्
१७४४ वर्षे पौषवदि १४.........' श्री. Reference.- See Mitra, Notices rol. VIII, p. 180, and vol. IX. p. I
as well as Bhandarkar, Report, 1883-84, pp. 138 and 446. For other details sce No 496. For descriptions of other Mss. of Kalpalatä along with the text, see Keith’s Catalogue of the Mss. from the library of India Office, vol. II, pt. II, No. 747I, and B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV. p. 386.
1
The portion is torn here.

Page #164

521.3
कल्पसूत्र कल्पलतासहित
No. 521
Size. 10 in. by 41
Ends.
in.
IV. 6 Chedasutras
در
Extent. 184 folios; 15 to 16 lines to a page; 42 letters to a line. Description. Country paper very thin and whitish; Jaina Devanagari characters; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; it is a furt Ms; but the size of the hand-writing for the text does not seem to very from that of the commentary; quite bold, perfectly legible, big, uniform and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk used; numbers for foll. entered twice on one and the same side, but in different margins; fol. 171st wrongly numbered as 172 in the right-hand margin; a plece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to the foll. 1 and 184b; the first fol. slightly torn; foll. 43rd, 44th and 45th torn in more than one place; condition tolerably good; both the text and the commentary complete; extent 8000 slokas; the text is divided into 3 väcyas as under :
( 1 ) जिनचरित
( 2 ) स्थविरावली
( 3 ) सामाचारी

foll.
Age. Samvat 1769.
Begins. - ( text ) fol. 74 ॥ ६ ॥ ऐं नमः ॥
22
در
138b
ཀྭསཾ to 1386
155b
182b.
156a
Kalpasūtra with Kalpalata
137
266. 1883-84.
( com. ) fol. r' ॥ ए६ ॥ ऐं नमः श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमो नमः ॥ etc., as in No. 520.
नमो अरिहंताणं etc., up to हवइ मंगलं १ followed by तेणं etc., as in No. 496.
(text) fol. 182 etc., as in No. 16.
( com.), 1834 श्रीदशाश्रुत etc., up to सापि हि २१ as in No. 520 followed by the lines as under
18 J. L. P.]

Page #165

138
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[522.
( fol. 184a) इति श्रीसमयसुंदरोपाध्यायविरचिता कल्पलतानाम्नी कल्पसूत्रटीका समाप्ताः] टीकाग्रंथाग्रंथ ८००० सहस्र लेखकपाठकयोर्भद्रं भूयात्...' इति कल्पलता संपूर्णा संवत् १७६९वर्ष(र्षे) फागुणवदि प्रतिपदा बुधवासरे सकलपंडितचक्रवर्तिचूडामाणिपंडित१( ? )श्री१०८श्रीपं०मा(मा)नविजयगणिशिष्यपं०श्री१९ श्रीपं नयविजयगणिपं श्रीमेरुविजयगणिशिष्यपं०अमरविजयगणिलपि( लिपी )कृतं 'श्रीपत्त(न) नगरे
शुभं भूयात् श्रीकल्याणमस्तु. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 520.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra कल्पलतासहित
with Kalpalatā
372. No. 522
1880-81. Size.— 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.-(text) 207 - I = 206 folios ; 3 to 8 lines to a page ;
41 letters to line. „ - (com.) 206 folios ; 7 to 10 lines to a page ; 50
letters to a line. Description.- Country paper not very thin and greyish ; Jaina
Devanāgari characters ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentery ; it is a fagret Ms. as usual ; the text written in big, bold, legible and good hand-writing; the same is the case with the commentary except that it is written in a comparatively smaller hand-writing ; borders carefully ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk and yellow pig
ment used ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. 203 numbered as 103; the central place not kept blank when no portion of the text is written there (vide foll. I to 5 and 174 to 176); fol. 145th lacking; the commentary incomplete so far as the fol. 145a and the concluding portion is concerned; the text is incomplete so far as fol. 145th is concerned ; condition very good.
I
Letters are gone.

Page #166

523. ]
IV. 6 Chedasutras
139
i39
Age.-- Old. Begins.-- ( text ) fol. 66 FHÌ PENToj etc., as in No. 496. » (com. ) fol. 164 & 01
STOTEUT CTR etc. , as in No. 520. Ends. ( text ) fol. 2074 ago ator etc., as in No. 516. » (com. ) fol. 2076 spiętrza etc., up to it forang FÈ
g . ( Tle Ms, ends abruptly with a part of the 4th verse
of the praśasti ). N. B.- For further particulars see No. 520.
कल्पसूत्र कल्पसुबोधिकासहित
Kalpasūtra with Kalpasubodhikā
No. 523
706. 1899-1915
Size.- 98 in. by 4s in. Extent.— 211 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, smooth and greyish; Jaina
Devanāgarī characters with e ars ; bold, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary (vštíi' ) popularly known as vaihto; the text occupying the central space, the commentary written above and below it; it is thus a fetaraî Ms. , but the size of the hand-writing seems to be the same both for the text and the commentary ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, with the intervening space generally coloured red; numbers for foll. written in each of the two margains; a sheet of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to the first fol.;
1 This is also styled as vivști by the commentator himself. 2. The commentator has designated it as Subodhā, too.

Page #167

140
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1523.
similar seems to be the case with the last fol.; condition very good; red chalk and yellow pigment used; almost every fol. decorated with a figure or figures generally in the middle; the numbers of the solar rays in different months tabulated on the fol. 515; the number of days each Jina remained in the embryo are tabulated on fol. 862, the numbers for penances similarly tabulated on fol. 1278; the interverning period between the salvations of every two Tirthamkaras noted in Gujarāti on foll. 159 to 161 ; both the text and the commentary complete ; the latter composed in Samvat 1696 and revised by Bhāvavijaya Vācaka. The text is divided into 3 vācyas as under :(1) Graha
foll. I to 1725 ( 2 ) FUTANT
» 1732 , 1856 ( 3 ) FHITIT
» 1862 , 2096. The text together with the commentary is divided into 9 kşaņas, the extent of each of which is as under :Kşaņa
I foll. Ib to 24"; sútras 1 to 15' II » 24" „ 48a; » 15 » 36 III , 482 » 72a; » 37 » 67 IV „ 72a „866; ; 68 „ 96 V „ 866 » 1094; 97 » 116 VI „ 1098 „ 144”; „ 117 „ 148 VII
„ 1440 , 172b; „ 149 „ 228 VIII , 173a » 185bo; I 142
IX „ 185 „, 2092; 1 » 64. Age.- Old. Author of the commentary.--- Vinayavijaya Gaņi, pupil of Kirti
vijaya, pupil of Hiravijaya Súri. Subject.-- The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit. In this
commentary Vinayavijaya Gani has criticized Kiraṇāvali.
1 2
Only portion of this is included here. This is the last verse of Sthavirávali.

Page #168

523.1
IV. 6 Chedasutras
141
See foil. 321, 1776 and 18za of this very Ms. and sec fol 20" of No. 527 (p. 151). He has also criticized Dipikā. Vide fol. I83".
Some of the criticisms against Kiraṇāvali have been answered by Anandasāgara Suri in his second edition (pp. 28a and 1692 ) of Kalpasútra and Subodhikā published
in D. L. J. P. F. Serics as No. 61. Begins.- ( text ) fol. IO || तेणं कालेण तेणं समएण etc., as in No. 496.
( com.) fol. I" ए ६ ॥ अहं नमः । श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः । श्रीशंखेश्वरपाश्वनाथाय नमः। ____ॐ नमः । श्रीसरस्वत्यै नमः ॥ ऐं नमः
प्रणम्य परमश्रेयस्करं श्रीजगदीश्वरं । कल्पे सुबोधिकां कुर्वे वृत्ति बालोपकारिणीं ॥१॥ यद्यपि बहत्यष्टीकाः । कल्पे संत्येव निपुणगणगम्याः । तदपि ममायं यत्नः । फलेपहिः स्वल्पमतिबोधात् । २ । यद्यपि भानुद्युतयः । सर्वेषां वस्तुबोधिका बढ्यः । तदपि महीगृहगानां । प्रदीपिकैवोपकुरुते द्राग् । ३। नास्यामर्थविशेषो न युक्तयो नापि पद्यपांडित्यं ।। केवलमर्थव्याख्या वितन्यते बालबोधाय । ४ । हास्यो न स्यां सद्भिः कुर्वन्नेतामतीक्ष्णबुद्धिरपि ।
यदुपदिशति त एव हि । 'शुभे यथाशक्ति यतनीयं' । ५। अत्र हि पूर्व नवकल्पविहारक्रमेणोपागते योग्यक्षेत्रे सांप्रतं च परंपरया गुर्वादिष्टे क्षेत्रे चतुर्मासीस्थिताः साधवः श्रेयोनिमित्तं 'आनंदपुरे' सभासमक्षं वाचनादनु संघसमक्षं पंचभिर्दिवसैनवभिः क्षणैः श्रीकल्पसूत्रं वाचयंति। etc. (com.) fol. 7 तदेवं समुपस्थिते पर्युषणापर्वणि मंगलानिमित्तं पंचभिरेव दिनै (:) कल्पसूत्रं वाचनीयं । तच्च यथा देवेषु इंद्रः तारासु चंद्रः न्यायप्रवीणेषु रामः सुरूपेषु कामः रूपवतीषु रंभा बादित्रेषु भंभा गजेषु ऐरावण साहसिकेषु रावणः । बुद्धिमत्सु अभयः तीर्थेषु ‘शत्रुजयः' गणेषु विनयः धानुष्केषु धनंजयः मंत्रेषु नमस्कारस्तरुषु सहकारस्तथा सर्वशास्त्रेषु शिरोमणिभावं बिभर्ति ।। यतः ।
नार्हतः परमो देवो न मुक्तः परमं पदं । न श्रीशवजयात्तीर्थ । श्रीकल्पान्न परं श्रुतः(त)।१।

Page #169

142
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[523.
तथा(5)यं कल्पः साक्षात्कल्पद्रुम एव तस्य च अनानुपूया उक्तत्वात् श्रीवीरचरित्रं बीज श्रीपार्श्वचरित्रं अंकुरः श्रीनेमिचरित्रं स्कंधः श्रीऋषभचरित्रं शाखासमूह स्थविरावली पुष्पाणि सामाचारीज्ञानं सौरभ्यं फलं मोक्षं(क्ष)प्राप्तिः etc. fol. 8 तत्र पूर्वाणि च ॥ प्रथम एकेन १ हस्तिप्रमाणमीपुजेन लेख्यं । द्वितीयं द्वाभ्यां २ तृतीयं ३ चतुर्भिः ४ चतुर्थमष्टभिः ॥ ८॥ पंचम षोडशभिः । १६ । षष्टं द्वात्रिंशता सप्तमं ७ चतुःषष्ट्या ६४ अष्टमं । ८। अष्टाविंशत्यधिकशतेन १२८ । नवमं षट्पंचाशदधिकद्विशतैः २५६ दशमं द्वादशाधिकैः पंचभिः शतैः ५१२ । एकादशं चतुर्विंशत्यधिकेन सहस्रण १०२४ । द्वादशं अष्टचत्वारिंशदधिकया द्विसहस्त्र्या २०४८ ॥ त्रयोदशं षण्णवत्यधिकया चतुःसहस्त्र्या ४०९६ ॥ चतुर्दशं च अष्टसहरुया द्विनवत्युत्तरशताधिकया ८१९२। सर्वाणि पूर्वाणि षोडशभिः सहस्रेस्त्र्यशीत्याधकैस्त्रिभिः शतैश्च १६३८३ हस्तिप्रमाणमषीपुंजैर्लेख्यानि स्थापना च तस्मान्महापुरुषप्रणीतत्वेन मान्यो गंभीरार्थश्च etc. (com.) fol. 8 अथ अस्मिन्वार्षिकपर्वणि कल्पश्रवणवत् इमान्यपि पंच कार्याणि अवश्यं कार्याणि तत् यथा चैत्यपरिपाटी १ समस्तसाधुवंदनं २ सांवत्सरिकप्रतिक्रमणं ३ मिथः साधर्मिकक्षामणं ४ अष्टमं तपश्व ५ ( com.) fol. 24° इति मेघकुमारकथा ॥॥॥ छ ।
इति श्रीप्रथमक्षण( : ) समाप्तः On this line beginning with इति and ending with समाप्तः is written in big hand-writing a line as under :
इति श्रीमहोपाध्यायश्रीविनयविजयवि०प्र० १॥ श्री. (com.) fol. 32 मरीचिरपि अनेन उत्सूत्रवचनेन । कोटाकोटिसागरप्रमाणं संसारं उपार्जयामास । यत्तु किरणावलीकारेण प्रोक्तं। कपिला इत्थं पि इहयं पि ति वचनं उत्सूत्रमिश्रितमिति तदुत्सूत्रभाषिणां नियमादनंतः संसार इति स्वमतस्थापनरसिकतयेति ज्ञेयं ॥ इदं हि तन्मतं उत्सूत्रभाषिणस्तावन्नियमादनंत एव संसारः स्यात् यदि च इदं मरीचिवचनं उत्सूत्रमित्यच्युते तदा अस्यापि च अनंतसंसारः प्रसज्यते । न चासौ संपन्नस्तदिदं उत्सूत्रमिश्रितमिति । तच्चायुक्तं । उत्सूत्रभाषिणां अनंत एव संसार इति नियमाभावात् । श्रीभगवत्यादिबहुग्रंथानुसारेण उत्सूत्रभाषिशिरोमणेजमालिनिवस्थापि परिमितभवदर्शनात् । न चोत्सूत्रामिश्रत्वकथने(अ)पि

Page #170

523.]
IV. 6 Chedasâtras
143
अस्य मरीचिवचनस्योत्सूत्रत्वं अपगच्छति । विषामिश्रिताऽन्नस्य विषत्वमिवेत्यलं प्रसंगेन । etc. (com.) fol. 48 लंबंत त्ति लंबमानः केसहत्थ त्ति केशहस्तो वेणिरिति यावत् । एवंविधा वेणियस्याः सा तथा तां ॥४॥३६ ॥ छ ॥ इति द्वितीयः
क्षणः ॥ fol. I720 इति श्रीऋषभदेवचरित्रं इति जगद्गुरुश्रीहरिविजयसूरश्विरशिष्यरत्नमहोपाध्यायश्रीकीतिविजयगणिशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीविनयविजयग। विरचितायां । कल्पसुबोधिकायां जिनचरितरूपप्रथमवाच्यव्याख्यानं समाप्त ॥ ॥ सप्त(म): क्षणः ॥ ( com. ) fol. I77° पितामहदत्तराज्यो । रथयात्राप्रपत्तश्रीआर्यसुहास्तदर्शनाज्जातजातिस्मृतिः सपादलक्षजिनालयसं(स)पादकोटिवनीनबिंबपत्रिंशसहस्रजीर्णोद्धारपंचनवतिसहस्रपित्तलमयप्रतिमानेकशतसहस्रसत्रशालादिभिविभूषितां त्रिखंडामपि महीमकरोत् । यत्तु किरणावलीकता सपादकोटीजनभवनेत्युक्तं तचित्यं अंतर्वाच्यादौ सपादलक्षेति दर्शनात् । etc. (com.) fol. 183* यश्चैकदा दुर्भिक्षे संघं पटे संस्थाप्य ससुभिक्षा ‘पुरिका'पुरी नीतवान् । तत्र बौद्धन राज्ञा जैनचैत्येषु पुष्पनिषेधः कृतः । अनापि किरणा. वलीदीपिकयो/द्धराज्ञेति प्रयोगो लिखितश्चित्यः । etc. ( com.) fol. 183 तत्र च संहनान)चतुष्कं । दशमं पूर्व च व्युच्छिन्नं । यत्त किरणावलीकारेण तुर्य संहानीनं व्युच्छिन्नमिति लिखितं तचिंत्यं तंदुलवैचारिकवृत्तिदीपालिकाकल्पादौ चतुष्क-युच्छेदस्यैवोक्तत्वात । etc. ( com. ) fol. 185" इति श्रीस्थविरावलीसूत्र संपूर्ण ॥ ॥ ( com.) ,, ,, इति श्रीजगद्गुरुभट्टारकाः ॥ श्रीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरशिष्यरत्नमहोपाध्यायश्रीकीतिविजयगणिशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीविनयविजयगविरचितायां कल्पसुबोधिकायां अष्टमः क्षण समाप्तस्तत्समाप्तौ च समा
तो(s)यं स्थविरावलीनामा द्वितीयो(s)धिकारः ॥ Ends.- ( com.) fol. 208 बहूण देवाणं देवीणं मज्झगए etc., up to सम्मत्तं
as in No. 516 followed by y ll xft: 11 etc. (com. ) fol. 209 श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामी स्वाशिष्यान्प्रतीदमुवाचेति पर्युषणाकल्पो दशाश्रुतस्कंधस्याष्टममध्ययनं समर्थितं ।।
इति श्रीजगद्गुरुभट्टारकश्रीहरिविजयसूरीश्वरशिष्यरत्नमहोपाध्यायश्री

Page #171

144
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[523.
कीर्तिविजयगणिशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीविनयविजयगणिविरचितायां कल्पसुबोधिकायां सामाचारीव्याख्यानं संपूर्ण ॥ छ ।
अथ प्रशस्तिः आसीद् वीरजिनेंद्रपट्टपदवीकल्पद्रुमः कामदः
सौरभ्योपहृतप्रबुद्धमधुपः श्रीहीरमूरीश्वरः ॥ । शाखोत्कर्षमनोरम[:]स्फुरदुरुच्छायः फलप्रापक
श्वेचन्मूलगुणः सदा(5)तिसुमनाः श्रीमान्मरुत्पूजितः ॥१॥ यो जीवाभयदानडिंडिभभिषात् स्वीयं यशोडिंडिमं ॥
षण्मासान प्रतिवर्षमुग्रमखिले भूभंडले(s)वीवदत् । भेजे धार्मिकतामधर्मरसिको प्यत्र्या] म्लेच्छाग्रिमो )कब्बरः ।
श्रुत्वा यद्वदन( ना )दनाबि( वि )लमतिधर्मोपदेशं शुभं ॥२ तत्पट्टोन्नतपूर्वपवर्तशिरःस्फूतिक्रियाहमणिः ।।
मूरि(:) श्रीविजयादिसेनसगुरुभव्येष्टचिंतामाणिः ।। शुभैर्यस्य गुणैर्गुणैरिव घनैरावेष्टितः शोभते ॥
भूगोलः किल यस्य कीर्तिसदृशः क्रीडाकृते कन्दुकः ॥ ३ येनाऽकब्बरपर्षदि प्रतिभटान्निर्जिन्य वाग्वैभवैः
शौर्याश्चर्यकृता उता परिवृता लक्ष्म्या जयश्रीकनी चित्रं मित्र किमत्र मित्रमहसरतेनास्य रद्धा सती
कीर्तिः पत्यपमानशंकितमना याता दिगंतानितः ॥ ४ ॥ विजयतिलकमरिभूरिमरिप्रशस्यः ।
समजनि मुनिनेता तस्य पट्टे( 5 )च्छचेताः । हरहसितहिमानीहंसहारोज्ज्वलश्री
स्त्रिजगति वरिवर्ति स्फूर्तियुग् यस्य कीर्तिः ॥ ५॥ तत्पट्टे जयति क्षितीश्वरततिस्तुत्याहिपंकेरुहः ।
सूरि रितदुखवंदविजयानंदः क्षमाभृद्विभुः ।। यो गौरैर्गुरुभिर्गुणैर्गणिवरं श्रीगौतम(म) स्पर्द्धते ।।
लब्धीनामुदधिर्दधीयित(य)शाः शास्त्राब्धिपारंगतः ॥ ६ यच्चारित्रमखिन्नकिन्नरगण गीय्यमानं जगज
जाग्रजन्मजराविपत्तिहरणं श्रुत्वा जयंती पितु(तुः)॥ वांछापूत्ति(र्ति)मियत्ति युग्ममथ तल्लेभे सहस्रं स्पृहा ।
वैयध्यं गुणरागिणो(5)निमगुणा(ण)यामाभिरा(मा) मनः ॥ ७ ॥ किंच।।
श्रीहीरमरिसुगुरोः प्रवरौ विनेयौ
जातौ शुभौ सुरगुरोरिव पुष्पदंतौ।

Page #172

523.]
IV. 6 Chedasutras
श्रीसोमसोमविजयाभिधवाचकेंद्रः । सत्कीर्त्तिकीत्तिविजयाभिधवाचकश्र्व ॥ ८ ॥
सौभाग्यं यस्य भाग्यं कलयितुममलं कः क्षमः सक्षमस्य ? | नो चित्रं यच्चरित्रं जगति जनमनः कस्य चित्रीयते स्म ? || चक्राणा मूर्खमुख्यानपि विबुधमणीन हस्तसिद्धिर्यदीया ।
चितारत्नेन भेदं शिथिलयति सदा यस्य पादप्रसादः ॥ ९ ॥ आबाल्यादपि यः प्रसिद्धमहिमा वे ( वै ) रागकग्रामणीः
प्रष्ठः शाब्दिकपंक्तिषु प्रतिर्भ (भ) टैर्जग्यो न यस्तार्किकैः सिद्धांतोदधि मंदरः कविकलाकौशल्य कत्युि ( ) द्भवः शश्वत्सर्वपरोपकाररसिकः संवेगवारांनिधिः ॥ १० ॥

विचाररत्नाकरनामधेय
प्रश्नोत्तरायद्भुतशास्त्र वेधाः अनेकशास्त्रार्णवशोधकव
यः सर्वदैवाभवदप्रमत्तः ॥ ११ ॥
तस्य स्फुरद्गुरुकीर्त्तवचकवरकीत्तिविजयपूज्यस्य । विनयविजय विनेयो सुबोधिकां व्यरचयत् कल्पे ॥ १२ ॥ चतुर्भिः कलापकं ।
समशोधयंस्तथैनां पंडितसंविग्नसहृदयवतंसाः । श्रीविमलहर्षवाचक मुक्तामणिसमानाः ॥ १३ ॥ धिषणानिर्जितधिषणाः सर्वत्र प्रसृतकीर्त्तिकर्पूराः । श्रीभावविजयवाचककोटीराः शास्त्रत्र सुनिकषाः ॥
१४ ॥ युग्मं ।
रसशशिरस निधि ( १६९६ ) वर्षे ज्येष्ठे मासे समुज्ज्वले पक्षे godara(s) सफलो जज्ञे द्वितीयायां (१५)
श्रीराम विजय पंडित शिष्य श्रीविजयविबुधमुख्यानां । अभ्यर्थना (S) पि हेतुविज्ञेया (S) स्याः कृतौ विवृतेः ॥ १५ ॥ ( १६ )
19 [J. L. P.]
यावद्धात्री मृगाक्षी धरणिधरभर श्रीफलैः पूर्णगर्भ ।
चंद्रवृक्षोघदर्भ 'निषेध' गिरिमहाकुंकुमामंत्रचित्रं ।
'जंबूद्वीपा 'भिधानं 'हिम 'गिरिरजतं मंगलस्थालमेतद्
धत्ते तावत् सुबोधा विबुधपरिचिता नंदतात कल्पवृत्तिः ॥ १६॥ (१७)
145

Page #173

146
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
यावद् व्योमतरंगिणीजल मिलत्कल्लोलमालालसद्दिग्inra (a) लकीर्ण पुष्करकणासेकप्रणष्टश्रमं ॥ ज्योतिश्वक्रमनुक्रमेण नभसि भ्राम्यत्यज्य (ज) स्रं क्षितौ तावन्नंद कल्पसूत्र विवृत्ति (ति) विद्वज्जनैराश्रिता ॥ १८ ॥ इति श्री सुबोधका संपूर्णम् । followed by the following lines
in a different hand :
S
संपूर्णा ( ) गमत श्री' धानेराव' नगरनिवासिनो गुलाबावजयमुनेरियं प्रतिः । श्रीआदीश्वरराजनप्रसादात् ॥ स्वा (स्व) परयोः श्रीमज्जिनपतीनां धर्मप्रवर्द्धनाय मूल्येन गृहि ( ही ) ता प्रत्यस्माकं श्रीमद्गुरुभि ( : ) श्रीम 'बुदयपुर'राजधान्यां श्रीशुभम् कल्याणमस्तु ||
Reference.-- Kalpasubodhikā is published in D. L. J. P. F. Series as Nos. 7 and 61 in A. D. 1911 and 1923 respectively. It is published by the Jaina Atmananda Sabha too, in Samvat 1975 see p. 81 ). For additional Mss. and their descriptions see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, pp. 886-887.
कल्पसूत्र कल्पसुबोधिकासहित
No. 524
"
[524.
Kalpasūtra
with Kalpasubodhikā
Size.— 93⁄4 in. by 4g in.
Extent.- ( text ) 105 - 4 = 101 folios; 5 to 6 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line.

705.
1899-1915.
—(com.) 1o1 folios; 1o to 18 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line.
Description. Country paper thick and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional Is; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary, the text written in a bigger

Page #174

524.)
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
147
hand than the one used for the commentary which is mostly interlinear; bold, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; daņdas or vertical lines in the same ink ; red chalk used; condition very good ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; the commentary incomplete, since the first four foll. are missing; the text is however complete ; for, it commences on fol. sb; it is divided into 3 vācyas as under: (1) sztria
foll. 56 to 83a ( 2 ) Fafatat
„ 834 „ 906 ( 3 ) FIATTI
» 905 „1040 Age.— Pretty old. Begins.-- (text) fol. 5b Coll for freut Au HAGUT etc., as in No. 496.
-(com.) fol. 5a ar arrêtiae faseaT TH TIT sfitiasa
Tarptêr etc. ( vide p. 26 of the second edition ). Ends.-( text ) fol. 1046 arut ( 0 ) Tiu Agrote etc., up to
JACH() e TIA 11 11 as in No. 516 followed by the line as under :
इति श्रीपज्जोसवणाकप्पो संपूर्ण कल्पसूत्रः -- (com. ) fol. 1046 HEEFTTAT FTRETCUTE etc., up to
fgaistui, the end of the 15th verse of the colophon as given in No. 523. This is followed by Tagafro as the 16th verse and then we have:
इति श्रीकल्पसूत्रटीका सुबोधिका संपूर्णा लिखिता श्रीरस्तु ॥ श्रीः॥ N. B.-- For other particulars see No. 523.

Page #175

148
Jaina Literature and Philosoploy
(525.
कल्पसूत्र कल्पसुबोधिकासहित
No. 525
Kalpasūtra with Kalpasubodhikā
100. 1872-73.
Size.- 9. in. by 44 in. Extent.-- (text) 75-1=74 folios ; 2 to 6 lines to a page ; 45 to 49
letters to a line. —(com.) 74 folios; 19 to 20 lines to a page ; 61 letters to
a line. Description.-- Country paper rather thin and grey ; Jaina Devana
gari characters; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary gatunt; it is a farqtai Ms.; bold, clear, uniform and elegant though small hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, and edges in two, in the same ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. 37th missing; the commentary is otherwise complete ; the text incomplete ; even the Jinacarita is not complete; the central place is however left blank for it from the 21st fol.; foll. I to 58 more or less damaged; condition fair; the names of the Purvas etc. tabulated on fol. 4;
fol. r* blank ; total extent 5400 ślokas. Subject.-- The text practically stops at the description of the moon,
the sixth dream, whereas the commentary goes up to the end.
Age.-- Not quite modern. Begins.-- ( text ) fol. 5 bill Frou QUI HATUT etc., as in No. 496. » - (com.) fol. 15 &ONI SE FH: (1) FH: 1
TUTET APATUFT etc., as in No. 523. Ends,- (text) fol. 21° NOTAEGITHIGHARAMOTE TIETOTAUT
femrage ( vide p. 45 of the second edition ). » (com. ) fol. 74bfugale farat etc. , up to fagotaan
i. e. to say up to the end of the 18th ( last ) verse of the

Page #176

526. ]
IV. 6 Chedasutras
149
colophon given in No. 523 followed by the lines as
under :
श्रीरस्तु etc.
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 523.
कल्पसूत्र कल्पसुबोधिकासहित
प्रत्यक्षरं गणनया ग्रंथमानं शताः स्मृताः । चतुःपंचाशदेतस्यां वृत्तौ मूत्रसमन्वितम् १९ ॥
No. 526
Size. 15 in. by 7 in.
Extent.
118+1-1=118 folios; 15 to 17 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line.
Description. Country paper thick, tough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; big, clear and very fair hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; foll. ɲa and 118b blank; fol. 16th slightly torn; fol. 30 to 37 added later on; they are written in a different hand and on a different kind of paper; foll. 30 and 31 are practically half in breadth; condition tolerably good; fol. 77th missing; otherwise both the text and the commentary complete ; total extent 4500 slokas; the text is divided into 3 väcyas as under :

( 1 ) जिनचरित
( 2 ) स्थविरावली
( 3 ) सामाचारी
Age. Samvat 1952. Begins. (text) fol. 6a ()
aur prout etc.
Kalpasūtra with Kalpasubodhikā
561. 1895-98.
foll. 62 to roa
100b 106a
106" 2, 117b.
در
در

در

Page #177

150
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
$27.
Begins.- ( com.) fol. 1b 37() TA: U( 5 )*TT TA
श्रीशंषे(खे)श्वरा(र)पार्श्वनाथाय नमः उ(?) नमः श्रीसरस्वत्यै नम(:) ऐ (?) af:
TOTET OTA EFT etc., as in No. 523. Ends.--- ( text ) fol. 1176 agir garui cafui etc., as in No. 516. - (come) » » efHalfarar etc., up to Filaan 113911
as in No. 525 followed by the following line :--
फाल्गुनकृष्ण १२ भोमवार संवत् १९५२. N. B.- For other details see No. 523.
.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra कल्पसुबोधिकासहित
with Kalpasubodhikā
255. No. 527
1871–72. Size. – 9. in. by 4} in. Extent.- (text ) 21 folios ; 4 lines to a page ; 34 letters to a line.
» — (com.) » » ; 9 » » » » ; 39 » » » » Description.-- Country paper thin, tough and white ; Jaina Deva
năgari characters; this is a barat Ms.; the text written in a bigger hand while the commentary in a smaller one ; clear and very fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink and edges, in one; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin in two ways: once as 1, 2 etc. and once as 162, 163 etc.; they are numbered in the left-hand margin too, as 162, 163 etc. only; condition very good; on fol. 1a and Ib we find dates of certain events written in Gujarāti ; both the text and the commentary begin and end abruptly ; this Ms. contains a part of the ist vācya of the text and its 2nd vācya completely; but there is no 3rd vācya. The extent of each of the first two is as under :(1) fara
foll. 1b to na ( 2 ) Fuerant » 118 „ 216,

Page #178

527.]
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
ISI
Age.-- Not quite modern. Subject.— This Ms. forms a part as can be inferred from the
numbering. It starts with the life of Lord Rşabha, and ends with Sthavirāvali. Thus this Ms. contains the text
and commentary pertaining to the 7th and the 8th ksanas. Begins.- ( text ) fol. I' तेणं कालेणं तेण समएणं उसमे अरहा कोसलिए चउ
उत्तरासाढे आभिए etc. ( com. ) fol. I' ॥ श्रीसुमतीनवाणथि नेउ हजार कोडि सागरोपमें श्रीपद्मनिर्वाण तिवार पछि त्रिण वर्ष साढा आठ मास बेंतालिस सहस्र वर्ष न्युन दश हजार कोडि सागरोपमें श्रीवीरनिर्वाण तिवार पछि नवशत् इंसी वर्षे पुस्तक वाच° ५ etc. ( com. ) fol. 1 अथ सो(? अस्या )मवसर्पिण्यां प्रथमधर्मप्रवर्तकत्वेन परमोपकारित्वात् किंचिद्धी द्वि)स्तरतः श्रीऋषभदेवचरी(रि)वं प्रस्तौति तेणमित्यादितः अभिडपंचते(मे) हुत्थ ति(त्ति) पर्यंतं ततः कोसलिए त्ति कोशलायां अयोध्यायां भवः कोशलिकः २०४ तं जहेत्यादितः परिनिवुब्बुए त्ति पर्यंत सुगमं २०५ etc. ( com. ) fol. II" इति श्रीऋषभदेवचरी(रि)वं ॥ छ ॥ इति जगद्गुरुहि(ही)र(जीश्रीविजयसूरीश्व[:]शिष्य[:]रत्नमहोपाध्यायश्रीकि(को)तिविजय। गणि[:]शिष्योपाध्यायश्रीविनयविजयगणि। विचित्रा(रचिता)यां कल्पसुबोधिकायां सप्तमः क्षणः समाप्त(ः) समाप्तं च जिनचरी(रित्तत रूप प्रथमवाच्यव्याख्या समाप्तः ॥
अथ ॥ श्री ॥ अथ गणधरादिस्थि(स्थ)विरावलि(ली)लक्षणे द्विति(ती)ये वाच्ये स्थविरावा(व)लीमाह etc.
( com.) fol. 20° अहो बत की(किरणावलिकारस्य बहुश्रुतप्रसिद्धिभाजोऽपी(पि) अनाभोगविलसितं यतो ये श्रीतोसलिपुत्राचार्यशिष्याः श्रीवत्रस्वामी(मि)पार्श्वेऽधि(धी)तसाधिकनवपु पूर्व(र्वाः) नाम्ना च श्रीआर्यरक्षी(क्षि)तास्ते भिना (ना.) एते च श्रीवज्रस्वामी(मि)भ्यः शिष्यप्रशिष्यादिगणनया नवमस्थानभावीनो नाम्ना(55)चार्यरक्षा इत्येवमनयो आर्यरक्षिता आर्यरक्षयोः स्फुटं भेदं विस्मृत्य आर्या(य)रक्षस्थाने आर्यरक्षे. (क्षि)त्त)व्यतिकरं ली(लि)खी(खि)तवान् etc.

Page #179

152
Ends. -- (text) fol. 21 b
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 523.
कल्पसूत्र कल्पकौमुदीसहित
तं वि (वं ) दिउ (ऊ) ण सिरसा थिरसत्तचरी (रि)सनां (ना) णसंपनं (नं) थेरं च अज्जजंबु 'गोयम[स]गुतं नमामि ९
मिउमद (६) व संपन (i) उवउत्तं नां (ना)णदंसणथे (ध) राणं
थेरं च नंदिअं पी (प) य 'कासव' पु (ग) त्तं पणिवयामि १० ततो (तो) (घ) थी (थि) रचरी (रि)तं (त्तं) उत्तमसम (म्म) त्तसंत (त्त) संयुतं (जुत्तं) देसि गण (णि) खमासमणं ( 'माढर'गुत्तं नम॑सामि ॥ ११ ॥
ततो (तो) अणुओगधरं धीरं मइसागरं महासत्तं ।
थिरगुत्तखमासमणं ) व (च्छ ) स गुतं पणी (णि) वयामी (मि) ११ (११२)
No. 528
Size.— 9 in. by 44 in.
-

[ 528.
275 folios ; 9 lines to a page ; 36 letters to line.
Extent. Description. --Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; this is a त्रिपाटी Ms. ; but the text and commentary are written practically in the same sort of hand-writing which is big, legible and good; the text begins from fol. 11a; so the space for it is not reserved in the previous foll.; the same is the case with some of the following ones; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; foll. ra and 275 blank; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; otherwise the condition is excellent; names of different tapaścaryas (penances) and the pāranaka-days tabulated on fol. 165h; both the text and the commentary ( vrtti ) complete ; the extent of

Kalpasūtra with Kalpakaumudi
833. 1875-76.

Page #180

528. ]
153
the latter is 3707 slokas, and it is composed in Samvat 1707; the text is divided into 3 vācyas as under :
foll.
Kṣaṇa I
II
""
36
""
19
دو
در
The text along with its commentary is divided into nine
kṣaṇas as under :
در
35
ور
IV. 6 Chedasutras
( 1 ) जिनचरित
2 ) स्थविरावली ( 3 ) सामाचारी
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
foll.
رو

در
در
""
در
ور
در
32
ور
در
Begins. (text) fol. 11a 0
11
29b
62b
92b
در
1b to 29b;
62b;
92b;
116b;
در
در
तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc.
""
در
116b
145b
185a
204;
204b
238b;
238b 274;
""
11a to 229b
238b
ور
2302
2392 273b.
ور
"
22
1 This is the last verse of the sthaviravali. 20 [J. L. P.]
145b;
185a;
sütras I to IS
16 36
37 67
68
96
97
» 116
,, 117 ""
148
,, 203 ,,204-228,,1-14'
""
""

در
ލ ލ
149 در
در
I
Age. Not modern.
Author of the commentary.- Santisagara, pupil of Śrutasagara Vacaka, pupil of Dharmasagara Upadhyaya, author of several works, one of them being Kalpakiranavali already noted.
(com) fol. ॥ ६० ॥ श्रीवीतरागाय नमो नमः । प्रणम्य परमानंदकंदकंदलनांबुर्द वर्द्धमानासमानश्रीवर्द्धमानजिनेश्वरम् || १ | quit aga: día xfimizeqra zadì sfant: संक्षिप्तमृदुरुचीनां तथापि नैवोपकारकृतः ॥ २ ।
Subject. The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit styled as Kalpakaumudi. In the latter, Kalpakiranavali is referred to. Vide fol. 173.
ور
در
در
ور
64

Page #181

154
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[528.
सूत्रार्थचच्र्ययुक्तिप्रभृति(ती)नपहृत्य पृथुक(ल)बोधार्थ तस्मात्तस्याक्षेपावक्ष्ये संक्षेपतो वृत्तिं ॥ ३ ॥ श्रीमद्गुरूत्तमोपज्ञबह्वर्थगुरुवृत्तितः ।
ससूत्रार्थातरादीनि बोधव्यानि बुधैरिह ॥ ४॥ ( com. ) fol. 29b इति श्रीमन्महोपाध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरगाणशिष्य मुख्योपाध्यायश्रीश्रुतसागरगणिशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीशांतिसागरग विरचितायां कल्पकौमुद्यां प्रथम क्षण (com.) fol. 62' इति श्रीमन्महोपाध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरशिष्यमुख्योपाध्यायश्रीश्रुतसागरगणिशिष्योपाध्यायशांतिसागरगविरचितायां कल्पकौमुद्यां द्वितीय(यः) क्षणः ॥ ( com.) fol. 92' इतिः श्रीमन्महोपाध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरगशिष्यमुख्योपाध्यायश्रीश्रुतसागरग०शिष्योपाध्यायश्रीशांतिसागरग० निरचितायां कल्पकौमुद्यां तृतीय क्षणः ॥३॥ ( com. ) fol. I 73 सुधर्मस्वामिनं च । धुरि व्यवस्थाप्य । गणमनुजानातीति ॥ संक्षेपतो गणधरवादो विस्तरतस्तु श्रीकल्पकिरणावल्या. दिभ्यो(5)बसेयमिती(ति) ।। श्री॥छ । ( com. ) fol. 2290 इति श्रीऋषभदेवचरितं
_ इति श्रीमन्महोपाध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरग शिष्यमुख्योपाध्यायश्रीश्रुतसागरग०शिष्योपाध्यायश्रीशांतिसागरगविरचितायां कल्पकौमुद्या जिनचरित्ररूपं प्रथमं वाच्यव्याख्यानं ॥ ( com. ) fol. 241 अत्र कश्चिद्वक्ति । ननु श्रावणद्वये द्विति(ती)यश्रावणशुक्लचतुर्थ्यामेव पर्युषणा युक्ता । न पुनर्भाद्रपदशुक्लचतुर्थी तत्र दिनानार्म(म)शीतेर्भवनात् । वासाणं सवीसए राए मासे वइकते इति । कल्पसूत्रायागमविरोधः स्यादिति चेत् अहो ज्ञातृत्वं आश्व(श्वि)नद्वये द्वितीयाश्विनशुक्लचतुर्दश्यामेव चतुर्मासककृत्यं कर्तव्यं स्यात् । कार्तिकशुक्लचतुर्दश्यां तु दिनानां शतस्य भवनात् । वासाणं सवीसए राए । मासे वइक्कते । सत्तरि राइदिएहिं । सेसेहिं ति । समवायांगाद्यागमविरोधा: स्यावापि । समत्वात । न स्वयं तदा भवेद्यदि । चतुर्मासकानि । आषाढादिमासप्रतिबद्धानि न स्युस्तेन कार्तिकचतुर्मासके । कार्तिक शुक्लचतुर्मासकमत्र युक्त(क्त)। दिनगणनायां वधिकमासः । कालचूलेत्प्रयोजकत्वा(दू) दिनानां सप्ततिरेव । कुतः

Page #182

528.1
22
IV. 6 Chedasītras
समवायांगादिविरोधः । इत्येवं चेत्तर्हि । पर्युषणा ( s)पि भाद्रपदप्रतिबद्धा भाद्रपद चतुर्थ्यामेव युक्तया दिनगणनायां त्वधिकमासः । कालचूलेति । पंचाशदेव दिनानि स्युः । कुतो (s) शीतिनामापि । पर्युषणाया । भाद्रपदप्रतिबद्धत्वं तु । बहुष्वागमेषु दर्शनायथा । अण्णया पज्जोसवणा रण्णा भणिओ दिवसे आगए । अज्जकालगेण सालवाहणे भणिओ । भद्दवयजुण्हं (ह)पंचमीए । पज्जोसवणा रण्णा भणिओ । इत्यादि कल्पसूत्रचूण्णों । तथा तं ( ) ( ) गाणं सरस्सइसाहुणिं पुणो संजमे ठावेउ (ऊ) ण कालकमेण विहरंता | 'पट्टा' नगरं पठि (ट्टि) आ । 'पट्टाण' समणसंघस्स य अज्जकाल - गज्जेहिं संदि । जी (जा) वां (बा) हं आगच्छामि । ताव तु (ज) झेहिं नो पज्जोसविअ । तत्थ य सालवाहणो राया सावओ । सो अकालगज्ज (ज्जं ) इंतं सोउ (ऊ)ण निग्गओ । अभिमुो समणसंघो अ । महाविभूह(ई)ए । पट्टि विहिं । कालगज्जेहिं अ भणिअं । भद्दवयसुद्धपंचमीए । पज्जोसविज्जइ । समणसंघेण पडिवण्णं । ताहे रण्णा भणिअं । तद्दिवसं मम लोआत्तिए | इंदो अणुजाणेअञ्च्चो(वो) होइ त्ति । साहुचेइए न पज्जुवा - सिस्सं । तो छुट्टीए । पज्जोसवणा किज्जओ ( उ ) । आयरिएहिं भणिअ (अं) । न
ट्ट | अतिक्कमिडं । ताहे रण्णा भणिअं । ता अणागयं चउत्थीए पज्जोसविज्जत्ति | आयरिएहि (हिं) भणिअं एवं भवओ (उ) । ता चउत्थीए पज्जोसतिबं । एवं जुग पहाणेहिं कारणे । चउत्थी पवित्तिया । सा चेव अणुमया सव्वसाहूणमित्यादि । श्रीनिशीथ चूणिदशमोहे शके ( s) धिकारः । etc.
Ends.- ( text ) fol. 273* बहूणं देवीणं etc., up to उवदंसेइ त्ति बेमि । as in No. 516 followed by the line as under :--
६४ इति श्रीकल्पसूत्र संपूर्णः ।
155

I
• ( com. ) fol. 273b श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामी स्वशिष्यान् प्रति एवं ब्रूते ६४ ।। यद्वत्कुवलयविपिने शरदि भवां (वा) कौमुदी मुदं तनुते । तद्वत् कल्पाध्ययने बोधमियं कौमुदी कुरुतां । एतदभियोगयोगात्समुपायंत पुण्यमेव यन्मयका । तेनास्तु भव्यलोको जैनाज्ञापालने प्रवणः । २ । मतिमोहादालस्यादर्थानवबोधतश्व यदिह मया विपरीत परिचरितं तच्छोध्यं श्रव (शु) द्धबुद्धिधनैः । ३ । श्रीमविक्रमराजान्मुनिगगनमुनींदुभिः १७०७ प्रामितवर्षे । विजयविजयदशम्यां श्री' पत्तन पत्तने विहृब्धेयं । ४ । श्लोकानां संख्यानां (i) सप्तत्रिंशच्छतिश्व सप्ताग्रैः ३७०७ । वृत्तावस्य जातं प्रत्यक्षरगणनया श्रेयः । ५ ।

Page #183

156
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[528..
आसीद्र वीरस्तदनु गणभृच्श्री(च्छी)सुधर्माभिधान
स्तत्पदृप्रागिरिरवितुलामादधा(नीच जंबूः । पढें पढें प्रति सुयशसः सूरयः प्रादुरास
नेवं यावत् 'तपंगणविधिः श्रीजगच्चंद्रसरिः । १। तात्या(5)त्यंत दृढतरतपस्तेन निन्ये 'तपा'ख्या
एवं गच्छं तत उदयते स्मैष गच्छ स्तपावः । तत्राभूवंस्तदनु गणभृत्संप्रदाये यतीशा
अंगीचक्रे चरणकरणैः क्रियोद्धार उग्रः । २ । श्रीमदानंदविमलसूरयः प्रथिता गुणिः( णैः )
श्रीमद्विजयदानाह्वास्तत्पट्टे गणनायकाः । ३ । तत्पट्टे गिरिधीरहीरविजयः सूरीश्वरः प्राभवत
शाहिश्रीमदकब्बरक्षितिपति(ति) यो(5)बूबुधत्सर्वतः । तत्पट्टे विजयादिसेनगणभत प्राभूत् प्रतापांबुधि[:/
र्येन श्रीजिनशासनं भगवताऽदीपिष्ट निष्कंटकं । ४ । तत्पट्टेबरभूषणप्रतिनिधिलावण्यदुग्धोदधिः
सद्विद्यागुणसेवधिनि(निरवधिश्चारित्रपद्मावधिः । दृष्टादृष्टपदार्थसार्थकरणे भव्यात्मसु श्रीविधिः
श्रीभट्टारकराजसागरगुरुर्विद्योतते सांप्रत । ५। श्रीमद्वीरजिनेंद्रतीर्थममलं सर्वार्थसंपादकं
कांतामुक्तिनिषेधकृत्प्रभृतिषु(पू) सूत्रप्रसन्नात्मसु । तुल्येष( )त्कटकंटकैर्निपतितं येन प्रतिष्ठं द्रुतं
वीरप्रेमभृत(?) यथाहि जगृहे सोमेन दिव्यांशुकं ॥ ६॥ तत्पट्टे गणनायकस्तनुभृतां सिद्धिप्रियादीपकः
स(सा)ोक्तैः परिचायकः प्रतिहतप्रोन्माद्ययुकसायकः । श्रीमान्श्रीजिनशासनस्य वहते धौरेयवत्सद्धाद्धार
श्रीसूरीश्वरवृद्धिसागरगुरुयो यौवराज्ये(s)प्यहो । ७ । तद्राज्ये गहनार्थशास्त्रघटनाप्रौढाभियोगास्तथा
ऽतुच्छोत्सूत्रमहीविदारणहलप्रख्याः सुसंये(धे )गिनः दुर्दातप्रतिवादिवाददमनस्थेय प्रतिज्ञाभृतः
श्रीमद्वाचकधर्मसागरगुरु(रू)त्तंसा अभु(भू )वञ् शुभाः । ८। तसि( च्छि )ध्या सकलप्रजाहितकतः प्रज्ञाधुनीभूभृतः
सिद्धांतोदधि मंदगिर्यनुरुतः शिष्या धरित्रीभृतः ।

Page #184

5291
IV. 6 Chedasītras
सूरीशा अपि शुद्धवाचकपदालंकारमौलिप्रभाः
श्रीमंतः श्रुतसागराः शमभृतो ( ( ) भूवन्यशौभोधयः । ९ । तत्सि (च्छि ) यैः स्वाशशुकृतेंद्रगुरुभिः स्याद्वादवाददुभिः
शक्त्या निर्जितशंभुभिः सुगतिभिर्मिथ्यांधताभानुभिः । श्रीमद्वाचकशांतिसागरगुरु [:] प्रष्टैः सुसंदर्भिता
मध्ये 'पत्तन'पत्तनं सुदिवसे श्रीकल्पकौमुद्यसौ । १० । या वर्षधरैः स मेरु' भिरलंकुर्वीत भूभामिनी
ज्योतिमंडलमंडितं सुरपथं गाहेत यावद्रविः । यावर वीरजिनेंद्रकीर्त्तिललनां श्लिष्यंति दिग्दतिन[ : - स्तावच्छिष्टजनैरियं विजयतां संवाच्यमाना चिरं । ११ । इति श्री कल्पकौमुदी ॥
कल्पसूत्र कल्पैका मुद्दा सहित
No. 529

Size.– 93 in. by 43 in.
Extent.--- 274 folios, ro lines to a page ; 32 letters to a line.
Kalpasūtra with Kalpakaumudi
1178. 1884-87.

157.
Description. Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; this is a frer Ms., but practically the text and the commentary are written in the same size of hand-writing; big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; foll. numbered in both the margins; edges of the 1st fol. slightly damaged; red chalk used; fol. 1a blank; the few foll. in the beginning have a design in the centre and a disc in each of the margins in red colour; yellow pigment rarely used; a part of the fol. 130th torn;

Page #185

158
Age,-- Old.
Begins. - ( text ) fol. II तेणं कालेणं etc.
Jaina Luerature and Philosophy
[ 530.
condition on the whole good; complete ; extent 9538 (?) ślokas; praśasti wanting,
(com.) "
1 ए ६० ॥ प्रणम्य परमानंद etc.
Ends. — ( text ) fol. 2744 बहूणं देवीणं etc., as in No. 516.
39
""
""
- ( com.) 274° श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामी स्वशिष्यान् प्रति एवं ब्रूते ६४ इति पर्युषणाकल्पो दशाश्रुतस्कंधस्याष्टममध्ययनं त्य ( स ) मर्थितमिति ॥
इति श्रीमन्महोपाध्यायश्री धर्मसागरग० शिष्य मुख्योपाध्यायश्रीश्रुतसागरगणिशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीशांतिसागरग • विरचितायां कल्पकौमुद्यां नवमः क्षणः संपूर्णस्तत्समाप्तौ च सामाश ( चा ) रीरूपतृतीयवाच्यव्याख्यानं संपूर्ण ॥ Then a different hand we have :-- ग्रंथांक संख्या ९५३८ श्लोक ॥
N. B. — For other details see No. 528.
कल्पसूत्र ज्ञानदीपिका सहित
No. 530

Kalpasūtra with Jñanadipika
Size.—9} in. by 44 in.
Extent.--184 folios; 12 lines to a page; 30 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; the text written in big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two in red ink ; yellow pigment occasionally used; foll. numbered in both the margins; a piece of paper of the size of the fol. pasted to foll. I and 184 ; each of them is decorated with a beautiful design in various colours; both

194.
1871-72.

Page #186

530. J
159
IV. 6 Chedasutras
the text and the commentary (tabba) complete; the latter styled as Jñanadipika is composed in Samvat 1722; condition very good. On fol. 31° ends the 2nd vyäkhyäna written for Singhavijaya. The text is divided into 3 väcyas as under:--
foll. Ib to 139b ,, 140*,, 162b
163a 1832.
The entire work is divided into 9 vyakhyanas, the extent of each of which is as under:--
53
Vyakhyana
رو
""
މ ރ
22
الا

"3
(1) जिनचरित (2) स्थविरावली
(3) सामाचारी
دو
دو
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
foll.
35
""
دو
رو
23
33
دو
در
در
16a
1b to 156
316
322
46a
ور
23
رد
"584
582
782
78a,, 103b
104*,, 125b
126a 163a
163a,, 183*.
,ג
Age. Samvat 1763.
Author of the tabba.- Jñänavijaya, pupil of Suravijaya Gaņi, pupil of Mahopadhyāya Kirtivijaya Gani, pupil of Hiravijaya Sūri.

46a
در
Subject. The text in Prakrit together with the interlinear explanation in Gujarātī.
Begins.~~ ( text ) fol. 68 ए ६ ० ॥ नमो अरिहंताणं etc., up to हवइ मंगल ॥ १ ॥ followed by तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc.
- ( com. ) fol. 1 ए ६० ॥ ऐं नमः ॥ श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥ संकलसभाभामिनिभालस्थलतिलकायमानपंडितश्री ११९श्रीन्यानविजयगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
अथ श्रीज्ञानदीपिका लिख्यते ॥ इरियावही पisatars | एक लोगस्सनो काउari करियइ | लोगस्स प्रगट कही मुहपत्ती पडिलेही बांदणां २

Page #187

160
Jaia Literature and Philosophy
1530.
दीजइ । अनुयोग आढउ । अनुयोग आढळं आमाण करेमि काउस्सग्गं । एक नवकारनो काउस्सग्ग करियइ । अवधि आशातना कीधी हुइ ते मिच्छा मि दुक्कडं । सांझइ पडिक्कमणुं करइ ति द्धा(?) कारई अनुयोग पडिक । अनुयोगपडितमामि कमि काउस्सग्गं एक नवकारनो काउस्सग्ग ए विधि ॥ श्री॥
प्रणम्य श्रीमहावीरं । सूरविजयस्वगुरूं
सारदां हृदयं ध्याये । सुगमां ज्ञानदीपिका ॥१॥ साधवो मंगलनिमित्तं । पर्युषणापर्वणि । पंच दिनान् वाचयंति । कल्पो दशधा ।।
तद्यथा ॥ आचेलुक्कुहेसिय २ ॥ etc. fol. rb The following portion in written is the margin in a different
hand:--
पुरिमचरिमांण कप्पो मंगलं वद्धमाणतित्थंमि etc. ( text ) fol. II से वि य णं दारए। उम्मुक्कबालभावे । विनायपरिणयमित्त । जोवणगमणुपत्ते । रिउब्वेय । जउव्वेय । सामवेअ । अथवणवेअ । (इतिहासपंचमाणं । णिघदुछटाणं । संगोवंगाणं । (स). रहस्साणं ॥ चउण्हं वेयाणं । सारए । पारए । धारए । सडंगवी सहिततबिसारए । संखाणे । सिक्खाकप्पे वागरणे । छंदे । निरुत्ते । जोइसामयणे । अन्नसु य ब(ब)भण्णेसु य । परिनिवाएसु य सुपरिनिटे यावि भविस्सइ । etc. ( com. ) fol. 6' इति ज्ञानदीपिकायां पीठिका समाप्ताः ॥ श्री
, , I श्री ॥ भट्टारकश्री११९श्रीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरशिष्यमहोपाध्यायश्री११९ श्रीकीर्तिविजयग(०)। शिष्यपंडितप्रवरपंडितश्रीसूरविजयगांशिष्यपंडितोत्तमपंडितश्रीज्ञानविजयगाविरचितायां ज्ञानदीपिका यां प्रथमव्याख्यानं संपूर्णमिति ॥ १॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥ ( com.) fol. 31° ॥ इति तृतीयस्वप्न संपूर्णम् ॥ ॥ सकलभट्टारकपुरंदर भट्टारकश्रीश्री११९ etc. , up to ज्ञानदीपिकायां followed by द्वितीयं व्याख्यान(न) संपूर्णम् ॥ पं०। भाणविजयग(०) लिपिकोत ॥ पं० । सिंघविजयग(०) वाचनार्थे ॥
अदृष्टिदोषान्मतिविभ्रमाद्वा ।
यत्किंचिदूनं लिखितं मया()त्र तत्सर्वमार्यैः परिशोधनीय
कोपो न कार्यो(यः) खलु लेषकस्थ ॥१॥॥२॥ श्रीरस्तु॥

Page #188

530.]
IV. 6 Chedasntras
161
( text ) fol. 52 इमाइं पुरापु( रा )णाई महानिहाणाई भवंति तं (जहा)। पहीणसामियाई पहीणसेउआई । पहीणगोत्तागाराई । उनिछन्नसामियाइं । ३। गामागरनगरखेडकब्बडमडंबदोणमुहपुरपट्टण(णा)समसंबाहसन्निवेसेसु । सिंघाडएसु वा । चउक्केसु वा चच्चरेसु वा । चउम्मुहेसु वा। महापहेसु वा । गामठाणेसु वा नगरठाणेसु वा । गामनिद्धमणेसु वा । नगर ठाणेसु वा । गामनिद्धमणेसु वा । आवणेसु वा । देवकुलेसु वा । सभाए(सु वा) । पब्वा(वा) [ए]सु वा । आरामेसु वा । उजाणेसु वा । वणेसु वा । वणसंडेसु वा । सुसाणेसु वा । सुन्न(न्ना)गारेसु वा गिरिसु वा । गिरिकंदरेसु वा । संतिसेलोवट्टाणेसु वा । संनिखित्ताई चिटुंति । ताई सिद्धत्थरायभवणंसि । साहरंति । etc. ( com. ) fol. 55 यतः वाग्भट्टेनोक्तं ॥
वातल्ले(लै)श्व भवेद्गर्भ(:) कुब्जांधजडवामन
पिनलैः खलति(:) पंगु[i]श्चि(श्चि)त्र(त्री) पांडुकफात्मभिः ॥ १॥ etc. ( com. ) fol. 73" यदुक्तं ॥
तिन्नेव य कोडिसया अहासीई च हुंति कोडीओ।
असीइं च सयसहस्सा । एवं संवच्छरी(रे) दिन्नं ॥१॥ etc. ( com. ) fol. 93" यदुक्तं ।।
व्योम्नि सूर्यद्वयं किं स्यात् । गुहाया(यां) केसरिद्वयं ।
प्रत्याकारे च खड्गी द्वौ । किं सर्वज्ञ(ज्ञा यह सच?॥१॥ etc. Ends..- (text) fol. 1820 बहुणं देवाणं बहु(होणं देवीणं etc. up to उवदंसे(इ)
त्ति बेमि । practically as in No. SI 6. - (com.) fol. 182 घणा श्रावक घणी श्राविका घणा देवता घणी देवांगनां मांहि बेंठा श्रीमहावीरें एहवू भाष्यु इम परूपई श्रीपज्जूसणाकल्पनामा अध्ययन आठमुं अर्थि करी सहित हेतु ॥
॥सकलभट्टारकपुरंदरभ । श्रीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरशिष्यमहोपाध्यायश्रीश्रीश्रीश्रीकीर्तिविजयग । शिष्य । पंडितश्रीसूरीवजयग । [ शिष्यपं । श्रीसूरविजयग । शिष्यपंडितश्री११९श्रीज्ञानविजयग । विरचितायां ज्ञानदीपिकायां नवमव्याख्यानं संपूर्णम् ॥ ॥९॥
श्रीरस्तु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ॥ श्री ॥ छ ॥ पं । भाणविजयग। लिपीकृतं । मोहनीवजयवाचनार्थ ॥ श्री पींडवाडा'नगरे लिपीकृतं ।
श्रीवीर पट्टपदवीसुरशारिखकल्पा(ः) ।
सूरै( ? री )दहीरविजया गुरु(र)वो बभूवुः)॥ यद्वाक्सुधासरसि मजनमाप्य भव्य
वृंदो बभाज कलिदु( : क्ख(ख)त(ज)तापशांति(ति) ॥१॥ 21 [J. L. P.]

Page #189

162
Jaina Literature and F hilosophy [530. तत्पभूषणमणिवि(वि)जयादिसेन
मरिबभो(भौ) भ(भुवनविस्तृतकीर्तिपूर(:)। यदर्शनाद्विकटवादिगणः पलायां
चक्रे निशाट इवाकिजबंधुमूर्ते ॥२॥ प्रस(स)मरमहिमश्रीप्राग्रतत्तट्टधारी ।
विजयतिलकसरि() सूरिशक्रो(s)थ जज्ञे । कुमतिनिवहशैर्ल(?)दुर्भिदीयन(?) भित्त्वा।
___निव(बिडतरयशोभिः पुरितं विश्वविश्वं ॥३॥ तत्पट्टोदयशैलसानुसविता पूज्यो जगद्वांधवः ।
सूरिश्रीविजयादिणंदसुगुरुर्जज्ञे गुरु(रू)णां गुरु(ः)। शांतक्षीरनिधौ रुपाकमलया कामं समं यो(s)भजत् ।
संयोगं वचनातिशायिपरमानंदप्रदं संततं ॥ ४ ॥ तत्पट्टे विजयी सदा विजयते जैनं वचो भासयन्
सूरिश्रीविजयादिराजसुगरु(:) श्रीमत् तपागच्छराट । गांभीर्यादिसमुल्ल(स)द्गणगणैर्यस्यां बुधैर्लन्जि(ज्जि )त(तं)।
संगोप्य स्वमुखं किमु क्षितितले वैरस्यमाप्नोविशत् ॥ ५॥ श्रीहीरसूरिसुगुरोर्जातो(तः) शिष्यो महानुभावाढ्यो(ढ्यः) । श्रीसोमविजयवाचक मुख्य( : ) कीर्त्यादिविजयश्च ॥ ६॥ यस्य प्रति (?भा दशैं समस्ततत्त्वानि विनेयपरमाणु । सततं स्फुरंति तेना । तत्त्वं लभते(s)वकाशं नो ॥ ७ ॥ यस्य श्रीमत्पाठकमौले(ः) सत्कीर्तिकीर्तिविजयश्च । अभि(भ)वद्विनेयमुख्यो । विबुध(:) सूरादिविजयाह्व(ः) ।। ८॥ तत्पादपद्मभक्तिप्रसक्तचेता नि] विनेयपरमाणु(6)। न्या(ज्ञा)नादिविजयविबुधो । व्यलिखत् कल्पे महासूत्रे ॥ ९॥ बालावबोधमेतं निजशिशुचपर्षिवाचनार्थ च तेजोविजयगणिंदोरुपदेशप्रावृतश्चात्र ६.१०॥ दृग्२मुनिशशि१७२२वर्षे विशदे पक्षे शुचे त्रयोदश्यां रविवारे जज्ञे( 5 )य सफलो यत्नो यथाशक्ति[ : ] ॥ ११ ॥
यावद् व्यौ(व्योम)पयोधौ तारातरा(र)णिगणे ई)तं भ्रमति
चांद्रबिंबवहनं तावज्जयतादिदं शास्त्रं ॥ १२ ॥ भट्टारकपुरंदरभट्टारकश्रीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरशिष्यमहोपाध्यायश्रीकीर्ति विजयग । शिष्य पं । श्रीसूरविजयग । शिष्य (ष्य)पं । श्रीज्ञानविजयग । -
विरचितायां ज्ञानदीपिकायां नवमव्याख्यान(नं ) संपूर्णमिति श्रेयो(s)स्तु ॥
In the Ms. we have plaale. Is tkāra attached to i on its side to make it redundent? २ what dose this signify?

Page #190

531)
IV. 6 Chedasátras
163
संवत्१७५३वर्षे कार्तिकवदि ९ रवौ । कल्याणमस्तु ॥ श्री नंदीपुर ग्रामे ।। पं० भाणविजयग । लिखितं । चेलाकल्याणजीमूलजीवाचनार्थ ॥ श्री ॥
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra कल्पद्रुमकलिकासहित
with Kalpadrumakalikā
1126 No. 531
1887-91. Size.-9. in by 48 in. Extent.--237 + 2 = 239 folios ; 12 lines to a page ; 40 letters to
a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white ; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters; sufficiently big, legible and good handwriting ; some of the foll. have their borders unruled ; rest have their borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 1* blank; edges of the first and the last foll. slightly worn out; condition good; numbers of most of the foll. entered in both the margins as usual ; a portion is written in Gujarati on fol. 476 and the following; foll. 138 and 183 repeated; this Ms. contains the text and its commentary (vštti); both complete except that the commentary is lacking in the colophon to be found in No. 533; the commentary is styled as Kalpadrumakalika and Kalpadrukalikā as well. See No. 532, p. 170.
The text is divided into three adhikāras (vācyas) as under :
(1) Hafta ( 2 ) Ferrat 3) सामाचारी
foll. » »
1b to 175 175* , 1896 2086, 2366,

Page #191

164
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1531.
IV
The entire work is divided into 9 vyakhyānas, the extent of each of which is as under:Vyākhyāna I foll. 1b to 10
106 , 434 » 439 , 582
» 582 , 792 V
» 798 , 1236 VI
123" „ 1556 VII
1556 , 1752 VIII „ 1758 , 2086 IX
2089 , 2366. Age.--- Samvat 1874. Author of the the commentary.— Lakşmivallabha Upadhyâya, pupil
of Laksmikirti.
Subject.— The text with a commentary mostly in Sanskrit. At
times we find a passage or so written in Gujarāti. Vide fol. 6.a Like Kalpalatā, this commentary, too, upholds the view that there are six kalyāṇakas for Lord Mahāvīra. Muni Manisāgara, the editor of the printed work Kalpadrumakalika has tried to support this view by quoting the following works as a note on pp. 134 to 185 .
(1 ; Sthanānga (V),( 2 ) its commentary by Abhayadeva Süri, (3) Kalpasutra ( Pārsavanātha-adhikāra ), (4) Acárānga (2nd śrutaskandha, bhāvanādhyayana), (5) its commentary by Šilārka Sūri, (6) Trișașțiśalākāpuruşacaritra (X, 2), (7) Samavāyāngavștti, (8) Kalpasūtranirukti(?a)
by Vinayacandra and (9) an avacürikā of Kalpasútra. Begins.- (text) fol. 9b 11 & ou ator Frodor NU FAÇOi etc. - (com.) , Ill & Oll PAC fitra 11
श्रीवर्द्धमानस्य जिनेश्वरस्य
__ जयंतु सद्वाक्य सुधाप्रवाहाः येषां श्रुतिस्पर्शनजप्रसत्ते.
भव्या भवेयुर्विमलात्मभासः १

Page #192

531.]
IV. 6 Chedasütras
165
श्रीगौतमो गणधरः प्रकटप्रभावः
सल्लब्धिसिद्धिनिधिरंचितवाप्रबंधः विघ्नांधकारहरणे भ(त)रणे(:) प्रकासः(शः)
साहाय्यकद्भवतु मे जिनवीरशिष्यः कल्पद्रुकल्पसूत्रस्य सदर्थफलहेतवे
ऋतुराज्येव सद्योगाः(ग्या) कलिकेयं प्रकाश्यते ३ श्रीकल्पसूत्रस्य गंभीरार्थस्य श्रीगुरुप्रसादात् अर्थः क्रियते यथा चैत्रमासे कोकिला मधुरं वक्ति तत्र सहकारमंजरीकारणं यच्च रजः सूर्यमंडलमाच्छादयति तत्र पवनस्य माहात्म्यं यच्च मंडूको महाभुजंगस्य वदनं चुंबति तत्र मणेः प्रभावः तथा मादृशो मंदबुद्धिः श्रीकल्पसिद्धांतार्थे प्रकटं वदति तत्र श्रीज्ञानदातृ(तु )णां गुरूणामेव प्रसादः तत्रादौ श्रीकल्पसिद्धांतस्य आधिकारत्रयवाचिकेयं गाथा
पुरिमचरिमाण कप्पो मंगलं वद्धमाणतित्थंमि
तो परिकहिया जिणगणहराइं(इ)थेरावली चरितं १ अस्यार्थः प्रथमतीर्थकरचरमतीर्थकरयोः श्रीआदिनाथमहावीरस्वामिनो साधूनां अयं आचार यत्र तिष्टंति तत्र मंगलं वांछ( छ )ति वर्षाकाले चतुर्मासं यावत् एकत्र तिष्टंति पर्युषणां कुर्व्वति वर्षा भवतु मा भवतु वा (।) द्वाविंशतितीर्थकरसाधूनां पुनरयमाचारः मंगलं वांछ(छ)ति वर्षाकाले वर्षाभावे विहारं अपि कुर्वति पर्युषणां कुर्चति न कुर्वेति अपि निश्चयो नास्ति (1) आदीश्वरः महावीश्योः पुनः साधूनामयं निश्चयोऽस्ति वर्षाकाले पर्युषणं कुर्वति मंगलार्थ श्रीआदीश्वरादारभ्य श्रीमहावीरस्वामिनं यावत् तीर्थकराणां चरित्रं वाचयंति सर्वेषां समवसरणाणि यशब्देन तीर्थकराणां अंतराणि कथयंति (।) प्रथमो(s)यमधिकारः (1) पश्चाद्गणधराणां तथा स्थविरावलिं वाचयंति (1) अयं द्वितीयो(s)धिकारः (।) पश्चात् चरित्रं चरित्रशब्देन साधुस(सा)माचारी(रों) वाचयंति अयं तृतीयो(5)धिकारः (।) यथा अस्यां गाथायां बयोऽधिकारा उक्तास्तथैव विस्तारेण प्रकाश्यते etc. ( com. ) fol. 5 अथ साधवो यस्मिन् क्षेत्रे चतुर्मासीमधितिष्ठति तस्य क्षेत्रस्य गुणान् निवेदयति चिक्ख(क्विल्ल १ पाण २ थंडिल्ल ३ वसही ४ गोरस ५ जिणाउले ६विज्जे ७
ओसह ८ निचया ९ हिवइ १० पासंडी ११ भिक्ख १२.सि(सोझ्झा(ज्झाए १३ (com.) fol. 6 जिम क्षीर मांहि गोक्षीर जल मांहि जिम 'गंगा नीर (1) पट्टसूत्र मांहि हीर वस्त्र मांहि जिम चीर (1) अलंकार मांहि चूडामाणि ज्योतिषी मांहि निसामाणि(1)

Page #193

166
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[531.
तुरंग मांहि पंचबल्लभ किसोर नृत्यकलावंत मांहि मोर (1) गज मांहि ऐरावण दैत्य मांहि रावण (1) नव मांहि नंदन काट (ट) मांहे चंदन (1) तेजस्वी मांहे आदित्य साहसीक मांहे विक्रमादित्य (1) न्यायवंत मांहि श्रीराम रूपवंत मांहे काम (1) सती मांहि सीता मंत्र मांहि गीता (1) वाजित्र मांहि जिम भंभा स्त्री महे रंभा (1) सुगंध मांहि कस्तूरी वस्त्र मांहि तेजनतूरी (1) पुन्य लो (श्लो)क मल पुष्प मां सह (त्र ) दल कमल (1) तिम पर्व मांहि श्रीपर्युषणपर्व जांणिवो etc.
(com.) fol. 1o2
श्री कल्पसूत्र वरनाम महागमस्य गूढार्थभावसहितस्य गुणाकरस्य लक्ष्मीनिधि (धे) र्विहितवल्लभ कामितस्य
व्याख्यानमाद्यमगमत् परिपूर्तिभाव १
'इति श्रीकल्पसूत्रकल्पद्रुमकलिकायां लक्ष्मीवल्लभ ( वि ) रचितायां प्रथमं व्याख्यानं संपूर्ण ॥
( com.) fol. 214 अष्टादश स्मृति मां (मा) नवी स्मृति १ आत्रेयी २ वष्णवी ३ हारीती ४ याज्ञवती (ल्की) ५ औशनशी ६ आगरशी (सी) ७ प्रयामी ८ आपस्तंबी ९ सांवत १० कात्यायनी ११ बार्हस्पती १२ पारास ( रा ) री १३ सांखी १४ दाक्षी १५ गौतमी १६ शांतातपी १७ वाशिष्टा ( ष्ठी ) १८ एतेषां ग्रंथानां धारको भविष्यति तथा षडंगस्य वेत्ता भविष्यति षष्टि (: ६० तंत्राणि यत्र संति तत् षष्टितंत्र क ( का ) पालिकयोगिनां शास्त्र शां ( ( स ) ख्यशास्त्रं वर्त्तते तत्र विशारदो भविष्यति संख्याशास्त्रस्य लीलावतीप्रमुषस्य शिख्याशास्त्रस्य वेत्ता भविष्यति शिष्या ( क्षा ) कल्पस्याचारग्रंथस्य ज्ञाता भविक्ष ( ) व्याकरणस्य वेत्ता इंद्र १ चंद्र २ काशिकृष्ण ( त्स्न ) ३ अ ( आ ) पिशिलि ४ शाकटायन ५ पाणिनि ६ अमर ७ जैनेंद्रा ८ इत्यष्टौ व्याकरणानि तेषां वेत्ता भविष्यति छंद ( : ) शास्त्रं निरुक्तं पदभंजनं तथा ज्योतिःशास्त्रं स बालो ज्ञास्यति अयनमुत्तरायनं दक्षिणायनं ज्ञास्यति etc.
( com. ) fol. 21b अयमर्थः सत्यः यं हेतुं यूयं वदत [:] इत्युक्ता स्थितानुक्रमेण ऋषभदत्तब्राह्मणेन समं मनुष्य संबंधिनः कां (का) मभोगान
I
In the printed edition on page 186 there is a remark as under by way of a foot-note :---
एकादशवाचनाऽपेक्षयाऽत्र प्रथमं व्याख्यानं संपूर्णम् इति केचिद् वदन्ति."
46

Page #194

53.]
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
161
भुंजाना तिष्ठति इतरै करी सत्तावीस भव वषांण्याः अग्रेतनवर्तमानयोगः' etc.
( com.) fol. 189" इती(ति) स्थविरावलीसूत्रं संपूर्ण[:] ॥
अथ स्थविरा स्थविरावल्या विवरणं क्रियते तत्र श्रीयशोभद्रसूरितः कति स्थविराः कति गणा() [१ कति गणा] २ कति शाखाः ३ कति कुलानि जज्ञिरे तत् सर्व सूत्रपाठानुसारेण कथ्यते etc. (com.) fol. 197' इति स्थविरावलीव्याख्यानं संपूर्ण[:] ॥ etc.
॥ प्रणम्य श्रीगुरूं गद्यपद्यवार्ताभिरगुतं __कालिकाचार्यसंबंधं वक्ष्ये(s)हं स(?शै)क्षहेतवे ? अत्र पूर्व स्थविरावली व्याख्याता तत्र श्रीकालिकाचार्यो(s)पि महाप्रभावकः स्थविरो बभूव तेन तस्यापि संबंध(धः) कथ्यते etc. ( com.) fol. 206 यतः उक्त सिद्धांते
संवा(घा)इ(ई)ण कज्जे चुण्णिज्जा चक्कवट्ट(ट्टिोसेण(ण)मि (? पि)
कुविओ मुणि(णी) महप्पा पुलाइलद्धी(इ) संपन्नो १ etc. (com.) iol. 2086
वंदामि भद्दबाहु पाईण' चरमसयलसुयनाण( णिं ) सुत(न)स्स कारगमिस्सं(सिं) दसाण कप्पे य ववहारे १
अर्हद्भगवतः श्रीमन्महावीर : देवस्य सा(शा)सने अतुलमंगलमालाप्रकास (श)ने श्रीपर्य(यु) रणापर्वराजाधिराजस्य समागमने श्रीकल्पसूत्रस्य त्रयो(s)धिकारा भण्यंते प्रथमे श्रीजिनचरित्रं तदनंतरं स्थावरकल्प तत्राधिकारद्वयवाचनाना(?)तरं तदनंतरं साधुसामाचारीकल्पं
अथ तृतीयो(s)धिकारः साधुस(सा)माचारीरूपः श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामिना वर्यते etc. ( conm.) fol. 210' इति प्रथमा साधुसामाचारी
अथ द्वितीय(यां) स(सा)माचारी बदति etc. (com.) fol. 211 इति द्वितीयसामाचारी २॥
अथ त्रि(तृतीय(यां) स(सा)माचारी वदति[:] सूत्रं ( text ) fol. 211 जत्थ णं म(न इ(ई) निच्चोयगा निच्चसंदणा नो से कप्पइ सबओ समंता सको(को)स जोयणं भिक्खायरियाए गंतुं पडिनि(य)त्तए एराघ(व)इकुणालाए etc.
1 In the printed edition on page 307 there is a remark in the foot--note as under:__ " नववाचनाऽपेक्षयाऽत्र प्रथमं व्याख्यानं सम्पूर्णम, एकादशवाचनाऽपेक्षया तु द्वितीयं व्याख्यानं संपूर्णम् इति केचिद् वदन्ति ।।"

Page #195

168
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 532.
(com.) fol. 2156 TETSZAT H(ATAITTÎ C etc. Ends. ( text ) fol. 2360 agit ator etc., up to gath(E) as in :: No. 516. » -- (com. ) fol. 2375 aa garai(:) gaf etc., practically up to PROHITH as in No. 553 followed by the lines as under
संवत् १८७४का मिति जेष्टवादि १३ दिने श्री। लिषतं ऋष(षि)
मां(मा)णकचंद्रेण श्री जयनगर'मध्ये[:] श्रीरस्तुः ॥ कल्याणमस्तुः Reference. The text published along with Kalpadrumakalikā by
Velji Shivji Dāņābunder, Mändvi, 45 Clive Road, Bombay, with the introduction of Maņisāgara in 1918 A. D. In this introduction the question of believing six kalyānakas is raised and several works and authors are mentioned as supporting this view. This topic is followed by the one referring to the taking into account the days of adhika māsa. Here, too, various authorities, Jaina and non-Jaina are cited as appoving the idea of counting them. That mukhavastriká should be tied at the time of vyakhyāna occupies the next place. Then the last topic dealt with is that the Sūdhvis should not be debarred from delivering a sermon, in case there is no Sādhu to do so.
Mitra's “Notices” vol. VII ( 1884), pp. 97-98 may be consulted. For other details see No. 496.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra कल्पद्रुमकलिकासहित
with Kalpadrumakalikā No. 532
252.
A 1882–83. Size.— 10] in. by 48 in. Extent.— 183 - 1 = 182 folios ; 11 lines to a page; 40 letters 10
a line,

Page #196

532.)
IV. 6 Chedasútras
169
Description.- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters ; big, quite legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in a thick red line preceded and followed by two thin red lines ; edges, singly in red ink ; foll. numbered only once and that, too, in the right-hand margin; condition excellent except that a piece of paper of the size of the fol. pasted to foll. 14 and 1836; foll. r8 and 1836 blank; on fol. Ib a portion on the left hand side kept blank probably with a view to decorate it with an illustration of a Tirthamkara; fol. 55th also numbered as 56th:; a janma-kundali of Lord Mahāvīra given on fol. 91" is practically as under:
महावीरजन्म:
E
9.
UR WEAR
The number of months and days thc 24 Tirthamkaras were in the embryonic condition is tabulated on the same fol. : this Ms. contains the text and the commentary as well : both seem to be incomplete as the Ms. terminates at the completion of the seventh vyākhyāna.
Age.-- Not modern. Begins.--- (text) fol. 108 THT IN GATO ctc, up 10 TT ÅT 113 11 Then we have on fol. 11a :
तेणं कालेणं etc. „ ... (com.) fol. 1b Il OIL STRATT FA:
fagara FHÀ PATET etc.
i Compare the janmalagna given ou p. 99a of the printed edition of Kalpadrumakaliki.
22 UL. P.1

Page #197

Jama Literature and Philosophy
[533.
Ends.~ ( text ) fol. 1826 तेणं उसभेणं अरहा कौ ( को )श ( स ) लिए बीसं पुसयसहस्साइ (इं) कुमारवासव (म ) ज्झे वसित्ता ० ॥
170
""
- (com) fol. 1834 श्रीवीरनिर्वाणात् नवशतवर्षैरशीतिवर्षैश्व कल्पसूत्रं पुस्तकेषु लिखितं ॥ इत्यनेन श्री आदि (दी) श्वरस्य पंच कल्याणकानि संक्षेपेण निरूपितानि ।
श्री कल्पसूत्रवरनाम महागमस्य
No. 533
व्याख्यान सप्तममगात् परिपूर्तिभावं
इति श्रीक (ल्प) सूत्र कल्पद्रुकलिकायां लक्ष. The Ms. ends thus
abruptly.
N. B. -- For other details see No. 531.
कल्पसूत्र कल्पद्रुमकलिकासहित
गूढार्थ भावसहितस्य गुणाकरस्य ।
लक्ष्मीनिधेर्विहितवल्लभकामितस्य

Kalpasūtra
with Kalpadrumakalikā
Size.— ro in. by 44 in.
Extent. -- 116 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thick and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters; bold, legible, uniform, big and elegant handwriting; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; numbers for foll. written twice on one and the same side of the fol. but once, in each of the two margins; condition very good; both the text and the commentary incomplete as this Ms. commences abruptly with the fifth vyākhyāna; it appears to go up to the end; but really speaking the 8th vyākhyāna is missing; the extent of each of the vyakhyānas it contains is as under :
659. 1892-95.

Page #198

533-1
Age.- Pretty old.
Subject.
"
""
Vyakhyāna
"
1-2
"
IV. 6 Chedasutras
""

V
VI
VII
IX
foll.
""
39
""
Ib
386 70a
88a
The complete verses are as under :--- 66 नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय श्रीमते च ध म । सर्वानुयोगवृद्धेभ्यो वाण्यै सर्वविदस्तथा ॥
to
"
Begins.~~ ( text ) fol. 4° जं स्यणिं च णं समणे भगवं महावीरे जाए सा रयणी बहूहिं देवेहि य देवीहिं उवयंतेहि य उप्पयंतेहि य etc.
--- ( com. ) fol. 1 ॥ ए६ ॥ श्रीमदिष्टो जयति
""
दामि भवाहुं 'पाईणं' चरमसयलसुयनाणिं । सुत्तस्स कारगमिसिं दसाण कप्पे य ववहारे || "

">
'नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय ० ' वंदामि भद्दबाहुं इत्यादि है ( है तो भगवतः श्रीमन्महावीरदेवस्य शासने अतुलमंगलमालाप्रकाशने श्रीपर्युषणापर्वणः समागमने श्री कल्पसिद्धांतस्य वाचना प्रवर्तते तत्र त्रयोऽधिकाराः etc. Ends.~~ ( text ) fol. 1142 बहूणं देवाणं etc., up to बेमि practically as in No. 516.
171
This work is full of quotations. Even passages in Gujarati are quoted from Vagvilasa ; see fol. 94. The सूत्र of कल्पसूत्र are given with their explanation in Sanskrit but it does not seem that all the as are mentioned or that all are given in a regular order. This Ms. contains the complete sāmācāri along with its Sanskrit explanation. In all there are 4 vyākhyānas. As already noted this Ms. commences with the fifth vyakhyāna instead of the first, as it appears on comparing it with the printed edition ( p. 99b ).
38b 702
--(com.) fol. 1 1 54 तत्र देवगुर्वोः प्रसादः इति अत्र शासनाधीश्वर श्रीवर्द्धमानस्वामी (मि)गुरुक्रमश्रीगौतमश्री सुधर्म्मस्वामियावजिनदत्तसूरिश्रीजिनकुशलसूरिश्रीजिनसिंहस्ररिश्रीजिनराजसूरिश्रीजिनरत्न सूरिश्रीजिनचंद्रसूरि श्रीजिनसुखसूरितत्पट्टालंकरणश्रीजिनभक्तिसूरीणां आज्ञां कुर्वतां सतां श्रेयः
88a
116a.

Page #199

172
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
कल्याणं सर्वदा भवतु इति श्रीकल्पद्रुकलिकायां साधुसामाचारीव्याख्यानं
संपूर्णम् श्रीगुरुदेवप्रसादात्
श्री कल्पसूत्रवरनाममहागमस्य गूढार्थभावसहितस्य मनोहरस्य
लक्ष्मीनिधेर्विहितवल्लभकामितस्य व्याख्यानमाप नवमं परिपूर्तिभाव १ श्रीमज्जिनादिकुशलः कुशलस्य कर्त्ता
गच्छे 'बृहत खरतरे' गुरुराड् बभूव शिष्यश्व तस्य सकलागम तत्त्वदर्शी
श्रीपाटकः कविवरो विनयप्रभो ( ( ) भूत १ विजयतिलकनामा पाठकस्तस्य शिष्यो
भुवनविदितकीर्ति चक्षेमकार्त्तिः प्रभुरविहितशिष्यः प्रसृता तस्य शाषा ( खा ) सकलजगति जाता क्षेमघाटी ( री ) ततोऽसौ २

पाठकौ च तपोरत्नतेजोराजी ततो वरौ भुवनादिम कीर्त्तिश्च वाचको विशदप्रभः ३ सद्वाचको (S) भवदशेषगुणांबुराशि
हर्षादिकुंजरगणिर्गुरुतान्वितश्च श्रीलब्धिमंडण (न) गणिर्वस्वाचकव सोधहृदयः सुहृदां वरेण्यः ४
लक्ष्मीकीर्ति: पाठक () पुण्यमूर्त्ति
भाभीकीर्तिर्भूरिभाग्योदयश्रीः
शिष्यो लक्ष्मीबल भरतस्य रम्ब
चक्रे कल्पसूत्रस्य च (च) मा ५
इति श्री कल्पसूत्र कल्पकलिकायां लक्ष्मीवल्लभविरचितायां नवमं व्याख्यानं संपूर्णम् ॥ श्रीमहावीरपट्टे श्रीसुधर्मास्वामि (मी) १ श्री सुधर्मा - स्वामिपट्टे श्रीजंबू स्वामिः २ श्रीजंबू स्वामिपट्टे श्रीप्रभवस्वाभिः ३ श्रीप्रभवस्वामिपट्टे श्रीशय्यं भवरिः ४ श्रीशय्यं भवसूरिपट्टे श्रीयशोभद्रसूरि (:) ५ श्रीयशोभद्रसूरिपट्टे श्री आर्य संभूतिविजयो जातः ६ श्री आर्य संभूतिविजयपट्टे श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामिः ७ श्रीभद्रवा पट्टे श्रीथू (स्थू ) लभद्रो आर्यमहागिरिः ८ ततः श्री आर्य सुहास्तसूरिः ९ ततः श्रीसुस्थितसूरि : ९० ततः श्रीइंद्रदिनसूरि : ९९ ततः श्रीदिन सूरिः १२ ततः
1 533.

Page #200

173
श्रीसिंहसूरिः १३ ततः श्रीवस्वामि : (मी) १४ श्री वज्रस्वामिपट्ट (ट्टे) वज्रसेनो (न): १५ तत (ः) श्री चंद्रसूरिः १६ ततः श्रीसामंतभद्रसूरिः १७ ततो वृद्धिदेवसूरिः १८ ततः प्रद्योतनसूरिः १९ ततः श्रीमान देवसूरिः २० ततः श्री देवेंद्रसूरिः २१ ततः श्रीमानतुंगसूरिः २२ ततः श्रीवीरसूरिः २३ ततः श्रीजयदेवसूरिः २४ ततः श्रीदेवानंदसूरिः २५ ततः श्रीविक्रमसूरि २६ ततः श्रीनरसिंह सूरिः २७ ततः श्रीसमुद्रसूरिः २८ ततः श्रीमानदेवसूरिः २९ ततः श्रीविबुधप्रभ[व] सूरिः ३० ततः श्रीजयानंद सूरिः ३१ ततः श्रीरविप्रभसूरिः ३२ ततः श्रीजिनभद्रसूरिः ३३ ततः श्रीहरि - भद्रसूरिः ३४ ततः श्रीदेव भद्रसूरिः ३५ ततः श्रीनेम (मि) चंद्रसूरिः ३६ तत्पट्टे सुविहितचक्रचूडामणिश्रीउ (द) द्योतनसूरिः ३७ श्रीउ ( द ) द्योतनसूरिपट्टे श्रीवर्द्धमानरि ३८ वर्द्ध०१ श्रीजिनेश्वरसूरिः ३९ श्रीजिने०पट्टे श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरि : ४० श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिपडे श्री अभयदेवसूरि ४९ श्रभिपट्टे श्रीजिनवल्लभरि : ४२ श्रीजिनवल्लभ पट्टे श्रीजिनदत्तसूरि : ४३ श्री जिनदत्त पट्टे श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरि : ४४ श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिपट्टे श्रीजिनपत्ति (ति) सूरि : ४५ जिनपति० श्रीजिनेश्वरसूरिः ४६ जिनेश्वर ० जिनप्रसूरि : ४७ जिनप्रभु (भ) सूरिपट्टे श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरि ४८ श्रीजिनचंद्रपट्टे श्री जिनकुशलसूरिः ४९ श्रीजिनकुशलसरिपट्टे श्रीजिनपद्मसूरिः ५० श्रीजिनपद्मपट्टे जिनलब्धिसूरिः ५१ जिनल० पट्टे जिनोदयसूरिः ५२ जिनोद पट्टे श्रीजिनराजसूरिः ५३ जिनराजपट्टे श्रीजिनवर्द्धनसूरिः ५४ ततः श्रीजिनभद्रसूरिः ५५ तत्पट्टे श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिः ५६ जिनचंद्र पट्टे जिनसमुद्रसूरि ५७ जिन समुद्रसूरिपट्टे ५८ श्रीजिनहंससरिः जिनहंस पट्टे श्री जनमाणिक्यसूरिः ५९ जिनमाणि पट्टे श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिः ६० जिनचंद्र०पट्टे श्रीजिनसिंहसूरिः ६१ जिनहंस ० ( पट्टे) श्रीजिनराजसूरिः ६२ श्री जिनराजपट्टे श्रीजिनरत्नसूरिः ६३ श्रीजिनरत्नसूरिपट्टे श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिः ६४ श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिपट्टे श्रीजिन सुखसूरिः ६५ श्री जिन सुखसूरिपट्टे विद्यमानभट्टारक श्री जिन भक्तिसूरिः ६६ दा. यशः सोमगणिलेखि || N. B.-- For other details see No. 531.
533.1

1V. 6 Chedasūtras

Page #201

174
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 534.
कल्पसूत्र कल्पद्रुमकलिकासहित
Kalpasūtra with Kalpadrumakalikā
No. 534
370. 1880-81.
Size.-- 9.1 in. by 45 in. Extent.-- 147 + 2 = 149 folios; 18 lines to a page ; 36 letters
to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
någari characters; small, legible and very fair hand-writing; borders mostly ruled in three lines and edges in two in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 14 blank; foll. numbered in both the margins ; the description of the goddess of wealth ( Lakşmi ) given in Gujarāti, too, on fol. 31bff; this Ms. contains the text and the commentary ; both incomplete ; the commentary is divided into 8 vyākhyānas as under :Vyākhyāna I foll. pb to za
II „ za 276 III 276 96 IV „ 396 555 V , 556 87a VI 87a » 1125 VII 1126 1286
IX , 1286 „ 1476. This Ms. has two extra foll. belonging to some other work probably Bhojaprabandha ; out of these two foll. the second is numbered as 48th ; the first fol. partly torn; condition
on the whole good. Age.-- Samvat 1904.
Begins.--(text) fol. 56 AT STENU TÆT PAGIU etc., up to gas ACI
as in No. 496 and then qui relui etc.

Page #202

175
534.]
IV. 6 Chedasatras Begins.--- (com.) fol. 1 ॥ ६॥ ॐ नमः ।
श्रीवर्द्धमानस्य जिनेश्वरस्य etc., as in No. 535. (com.) fol. 66 तल्लोके जैने( ने )द्रं व्याकरणं जातं तानि व्याकरणस्य दशांगानि इदानि(नी)तनव्याकरणेष्वपि दृश्यते तान्यमूनि संज्ञा १ परिभाषा २ विधि ३ नियम ४ आतदेस( श) ५ अनुवाद ६ प्रतिबे( वे )द ७ अधिकार
८ विभाषा ९ निपात १० एतानि दस(श) व्याकरणस्यांगानि प्रवर्तन्ते etc. Ends.---(text) fol. 146" तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं समणे भुज्जो २ उबदसे(इ) त्ति
बेमी(मि)। -(com.) fol. 147' तत्र देवगुर्वो(:) प्रसाद इति अग्रेतन चलसी वर्तमानयोग्य मा(शा)प्सनाधीश्वर etc., up to श्रीजिनकुशलसूरि as in No. 533 followed by the lines as under:
श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिश्रीजिनहर्षसूरित पट्टालकारं(र)सहस्रकिरणावतारश्री. सौभाग्यसूरीणां (आ)ज्ञा प्रवर्ततां श्रेयो भवतुः
इति श्रीकल्पद्रुमकलिकायां श्रीलक्ष्मीवल्लभविरचितायां साधुसाध्वीसामाचारीव्याख्यान(नं) नवम(म) संपूर्णः(f)
श्रीकल्पसूत्रवरनाममहागमस्य ___गूढार्थभावसहितस्य महो(नोह)रस्य लक्ष्मीनिधेविहितब(वल्लभकाम(मि)तस्य
व्याख्यानमाप नवमं परिपूर्तिभावं १ श्रीरस्तु etc.
अथ चउवीस जिनारो गर्भस्थित काल कहै छै ॥ ऋषभ मास ९ दिन ४ etc.
इति गर्भस्थितिचतुर्विंशतिजिनानां संपूर्णमगमतः(त्) श्रेय(योड)स्तु कल्याणमस्तु ॥ सं० १९०२ श्रीमहासुद १ शुक्रवारे लि'...... लिपीकता 'बिल्हभ(?)
पुर'मध्ये ॥ श्रीरस्तु । श्री ।। संवत् १९०४ रामि चैत सुदि ८परत लीनी...' Begins.- ( extra ) fol. I गांगातेलीवत् तथाहि को(s)पि विद्यार्थी प्रतिष्ठान पुरे
__ 'दक्षिण'देशे गत्वा etc. Ends.- (extra) fol. 48° यूवमपि स्यु(ः) सिद्धिकास्तेन भवदुक्तं मम सत्यं भवत्विति
॥ इति गांगातेलीकथा संपूर्ण ॥ श्री॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 531.
1-2 Letters have become illegible since yellow pigment is used.

Page #203

176
कल्पद्रुमकलिका ( कल्पसूत्रवृत्ति)
No. 535
Size. 9 in. by 44 in.
-
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
-
Extent. 84 = 83 folios; 9 lines to a page; 40 letters to a
-
line.

Vyakhyäna I
II
III
IV
Description. Country paper thick and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; clear, bold, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink and edges, singly; yellow pigment used; foll. 1st to the 64th numbered in both the margins; the rest, in the right-hand margin only; the fol. 35th apparently missing but as the matter seems to be continuous, it is only a case of wrong numbering of the fol.; condition excellent. This Ms. contains only the commentary, the original sutras being indicated by the
(see fol. 10). Since it contains four vyäkhyānas instead of nine it is incomplete; No. 533 seems to be its counterpart as that begins with the 5th and goes up to the end; of course the 8th is wanting there. The extent of each of the four vyakhyānas this Ms. contains is as under :--
foll. Ib
II a
Ila
ور
در
""
""
Laksmivallabha.
33
"3
Kalpadrumakalikā (Kalpasūtravṛtti)
46a
Age. Pretty old.
Author.
Subject.
Sanskrit commentary explaining Kalpasūtra.
Begins. - fol. rh || श्रीमद्विघ्नविच्छिदे नमः || श्रीमद्गुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
श्रीवर्द्धमानस्य जिनेश्वरस्य etc.

[535.
62a
46a
62 84b.
660.
1892-95.

Page #204

536.}
IV. o Chicdasulras
177
Ends.--- fol. 84 आरोग्यवती माता त्रिशला श्रीमहावीर पुत्र प्रासू य त ।
इति शासनाधीश्वरवर्द्धमानस्वामी(मि)गुरुक्रमश्रीगौतमयावत्श्रीजिनदत्तसूरिश्रीजिनकुशलसूरिश्रीजिनराजा(ज)जिनरत्नजिनसुखसूरिः श्रीजिनभक्तिसूरिः श्रीजिनलाभमूरिः तत्पट्टानुक्रमश्रीजिनचंद्रसरितत्पट्टालंकारहारवौहरासाखशृंगारहार । श्रीजिनहर्षसूरीणामाज्ञां प्रवर्त्तमानस्य श्रीसंघस्य सर्वदा श्रेयः ॥४॥
इति चतुर्थवाचनायां ॥ श्रीरस्तु कल्याणमस्तु ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ Reference.--- Published. See No. 531.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra टीकासहित
with tikā
782. No. 536
1899-1915. Size.- 101 in. by 44 in. Extent. --- 61 - 42 = 19 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a
line. Description.- Country paper thin and white, Jaina Devanāgari
characters; big, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; yellow pigment used ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; condition very good ; foll. I to 42 missing; consequently both the text and its commentary begin abruptly; it is difficult to say which this commentary is ; at least it does not seem to be Kalpasubodhikā; the text begins with the 48th sutra and ends with the 96th sútra or the last sūtra of the 4th vyākhyāna. Thus it deals with a part of Jinacarita only. The commentary, too, ends abruptly. There is blank space in the centre of the numbered and the un
numbered sides as well. Age.-- Not quite modern. Author of the commentary.- Not mentioned.
23 J. L. P.]

Page #205

178
Jaina Literatire and Philosophy
[536.
Subject.- The text deals with the janmotsava of Lord Mahavira.
It begins with the description of Trišalä's activities after she had seen the 14 dreams. The topic treated herein is
explained in the Sanskrit commentary. Begins.- (text ) fol. 43° तए णं सा (तिसला) खत्तिया( आ )णी इमे एयारूवे
उराले चउद(६)स महासुमिणे पासित्ता गं पडिबुद्धा समाणी हट्टतुटजाबहियया धाराहयकयंबपुप्फग पिव समूसि( सस्सि )यरोमकूवा सुमिण(णु )ग्गह
(# ) करेइ २त्ता सयाणिजाओ अन्भुट्टेइ २त्ता etc. , -- (com.) fol. 43 ॥ अथ चतुर्दशस्वप्नदर्शनानंतरं त्रिशला क्षत्रियाणी
चतुर्थवाचनायां किं करोति । etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 61 तेणं कालेण २ (तण समएण) समणे भगवं महा
चारो(रे) ज(जे)सो(से) गिम्हाणं पढमे मासे दुच्चे पक्वे चित्तसुद्धे तस्स गं चित्तसुद्धस्स तेरसीदिवसेण नवण्हं मासाणं बहुपडिपुन्नाणं अद्रमाणराई
दियाणं वि(व)इक्वंताणं उच्चट्टाणगएसु०. It ends here thus. ,, --(com.) fol. 61 एवंविधे काले कृतौ कि काले निःप्प(पोन्ना निःप(प्पोन्न
सर्वसमस्या । मेदनी यत्र स तस्मिन् पुनज(ज)नपदेषु जनपदवास्तव्यलोकेषु एवंविधेषु सत्सु कि(किं). ज० प्रमुदिता सुभिक्षसौस्थादिना प्रकीडिता वसंतादिषु क्रीडितुमारब्धास्ततो विशेषणकर्मधारयः तेषु अत्र बहुषु आदर्शेषु उवाच टाणेत्यादि न दृश्यते पुनः पुज्वरत्तेति अर्द्धरात्रे हस्तोत्तरानक्षत्रे उत्तर(रा)फाल्गुनीनक्षत्रे चंद्रेण सह वर्तमाने आरोगा(ग्या) अनाबाधा माता आरोग्य अनाबाधं दारकं पुत्रं प्रजाता सुषुवे जनिधातुः सोपसर्गत्वात्सक इत्यनेन श्रीमहावीरदेवस्य जन्मकल्याणं व्याख्यातं । ... संवत् २९१)६९१ वर्षे चैत्रसुदि १३ मंगलवारे उत्तराफाल्गुनी घटी ६० रात्रिगत घटी १५ पल २१ समये मकरलग्नवहमाने चंद्रहोरायां दिनमान ३० सिद्धनामयोगे श्रीमहावीरजन्मकुंडिकाः ॥
॥ अथ पंचमव्याख्याने श्रीमहावीरजन्मोत्सवो व्याख्यास्यते ।। स वर्तमानयोगः अस्मिन् अवसरे एके दानं ददति एके शीलं पालयंति एके तपस्तपति एके भावना(नां भा)वयंति. It ends thus abruptly.

Page #206

537.1
IV. 6 Chedasntras
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra अवचूरिसहित
with avacūri
199. No. 537
1871-72. Size.-- 10j in. by 41 in. Extent.-- (text) 68 folios; 9 lines to a page ; 32 letters to a line.
„ -(com.), „ ; 20' » » » » ; 82 » » » » Description.- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with TaraS; this is more or less a grei Ms.; the text is written in big, quite legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing; the same is the case with the avacūri except that it is written in small hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. numbered in the right--hand margin ; fol. 1a blank; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged ; condition very fair ; there is blank space in the centre of the numbered and the unnumbered sides as well; both the text and its avacúri complete. The text is divided into 3 vácyas as under :
(1) hafta foll. It to sob (2) furattaat » 506
586 (3) Finart , 586 , 686. Age.- Pretty old. Author of the commentary.- Not mentioned. Subject.— The text with a small commentary in Sanskrit. The
latter is based upon Samdehavişausadhivrtti. Begins.-- (text) fol. 10 TE OIL FÆT S ENTOT etc., up to HTC II
3 11 as in No. 496 and then ator Fre of etc. „ -- (com.) fol. 1b HAT FAT er at finder I affha
TAPATTACOVAATUSTE EET(T)ATP (T)ATGETUTI:] 11 1 etc. Ends. -- (text) fol. 686 aqui eau etc., up to FFATT as in No. 496
followed by y 11 TH vaa: 11 gft: 11
1-2
These numbers are associated with a column.

Page #207

180
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 538.
Ends.-- (com.) fol. 686 E(TI) TETOFYT ETETUT TA Fredi eta aatintia
श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामी स्वाशिष्यान् प्रति ब्रु(बू)ते । नेदं 'स्वमनीषिकया किंतु तीर्थकरगणधरोपदेशेनेति । अनेन च गुरुपारतंत्र्यमभिहितमिति श्रीदशाYAFAETTETTAFETTATUTE TH: ....... ....... zioa:
TOE TAT(FT) TARU Resfaar 11 3 11 37: 11 Reference.-- See Nos. 496 and 506-508.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra टिप्पणकसहित
with tippanaka No. 538
251 ( a ).
A. 1882-83. Size.--- lig in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 67 folios; 9 + 2 = 11 lines to a page ; 26 to 41 letters
to a line. Description.--Country paper thick, durable and greyish; Jaina Deva
nāgarī characters with gener ; bold, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; this Ms. contains both the text and the explanatory notes; the text written in a big hand; the explanatory notes in a small one mostly in margins; the hand-writing seems to be different; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. 1a blank ; red chalk used; sometimes space sufficient for drawing an illustration kept blank (vide foll. 195, 24a etc.); edges of the first four foll. slightly damaged; condition very fair ; both the text and the țippaņaka complete ; the extent of the former 1216 ślokas ; the text is divided into 3 vācyas as suggested on p. 181 :
I The word Farafr is used by Devagupta Süri in his țīkā to the 21st sambandha-kārikā of the svopajña bhāsya of Tattvärthadhigamasutr:1 (D. L. J. P. F. Series, No. 67, p. 16). See No. 507, too.
2-3 Letters are gone.

Page #208

539.}
IV. 6 Chedasütras
181
(I) जिनचरित foil. b to 44b (2) स्थविरावली , 44b , Sb (3) सामाचारी , b , 614.
This Ms, contains another work also viz. कालिकाचार्यकथा which begins on fol, 61° and ends on fol. 672. Fol. 676
blank. Age.- Old. Author of the tippanaka.~~ Not known. Subject.-- The text along with explanatory notes. Begins.---( text ) fol. 1b QO II FA at garu etc., as in No. 496.
,, -- (com.),, ,, = आर्षे तृतीया(s)पि दृश्यते द्वितीयतृतीययोः सप्तमी etc Ends. - ( text ) fol. 60° बहूणं देवीणं etc., up to उवदंसेइ त्ति बेमि as in
No. 516 followed by the lines as under :
___ अट्टमज्झयणं दसासुअक्खंधस्स पज्जोसवणाकप्पो संमत्तो ॥ छ ।
ग्रंथाओं द्वादश शतानि षोडशसहितानि ।। छ ॥ ,, -- (com.) fol. 61 उपदर्शयति कथयति दशाश्रुतस्कंधस्याष्टमाध्ययन
एकः सहो( स्रो) द्विशतीसमेत
श्लिष्टस्तथा षोडशभिर्विदतु । कल्पस्य संख्या कथिता विशिष्टा
विशारदैः पर्युषणाभिधस्य ॥१॥ Reference.-- See No. 496.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra वाचनिकाम्नायसहित
with vācanikāmnāya
290. No. 5:9
A. 1882-83. Size.- Io in. by 4, in. Extent.--- 26 + 38 + 20 = 84 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 45
letters to a line.
This verse occurs in No. 516. See p. 121.

Page #209

182
Jaina Literature and Pliilosophy 1539. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina
Devanagari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; space between the pairs coloured yellow; foll. numbered in both the margins ; numbering is not continuous; for, there are 3 sets : Ist containing 26 foll. , the 2nd 38 and the third 2I - I i.e. 20, since:the first fol. of this set is missing ; the fol. 38b blank ; unnumbered sides have a small design in yellow and blue colours in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; yellow pigment used while making corrections; a portion of the first fol. worn out; this Ms. contains some portion of Kalpasútra along with its explanation in Gujarāti; the text begins with the 57th sūtra ; edges of some of the foll. slightly gone ; condition tolerably fair.
Age.- Old.
Author of the commentary.- A Jaina saint of the Kharatara gaccha. Subject. - The six kalyanakas of Lord Mahavira seem to be ex
pounded elsewhere ; for, this Ms. begins abruptly. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 1" तए ण सिद्धत्थे खत्तिए चूसकालसमयसि कोडुंबिय
पुरिसे सहावेइ २त्ता एवं वयासी ५७ etc. ,, -- (com.) fol. I* ॥ ६ ॥
नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय । श्रीमते च सुधर्मणे सर्वानुयोगद्धेभ्यो वाण्यै सर्वविदस्तथा ।१।' अज्ञानतिमिरांधानां ज्ञानांजनशलाकया नेत्रमुन्मीलितं येन तस्मै श्रीगुरवे नमः ॥२३ सूरिमु(द )द्योतनं वंदे वर्द्धमानं जिनेश्वरं
जिनचंद्रप्रभुं भक्त्या(5)भयदेवमहं स्तुवे ॥ ३ श्रीजिनवल्लभजिनदत्तसूरिजिनचंद्रजिनपतियतींद्राः ।
लम्यो(?) जिनेश्वराजिनप्रं'......जिनचंद्रगुरवः स्युः । ४ 1-2 The प्रतीकs of these two verses are given in No. 520. See p. 129. 3 Letters are gone.

Page #210

$39.1
IV. 6 Chedasutras
सूरिजिनादिकुशलो जिनपद्मसूरिः । सूरिर्बभूव जिनलब्धिरधीतसूरिः । तेजोमयो (S) पि जन. (लो) चनपूर्णचंद्रद्रोपमानगुण एष जिनादिचंद्र ः ५
दक्षस्तदीयपदपद्मदिवाधिराजः
प्राप्तोदयो ( 5 ) जनि जनोदयसू... ज विभ्राजते गुरुवरो जिनराजसूरि

भयाद्भुतः समभवज्जिनभद्रसूरिः । ६ तत्पट्टे जिनचंद्राः स्युस्तदन्वये (S) मुद्रसूरयो (S)भु (भूवन् । जिनहंसा जिनमाणिक्यसूरयः 'खरतरे' गच्छे । ७ तत्पट्टे यदुदारसारसुकृतव्याहाररत्नं (?) न वै ।
साही (हा) कबरेण सर्वजगती साम्राज्यमाबिभृ (स) ता प्रीत्या दत्तयुगप्रधान बिरुदाः स्फूर्जय्य (य) स (शः ) संपदो
(जी) या जिनचंद्रसूरिगुरु (र) वः सौभाग्यभाग्याधिकाः । ८
अदभ्राशरदभ्राभगुणरत्नमहाकराः श्रीजिनसिंहसूरींद्रा 'अभूवन्भूतले वराः । ९ विद्वज्जनमनोहारिविद्वत्तागुणभूरयः
श्री जिनसागरसूरींद्रा विजयंतां महीतले ॥ १० अब्धि'. धि (ब्धि) कदंबकस्य तिलको निःशेषसूर्यावले
रापीडः प्रतिबोधनिपुणवतामग्रेसरो वाग्मिनां in गुरुभक्तिशालिमनसां मौलिस्तपश्रीजुषां
सर्वाश्वर्यमयो मयीष्टसमयः श्रीगौतमः स्यान्मुदे ॥ ९ ( ११ ) । दामि भद्दबाहुं पाईणं चरमसक (य)लसुयनाणं (णि)
सुत्तस्य क (का) रामसिं दसाण कप्पे य ववहारे ॥ १० ( १२ ) ॥ अर्हत भगवंत श्रीमन्महावीरदेव तच्छासन विजयमान ए श्रीपर्युषणाब तेह तणइ समागमनि श्रीकल्पसिद्धांत तणी वाचना प्रवर्त्तs तिहां arati ars अधकारइ प्रथम वाचनायइ श्रीमहावीर तणा छ कल्याणक संक्षेप वाचनाय श्रीसंघनइ संभलाया तदनंतर बा ( बी ) जी बाचनायर विस्तरपणs श्रीमहावीर तणउ च्यवनकल्याणक तथा गर्भापहारकल्याणं (ण)क तणउ अधिकार वाच्यउ तदनंतर बीजी वाचनायइ श्रीत्रिसला क्षत्रित चवदह सुविना श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामीयइ विशेषार्थ कही वाच्या etc.
1 It appears that this ought to be जिनोदय सृरिराजः..
2
A letter is gone. It ought to be ले.
3 The प्रतीक of this verse is given in No. 520. Sce p. 192
183

Page #211

184
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
540.
Begins.- (text) ( Ist set ) fol. 26 पयाहिणाणुकूलंसि भूमिसि(सोप्पंसि मारुयंसि
पवायांस निष्प(प्प)न्नमेयणीयसि कालंसि पमुइयपक्कीलिएसु जणबएस etc. ,, --- ( com.) ( Ist set ) fol. 264 आरोग्य रोग त्रिसला मातानइं सुख
भगवंतनइ सुखइ महारक(?)श्रीवर्द्धमानस्वामी त्रिसलायइ जायउ इतरइ
श्रीवर्द्धमानस्वामीकन)उ जन्मकल्याणक इयउ etc. Ends.- (text) (3rd set ) fol. 21° मामेते उत्तमा पहाणा मंगल्ला सुमिणा अन्नेहि
पावसुमिणाहिं पडिहमि(म्मिोस्संति त्ति कटु देवय गुरुजणंसबद्धाहिं पसत्थाहिं मंगल्लाहिं धम्मियाहिं लट्टाहिं कहाहिं सुमिणजागरिय पडिजागरमाणी विहरइ - ( com. ) ( 3rd set ) fol. 21 अर्थः माहरा उत्तम स्वप्न प्रधान फलना दायक मंगलीकरूप चव(उ)दह स्वप्न अनेरें बीजे पाडूए सुमिणे दीठे मत हणाइ तेह भणी शेष रात्रि जे छइ ते देव गुरु संबंधी ए धवल मंगल गीत गाने करी धर्मनी कथायइ करी स्वप्न राषिवा भणी रातीजागरण रातीजगड करती मुखइ समाधइ रहइ जिम आगइ वाचना संध्याकालइ हुस्यइ । नि. विघ्नपणइ जे आराधीयइ ते विधि चैत्यालय पूज्यमान श्रीपार्श्वनाथ तणइ प्रसादि गुरु अनुक्रमइ॥
मुविहितगच्छशिरोमणिश्रीउ(द)योतनसूरिश्रीवर्द्धमानसूरि । श्रीजिनेश्वरसूरि । सप्रभावकश्रीस्थंभनकपार्श्वप्रगटीकृतश्रीअभयदेवमूरि । चउसठि. योगिनीजेता युगप्रधानश्रीजिनदत्तसूरि । भट्टारकप्रभुश्रीजिनकुशलसूरि । श्रीअकबरप्रतिबोधकयुगप्रधानश्रीजिनचंद्रसारि । तत्पट्टे श्रीजिनसिंहमुरि । तत्पट्ट प्रभाकरभट्टारकश्रीजिनसागरसूरिनी आज्ञा जयवंत प्रवर्तई ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥
कल्पसूत्र टब्बासहित
Kalpasutra with tabhā
No. 540
830.
1899-1915.
Size.-- 10 in. by 4g in.
Extent.-- 199 folios; 14 line to a page ; 32 to 40 letters to a linc.

Page #212

540.]
IV. 6 Chedasútras
185
Description.-- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with occasional TTATES ; this Ms. contains the text and the interlinear Gujarātī explanation styled here as țabbā ; space for the text is not reserved ; the text written in big, legible and good hand-writing; the țabbā in smaller hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only ; fol. ra blank; so is the fol. 1996; both the text and the tabbà complete ; condition very good ; the text is divided into 2 vácyas as under :( 1 ) Hatta
foll. Ta to 1645 ( 2 ) Futaria
» 1644 , 1992. The commentary is divided into 8 vyakhyānas as under:Vyākhyāna I foll.
b to asb
I56 , 386 (?) » III
38"(?), 599 (?)
» 73a „ 73a » 1196 » 1190 » 1448
· 144 „ 1646 VIII
» 16.4" „ 1992. Age. — Not modern. Author of the tabba.-- Not mentioned. Subject. -- A Jaina agama with an explanation in Gujarāti. Begins.-- (text) fol. 10 11 & 011 HA: Ferie: 1
ator France NOT ATO etc. „ -(com. ) fol. ab AT TEXT ÄN TA: 1
ते काल अवसर्पिणीनो चऊथो आरो ते काल ते समये etc. (com. ) fol. 164" fãar TE FTÄ TTT LETTE JETETET
थयं । सातमु वषाण संपूर्णम् । 24 (J.L. P.)

Page #213

186
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
541.
Ends.-- (text) fol. 1992 T UTTI ctc., up to giocar 11 28 | as in
No. 497. Then follows the line as under :
gra fattasi (TI). „ -- (com.) fol. 199a care sa aig FSOT' AEAT ETO
__ हार प्रति इति स्थविरावली। Reference. For a bālāvabodha see Rājendra Sūri's edition of
“Kalpasūtrasya Bālāvabodha", Bombay, 1888.
कल्पसूत्रान्तर्गत
Kalpasūtrāntargataनेमिनाथचरित्र
Nemināthacaritra बालावबोधसहित
with bālāvabodha
1151. No. 541
1891-95. Size.-- 10 in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 10 folios; 20 lines to a page; 54 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanāgarī
characters ; small, legible and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; this Ms. contains the text along with bālāvabodha written in Gujarati ; both complete so for as they go ; condition tolerably good.
Age.- Old.
Subject.-- A portion of Kalpasútra', narrating the life of Lord
Neminārha, and its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- (text) fol. 1** Frasi BOT TATT TESTISTIH Daiga turi
तं. चित्ताहिं चुए चइत्ता गम्भं वकंतो जाब चित्ताहिं परिनिबुए etc. » -- (com.) & on fol. 1a sasaTT FA:
I See D. L. J. P. F. Scries, No. 61 ( pp. 132-140 ).

Page #214

542.]
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
187
अर्हत भगवंत उत्पन्नदिव्यविमलकेवलज्ञानदिवाकर श्रीवर्द्धमानस्वामी तणइ शासनि विजयमानि श्रीकल्पसिद्धांत तणी वाचनायइ वाच्यमान थकायइ प्रथम वाचनायइ करी पश्चानुपूर्वीयइ श्रीवर्द्धमानस्वामी तणउ चरित्र वषाण्यउ । तदनुक्रमइ श्रीपार्श्वनाथगउ चरित्र पिणि वषाण्यउ । हिव बावीसमउ तीर्थंकर श्रीनेमिनाथ तेहनुउ पिणि चरित्र श्रीभद्रबाहु. स्वामि किण एक प्रकारि कहइ ।
Ends.- ( text) fol. I0° विइक्वंताई पंचासीइमस्स य वाससहस्स(स्स) नव वास
सयाई विइकंताई दसमस्स य वाससयस अयं असीइमे संवच्छरे (काले)
गच्छ(इ)॥ इति नेमिनाथचरित्रम् । , --(com.) fol. Io ए जुगंतकृत्(त) भूमि । केवलज्ञान ऊपनइ पछइ बारे
वरसे मोक्षमार्ग वहणउ मांह्यउ । ए पर्यायांत कृत भूमि ॥ __ अथ निर्वाणकल्याणकमाह | This Ms. ends thus.
-
-
कल्पसूत्रनियुक्ति
Kalpasūtraniryukti सन्देहविषौषधीसहित
with Samdehavişausadhi
776 (b). No. 542
1875-76. Extent.- fol. 46° to fol. 62°. Description. -- Both the text and its commentary complete. For
other details see No. 503. Age.--- Samvat I635. Author.- Bhadrabāhusvāmin.
,, of the commentary.-- Jinaprabha Suri. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 46
पज्जोसवणाए अक्खराण होति उ इमाइ गोन्नाइं । परियायववस्थवणा पज्जोसवणा य पागई(इ)या । (१) परिवसणा पज्जुबसणा पज्जोसवणा य वासवासो य । पढमसमोसरणं ति य उवणा जिग्गहेगट्टा ॥२॥

Page #215

188
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
542.
Begins.-- (com.) fol. 46' अथ पर्युषणेति कः शब्दार्थ उच्यते । परि सामस्त्येन
उपति परिवसंति वा साधवः कृताभिग्रहा अस्यामिति पर्युषणा वर्षापत्रः इदं च भगवान् नियुक्तिकार एव निरुक्तमुपदर्शितवान् ॥
इति प्रस्तुताध्ययनसंबंधिनी नियुक्तिरपि किंचिद् व्याख्यायते तस्याश्वेदमायं Then we have the text as noted above followed by the lines as under:
पज्जोसवण त्ति । एतेसिं अखराण इमाणि गुण्णाणि गुणनिष्पन्नाणि(नि)।
शकेंद्रपुन्दरवत् etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 6r+
वाले सुत्ते सूइ कुडसीसगच्छत्तए य पंचमए ।
नाणटि तबस्सी अहियासि अह उत्तरविसेसो ॥ ६६ ॥ ,, -- (com.) lol. 61 पज्जोसवणाकप्पकण इमा स(सा)मायारी । etc.
तस्स उत्तरीकरणेणं जाव वोसिरामि etc.
ताहे बरिसाकाले दृवणा ठविज्जइ ॥ जई राओ कड्रिज्जतो गिहत्था अन्नतिथियाओ सन्ना(न्नी) वा आगच्छिज्जा । तो न ठविज्जा एवं सिज्झियमाइ इत्थीसु वि संजइओ वि अप्पणो पडिस्सए चेव राओ कडुिति । जइ पुण संजईण संभोइयाण कडूंतीण हुज्ज ता अहापहाणाणं कुलाणं । आसन्ने पडिदुवारे संलोए साहुसाहुणणि य चिलि)मिलिं दाउं दिवसओ कडिजइ । साहुणा कज्जिमाणाणं । चिलिमिलियंतरियाओ साहुणीओ सुणंति ति ।। ।
एवमवासियं पर्युषणाशब्दस्य निरुक्तं ॥ अवसिता च यत्रेदं निरुक्तमभिहित सवसुता(त्ता)ध्ययनसंबंधिनी नियुक्तिरियं च प्रायेण निशीथचूर्णिमुपजीव्य मया व्याख्यातेति ॥ प्राकृतभाषयैव लिखिता ।। छ ।
सत्यपि वृद्धविवरणे । गाथा नाम च या वा(s)र्थमभिधातुं ॥ लिखितेति मया व्याख्या पर्युषणाकल्पनियुक्तिः(क्तेः) ॥१
नियुक्तिव्याख्यासमाप्तौ च समाप्ता संदेहविषौषधी नाम पर्युषणाकल्पपंजिका ॥
यदत्रोत्सूत्रमार त्रि मतिमांद्यान्मया क्वचित् । प्रसद्य जितमात्सर्यै स्तद्विशोध्यं बहुश्रुतैः ॥ १

Page #216

542.1
IV. 6 Chedashtras
मूरींद्रस्यान्वये जातो नवांगीत्तिवेधसः । श्रीजिनेश्वरमरीणां पौत्रः पुत्रमवेद सः ॥२ पुत्रः श्रीमज्जिनसिंहमरीणां रीणरेप(न)सां । जग्रंथ ग्रंथमेत श्रीजिनप्रभमुनिप्रभुः ॥३ वैक्रमे स्त्रीकलाविश्वेदेव(१३६४)संख्येऽनुवत्सरे । महाष्टम्यामयं पुर्या'मयोध्यायां समर्थितः ॥ ४ उदयाकरगणिनामा विनीतविनयो विनेयमुज्जननः ।। प्रथमादर्श न्यधित ग्रंथमिम वाचनाचार्यः ॥ ५ यदवापमस्मि कुशलं पर्युषणाकल्पपंजिकाघटनात् ।। जिनवचनसुधारसपानसुस्थितस्तेन भवतु जनः ॥६ जयत्यसौ श्रीजिनसिंहमूरि(ः) ।
पद्मावती वागधिदेवता च ॥ श्रिता यदंहिस्मृतिपातमुच्चैः
प्राप्ता न के वांछितसिद्धिपारं? ॥७ प्रत्यक्षरं निरूप्यास्या ग्रंथमानं विनिश्चितं । सहस्रत्रितयं सैकचत्वारिंशदनुष्टुभां ॥ ८ ॥
संवत् १६३५ वर्षे कार्तिकवदि सप्तम्यां तिथौ गीर्वाणगुरुदिने । श्रीमज्जिनप्रभाचारा(र्यान्वये भट्टारकश्रीजिनहितसूरिपूज्याः तच्छिष्याः श्रीआनंदराजपाठकमिश्राः ॥ तच्छिष्याः श्रीमदभयचंद्रमहोपाध्यायाः । तच्छिष्याः श्रीराजवर्द्धनगणयः ॥ तच्छिष्याः श्रीराजमेरुगणयः ॥ तच्छिष्याः श्रीविनयराजगणयः ॥ तच्छिष्याः श्रीशिवसुंदरवाचकावराः ॥ तच्छिष्येन देवतिलकेन मुमुक्षुणा लिपीकृतेयं प्रतिः श्री आगरा' नाममहाराजधान्यां पातिसाहिश्रीअकबरराज्ये विद्यमाने । शुभमस्तु लेखकपाठकयोः ॥ श्रीरस्तु॥

Page #217

190
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 544.
कल्पसूत्रनियुक्ति सन्देहविषौषधीसहित
No. 543
Kalpasutraniryukti with Sardehavişausadhi
213(b). 1871-72.
Extent.- fol. 525 to fol. 716. Description.— Both the text and its Sanskrit commentary com
plete except that there is no colophon for the latter as in
the case of No. 542. For other details see No. 504. Begins.- (text) fol. 526 CFATHEUTS sector etc.
„ - (com.), „ 31UTCOTA #: sTaTf gatà etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 71' ad TË etc., up to 3THÌ ! „ - (com.) fol. 71" al affaires etc., up to qu i t I
practically as in No. 542. Then there is one line but letters
are not legible, as the pigment is used. N. B.-- For other details see No. 542.
कल्पसूत्रनियुक्ति
Kalpasūtraniryukti सन्देहविषौषधीसहित
with Samdehavişausadhi
353 ( b ). No, 544
A. 1882-83. Extent.- fol. 509 to fol. 685. Description.— Both the text and the commentary complete ; extent
304.1 ślokas. For other details see No. 505. Age.---Samvat 1670. Begins. — ( text ) fol. 509 TOATHEUTT AFatto etc.
„ ---( com. ) fol. sot tu qüqutre : 2124: zetà etc.

Page #218

191
545.]
IV. 6 Chedasulras Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 676
___ वाले मुत्ते सूइ etc., up to उत्तरविसेसो । ६६ , -- ( com.) fol. 68. ता(त)थैव वरिसकाल ठवणा etc., up to चत्वा
रिंशदनुष्टुभां as in No. 542 followed by ८ अंकतो ३०४१ ॥ छ । श्री ।। श्री ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ।। छ । श्रीमदाशापल्लो स्थाने संवत् १६७० मिते मासकल्पस्थैः । श्रीरत्ननिधानोपाध्यायैः पं० रत्नसुन्दरगणिसहायैरशोधिग्रंथो(5)यम् ।
N. B. -- For other details see No. 542.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtraनियुक्त्यवचूरि
niryuktyavacuri No. 545
19.
1877-1878. Size.-- 10.1 in. by 4; in. Extent.-- 3 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 57 letters to a line. Description. -- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina
Devanāgarī characters with ZAITS; small, clear and very fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; edges of all the three foll. slightly damaged; condition on
the whole very good ; complete. Age.- Pretty old. Author.- Manikyasekhara Suri. Subject.– A small commentary clucidating Kalpasūtraniryukti con
sisting oi 66 gāthās starting with different names of equtr. Begins.- fol. I ए ५ ॥ ॥ पर्युषणा अक्षराणां इमानि गौणानि नामानि भवति ।
नु(:) निश्चये । तद्यथा पर्यायव्यवस्थापना ।। १ पज्जोसमणा सैद्धांतिक नाम २
प्राकृतिका ॥३।१ परिवसना ४ पर्युषणा ५ etc. Ends.-- fol. 3° उण्णिय बाले० यदि ऊर्णिकः कल्पोऽस्ति तदा तेन हिंडतो असति
औष्ट्रिकेण तस्याभावे कुतपेन उदरामामजेन हिंडते । एतत्त्रयं वालजं स्यात्

Page #219

192
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 546.
etc. एवं ज्ञानार्थितपस्वि पस्वि(?) अनध्या(?भ्यासिकानां अथ प्रकारांतरेण JATUT ETT: Fira 1 86(?)
इति श्रीकल्पनियुक्तिः(क्तेः ) संपूर्णाऽवचूरिः श्रीमाणिक्यशेखरrisa ar II 3 il sitten etc,
कल्पसूत्रवृत्ति
Kalpasūtravrtti No. 546
287( a ).
A.1883-84. Size.--104 in. by 41 in, Extent.- 47 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin, smooth and greyish; Jaina
Devanagari characters with garlaS; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; but, on that account it is not a ferqraft Ms. ; both the tex: and the commentary written in the same size of the hand-writing ; bold, legible, uniform and clegant liand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in black ink; the space between these lines coloured red; red chlak and yellow pigment as well used; numbers for foll. entered in both the margins as usual ; each of the foll. Ia and 479 decorated with a design in red colour ; unnumbered sides generally marked with a small disc in the centre; the numbered, with two more such discs, one in each of the two margins; the parivāras of Lord Mahavira and the preceding Jinas tabulated on foll. 255, 275, 28a, and 32a ; the intervals between each of the Jinas out of 24 and Devaraddhi Gani arranged in a tabular form on foll. 298 and 296; the successors of Lord Mahāvīra mentioned on foll. 326 to 34o; complete ; condition very good; this Ms. contains as an additional work Kālikācāryakathāvacūri beginning on
fol. 43 and ending on fol. 47a. Age.- Old

Page #220

546.]
IV. 6 Chedasutras
193
Author.-- Udayasagara, pupil of Dharmasekhara. Subject.-- Commentary in Sanskrit to Kalpasutra. Begins.- (text) fol. I तेणं कालेण । तेणं समएणं । समणे भगवं महावीरे ।
पंचहत्थोत्तरे होत्था ॥ तंजहा
This seems to be the only continuous portion of the text; in other cases it seems we have only states. ,, - (com.) fol. I ॥ ६ ॥ ॥ श्रीवर्द्धमानजिनवरेंद्राय नमः ।
भक्त्या नतासुरसुरेश्वरमौलिमौलि
'मंदार'माल्यचयचर्चिचतपादपीठं । श्री'वर्द्धमान'पुरनायकवर्द्धमान
तीर्थकर मनसिकृत्य कृतप्रसादं ॥ श्रीज्येष्ठपर्वमहिमोत्तरकल्पसूत्र
व्याख्याविशेषरचनां रचयामि सम्यक ।। यस्या अशेषषचनार्थभरं लभेत । मंदो मुमुक्षुरपि वाक्पटुताप्रयत्नः ॥२
युग्मम. This is followed by a portion of the text and then we have :
तस्मिन् काले चतुर्थारकलक्षणप्रांते etc. Ends. - fol. 43* सभायामपि कर्षतीति सर्वमनघं निरवयं इति श्रीकल्पसूत्रभणनविधिः संपूर्णः । अथ श्रीकल्पसूत्रवृत्ति(प्र)शस्ति(स्ति) विधत्ते
श्रीपूर्वसूरिकृतदुर्गपदार्थसार्थात्
किंचिद् गुरूक्तवदनादवबुध्य सारं किंचित् स्वबुद्धिभवलेशवशान्मयैषा ।
श्रीकल्पसूत्रवरवृत्तिरिह व्यधायि १ श्रीधर्मशेखरगुरोः सुविनेयकेन
सिद्धांतसिद्धमतिनोदयसागरेण शिष्यानुशिष्यसुखबोधविधायिनी सा शुद्धा()पि साधुततिभिः किल शोधनीया २..
गुग्मं 25 [J. L.P.1

Page #221

194
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [546. संवत्सरे शशिनि चंद्रशरेषु( ? ११५५)पूर्णे
ज्येष्ठे च मासि सकले शि(श)शिनि प्रभाते पूणी(९)कृता च लिखिता च सुत्तिरेषा
___ सत्साधुभिश्च जयतात् किल वाच्यमाना३ इति प्रशस्तिवृत्तानि छ
अथ श्रीकल्पस्याशीर्वादः अर्हन्मूलः सुधर्मादिकगणधरजस्कंधबंधाभिरामः
स्फूर्जत्श्रीसंघशाखः स्थविरबरदलश्चारुचारित्रपुष्पा पः) दानाढ्यो नीरपूरैः ......संततं सिंच्यमानः
सच्छायापास्ततापः शिवगतिफल्लद(लदः) कल्पकल्पद्रुमो वः १ अत्रामुत्र विचित्रचिंतितवरप्राग्भारसंपादक[:]
श्चाद्व(च्चोक्रिपुरंदरादिपदवीसंपादने प्रत्यलः सर्वस्वर्गनिवासिवासवधराधीशैः सदा सेवितो
व्याख्यावाचकण्वतां बदः) श्रीकल्पचिंतामाणः १ नक्षत्राक्षतू(त)त्प(पू)रितं मरकतस्थालं विशालं भ(नोभः
पीयूषद्युतिनालिकेरकलितं सच्चंद्रिकावंदनं श्रीमन् मेरु'महाद्रिबाहुविधृतं भूमिश्रिया राजते
तावन्नंदतु मंगलावलियुतः श्रीसंघभट्टारकः । १' उब्बी(वी) गुर्वी तदनु जलदः सागरः कुंभजन्मा . ___व्योमाघातो विहितमकरो तौ च यस्यांछिपीठे स प्रो(प्रौढश्रीजिनपरिष्ट(बोढः सोऽपि यस्य प्रणता
स श्रीसंघस्त्रिभुवनगुरुः कस्य न स्यान्नमस्यः? २. इति संघवृत्तानि । यावनो(तो)यधरा धरातलमिदं सिंचंति धाराभरै
वित् संतमसं हरत्यनुदिनं भानुः स्वभानूत्करैः यावत् पुष्करमंडलं सुविपलं ताराग्रह राजितं
तावन्नंदतु पुत्रपौत्रसहितः श्रीसंघनामा प्रभुः १ जां लग [स]जल(ध)र जलधाराए करी सींचइ भूमंडल जां लगइ आपणे किरणसमूहे करी अंधकार हरइ भानुमंडल
1 For comparison sec pp. 110 and 121.
This verse occurs on p. 124.

Page #222

547.1
IV. 6 Chedasutras
जां लगइ ग्रह तारा नक्षत्रे करी विराजमान गगनमंडल
जां लगइ सबै समुद्र सजल जां लगइन व (च) लइ डू ( इंदु) मंडल जां (लगइ) निश्चल पृथ्वीमंडल जां लगइ स्वर्ग पालइ आखंडल जां लगइ अचल अष्ट कुलाचल
लग पुत्र पौत्र परिवार संयुक्त श्रीसंघ जयवंत विजयवंत वर्त
SIT:
कल्पसूत्र टिप्पणक
No. 547
195
Kalpasūtratippanaka
163. 1881-82,
Size. 10 in. by 41 in.
Extent. 12 folios; 17 lines to a page; 58 letters to aline. Description. Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional पृष्टमात्रा ; very small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. 1 blank; yellow pigment used at times; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; edges of some of the foll. partly worn out; complete; this Ms. contains the rs of the text and quotations in Prakrit; condition on the whole good.
Age- Pretty old.

Author.- Pṛthvicandra Súri, pupil of Devasena Gani, pupil of Yasobhadra Suri, pupil of Dharmaghosa Sūri, pupil of Śilabhadra Süri. This author also believes in six kalyāņakas.
Subject. Explanatory notes in Sanskrit to Kalpasūtra. This is based upon the vṛtti of the fifth anga and the curņi of Kalpasūtra. Moreover this contains a quotation from the curni of Nisithasutra.
Begins. fol. rantan
I This Sūri has composed a work where letters of 3 vargas are not to be found ; that is to say this krti of his has त्रिवर्गपरिहार,

Page #223

196
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[547..
प्रणम्य वीरमाश्चर्यसेवधिं विधिदर्शकं । श्रीपर्युषणाकल्पस्य व्याख्या काचिद्विधीयते । १ पंचमांगस्य सद्वृत्तेरस्य चौद्धृत्य चूर्णितः।
किंचित्कस्मादपि ज्ञाना(त) परिज्ञानार्थमात्मनः ।। २ तेणं कालेणं ति। ते इति प्राकृतशैलीवशात्तस्मिन् यास्मिन भगवानत्रावतीर्ण इह 'भरते णकारो वाक्यालंकारार्थः । सर्वत्र द्रष्टव्यः । कालेऽधिकता. वसर्पिणीचतुर्थारके । तेणं ति । तस्मिन् यत्रासौ भगवान् देवानंदाया ब्राह्मण्या दशमदेवलोक प्राणत पुष्पोत्तर विमानात् च्युतः । मुनिसुव्रतनेमी 'हरिवंशसमुद्भवौ । शेषा एकविंशतिः 'काश्यप गोत्राः॥ अद्धरत्तकालसमग्रंसि त्ति । समयः समाचारो(s)पि भये(ब)तीति कालो वर्णादिरपि स्यात्तव्यवच्छेदार्थ । समयग्रहणं कालेन विशेषतः । कालरूपः समयः स चार्द्धरात्ररूपो(5)पि भवत्यतो(s)र्द्धरात्रशब्देन विशेषत:]श्वार्द्धरात्ररूपकालः समयोऽर्द्धरात्रकालसमयः । etc. fol. I0' अब चूर्णिः । पाणसुहुमे । पंचविहे पंचपा( प )गारे एक्केके बन्ने
सहस्ससो भेदा । अन्ने बहुप्पगारा । संजोगा ते सत्वे वि पंचसु समोअरंति । किन्हाई(इ)सु नो चक्कुफासी जे निग्गंथाणं २ अभिखणं २ जत्थ ठाणनिसीयणाणि चेइए आयाणगहणं निक्वेषणं करेइ १ पंचविहे इत्यादि । etc. fol. II अगारीहिं । अगाराणि सट्टाए कडाणि भवंति । कारणे आरेणा वि पज्जोसवेइ । आसाढपुन्निमाए एवं सब्बसुत्ताण विभासादोसदरिसणं ॥ हेऊ उवाउ कारणे सकारणं सहेतुयं सकारणं भुज्जो २ पुणो उवदंसेइ परि. संग्रहणात् । सावगाण वि कहिज्जइ समोसरणे वि वन्निज्जइ ॥ छ ।
निशीथोक्तो विधिलिख्यते । पज्जोसवणाकप्पं पज्जोसवणाइ जो कज्जिज्जा गिहि अन्नतिथिउ अन्नसंजईणं चअणाई ।
___ व्याख्या । पज्जोसवणा पुव्ववन्निया गिहत्थाणं अन्नतिथियाणं । गिहत्थीणं । अन्नतित्थीणं । उसत्ताण य संजईण य जो पज्जोसवेइ । एषामग्रे पर्युषणाकल्पं पठतीत्यर्थः । तस्स चउ गुरुः । आणाइया दोसा। गिहि अन्नतिथिओसन्नद्रुगतेण तसुणह । अणुवचेया । etc.. fol. 12° जइ राओ कठि(ड्रिोज(ज्ज)ते गिहत्या अन्नतित्थिया ओसन्ना वा
आगच्छेज्जा तो वि न ठाविज्ज । एवं सिज्झियमाइ ॥ इत्थीम वि ॥ संजईउ वि। अप्पणो पडिस्सए चेव राओ कटं(ड्रोति । जइ पुण संजईण संभोइयाण कइंतिया न होज्जा तो अहापहाणाणं कुलाणं आसन्ने सपडिदुवारे संलोए

Page #224

548. ]
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
साहुसाहुणी य अंतरे चिंलिंमिलिं दाऊण दिवसउ कडिज्जइ । शेषं पूर्ववत् ॥ इति निशीथचूर्णौ दशमोद्देशके भणितं । छ ।
'चंद्र' कुलांबरशशिनश्चारित्र श्रीसहस्रपत्रस्य । श्री शीलभद्र सूरेर्गुणरत्नमहोदधि ( धेः ) शिष्यः । १ अभवद्वादिमदहरः (c) तक भोजबोधन दिनेशः । श्रीधर्मघोषसूरिबोधित' शाकंभरी भूपः । २ चारित्रांभोधिशशी त्रिवर्गपरिहारजनितबुधहर्षः । दर्शितविधिः शमनिधिः सिद्धांतमहोदधिः प्रवरः । ३ बभूव श्रीयशोभद्रसूरिस्तच्छिष्यः शिष्यशेषरः । तत्पादपद्ममधुपोऽभूत् श्रीदेव सेनगणिः । ४ टिप्पनकं पर्युषणाकल्पस्या लिखदवेक्ष्य शास्त्राणि । तच्चरणकमलमधुप | श्रीपृथ्वीचंद्रसूरिरिदं । ५ इह यद्यपि न स्वधिया विहितं किंचित्तथापि बुधवग्गैः । संशोध्यमधिकमूनं यद्भणितं स्वपरबोधाय । ६ श्रीपर्युषण कल्पटिप्पनकं समाप्तं ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथानं ॥
1
॥
श्रीपर्युषणा कल्पण्यारामैकसारणिः ।
पुस्तिका लेखिता रम्या भक्त्या सोनलया मुदा ॥ १ ॥ छ ॥
कल्पसूत्रदुर्गपदनिरुक्त
No. 548
I This is not mentioned in the Ms.

197
Size.—- ro‡ in. by 41 in.
Extent.-- 16 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 28 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough, thin and white ; Jaina Devanāgarī characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. mostly numbered in the right-hand margin

Kalpasūtradurgapadanirukta
371. 1880-81.

Page #225

198
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 548.
only ; foll. 2 to 16 appear to be divided into two columns, each having its borders ruled, but the matter is however continuous, since the same line goes to the second column; each and every fol. worm-eaten in several places ; condition unsatisfactory; this Ms. contains the rs of the text; complete ; yellow pigment used; extent 418 Ślokas ; composed in Sarvat 1325.
Age. - Sarvat 1590.
Author.— Vinayacandra Sūri, pupil of Ratnasimha Suri, pupil of Municandra Suri ( Saiddhāntika ).
Subject. Explanation of the difficult portions pertaining to Kalpasūtra also known as Paryusanākalpa See No. 547.
Begins. fol. 14 ए ६० ए
-
तेर्ण कालेणं ति । तस्मिन् काले यः पूर्वे तीर्थकरैः श्रीवीरस्य च्यवनादिहेतुर्ज्ञातः कथितश्व । समयः कालनिर्द्धारणा यतः कालो वर्णो(s) पि । तथा हस्त उत्तरे यासां ता हस्तोत्तरा उत्तरफाल्गुन्यो बहुवचनं । बहुकल्याणिकापेक्षं । तस्यां हि विभोश्वा (श्रय) वनं ९ गर्भाद्गर्भसंक्रांति २ जन्म ३ व्रतं ४ केवलं ५ चाभवत् । निर्वृतिस्तु ६ स्वातौ' । etc.
Ends. fol. 16 यदि सांभोगिक साध्वी सूत्रकर्षका नास्ति तदा पदांतरितादिने साधुना' भण्यमानं शृण्वंति साधवोऽपि पार्श्वस्याद्यभावे दंडिकाद्युपरोधात् सभायामपि कर्षतीति सर्वमनघं ॥ घ ॥
समाप्तं श्रीपर्युषणाकल्पाध्ययनस्य कतिचिद् दुर्गपदनिरुक्तमिति ।
छ ॥
be interchanged.
सि (से) द्धांतिकश्रीमुनि चंद्रसूरिशिष्या अनूचान विराजयंति ।
I This passage is quoted on p. 18a of the printed edition of Kalpadrumakalikā.
I In the Ms. we have
of which nos. and show that the letters are to

श्रीरत्न सिंहाह्वय सूरिमुख्या
च्छिष्यलेशो विनयेदुसरिः ॥ १ ॥ श्रीविक्रमात् तत्त्वगुणेंदुवर्षे १३२५
चूर्ण्यादि वीक्ष्य सुगुरोर्मुखाच्च ।

Page #226

548. ]
1V. 6 Chedasutras
ज्ञात्वा (S) न पर्युषणाभिधानकल्पस्य किंचिद्विदधे निरुक्तं ॥ २ ॥ दो सूत्रमा सूत्रित (न्) मिथ्या सुदुः कृतं । ग्रंथाग्रमष्टादशाग्र श्लोकशतचतुष्टयं ॥ १ ॥

छ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं ४१८ श्रीर्भूयात्संघस्य ॥ छ ॥
संवत् १५९०वर्षे शाके १४५५ प्रवर्त्तमाने भाद्रपदमासे शुक्लपक्षे एकादसी (शी) दिने रविवारे श्रीमति श्री ' षट्पत्तन' मध्ये श्री'चंद्र'गच्छे श्री' खरतरा' - ह्वये श्रीजिनकुशलसूरींद्राणां संताने उ० श्रीआनंदमेरु तत्पट्टे उ० भीरत्नलाभमिश्राणां पट्टे उपाध्यायश्रीश्री सुमतिशेखर मिश्राणां स्ते ( ते ) षां श(शि)ष्येण वै( ? वि )नेयेन उदयमेरुणा लिपीकृताः ॥ श्रीकल्पाध्ययनशब्दानां किंचि (न) निरुक्तं ल ( लि ) लिखे ॥ छ ॥ etc.
695

Page #227

200
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[549.
Kalpāntarvācya
कल्पान्तर्वाच्य No. 549
98.
1872-73.
Size.— 101 in. by 44 in. Extent.--- 19 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin and greyish ; Jaina Deva
nagari characters with पृष्टमात्राs; bold, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used ; foll. numbered in the righthand margain ; names of the 24 Tirthamkaras with their salvation-year etc. tabulated on foll. 136 and 14o; complete so far as it goes ; edges and corners of several foll.
torn; condition very fair. Age.-- Sarnvat ISI3. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.— The subject of this work seems to be the same as that
of antarvācya, i. e. to say it deals with topics connected with Kalpasútra. Probably due to this reason, such a work
is styled as Kalpasamarthana, too. See No. 554. Begins.- fol. I" ए ६ ॥
पुरिमचरिमाण कप्पो मंगलं वद्धमाणतित्थंमि । इह परिकहिआ जिण १ गणहराइं(इ) थेरावलि चरितं । ३।११ आचेलक्कु १(द )देसि अ२ सिज्जायर ३ रायपिंड ४ किइकम्मे । ।
घय ६ जिट्ट ७ पडिक्कमणे ८ मासं ९ पज्जोसवणकप्पे १० ॥२. etc. fol. 1 कामं तु सव्वकालं पंचसु सामईस होइ जइअव्वं ।
वासासु अ अहिगारो बहु पामेइ इणीजेण ॥ ३९ अयं च श्रीकल्पो दशाश्रुतस्कंघस्याष्टममध्ययनं । स च नवमपूर्वादुद्भुतः पूंर्वाणि चे etc.
r 2
For this versc sce pp. 104, 119, 123,160 and 165. See pp. 103 and 119.

Page #228

550.
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
201
Ends. ... fol. 19" अच्चंकारी भट्टा ॥२ एवण?)पत्नीभूतपांडुरायशि ॥ 'मथुरा
मंगवः । ४ अण थोवं वण थो० ॥
अनाभोगात किंचित् किमपि मतिवैकल्यवशतः
किमप्यौत्सुक्येन स्मृतिविहर(रह दोषेण किमपि यदुत्सूत्रं सूत्रे कथमपि मया ख्यातमखिलं
क्षमतां धीमंतस्तदसमदयापूर्णहृदयाः ॥१ वाचयितृवाचकयो मग्राह्यं । नगररहचक्कपओ(उ)मे चंदे मरे समुद्द'मेरु'मि ।
जो उवमिज्जइ सययं सो संघगुणायरो जयओ(उ)॥ छ । पुरिमचरिमाणकप्पे० गा० शकस्तवं यावत् ॥१ शकस्तवगर्भावतारसंचार २ स्वप्नविचारगर्भस्थाभिग्रहौ ३ जन्मोत्सवक्रीडाकुटुंबविचारा ॥ ४ दीक्षाज्ञानपरिवारमोक्षाः । ५ पार्श्वनेमिचरित्रे अंतराणि ॥ ६ आदिनाथचरित्रस्थविरावल्यौ ॥ ७ सामाचारी मिच्छा मि दुक्कडं० ८ कथा ९॥ छ इति व्याख्यापरिच्छेदः । छ । श्रीः ॥ संवत् १५१३ वर्षे भाद्रपदवदि ५ शुक्रे लिखितं ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ कल्याणं ॥ श्रीः ॥ श्रीः ॥ छ ॥ This is followed by lines written in a different hand as under:
॥ पंडितश्रीजगराजशिष्यशिष्यगणिश्रीनयविमलगाणचरणसेवी (वि - पं०विवेकविमलगणिभिः श्री देवपत्तम भांडागारे मोचिता ॥ Reference.--- For antarvacya see Nos. 517-519. For description of
other Mss. of Kalpantarvācya see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III--IV, p. 388. Keith's Catalogue vol. II, pt. II; Nos. 7478-7480 may be also consulted.
कल्पान्तर्वाच्य No. 550
Kalpāntarvācya
1130. 1887-91.
Size.-- 101 in. by 42 in. Extent.—71 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line.
26 [J. L. P.]

Page #229

202
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1551,
Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
någari characters ; big, clear and fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; fol. ra blank ; condition very good; periods intervening ihe nirvāṇas of every two Jinas out of the 24 tabulated on fol. 55; complete, extent
2700 Slokas. Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.--- fol. 1° ६ ॥ ॥ ३ नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ॥
पुरिमचरिमाण कप्पो etc. Ends.--- fol. 71" आशीःकाव्यानि । पुरिमचरिम० गाथा शकस्तवं यावत् ॥१
शक्रस्तवगर्भावतारसंचारा)। २ स्वप्नविचारगर्भस्थाभिग्रहौ ॥३ जन्मोत्सवक्रीडाश्रीवीरकुटुंबविचारा(:)॥ ४ दीक्षाज्ञान(न परिवारमोक्षाः ॥ ५ श्रीपार्श्वनेमिचरितांतराणि । ६ श्रीआदि(नाथ)चरित्रस्थविरावल्यः । ७ सामाचारी मिच्छा ।। ८ श्रीकालिकाचार्यकथा ॥ इति श्रीकल्पव्याख्यामो
क्षणस्थानानि ।। श्रीकल्पांतवाच्यानि ॥ समाप्तः । छ ॥ ग्रंथांक २७०० Reference.-- For an additional Ms., apparently of this very work see
Weber II, p. 655 ( No. 1891) and B. B. R. A. S. vols.
III-IV, pp. 388. N. B.-- For other details see No. 549.
कल्पान्तर्वाच्य
Kalpāntarvācya No. 551
267.
1883-84. Size.- Io in. by 4g in. Extent.- 22 folios ; IS lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina
___Devanagari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs, small, legi

Page #230

55.]
IV. 6 Chedasutras
203
ble and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink ; space between these pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; red chalk and yellow pigment used; mostly the unnumbered sides have a disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in cach of the two margins, too; scme of the foll. slightly worm-caten; edges of the first and the last few foll. partly worn out; condition very fair ; numbers of years clapsed between the salvations of every two Tirthamkaras out of
the 24 i. c. to say Gargats tabulated on fol. 166; complete. Age.--- Pretty old. Begins.-- fol. 12 ई 0॥
पुरिमचरिमाण कप्पो etc. Ends--- fol. 22° शक्रस्तवं यावत up to व्याख्यापरिच्छेदः as in No. 149
followed by the following lines :--
इति ॥ इत्यंतरकथनीयमेतत् ॥ नक्षत्राक्षतपूरितं etc., up to श्रीसंघभट्टारकः as in No. 557. Then run the lines as under :
क्षुणानि मे संति कियंति इंत
न्यूनानि गण्यानि दरिद्रगेहे। तिलेषु कृष्णानि च खे तु भानि
च्छिद्राणि पनतले मितानि This is followed by a line in the bigger hand as below :
श्रीकीतिविजयवाचकविनेयलेशेन कांतिविजयेन। श्री वटपद्र'पुरस्थितचित्कोशे प्रतिरियं मुक्ता ॥१॥
पोथी १ प्रति११ N. B.-- For other details see No:59.

Page #231

204
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[552.
कल्पान्तर्वाच्य
Kalpantarvācya
253. A. 1882-83.
No.552
Size.-- 101 in. by 4 in. Extent.- 41 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 58 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanägari
characters; small, uniform, legible and elegant handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too ; foll. numbered in the righthand margin only ; every side (numbered and unnumbered as well), has in the centre a small pattern; fol. I", in each of the two margins , too ; edges of the first fol. partly gone; the last fol. (41st) slightly torn; condition tolerably good ; various penances of Lord Mahavira along with the days of his pāranakas mentioned on fol. 41"; marginal notcs Occa.
sionally written ; complete. Age.- Samvat 1525. Author.-- Not mentioned. Begins.-- fol. I 50 ए श्रीसर्वज्ञाय नमः ॥
पुरिमचरिमाण कप्पो etc. Ends.- fol. 41* पुरिमचरिम गाथा शकस्तवं यावत् etc , up to श्रीकालिका.
चार्यकथा ९ practically as in No. 549 followed by the lines as under:
इति श्रीकल्पव्याख्यामोक्षणस्थानानि ।। ९ इति श्रीकल्पान्तर्वाच्यानि परमगुरुगच्छाधिराजश्रीरत्नशेखरमरिशिष्यप्रवरैः श्री अहम्मदाबाद'नगरे चतुर्मासी स्थितैः पूज्यपंजिनहंसगणिपादैलिखितानि । लिखितानि राजशेखरगाणिना धर्मकलशगणिकृते परोपकाराय च ॥ संवत् १५२५ वर्षे
फाल्गुनशुदि त्रयोदश्याम श्रीभूयात् etc. N. B.- for other details see No. 549.

Page #232

553.1
they racize
No. 553
Size. 10 in. by 4
Extent.
in.
IV. 6 Chedasutras
81-1 = 80 folios; 13 lines to a page; 32 letters to a line.
Age. Samvat 1650.
Begins. fol. 1° y toy at far
ए
पुरिमचरिमाण कप्पो etc.
205
Description.-- Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional gears; big, clear and very fair hand writing; foll. 42 to 62 written in a somewhat smaller hand; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin as 2, etc., and as 22, 22 etc. as well; so it appears that this Ms. is a part of some other bigger Ms.; foll. 1a and 181 blank; red chalk and yellow pigment used; life-periods passed as a छुनस्थ and a केवलिन by each of the II Ganadharas of Lord Mahavira separately pointed out in a tabular form; fol. 59th missing; otherwise complete; several foll. more or less worm-eaten; condition fair.

Kalpäntärvācya
1131.
1887-91.
Ends.- jol. 814 शक्रस्तवं यावत् etc, practically up to श्रीकालिकाचार्य2 as in No. 550 followed by the lines as under :-- इति श्री पव्याख्यामोक्षणस्थानानि ॥ इति श्रीकल्पांतर्वाच्यानि समातानि ॥ श्रीः etc.
संवत् १६५० वर्षे कार्त्तिकशुदि १४ भृगुवासरे पूर्णिमापक्षे वाचनाचार्यश्री विनयशा (सा) रशिष्यविवेकविमललषितं स्वपटनार्थं लिखितमस्ति ।। शुभं भवतु ॥
N. B. For other details see No. 549.

Page #233

206
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[554.
कल्पान्तर्वाच्य
Kalpāntarvācya ( कल्पसमर्थन)
(Kalpasamarthana )
289. No. 554
A. 1883-84 Size.-- Iog in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 18 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Jaina Deva
nagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, uniform, legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four !ines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; fol. 18b blank except that कल्पसमर्थनम् etc. written on it; edges of some of the foll.
slightly damaged ; condition on the whole good ; completc. Age.--- Pretty old. Author.---- Not mentioned. Subject.--- In the beginning we find 40 verses in Prakrit and then a
reference that Kalpasūtra forms a part of the Sth chapter of Daśāśrutaskandha. This is followed by a reference to 14 Purvas. Then we find the Ist narrative viz. नागकेतुकथा,
the last being that of a vipra. Begins.- fol. I ए ६0 ॥ नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय ॥
पुरिमचरिमाण कप्पो etc. Ends.-- fol. 18a यथा स विप्रः किल तीव्रकोपात्
कृच्छरशोध्यो बहिरेवे चक्रे । कोपं न या पर्वदिने(ड)पि जह्यात्
स संघबाह्यो जिनवाक्यमेतत् ॥८॥ इति श्रीकल्पांतराश्रितं किंचिदलेखीति ॥ छ etc.
पुरिमचर(रि)माण गाथा etc., practically up to मिथ्या as in No. 549 followed by the lines as under:
दुक(क)ति ८ श्रीकालिकाचार्यकथा ॥ ९॥ इति श्रीकल्पसमर्थनं ॥ श्रीरस्तु लेखकस्य ।। etce

Page #234

555.1
Begins.-- fol. ro ए ६०
eq1caafeg
No. 555
Size. 10 in. by 41 in.
Extent. 38 folios; 11 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; big, uniform, legible and beautiful hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; the first and the last foll. slightly worm-eaten; condition on the whole very good; fol. 1a blank; complete.
Age. Pretty old.
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
पुरिमचरिमाण etc.
ceylaatzu
No. 556
नमः श्रीवर्द्धमा ( ना ) य
Ends.--- fol. 38" यथा स विप्रः किल तीव्रकोपात् कच्छ्रेरशोध्यो बहिरेव चक्रे
कोपं न यः पर्वदिनेऽपि जह्ना ( ह्या ) तू
(स) संगं (घ) बाह्यो जिनवाक्यमेतत् ८ इति श्रीकल्पांतराश्रितं किंचिदलेखीति ॥ छ ॥ etc.
N. B.--- For other details see No. 554.

-
207
Kalpantarvācya
664.
1892-95
Size. 11 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 25 1=24 folios; 15 lines,to a page; 68 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; small, quite legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the

Kalpantarvācya
1224. 1886-92.

Page #235

208
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[557.
right-hand margin; fol. r blank except that the title of this Ms. is written on it; fol. 22nd missing; otherwise complete; condition very good; extent 1725 slokas.
Age. Samvat 1598.
Author. Not mentioned.
Subject.
Begins. -- fol. 1 ए ए वीतरागाय ए
पुरिमन्त्ररिमाणे (ण) कप्पो etc.
Ends.-- fol. 25° तक्षाउ (नक्षत्रा) क्षतपूरितं etc., up to श्रीसंघभट्टारक ( : ) as in ग्रंथसंख्या १७२५ ।। शुभं भवतु [ : ] कल्याण
No. 557 followed by ४ ॥ मस्तु[ः ] ॥
Narratives suggested in Kalpasūtra.
संवत् १५९८ वर्षे भाद्रपदप्रतिपदायां त ( ति ) थौ समो ( मोम ? ) वासरे लषतः । 'ओसवाल' ज्ञातीयमाहपाहूजीसुतस्य श्रुतसाहसंघराज लषापतः || 'मोढ' ज्ञातीय जोसी लक्ष्मीधर तस्य सुत जोसी माहव लपतः । शुभं भवतु [ : ] ॥ कल्याणमस्तु [] ॥ श्री श्री श्री श्री श्री
Ency taaiza
No. 557
Size.- 101

in. by 4 in.
Extent.-- 68 folios; 13 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough, tough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; big, clear and very fair hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines mostly in red ink; red chalk used; most of the foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. I blank; edges of the first fol. partly worn out; the 14 dreams written partly in Gujarati (vide fol. 14); condition on the whole very good; complete.
Kalpantarvācys
221. 1902-07.

Page #236

557.]
IV. 6 Chedasatras Age.- Samvat 1718, Śāka 1584. Author.-- Not mentioned. Subject-- This work mostly narrates stories referred to in Kalpasūtra.
In the opening verse, five kinds of knowledge are referred to as five sons of the Tirthamkara, and out of them śrutajñāna is placed by the Tirthamkara on his own level. This verse praises śrutājñāna. The concluding verse is an
asirvada to sangha, the Jaina church. Begins.- fol. 10 ए ६ 0 ए पंडितश्री५श्रीपुण्यसागरगाणगुरुभ्यो नमः
पुत्रा पंच मति १ श्रुता २ ऽवधि ३ मनः ४ कैवल्य ५ संज्ञा विभो
स्तन्मध्ये श्रुतनंदनो भगवता संस्थापितः स्वे पदे । अंगोपांगमयः स पुस्तकगजाध्यारोहलब्धोदयः
सिद्धांताभिधभूपतिर्गणधरामात्यश्चिरं नंदतात् ॥१॥ श्रीकल्पासिद्धांतस्यादौ ॥ एतन्मध्यगताऽधिकारत्रयवाचिकेयं गाथा ।
पुरिमचरिमाण etc. Ends.-- fol. 68b
जिननम्यो गुणस्थानं वंदनीयो महात्मना (1)
संघः सो(s)घहरोजीयाद्विस्व(श्च स्तुतिपथागतिगः १ Then we have the verses beginning with 5ft gaff and नगररह. These are followed by the lines as under:नक्षत्राक्षतपूरितं मरकत[]स्थालं विशालं नमः
पीयूषातिनालिकेरकालतं चंद्रप्रभाचंदनं यावन् मेरु करे गभस्तिकटके धत्ते धरित्रीवधू
स्तावन्नंरतु धर्मकर्मनिरतः श्रीसंघभट्टारकः १२३ इति श्रीकल्पांतर्वाच्यं समाप्तं संवत् १७१८ वर्षे शाके १५८४ प्रवर्तमाने भाद्रपदतृतीयाशनाविति श्रेयम् ॥ गणिगणमुकुटमणिगणिश्रीधनसागरवाचनकृते ।
1 This verse occurs in the Ms. No. 7477 styled as Kalpasūtra with a bhasha commentary and described in Keith's Catalogue vol. II, pt, II, p. 1258.
2 This verse occurs in No. SII (p. IIO) and No. 560 (p. 212) of this Descriptive Catalogue of Jaina Mss. For variants see No. 516 (p. 121) and No. 546 (p. 194).
27 J. L.P.]

Page #237

210
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(559. कल्पान्तर्वाच्य
Kalpāntarvācya No. 558
1250.
1891-95. Size.-- 10 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 60 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 49 letters to a line. Description.--- Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters with occasional yaarars; big, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment too; foll. vumbered in both the margins; each of the foll, 19 and 600 decorated with a beautiful design in yellow and red colours especially;
complete; condition very good. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.--- fol. ob
gat: Alayarare etc., as in No. 557. Ends.--- fol. 602 Ata etc., up to set THEITA: as in No. 557. This
is followed by the lines as under:
1180 lll erat sirategiazizaj #gout I N. B.-- For other details see No. 557.
कल्पान्तर्वाच्य No. 559
Kalpāntarvācya
663. 1892-95.
Size.- 104 in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 61 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line. Description - Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters; sufficiently big, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and

Page #238

560.1
IV. 6 Chedasütras
211
yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; fol. 12 blank; edges of the first two foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good ; marginal
notes in Gujarāti occasionally written ; complete. Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.--- fol. roy & Oll
S TART FH: 11
gal: 47 A yat etc., as in No. 557. Ends.--fol. 615
नक्षत्राक्षत etc., up to श्रीकल्पांतर्वाच्यं as in No. 557 followed by HATATĀía 11
यादृशं पुस्तके दृष्टं । तादृशं लिषितं मया ।
यदि शुद्धमशुद्धं वा मम दोषो न दीयते ॥१॥ TH HTT T TT: 1 y 11 oft 11 y llg 1 N. B.- For other details see No. 557.
99.
कल्पान्तर्वाच्य
Kalpāntarvācya No. 560
1872-73. Size.- 11} in. by 4} in. Extent. – 84 folios ; 11 lines to a page ; 47 letters to a line. Description..--- Country paper thin and grey, Jaina Devanāgari
characters with TATTIS ; quite bold, big, uniform, legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink ; space between these pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; unnumbered sides decorated with a small disc in red colour in the centre; the numbered, with two more such discs, one in each of the two margins ; fol. 1a blank ; on fol. 1b on the left-hand side, space kept blank apparently for decorating it with an illustration ; red chalk used; notes added at times in very small hand-writing in the margins ; on fol. 66* about 8 letters are missing ; some foll. seem to be exposed to rain ;

Page #239

Jamna Literature and Philosophy
1.560.
condition fair ; periods passed as a house-holder, an ascetic, an omniscient being etc. of each of the II Ganadharas tabulated on fol. 720 ; in the end we have a part of कालिकाचार्यकथा from rafat ; it begins on fol. 83b and ends on fol. 84o; almost complete though this Ms. ends abruptly. Age.--- Old.
212
Author.-- Unknown.
Subject. Narration of stories suggested in Kalpasútra and pointing out the way to read the Kalpa for religious purposes. This work ends with a narrative of Kalikācārya.
Begins.--- fol. 1b ए ६७ ॥
कल्याणानि समुल्लसंति विलसंत्युद्दामभाग्यालय
स्ता: संपन्महिलाविलासबहुलाः खेहोज्ज्वला वृण्वते । तांतिः शांतिमुपैति भीतिततिभिः साकं न किं किं भवेद् यद्वा मंगलमुज्ज्वलं सुविपुलं यस्यानुभावाद् भुवि ॥ १ स चायं श्री कल्पः श्रीसर्वज्ञप्रणीतः । etc. Ends.-- fol. 83b
1
सर्पव्यतिकरेणाथ | प्रबुद्धा चंदना तथा । अवाप केवलज्ञानं क्षमयंती मृगावतीं ॥ ८ ॥ छ ॥ इत्यंर्वाच्यानि ॥
ततः श्रीकालिकाचार्यकथा गुर्वावल्यौ । किलीकरोति तराणं तन्मारुतस्फूर्जितं । भेकरचुंबति यद्भुजंगवदनं तज्जृंभित मंत्रिणः । चैत्रे कूजति कोकिला कलतरं लीलायितं तन्मधोः ।

स्फूर्तेर्जल्पति मादृशोऽपि तदयं पूज्यप्रसादोदयः ॥ १ ॥ etc.
fol. 84 नक्षत्राक्षतपूरितं मरकतस्थालं विशालं नभः
पीयूष तिनालिकेरकलितं चंद्रप्रभाचंदनं । Marat' मेरु' करे गर्भस्तिकटके धत्ते धरित्रविधू
स्तावन्नंद धर्मकर्मनिरतः श्रीसंघभट्टारकः ॥ ५ ॥२ इति श्रीसंघाशीर्वादः ॥
I
For comparison see p. 130. 2 For this verse see the second foot-note given on p. 209.

Page #240

561.]
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
पुरिमचरि० गाथा शक्रस्तवं यावत् । शक्रस्तवगर्भावतार संचा. This Ms. ends thus.
engu raafzu
No. 561
Reference. For additional Mss and their descriptions see Weber II, p. 666, B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, pp. 387--388 and Keith's Catalogue vol. II, pt. II; No. 7478. Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 213, too, may be consulted.
213

Size. 11 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 118 + 3 + 5 = 126 folios; 13 lines to a page; 42 letters to a line.
Kalpantarvācya
77.
1872-73.
Description.-Country paper rough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters; big, clear and very fair hand-writing; borders and edges ruled in two lines in red ink; foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. 1a blank; edges of the first few foll. partly worn out; fol. 62nd slightly torn; condition very fair; red chalk and yellow pigment used; materials pertaining to the 6 aras presented in a tabular form on fol. 17b; ; names, life-periods etc. of the 24 Jinas, 12 Cakravartins and others mentioned on fol. 18a; detailed information about the II Gaṇadharas on fol. 74, and that about the 7 Kulakaras, on fol. 89; at times some portions are written even in Gujarati e. g. on fol. 16a fagfs frut feas e fazzi arfa etc.; fol. 19th repeated; so are the fol. 20th and 92nd; the 49th fol. repeated five times; complete; Gunaratna Suri's Gaṇadharavada is referred to on fol. 74.
Age.- Old.
Author. Not mentioned.
Subject.Topics pertaining to Kalpasūtra.

Page #241

214
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1562.
Begins.--- fol. ॥ ६ ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥ ___ आनंदावलिबल्लिबर्द्धनघनो देवैः सुरेंद्राचितः
मिथ्यामार्गनिकंदने दिनमणिः लोकस्य कामागवी । कल्याणं सदनं शुभोदयकरः कल्पद्रुपुण्यावहः ।
श्रीसंघस्य करोतु वांछितसुखं श्रीमद् युगादश्विरः॥१॥ctc. स चायं श्रीकल्पः श्रीसर्वज्ञप्रणीतः सर्वज्ञप्रणीतमेव च शास्त्रं प्रमाणं चक्रुः etc.
fol. 74" इति गणधरवादः ॥ श्रीगुणरत्नसूरिभिः कृतः ।। Ends.--- II8' नक्षत्राक्षत etc., up to श्रीसंघभट्टारकः ॥२०॥. Then we have
इत्याशीर्वादः followed by पुरिमचरिम etc. , up to मोक्षणस्थानानि as in No. 550. Then we have in a somewhat different hand the lines as under:---
अथ कल्पसूत्रवाचनविधिः ॥ श्रीनिशीथसूत्र कहिउं छइ etc. अभावि साधु वांचइ कारणिइं ॥ इति श्रीकल्पसूत्रवाचनविधिः ॥
कल्पान्तर्वाच्य
Kalpāntarvácya
662. No. 562
1892-95. Size.--- 10 in. by 4 in. Extent.- 36 folios ; II lines to a page ; SI letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanāgarī
characters; small but quite legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk as well as white and yellow pigments used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only ; fol. 1a blank; the ist fol. slightly
worm-caten ; condition on the whole good ; complete. Age.-- Sarivat I719. Author.- A disciple or a devotee of Hemavimala Suri.

Page #242

562.1
IV. 6 Chedasutras
215
Subject. This work written in Gujaräti narrates the stories referred to in Kalpasūtra and explains the vidhi of hearing Kalpasūtra.
G
Begins.--- fol. 1b ६० ॥ ऐं नमः ॥
श्रीवर्द्धमानं जिनं नत्वा वर्द्धमानसुषप्रं ।
टबार्थ(र्थ) कल्पसूत्रस्य लिविकुर्वे (S)हमुयतः | १ |
सकलार्थसिद्विजननी (नीं) कविजनजननीं प्रणम्य भावेन ।
श्रीमविमलसूरिं नत्वा स्मृत्वा च गुरुगदितं । २ । श्री कल्पांत वाच्यस्य व्याख्यानं जनभाषया ।
लिविकुर्वे (S) हमज्ञान शिष्यानां (णां) ज्ञानहेतवे । ३ । प्रथम श्री कल्पवाचनानी विधि लिपीइ छइ । मुहपत्ती पडिलेही वांदणां बि ts etc.
Ends.--- fol. 36© इति कथा संपूर्णः ॥ छ ॥ श्रीनिशीथसूत्रनु कहिउ श्री कल्पसूत्र सांभलवां विधि लषीइ छइ etc.
fol. 360 राजा मंत्रिनइ उपरोधि पासत्थउं सभा समुष्य कल्प वांचइ साधु सांभलाइ पात्थानइ अभावि साधु वांचइ कारणि ॥
इति श्री कल्पसूत्री कथा संपूर्णः ॥
(संवत् १७१९ वर्षे मार्गशीर्ष (सु) दि ४ वारभोमे लषितं ॥ छ ॥ मुनिदानविजय पठनार्थ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ॥ छ ॥

Page #243

216
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[563
पर्युषणाष्टाह्निका
Paryusaņāstāhnikāव्याख्यान
vyākhyāna
1281. No. 563
1891-95. Size.- 98 in. by 4, in. Extent.— 10 folios ; 14 lines to a page ; 37 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thick, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters; big, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; red chalk used ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; condition very good except that an edge of the first fol. is
slightly gone ; complete ; composed in Samvat 1789. Age.-- Old. Author.- Nandalāla. Subject.-- The entire work is composed in Sanskrit. It deals with
what the Śrāvakas are expected to do during the Paryuşaņaparvan. There are narratives especially of Ardrakumāra
and king Süryayaśas. Begins.- fol. I ॥ ६ ॥ ॥ श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥
स्मृत्वा पार्श्वसहस्रांशुं भव्यपंकजबोधक
पर्युषणाष्टाह्निकाया व्याख्यानं लिख्यते मया १ इह च यथा हतसकलकठिनकर्ममणि इहामुत्र विहितप्रभूतशर्मणि धृतलोकोत्तरनर्माण श्रीपर्युषणापर्वाण समागते सकलसुरासुरेंद्राश्च संभूय श्री नंदीश्वर नाम्नि सुषमाधाम्नि अष्टमद्वीपे धर्ममहिमानं कर्तुं गच्छंति etc. fol. 5 मुनिरपि श्रीमहावीरं प्रणम्य साध्वाचारनिरतः उग्रतपस्यां कुर्वन घातिकर्मक्षयं कृत्वा शुक्लध्यानयोगेन केवलमुत्पाद्य मोक्षं जगाम १ एतेन जिनदर्शनादेव बोधिबीजं जायते गतमा कथानकं पुनरत्र पर्वाण किं कर्त्तव्यं
तदाह तपोविधानादिकृत्यपरैरपि etc. Ends.- fol. I0' इति सूर्ययशोनृपकथानकं ॥ आदिपदात् शुभभावना()
पर्वणि भावनीया विकथाचतुष्टयं वर्जनीयं कल्पसूत्रमेकाग्रचित्तेन श्रोतव्यं सार्मिकवात्सल्यं कर्त्तव्यं तेन कल्याणपरंपरा करगामिनी भवति अष्टाह्निकाया

Page #244

564.]
IV. 6 Chedasatras
217 आदिदिनमारभ्य कल्पसूत्रवाचनाया अर्वागेतद् व्याख्यानं सुश्रावकैः श्रोतव्यं ततः परं कल्पसूत्रं श्रवणीयमिति श्रेयः
नंदवस्वृषिचंद्रेण १७८९ प्रमिते संवत्सरे बरे फाल्गुनोज्व(ज्ज्व)लपंचम्यां गुरौ गुरुकृपावशात् १। व्याख्यानं लिखितं स्पष्टं शिष्यबोधनहेतवे विद्रुषा नंदलालेन सदुपाख्यानसंगतं २ पृथ्वीपुरंध्यास्तिलकायमाने
सच्छोभमाने किल 'बंग देशे अ(? आज्ञावशात् श्रीजिनभाक्तसूरेः स्थित्वा चतुर्मासमिहातिहर्षात् ३
त्रिभिर्विशेषकं इति श्रीपर्युषणापर्वणो(s)ष्टाह्निकाया आद्यदिनत्रयव्याख्यानं संपूर्ण ।।
पर्युषणाष्टाह्निका.
Paryusaņāstābnikā. व्याख्यान
vyākhyāna
762. No. 564
1899-1915. Size.-- 101 in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 10 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 41 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters; sufticiently big, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk used ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. I blank except that the following line is written on it in the centre:
पर्युषणाष्टाह्निकव्याख्यानं ॥ पत्राणि १० -- Several foll. more or less worm-eaten ; some of the foll.
have stuck together owing to the presence of gum in the 28 J.L.P.]

Page #245

218
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[564
nk used ; condition tolerably fair ; complete ; Sindūra.
prakara is quoted on fol. 26. Age.-- Samvat 1834, Śaka 1709. Begins.--- fol. 1 ॥ ६ ॥ ॥ श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥
स्मृत्वा पार्श्वसहस्रांशुं etc., as in No. 563. Ends.- fol. 9" इति श्रीसूर्ययशोनृपकथानकं ॥ etc., up to आद्यदिनत्रय
व्याख्यानं संपूर्ण ॥ as in No. 563. This is followed by the lines as under :--
संवत् १८४४ वर्षे शाके १७०९ प्रवर्त्तमाने आश्विनमासे कृष्णपक्षे तृतीयायां कर्मवाट्यां वासरे । 'वृहत्खरतरं गच्छे श्रीक्षेमकीर्तिसाषायां उ श्रीरामविजयजी प्रणीतं(ता) शिष्य वा । पुण्यशीलगाणिना लिखिता प्रति
रीरि)यं पं० । शिवचंद्रहेतवे श्री पल्लिका'पू(पु)यों ॥ श्रीरस्तु N. B.-- For other details see No. 563.

Page #246

365.]
IV. 6 Chedasätras
पर्युषणापर्वविचार (2)
Paryusaņāparvavicāra (?)
No. 565
212. 1871-72.
Sizę.- 10 in. by 44 in.
Extent.--- 30 folios; 16 lines to a page ; 49 letters to a line.
Description.- Country paper thin, rough, tough and white ; Jaina
Devanāgari characters with occasional Çgaars; sufficiently big, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. 300 blank except that quara is written on it in Gujarāts; there is some blank space kept in the centre of the numbered and unnumbered sides as well; condition excellent except that edges of the last two foll. are slightly gone ; this work begins abrubtly with the discussion about śikṣāvratas; but it goes up to the end. It is based upon a work dealing with the parallel topic discuss
ed by Municandra Súri, guru of Deva Sūri. Age.-- Not modern. Author.- Not known.
Subject. -- As the Ms. begins abruptly, it is difficult to say for certain
whether this work is only dealing with Paryusaņaparyan or not. This work is full of quotations. E. g. we have quotations from Bhagavatīsútra (fol. 96), Daśāśrutaskandhasútra ( fol. 106), Upāsakadaśăngasūtra (fol. 10b). Jivājīvābhigamasutra (fol, II), Prajnapanüsütra ( fol. I2° ), Sandehavişa uşadhi (fol. 264), Nandisūtracürņi ( fol. 30a), Sütrakṛtāngasūtraniryukti (fol. 304 ) etc.
Begins.— fol. rau & out #saari Tua i agila quaana
अधुना शिक्षाव्रतानि उच्यते । तत्र शिक्षाऽभ्यासस्तत्प्रधानानि व्रतानि-पुनः. पुनरासेवार्हाणीत्यर्थः । तानि च सामायिकादीनि चत्वारि । तत्र तावत्सामायिकमाह छ दारं

Page #247

220
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(565.
सिक्खाधयं तु एत्थं । सामाइयमोतयं तु विण्णेयं ।
सावज्जेयरजोगाण वज्जणासेवणा रूवं २५५ व्याख्या शिक्षाव्रतमुक्तशब्दार्थमथवा शिक्षाग्रहणासेवारूपा परमपदसाधिका विशिष्टचेष्टा तत्प्रधानं व्रतं etc. fol. 254 ५ ६ ॥
इत्थ उ पणगं पणगं । कारणिअं जा सवीसइ मासे ॥
सुद्धदसमी ठिआ णव । आसाढी पुण्णिमोसरणं ॥१॥ आसाढपुणि(ण्णि)माए । ति(ठि)आणं जदि डगलादीणि गहिआणि पज्जोसवणो(णा)कप्पो अकहितो । सावणबहुलपंचमीए पज्जोसवंति। असति खित्ते सावणबहुलस्स पन(नरसीए । एवं पंच २ उसारी तेण जीव अप्तति ५
भइवयमुद्धपंचमीए अतो परेणं न वट्टा अतिक्कमेउं । etc. Ends.- fol. 30° गच्छो उ दुन्नि मासे । इत्यादिगाथाविषय भद्दवयसुद्धपंचमीए
अणुइए आदिच्चे इत्यादि निशीथचूण्ादिसूत्राद्भाद्रपदस्य शुद्धपंचम्यां यु(जु)गप्पहाणेहिं चउत्थी कारणेणं पवत्तिया सच्चेव अणुमया सवसाहणं ति । निशीथचू० ॥ तेणउए संवच्छर(रे) काले गच्छइ । पर्युषणासूत्रादिवत्रनात् । श्रीवीरनिर्वाणात् त्रिनवत्यधिकनवशतवर्षानंतरं भाद्रसितचतुर्थी पर्युषणापर्व । तत्र च सांवत्सरिकादिप्रमाणचिंतायामधिकमासः कालचूलात्वान्नाधिक्रियते इति तात्पर्यार्थसारः पर्युषणाविचारः सपादशतश्लोकानुमितप्रबंधेन श्रीम(मु)निचंद्रसरिभिः श्रीदेवमुरीणां गुरुभिरनेकान्तजयपताकालालितविस्तराटिप्पनकादिबहुग्रंथ सूत्रधारैः स्याद्वादरत्नाकरादिग्रंथेषु सुविहितसैद्धांतिकादितत्तदुदारविशेषणविशेषितैरति(नि)स(?श्रि)तवसतिवातिशि(सि)भि(:) नवकल्पविहारिभिश्च सविस्तरमुपनिबद्धस्तदनुसारेणापि चायं विचारलेशो लिखित इति ॥ छ ॥ श्रीपर्युषणापर्वविचारः समाप्तः ॥छ ॥ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥
1 While going through this proof I learn from Munirāja Punyavijayaji that this 25th gathā occurs in Sräva kadharmavidhi. If so, probably this work is the same with a commentary in Sanskrit.

Page #248

566.1
IV. 6 Chedas atras
221
पर्युषणाविचार
Paryusaņāvicāra
1392( ). No. 566
1891-95. Extent.-- leaf 84a to leaf 87a. Description.--- Complete so far as it goes. For further details see
____ अरिहणास्तोत्र No. 1891-95.
Subject. It is difficnlt to say for certain whether this is a separate
work by itself or not. It deals with topics connected with
paryusana. Begins. -- leaf. 84 पर्याया झ(? के)तुवद्विकाद्रव्यक्षेत्रकालभावसंबंधिन उत्सृज्यंते
यस्यां सा निरुक्तविधे(धि)ना पर्योसवना ।। छ ॥ अथवा परीतिः सर्वतः
क्रोधादिभावेभ्य उपशम्यते यस्यां सा पर्युपशमना । etc. Ends. -- leaf 86° वासावासं इत्यादि ॥छ ॥ दसासुयखंधे ॥ छ ॥ कप्पइ
निग्गंथाण वा निग्गंधीण वा जाव चत्तारि पंच जोयणाई गंतु पडिइत्तए अंतरा वि से कप्पइ । तं रयणि तत्थेव उवाइणावित्तए । इच्चेयं संबच्छरियं ।
थेरकप्प इत्यादि अष्टमदसासूत्रे । छ इति पर्युषणाविचारः ।। छ Reference. In the Catalogue of the Mss. of the Limbdi Jaina
Jnana-bhandara (p. 90) edited by Muni Caturavijaya, pupil of Pravartaka Kāntivijayaji and published in the Agamodaya Samiti Series as No. 58, a Ms. of the work named as Paryușaņādianekavicāra is mentioned as No. 1535.

Page #249

222
पर्युषणादशशतक स्वोपज्ञवृत्तिसहित
No. 567
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
دو
Paryuṣaṇādaśaśataka with svopajña vṛtti
Extent. -- 20- 1 = 19 folios.
Description. Both the text and the commentary begin abruptly but they practically go up to the end ; for, only the 14th foi. is missing ; the former commences with the verse 38th on fol. 11a. For other details see Iryapathikāṣaṭtrimśika with 166 ( a ). svopajña commentary No. 1873-74.*
1967.
Author.-- Dharmasagara Sūri, pupil of Hiravijaya Suri of the Tapā gaccha.

166 (b). 1873-74.
Subject. A metrical composition in Prakrit dealing with arguments directed against Kupakṣikās, together with its explanation in Sanskrit; the complete text consists of 110 verses, whence the significance of the title can be understood.
Begins. -- (text) fol. 11 *
जह चित्ती नरचित्तं लेहंतो पढमसीसमालिहइ तह सिद्धंतनरस्स वि अत्थो सीसं जिनिंदुत्तो ३८ केवलत्तरुई पुण सद्दत्यविआरणं वि कुणमाणो faaicha अत्थं भासइ इहमिणमुदाहरणं ३९ etc. ( com.) fol. 114
णा नत्थ
किं कालिआणुओगो दिट्टो दिट्टिप (प ) हाणेहिं १
इत्यादि किंविशिष्टस्य अपरिच्छिन्नश्रुतनिकषस्य तपोधनस्य केवलमभिन्नसूत्र चारिणः केवलमभिन्नं न भेद्गतं यत्सूत्रं विशिष्टव्याख्यानरहित सूत्रमात्रं तेन चरितुं तदनुसारेण क्रियाकलापलक्षणमनुष्टानं कर्तु धम्म यस्यासौ केवलमनचारी तस्याभिन्नकेवलसुत्रचारिण इति छ etc.

Page #250

567.]
Ends.- ( text ) fol. 302
22
IV. 6 Chedasutras
एवं जे कमरहिआ महिआ मोहेण (S) तदुक्खे हिं
इअ परमत्थविऊणं तित्थत्थाया कि करलत्थी (च्छी) ८ एवं पज्जोसवणा संपइ जुत्ती चउत्थि तज्जुत्ती सिद्धतधम्मलायर लिहिआ दसगाहसयगण ११०
इति पर्युषणादशशतक श्रीमत् 'तपा' गणनभोनभोमणि श्री हीरविजयसूरीश्वरशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीधर्म्म सागरगणिविरचितमिति भद्रम् ॥ छ ॥ ॥ श्रीसु (शुभं भवतु [ : ] ॥ ॥ छ ॥ श्रीकल्याणमस्तु [ : ] ॥ ॥ छ ॥

-- ( com. ) fol. 30° सिद्धांतधर्म्मः श्रुतधर्मचारित्रधर्म्मयोराय इत्यर्थः तल्लक्षणो यः सागरः समुद्रस्तस्मिन् लिखिता दशोत्तरगाथाशतकेन पिंडीकृता धसागर इति प्रकरणकर्तुर्नामा ( ( ) पि सूचित (तं) बोध्यमिति गाथार्थः ११० छ
इति श्रीमत् 'तप' गणसुविहिताग्रणी हीरविजयसूरीश्वर शिष्योपाध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरगणिविरचिता स्वोपज्ञपर्युषणदशशतक वृत्तिरि (य) मिति ॥
छ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
223

Page #251

224
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(568.
THE FIFTH CHEDASUTRA बृहत्कल्पसूत्र
Brhatkalpasūtra (938067')
(Vuddhakappasutta ) No. 568
175.
1881-82. Size.—- 124in. by s} in. Extent.—7 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin and grey ; Jaina Devanāgarī
characters with hers; bold, big, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; on these black lines, thick red lines are drawn; space between the pairs coloured yellow ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; the title or a written in the left-hand margin ; unnumbered sides decorated with a diagram in yellow and blue colours in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; the first fol. slightly torn; all the foli. more or less worm-eaten ; condition fair ; fol. 76 blank ; complete ; extent 400 ślokas; this work is known as Kalpasútra (Kappasutta) and Vedakalpasūtra, too; it is divided into six uddeśakas as under :Uddeśaka I
foll. I to 2a
» 2* „ 34 III
IV
s » 66
V VI
66 , 7a. The last line and a portion of the last but one line are written in red ink,
1 This name is mentioned by Dharmasāgara Mahopādhyāya in his Tattvatarangiņi in the following verse :
" तइअंमि अ उद्देसे जं भाणअं वुड्रकप्पचुण्णीए ।
CHHA 3 Teh aalaguuite HITEL 11 78 11"
See fol. 9a of No. _1348..
18884-87.

Page #252

568.]
IV. 6 Chedashtras
225
Age.- Not modern. Author.-- Bhadrabāhusvāmin. Subject.-- This Kalpasūtra known as Kalpādhyayana and Kappa,
too, is one of the six chedasūtras composed in Prākrit. It contains six uddeśakas. It deals with rules and regulations pertaining to Jaina monks and nuns. Restrictions about food, upakaranas, upāśraya etc. are expounded, and expiations regarding violations or partial transgressions are pre
scribed. Begins.--- fol. I ए ६ ॥ ॥ ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
नो कप्पइ (निग्गंथाण वा) निग्गंधीण वा आमे तालपलंबे अभिण्णे पडिग्गाहित्तए कप्पति निग्गंधाण वा निग्गंथीण वा । आमे तालपलंबे भिण्णे पडिग्गाहित्तए etc.
fol. : कप्पे पढमो उद्देसो संमत्तो ॥ छ । ,, बिइओ उद्देसो संमत्तो ॥ छ । ,, 4*त(ई)ओ उद्देसो समत्तो ॥ छ । ,, 5 कप्पे चउत्थओ उद्देसो संमत्तो ॥ छ ।
,, 6 कप्पे पंचमो उद्देसो संमत्तो ॥ छ ॥ Ends.--- fol. 7* इच्छालोभत्ता मुत्तिमग्गपलिमंशू । भिक्खाणिदाणकारणे सिद्धि
मग्गस्प्त पलिमंथू । सम्वत्थ अणिदाणता पसत्था ॥ छट्टि( ? बि)हा कप्पदिई पण्णत्ता । तं० सामाइयसंजय कप्पट्टिई । (छे )ओपट्राणियसंजयकप्पदिई । निविसमाणगकप्पट्टिई । णिविट्रकाइयकप्पदिई । जिणकप्पट्टिई । थेरकप्पट्रिई त्ति बेमि ॥ छ । छ । कप्पस छटो उद्देसओ संमत्तो ॥ छ ॥ ६ इति कल्पसूत्रं ॥ छ etc.
साहाश्रीवछाभार्याबाइगुरुदेसुतसाहसहिसकिरणेन भंडारे गृहीत्वा सुतवर्द्धमानशांतिदासपरिपालनार्थ ॥ ग्रं० ४०० माहाजनइ. Reference.-- The text was edited by W. Schubring as " Das Kalpa
sútra, die alte Samınlung jinisticher Mönchsvorschriften” with German translation and glossary etc., Leipzig, in A. D. 1905. The text together with Gujarati translation, a table of contents, a glossary of Prākrit words with Sanskrit equi
valents and references about passages common to other 29 [J. L. P.]

Page #253

226
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1368.
āgamas was published by Jivarāj Ghelābhāi Dośi at Ahmedabad in A. D. 1915. This work with the niryukti, the lagiubhāșya of Sanghadāsa Gani Kșamāśramaņa, Malayagiri Sûri's Sanskrit commentary and Kșemakirti Sūri's commentary on the portion for which there is no commentary of Malayagiri available, has been undertaken for editing by Muni Caturavijaya and his disciple Punyavijaya. Only the portion dealing with Pithikā has been published in A. D. 1933 as Introductory Vol. I as “Shri Atmananda Jain Granth Ratnamala Serial No. 82" by Śrī ātmānanda Jaina Sabhā, Bhavnagar.
The Hindi translation of this work and of the II other works viz. (1) Vyavahārasūtra, (2) Niśithasútra, (3) Daśāśrutaskandhasūtra, (4) Upāsakadaśāngasútra, (5) Antakrddaśāngasútra, (6) Anuttaropapātikadaśāngasútra and (7-11) Nirayā. valikāśrutaskandha ( containing 5 works ) is published in Śri Ratnaprabhākarajñānapuşpamālā, Phalodi ( Marwar ).
Bühler's Report on Sanskrit Mss. 1872-73.- Bombay, 1874, (p. 4), F. Kielhorn's Report on the Search for Sanskrit Mss. in the Bombay Presidency during the year 1880-81-Bombay, 1881, (p. 78), Peterson's fifth Report of operations in search of Sanskrit Mss. in the Bombay circle, 1892-95.-Bombay, 1896, (p. 292), Z. D. M. G. vol. XLII (p. 551), “La Religion Djasna ( Histoire Doctrine Culte, Coutumes, Institutions )" of A. Guerinot (pp. 79, 81, 211 and 226 ) published by Librairie Orientaliste Paul Geuthner, Paris, 1926, Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, pp. 292 and 310f.), A History of Indian Literature ( vol. II, pp. 429 and 464) and “Die Lehre der Jainas Nach der Alten Quellen Dargestellt” (p. 77) of W. Schubring, published in “Grundriss der Indo-Arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde (vol. III, pt. 7), Berlin and Leipzig, in A. D. 1935 may be consulted.
Also see Weber II, p. 668ff., Indian Antiquary vol. X, p. 101 and vol. XXI, p. 214, and Notices of Sanskrit Mss.A. S. Bengal Report IX, p. 206. For additional Mss. and

Page #254

$69.1
IV. 6 Chedasutras
their descriptions see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 395 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 30.
बृहत्कल्पसूत्र
No. 569
There are two Mss. of this work in the Limbdi Jaina Jñanabhandara. See its Catalogue No. 1851.
I
Size.-32 in. by 24 in.
Extent. 29 + 1 = 12 leaves; 6 to 7 lines to a leaf; 142 to 150 letters to a line.
Description.-- Palm-leaf durable and greyish;; Jaina Devanagari characters with TS; big, legible and good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate colums, and so far as the first leaf is concerned in four; but, really it is not so, since the lines of the 1st column are continued in the rest ; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand one as ?, , etc., and in the left-hand one as,, etc. 1; १ २ ३ red chalk used; leaves slightly worm-eaten; condition tolerably good; leaf 1a blank; leaf 9th repeated; its 9a and leaf 10a are blank; some portion from the end is repeated on leaf 9b; complete; this work is divided into six uddeśakas as under :--
Uddeśaka
""

در
در
ور
در
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
leaves 1b to
در
در
""
Bṛhatkalpasūtra
128.
1872-73.
leaf

w 1 my
2b
sa
7b
9b.
ور
227
در
در
64555
For variants of these and other letter-numerals see Appendix IV.
Sa
76

Page #255

228
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[5.69.
There are two holes on the whole, one between the 1st two columns and the other between the last two; there are two extra blank leaves just in the beginning; out of them on the leaf 2b we have something like a horoscopic kundali as under :
६ चं
७
2
८
९
१०
मं

श्री
११
(बु (?गु)
र शु
४
(1) बृहत्कल्पसूत्र लघुभाष्य (2) बृहत्कल्पसूत्र लघुभाष्यचूर्णि
This Ms. contains in addition the following two works for
which seperate numbers are given :
२ बु (?)
१२ श
""
Age. Samvat 1334.
Begins. --- leaf r ॥ ६० ॥ अहं ॥ ॐ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ॥
MmW
leaves rob to 158b : No. 576.
I
159b,, 466 No. 581.
नो कप्पड़ निग्गंथाण वा etc., as in No. 568.
"Ends.--- leaf 9' इच्छालो भत्ता मुत्ति etc, up to कप्पे छट्टो उद्देसओ संमत्तो ॥ छ ॥ practically as in No. 568 followed by the line as under:-- मंगलमस्तु || कप्पसुप्तं समत्तं ॥ छ ॥
( repeated) leaf 9 सेयंसि वा पंसि वा । ( पणगंसि वा ) उदयंसि वा । ओकसमाणि वा । 'ओवुज्झमाणि वा' etc.
I Leaves 12, 15 and 16 are to be excluded as they are missing.
This is a portion of the 8 sutra of the sixth uddeśaka.

Page #256

$70.)
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
229
leaf 95 pârêt Harat frafeifr forafgaten FCTFERA Prorasorid(fy) थेरकप्पट्रिती त्ति बेमि ॥ छ । छ ॥ कप्पे उद्देसओ छटो संमत्तो ॥ छ ।
ÅT HET HIER 11 I THAT I J ll il N. B.-- For other details see No. 568.
बृहत्कल्पसूत्र
Brhatkalpasūtra No. 570
282 (a).
A. 1883-84. Size.--- 35 in. by 21 in. Extent.-- 187+2+3=192 leaves ; 4 to 6 lines to a leaf ; about 140
letters to a line. Description.-- Palm-leaf durable and greyish; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with TTATES ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but, really it is not so, since the lines of the first extend to the remaining ones; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand one as 3, P etc., and in the left-hand one as fa, ha, ft, och etc. ; leaf ra blank; it is
preceded by two extra blank leaves ; this work ends on leaf 126; complete ; extent 473 verses ; this work is divided into six uddeśakas as under:
Uddeśaka
1 ІІ
leaves
»
Ib to 3a ,
30 4
IV
» 61 „ 96
gb , 12a
leaf 126. This Ms. contains in addition
EH59 commencing on leaf 13a and ending on leaf 1876; leaf 1876 is followed
VI

Page #257

230
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[$71.
by three extra blank leaves. This Ms. is placed between
two wooden boards. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins.--- leaf Ib & 0 11 FA: Hart II
care forsterrut at forfefiui(ot) ar etc. Ends.-- leaf 12 इच्छालोभए मुत्तिमग्गस्स पलिमंथू etc., up to त्ति बेमि practi
cally as in No. 568 followed by ach GEHT ET FETII
श्लोकसंख्या ४७३॥ N. B.-- For additional particulars see No. 568.
बृहत्कल्पसूत्र
Brhatkalpasūtra (gift)
(Pīthika) लधुभाष्य तथा
with laghubhăsya विवरण
and vivarana
1221. No. 571
1887-91. Size.— 12 in. by 4} in. Extent.-- 95 - 1 = 94 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a
line.
Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters with eacts; sufficiently big, legible and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink ; the space between these pairs coloured red; foll. numbered only once and that, too, in the right-- hand margin ; fol. 87th and the following wrongly numbered as 88 etc.; unnumbered sides have a square in yellow colour in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; red chalk used; fol. 1a blank; so is the last fol. except that the title creath is written on it; foll. ist and 95th slightly torn; condition on the whole good; this Ms. contains the text, its laghublıăşya and the

Page #258

57I.]
IV. 6 Chedasttras
231
commentary as well; complete so far as they go; extent
5600 Slokas. Age.- Old. Author of the laghubhāşya – Sanghadāsa Gaņi Kșamāśramana. ,, ,, ,, commentary.- Malayagiri Suri so far as a portion
of a frident is concerned. Kșemakirti Sūri is the commentator of the portion following it; but that portion is not given in this Ms. Even the Pithikā is not here completely
commented upon. Subject. The text together with its explanations in Prākrit and
Sanskrit as well. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 2 नो कप्पति निग्गंथाण वा etc.
, ( bhāsya ) fol. 24 काऊण नमोक्कारं etc. , as in No. 576. ,, (com.) fol. I' उमे.
प्रकटीकृतनि(:)श्रेयसपदहेतुस्थविरकल्पजिनकल्पं । नम्राशेषनरामरकल्पितफलकल्पतरुकल्पं ॥ १। नत्वा श्रीवीरजिनं गुरुपदकमलानि बोधविपुलानि । कल्पाध्ययनं विवणोमि लेशतो गुरुनियोगेन ॥२।
भाष्यं क्व चातिगभीरं क्व चाहजडशेखरः
तदत्र जानते पूज्या ये मामेवन्नियुंजते ॥३॥ अद्भुतगुणरत्न(न)निधौ कल्पे साहायि(य)कं महातेजाः ।
दीप इव तमास कुरुते जयति यतीशः स चूर्णिणकृत् ॥ ४ ।
इह शिष्याणां मंगलबुद्धिपरिग्रहाय etc. Ends.- ( bhāsya ) fol. 94b
चाउम्मासुक्कोसे मासिय मज्झे य पंच य जहन्ने
वोच्चत्थगहणकरणे तत्थ वि सटाणपच्छित्तं ।' , - ( com.) fol. 95 जघन्यं करोति रात्रिंदिवपंचकं जघन्यं छित्त्वा वा
उत्कृष्टं करोति चतुर्लघु मध्यमं करोति मासिकं यत एवं स्वस्थान(न)प्रायश्चित्तं ततोऽपि विपर्यस्तग्रहणकरणे न विधेये ग्रंथायं. ५६०० कल्पपीठिकाऽसावेतावती श्रीमलयगिरिसूरिस्ता अथाऽग्रतः सपीठिकाऽपि सर्वो ग्रंथः श्रीक्षेमकीर्तिरिकतो(s)स्ति ॥ श्रीरस्तु । छ । दवे गगा लर्षतः ॥ श्री etc.
à
This is the 66th gatha According to the printed edition.

Page #259

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Reference. The portions of the text, bhasya and the commentary given here are published. See No. 568.
232
बृहत्कल्पसूत्र ( उद्देशक १-२ )
लघुभाष्य तथा टीका
No. 572
Size. 12 in. by 41
Extent.
in.

1572.
Brhatkalpasūtra (Uddeśakas I-II) with laghubhasya
and tikā
191296 10 1 86 folios; 13 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line.

1222.
1887-91.
Description. Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional gears; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; the space between these pairs coloured red; foll. numbered only once in the body of the Ms.; unnumbered sides have so to say a square in yellow colour; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; fol. 1a blank except that the title gaf is written on it; edges of this fol. as well as those of the last are torn in many a place; condition on the whole very fair; foll.40 and 173 repeated; foll. 45 to 140, 142 to 151 and 180 missing; numbers of some of the last foll. are rewritten; so really a fol. may not be missing; it may be a case of only a wrong numbering; this Ms. contains the text, its laghubhaṣya and the commentary as well; all complete so far as the 2nd kbanda is concerned, in case the missing foll. are not taken into account; this Ms. seems to be a continuation of the preceding No. 571; this Ms. begins with the 10th sutra occurring in the 3rd para of the printed edition (p. 1) of Jinavijaya i. e. to say it begins after nine sutras of the first

Page #260

$7231
V. 6 Chedasūtras
uddeśaka and it stops with the 28th sutra of the second uddeśaka of the same edition (p. 5) ; extent 9500 slokas. Age.- Pretty old.
Author of the laghubhāṣya. Sanghadasa Gani Kṣamāśramaņa. ,,,, commentary. -- Ksemakirti Sūri.
Subject-- A chedasūtra along with its laghubhāṣya and its commentary in Sanskrit. The latter cites authorities and records various opinions. See fol. 1758.
""
Begins. - ( text ) fol. 1 से गामंसि वा जाव रायहाणिंसि वा एगवगडाए एगदुarry area मणप्पवेसाए नो कप्पइ etc.
—( bhāsya ) fol. b
"
"
Ends.
गामनगराइए तेसु ओ ( उ ) क्खेत्ते कत्थ वसियव्वं । जत्थ न वसंति समणी मन्भासे निग्गमपहे वा ॥
- ( com. ) fol. h | 0 | नमः श्रीसर्व्वज्ञाय ।
व्याख्यातानि मासकल्पविषयाणि चत्वार्यपि सूत्राणि संप्रत्यग्रेतनसूत्रमारभ्यते etc.
23
(com.) fol. 175 लाटाचार्याभिप्रायः पुनरयं शेषाः साधवस्तत्र वा मूलवसतौ अन्यत्र वा प्रतिवसतौ वसंतु नैतेषां संबंधिनां सागारिकेनेहाधिकारः । किंतु सकलगच्छस्य च्छ (छ) कल्पवात् च्छ (छ)त्र आचार्यः तस्य च्छायां वर्जयंति मौलशय्यातरगृहामित्यर्थः । इति विशेषचूर्पिणनिशीथचूण्यरभिप्रायः । मूलचूर्ण्यभिप्रायः पुनरयं etc.
( bhāsya ) fol. 1894

पढम उत्थापि(पं)डो वि (बि)तिओ ततिओ य होति ओ ( उ ) अपिंडो पुरतो तो वि विवज्जे भद्दगपंतेहिं दोसेहिं ||
( text ) fol. 191 सागारियस प्रयाभत्ते उद्देसिए चेइए पा ( पा ) हुडियाए सागारिere उवगरणजाए निट्टिएनिसट्टे पाडिहारिए । तं सागारिओ दे सागारियस परिजणो देइ । तम्हा दावए नो से कप्पइ पडिगाहित्तए
1. This very sūtra is given as the 1st sutra in No. 2573.
30 [J. L. P. 1

Page #261

234
Ends.- ( bhāsya ) fol. 1914
""
दछिण्णछिष्णं कप्पती कप्पए य इति वृत्तं । इदमणं (i) पुण भावे अन्योच्छिण्णंमि पडिसिद्धं ॥
followed by its commentary and then on fol. 191a we have:
आवेसेसिउ व पिंडो हेट्टिममुत्तेमु एसमक्खातो ।
इह पुण तस्स विभागो सो पुण उवकरणभत्ते वा ॥
-7
( com. ) fol. 191 तदेवं प्रकारं संवतावां सागारिको वा दद्यात् सागरिकस्य परिजनो वा दद्यात् किं कल्पते न वेत्याह । ग्रं. ९५०० । पूज्य भक्तात् पूज्योपकरणाद् वा प्रातिहारिका (द) दद्यात् परं न कल्पते प्रतिट (य) हीतुमिति सूत्रार्थः ।
इति श्रीकल्पवृत्तिद्वितीयं खंडम् ।
etc.
Reference. The text is published. A portion of the laghubhāṣya and the commentary given here are in press. See No. 568.
--
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
बृहत्कल्पसूत्र
( उद्देशक २-४ )
लघुभाष्य तथा टीका
[ 573•

Brhatkalpasūtra (Uddeśakas II-IV )
with laghubhāṣya and tikā
No. 573
Size.— 12 in. by 43 in.
Extent. -- 232 folios; 13 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line. Description.--- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with es; sufficiently big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; space between these pairs is coloured red; foll. numbered only once and that, too, in the right-hand margin; unnumbered sides have a square in yellow colour in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; a lacuna on fol. 34b; fol. 1a blank and so is

1223.
1887-91.

Page #262

573.1
Uddeśaka II with com.
III
IV
ލމ
V. 6 Chedasutras
practically fol. 232"; several foll. more or less worm-eaten; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; the last fol. partly torn; condition fair; yellow pigment used; this Ms. contains the text, its laghubhāṣya and the commentary as well; it starts with the 28th sutra of the second uddeśaka (p. 5 of Jinavijaya's edition) and stops with the 22nd sūtra of the fourth uddeśaka; thus this Ms. is in continuation with the preceding one (No. 572 ); the preceding two Mss. appear to deal with the first two khandas; this Ms. deals with the third khanda; this 3rd khanda seems to start with the commentary to the second uddeśaka, from the point where it was left in the preceding Ms. No. 572; the commentary to this uddeśaka ends on fol. 4b; this khanda goes up to the 22nd sutra of the fourth uddeśaka aad ends after a part of the commentary to this uddeśaka is treated; thus it remains incomplete; extent of the 3rd khanda 4000 ślokas; total extent of the three khandas 12580 slokas; the extent of the three uddeśakas with their explanatary portions is as under :---
ور
دو
رد
""
27
در
""
رو

foll.
در
""
Age.- Pretty old.
Author of the laghubhāṣya.- Sanghadasa Gani Kṣamāśramaņa.
,, commentary.-Kṣemakirti Sūri.
در
Tb
4.
153b
to
""
""
Subject. The text along with the bhāṣya and a commentary in
Sanskrit.
Begins. (text) fol. 1o anafaz gr etc.. as in No. 572.
(bhāṣya) fol. 1b

4b
153b
2316
235
संबंधी सामि गुरू पासंडी वा वितं समुद्दिस्स । पूयाउात्तं तियपट्टमभतूं च एगट्टा etc. चेकडमेग पाहुडियहेणगंत एगट्टा 1 zamrzoi azant ana fauì a spi a ||
- ( com. ) fol. 1° अथ कल्पवृत्तितृतीयखण्डमारभ्यते followed by

Page #263

236
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[573.
the ist verse of the bhāșya noted above and then we have --
सागारिकस्यैव संबं[य]धी[:] पितृव्यमातुलादिर्यो वा तस्य स्वामी etc. (com.) fol. 4° व्याख्यातो द्वितीय उद्देशकः । अथ तृतीयः प्रारभ्यते । अस्य चेदमादिसूत्रं । (text) fol. 4° नो कप्पइ निग्गंथाण(ण) निग्गंथीण उवस्मयंसि चिट्टत्तए वा निसीइत्तए वा तुट्टित्तए वा etc. ( com.) fol. I53' इति श्रीकल्पाध्ययने(न)टीकायां तृतीय उद्देशकः परिसमाप्तः etc. व्याख्यातस्तृतीय उद्देशकः संप्रति चतुर्थ आरभ्यते । तस्य चेदमादिसूत्रं । (text ) fol. IS3 तओ अणुरघाइया पण(ण)त्ता । तं जहा ।। छ ॥ हत्थकम्मं करमाणे मेहुणं पडिसेवमाणे राईभोयणं भुंजमाणे etc. (com.) fol. 227° संप्रति नियुक्तिविस्तरः । छ ।
पुश्विव्वालोयणानयमागछे(च्छे ) उवक्कमानमित्तं ।
भत्तपरिणगिलाणे पुन्वगाहो थंडिलस्सेव ॥ यत्र साधवो मासकल्प वर्षासं वा कर्तुकामास्तत्र पूर्वमेव तिष्ठतो द्रव्यस्य वहन
काष्ठादेरवलोकन नियमाद्च्छवासिनः कुवेति etc. Ends.--(text ) fol. 226* णो से कप्पइ तेसिं कारणं अदीवेत्ता अण्णं आयरिय
उवज्झायं उदिसावित्तए । कप्पइ तेसिं कारणं दीवित्ता जाव उद्दिसावित्तए ( bhāsya ) fol. 2310
गिण्हइ णाम एगस्स दोण्ह अहवा वि होज्ज सवेसि ।
खिप्पं तु लोयकरणं परिण गणभेद बारसम etc. ,, -(bhāsya) fol. 2310
चेइधरुवस्सए वा हायंती तो थुता यतो बिंति । सारवणं बसहीए करेति सव्वं बसहिपालो । १ अविधिपरिट्रवणाए काउस्सग्गो य गुरुसमीवंमि ।
मंगलसंतिनिमित्तं थुई तउ(ओ) अजियसंतीणं ॥२ ,, -- (com.) fol. 231" ततो मंगलार्थ शांतिनिमित्तं वा(S)जितशांति
स्तवो भणनीयः । अब चूर्णिणः । ते साहुणो चेइयप्पक्खो उवस्स एव
I This is the 22nd sutra (p 10) of the printed: edition of Jinavijaya. 1.2 अनेन स्तवेन परम्परानुसारेण श्रीनन्दिषेणमनिवररचितः स्तव उल्लिखितः स्वादिति प्रतिभाति ।

Page #264

$74.1
Reference. Only the portion of the text is published. See No. 568.
There are four Mss. for Kşemakirti Suri's commentary corresponding to the four khandas in the Limbdi Bhaṇḍāra. See its Catalogue No. 1854.
V. 6 Chedasutras
237
1
वि या होज्जा जइ चेइयघरे तो परिहार्यतीहि थुईहिं चेहयाई वंदित्वा आयरियसगासे इरियावहियं पाडेक्कमिडं अविहिपरिद्वावणियाए काउस्सगं करेंति । ता मंगलसंतिनिमित्तं अजिय संतित्थ (थ) उ (ओ) तउ (ओ) अन्ने वि दोवए हायंते कडूंति उत्रस्सए बि एवं चैव चेश्ववंदणवज्जं । विशेषचूर्पिणः पुनरित्थं तओ आगमचेश्वरं गच्छति चेइयाणि वंदित्ता संतिनिमित्तं अजियसंति त्थ (थ)उ (ओ) परियद्विज्जइ । तिन्नि वा थुईउ परिहायंती कडिज्जति तउ (ओ) आगंतुं अविहिपरिद्वावणियाए काउस्सगो (गो) कीरइ । छ ग्रंथाग्रं ४००० ॥ कल्पवृत्तिखंड संपूर्ण ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं एवं समग्र १२५४० शिवम् | दवे गगा' लर्वतः ॥ श्री etc.
बृहत्कल्पसूत्र ( उद्देशक १-२ )
.
लघुभाष्य तथा टीका
No. 574
I
Size.- 1o‡ in. by 42 in.
Extent. - 730 - 1 - 1 - 1 = 727 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line.
Description.-- Country paper thin, tough and white; quality of the paper not the same throughout the Ms; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional gears; sufficiently big, quite legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered;in both the margins as
This is the same scribe who copied No. 571.
Brhatkalpasūtra (Uddeśakas 1-2 ) with laghubhāṣya
and tikā

390.
1880-81.

Page #265

238
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(574.
usual ; foll. 14 and 7300 blank; yellow pigment used; edges of the first fol. slightly gone; some foll. slightly worm-eaten ; edges of foll. 394 to 408 slightly damaged ; foll. 410 and 415 partly torn; the edges of the last few foll. somewhat worn out; condition very fair ; fol. 424th wrongly numbered as 224th in the right-hand margin ; similary fol. 672 numbered as 172; fol. 541 also numbered as 542; the following hence numbered as 543 etc ; the fol. following the 61sth numbered as 617; even then there seems to be no break in the continuity of the subject; foll. 635 and 636 bracketed together; fol. 6645 blank except that its number is written on it; the fol. 664a ends as under :--
इति श्रीकल्पाध्ययनटीकायां प्रथम उद्देशकः परिसमाप्त: १ छ ftred:
This Ms. contains the text, its laghubhāsya and the commentary ; they are complete so far as the Ist two uddeśakas are concerned. The extent of these two uddeśakas along with their exegetical portions is as under :Uddeśaka I with com. foll. 10 to 664a
„ II „ „ „ 664* „ 730 Age.-- Old. Author of the laghubhāşya. Sanghadāsa Gani Kșamāśramana. „ „ „ commentary. - Malayagiri only so far as a portion
of the Pīțhikā is concerned i. e. up to fol. 134b and then
for the remaining portion Kșemakirti. Subject.- A Chedasūtra along with its elucidations in Prākrit and
Sanskrit. Begins.--- (text ) fol. ib stafar faritentur etc. s --- ( bhāșya ) fol. 20
F150 ##1#ri etc., as in No. 576. » -- ( bhāşya ) fol. 2b

Page #266

$74.1
V. 6 Chedasutras
सक्कयपाययवयणाण विभासा जत्थ जज्जते जं तु ॥ अझणनिरुत्तणिय वक्खाण विही (य) अणुउ (ओ) गो ॥
Begins.- ( com. ) fol. r" ए ५ ० ॥ नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय [:]
प्रकटीकृतनिःश्रेयस etc., as in No. 571.
(com) fol. rb (last lines ) सूत्रस्पर्शिक निर्युक्ते (:) भाष्यस्य च संप्रत्येकग्रंथत्वेन जातत्वात् अथ कः सूत्रमकात को वा निर्युक्ति को वा भाष्यमिति ? उच्यते इह पूर्वो ( ) षु यन्नवमं प्रत्याख्याननामकं पूर्व तस्य यत्तृतीयमाचाराख्यं वस्तु तस्मिन् विंशतितमे प्राभूते मूलगुणेषूत्तरगुणेषु चापराधेषु दशविधमालोचनादिकं प्रायश्चित्तमुपवर्त्ति (णि) तं कालक्रमेण च दुष्प (ष)मानुभावतो धृतिबली (ल) वीर्य बुद्ध्यार्युः (युः) प्रभृतिषु परिहीयमानेषु पूर्वाणि दुरवगाहानि जातानि ततो मा भूत्प्रायश्चित्तछेद इति साधूनामनुग्रहाय चतुर्दशपुर्वधरेण भगवता भद्रबाहुस्वामिना कल्पसूत्रं व्यवहारसूत्रं चाकारि उभयोरपि सूत्रस्पर्शिक नियुक्ती etc.

( com. ) fol. 134 जघन्यं सीवित्वा छित्त्वा वा etc, up to ग्रहण - करणे न as in No. 571 followed by विधेये । ग्रंथाग्रं ४६००. Here ends the commentary of Malayagiri Sūri. Kṣemakirti Sūri commences his work hereafter as under:--
नमः सर्वज्ञाय
1 'कल्प' इत्यर्थः ।
नतमघवमौलिमंडलमणिमुकुटमयुपधौतपदकमलं ।
सर्वज्ञममृतवाचं श्रीवीरं नौमि जिनराजं १ चरमचतुर्द्दशपूर्वी कृतपूर्वी कल्पना मकाध्ययनं सुविहितहितैकरसिको जयति श्रीभद्रबाहुगुरुः २ कल्पे (s) पन प्रतिपदमर्पयति यो ( 5 ) निकुरुंबं । श्री संघदासगणये चिंतामणये नमस्तस्मै ३ शिवपदपुरपथकल्पं २' विषममधि (पि) दुःख (ष) मारात्रौ । सुमती (? गमी) करोति यच्चूर्णिदीपिका स जयति यतींद्र : ४ आगमदुर्ग (म) पदसंशयादितापो विलीयते विदुषां यद्वचनचंदनरसैर्मलयगिरिः स जयति यथार्थः ५ श्रुतलोचनमुपनीय (व्यपनीय) ममापि जडिमजन्मांध्य (ध्यं) यैरदा शिवमार्गः स्वगुरून (न) पि ताम (न) हं वंदे ६
239

Page #267

2040
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[574.
574. ऋजुपदपद्धतिरचनां बालशिर शेखरो(5)प्यहं कुवें यस्याः प्रसादवशतः श्रुतदेवी सा(S)स्तु मे वरदा श्रीमलयगिरिप्रभवो यां कर्तुमुपाक्रमंत मतिमंतः सा कल्पशास्त्रटीका मयाऽनुसंधीयतेऽल्पधिया।
इह श्रीमदावश्यकादिसिद्धांतप्रतिबद्धनियुक्तिशास्त्रसंसूत्रणमूत्रधारः परोपकारकरणैकदीक्षादीक्षितसुगृहीतनामधेयः श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामी सकर्णकर्णपु-, टपीयमानपीयूषायमानललितपदकलितपेशला ला]लापकं साधुसाध्वीगतकल्पा(ल्प्या )कल्प्यपदार्थसार्थविधिप्रतिषेधरूपकं यथायोगमुत्सर्गापवादपदवीसूत्रकवचनरचनागर्भ परस्परमनुस्यूताभिसंब(धयं)धुरपूर्वापरसूत्रसंदर्भ प्रत्याख्यानाख्यनवमपूर्वांतर्गता(55)चारनामझतृतीयवस्तुरहस्यनिष्यंदकल्पं कल्पनामधेयमध्ययनं नियुक्तियुक्तं निर्ग(8)ढवान् अस्य च स्वल्पग्रंथमहार्थतया प्रतिसमयमवसर्पिणीपरिणतिपरिहीयमाणमि(म )तिमेधाधारणादिगुणग्रामाणामैदंयुगीनसाधूनां दुरवबोधतया च सकलत्रिलोकीसुभगंकरणक्षमाश्रमणानामधेयो(या)भिधैर्यैः श्रीसंघदासगणिपूज्यैः प्रतिपदप्रकटितसर्वज्ञाज्ञाविराधनासमुद्भतप्रत्यपायजालं निपुणचरणपरिपालनोपायगोचरविचारवाच(चा)लं सर्वथा दूषण करणा(णे)नाप्यदूष्यं भाष्यं विरचयांचने इदमप्यतिगंभीरतया मंदमेधसां दूरवगममवगम्य यद्यप्यनुपरुतपरोपकातिकृता चूर्णिकृत्वा(ता) चर्णिरासूत्रिता तथापि सा निबिडजडिमजंबा(ल)जालजला(टा)नामस्मादृशं जंतूनां न तथाविध(धा)वबोधनिबंधनमुपजायते इति परिभाव्य शब्दानुशासनादिविश्वविद्यामयज्योतिःपुंजपरमाणु घटितमूर्तिभिः श्रीमलयगिरिमुनींद्रर्पिपादेविवरणकरणमुपचक्रमे तदपि कुतो(5)पि हेतोरिदानी परिपूर्ण नावलोक्यते इति परिभाब्य मंदमति. मौलिमणिना( 5)पि मया गुरूपदेशं निश्ची(श्री)कृत्य श्रीमलयगिरिविरचित विवरणादृर्द्ध विवरीतुमारभ्यते etc. (com.) fol. 1904
चारित्रभूपालनिवासहेतु__ प्रासादकल्पे किल कल्पशास्त्रे सुद्ध(व)र्णबद्वा सुरसा(s)वगाढा
समर्थिता संप्रति पीठिकेयं इति कल्पपीठिका परिसमाप्ता छ.
( text ) fol. 6650 उवस्सयस्स अंतोवगडाए सालीणि वा वीहीणि वा मुग्गाणि वा etc.

Page #268

575.]
""
""
Euds. — ( text ) :fol. 7291 काइ निग्गंथाण वा (निग्गंथीण वा ) इमाई पंच रय
हरणाई धारित वा (परिहरितए वा ) तंजहा ओणियए उट्टिय (ए) साण वच्चापि मुंजपिए नाम पंचमे (त्ति बेमि ) ।
— ( bhāsya ) fol. 729
-
( com.) fol. 6654
कल्पे माणिक्यकोशे जिनपतिनृपते ( : ) सूरिभिस्तानयुक्त - स्तस्यैवान्यै (जै) कतानि(नै) र्नि (र्न) यपथ निपुणैश्चित्यमानाधिकारे
पेटा उद्देशका ( : ) स्युः षडिह गहनतामुद्रिता अर्थरत्नैः
पूर्णास्तत्राद्यपेटा प्रकटनविषये कुंचिकेषास्तु टीका
व्याख्यातः प्रथम उद्देशकः संप्रति द्वितीय था ? आरभ्यते etc.
V. 6 Chedasutras
रहरण पंगस्स परिवाडीयाए होंति गहणं तु उप्परवाडीगहण आवज्जति मासियं लहुअं तिवित्तिय असईए उट्टियमादीण गहगधरणं तु उप्परिवाडीगहणे तत्थं वी (वि) सहाणपच्छित्तं fol. 730a
उदसणा कुत्सं (स्सं) ती उल्लाइ परसुमद्दवणत्थि तेोणिए पत्थं असती य उ उक्कमं कुज्जा
( com. ) fol. 730' और्णिकस्यासत्यभावे उत्क्रमं कुर्यात् औष्ट्रिकादीन्यपि यथालाभं गृह्णीयादिति भावः ।
बृहत्कल्पसूत्र ( उद्देशक २ ) लघुभाष्य तथा टीका
इति कल्पध्ययनटीकायां द्वितीयोदेशकः समाप्तः छ श्रीरस्तु [:]
Reference. The text is published. The commentary up to Pithikā along with the corresponding laghubhāṣya is published.
No. 575
Size.-353 in. by 2 in. 31 [J. L. P.]

241

Brhatkalpasūtra (Uddeśaka II) with laghubhāṣya and tīkā
6.
1881-82.

Page #269

242
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1575.
Extent. - 105+92=197 leaves ; 5 to 6 lines to a leaf; about 140
letters to a line. Description.— Palm-leaf somewhat thick, durable and greyish ; Jaina
Devanāgari characters with easts ; small, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but, really it is not so, since the lines of the first column are continued to the rest ; borders of all the three columns ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used ; leaves numbered in the lower corners of the right-hand margins in a very small hand-writing; leaf 18 blank ; this Ms. begins with the 2nd uddeśaka and it ends abruply on leaf 105", though it is followed by 92 extra blank leaves; there are two holes in each leaf in the space between every two columns; this Ms. is encompassed
by two wooden boards; condition tolerably good. Age.— Fairly old. Author of the laghubliāşya. --- Sangliadāsa Gani Kşamāśramaņa.
» » » commentary.-- Kșemakirti Súri. Subject. --- The text with its explanations in Prākrit and Sanskrit.
In the latter which is composed in Samvat 1332, as stated in Limbdi Catalogue ( p.:108), Višeşacūrni is made use of.
See leaf 98b. Begins.--- ( text ) leaf rb उवस्सयस्स अंतो वगडाए सालीणि वा वीहीणि वा
मुग्गाणि वा मासाणि वा तिलाणि वा कुलत्थाणि वा । गोहूमाणि वा जवाणि
वा etc. » -( bhāşya ) leaf 1b
CITAT ÉTÄT SITAT ...arkasi
gagalatia rafaureae Fraît i etc. „ - ( com. ) leaf Ib & OIL AĦT STEIN
ETTETTA: TUA SÈTE: 1 pela raft: trued att..... Il ! ( com. ) leaf 10 STUTT ETFT : #TU ETE I followed by the gāthā of the bhāşya noted above and then we have :--
ईदृशे प्रथमोद्देशकांत्यसूत्रवाणते आर्यक्षेत्रे etc. I Letters are gone.

Page #270

575.]
V. 6 Chedasttras
243
( com.) leaf 87 तथा च तदालापकः । जाव णं एस जीवे सया समियं एयइ वेयइ चलइ चलइ फंदर घेट्टइ खुब्भइ । उदीरइ तं तं भावं परिणमइ । ताव णं तस्स जीवस्स अंते अंते किरिया न भवति ॥ etc.
( com.) leaf 894 सा द्रव्यतो हिंसा भवति । न भावत इति इयं च प्रमादयोगाभावात्तत्त्वतोऽहिंसैव मंतव्या । प्रमत्तयोगात्प्राणव्यपरोपणं हिंसेति वचनात् । भावेन भावतो या हिंसा न तु द्रव्यतः etc.
"
(com.) leaf 98b आत्मा शरीरं स शीतादिनाऽसंस्तरन (न्) त्रिभिर्वत्रैर्निवारितो भवति । तथा चात्र विशेषचूर्णिलिखितो भावार्थः ॥
( bhāsya ) leaf 996
मलेण घत्थं बहुणा उचत्थं
उज्झायमाहिं चिमिणा भवामि ।
तरस धोम करेमि तत्ति
वरं न जोगो मलिणाण जोगो ॥ etc.
( com.) leaf ro3° अथ लक्षणालक्षणद्वारमाह ॥ छ ॥
( bhāsya ) leaf rob
समचरं होई थिरं थावरं च वन्नद्धं । हुडं वायइइटुं भिन्नं च अधारणिज्जाई ॥ etc.
( com. ) leaf 104b अथ क इति द्वारं विवृणोति ॥ ( bhāsya ) leaf 104 b
Ends.--- ( bhāsya ) leaf rosh

को गिण्हति गीयत्थो असतीए पायकप्पिओ । उस्सग्गववाहिं कहिज्जती पायगहणं से ।। etc.
असइ तिगे पुण जुत्ता जोगे ओहोवही उबग्गहिए । च्छे (छे)यण भेयण करणे सुद्धो जं निज्जरा विउला (1)
( com ) leaf rosh अथ पमाणउवओगच्छेयण त्ति द्वारमाह ॥ छ ॥ followed by the bhāṣya noted just above.
( com. ) leaf rog एष ओघोपधौ ओ ( औ ) पग्रहिकोपधौ च सर्वस्मिन्नपि विधिratraव्यः । एवं च क्रमागतमल्पपरिकर्मादि गृहीत्वा तत्रोपयुक्तो यः च्छे (छे) दनभेदने करोति । स This Ms. ends thus .
Reference. -- The text is published. See No. 568.

Page #271

24t
बृहत्कल्पसूत्र लघुभाष्य
(बुड्ढकप्प सुत्तलघुभास )
No. 576
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Ends.-- leaf 158b

Brhatkalpasütralaghuabhasya
( Vuddhakappasuttalaghubhāsa )
Extent.--- 149 -3 = 146 leaves.
Description.-- This work commences on leaf 1ob; leaves ro and 158* blank ; the 12th, 15 and the 16th missing ; otherwise complete. For additional details see No. 569.
Author.-- Sanghadāsa Gani Ksamaśramana.
Subject.—This is a laghubhaşya in Prakrit in 6600 gāthās elucidating Bṛhatkalpasütra. This bhāṣya has successive commentaries such as curni, visesacurni, brhad - bhāsya, Malayagiri's com - mentary and Kşemakirti's commentary.
Begins. - leaf rob
काऊ नमोक्कारं तित्थकराणं तिलोगमहियाणं । कप्पव (a) वहाराणं वक्खाणविहिं पवक्खामि ॥ सक्कयपागतवम (य) णाण विभासा जत्थ जुज्जए जं तु । अज्झयणणिरुत्ताणि य वक्खाणविधी य अणुयोगो ॥ vita मंगल (T) पंच य दुग तिग दु पय चोहसए । अंगगयमणंगग (त) ए कायव्व परूवणा पगतं ॥
[ 576.
एसा तु दुपजुत्ता होति ठिती थेरकप्पस्स । पलंपा(बा) उ जाव ठिती उस्सग्गववातियं करेमाणो ॥ अवाए उस्सग्गं आसादण दीहसंसारी (रो) ।
sara टितिं जाउं जो सद्दधे करणजुत्तो ॥ पत्रयणणिधी सुरक्खितो इध (ह) परभववित्थरप्फलदो । भिव (न) रहस्से चरणे णिस्साकरए व मुक्कजोगी व ॥ गतिविम्मि सो संसारे भ्रमति दीहे । अरहस्स धारए पारए य असढकरणे तुलासमे समिते ॥

129.
1872-73.

Page #272

577.]
छ । कल्पभाष्यं समाप्त || छ || सर्वसंख्यागाथा ६६००
V. 6 Chedasutras
कप्पा पा० उणादीवणा य आराधण छिण्णसंसारी ॥
Reference.
This is partly published. The number of the last gātha is 805 and the end is marked as कप्पपेढिया समत्ताः See No. 568.
बृहत्कल्पसूत्र लघुभाष्य
No. 577
Extent. — leaf 134 to leaf 187b.
Description.-- Complete ; 3300 ( ? ) gathas. For other details see
No. 570.
Begins. -- leaf 13 ५० ॥ नमः सर्व्वज्ञाय ||
leaf 25 a
काऊण नमोक्कारं etc., as in No. 576.
Brhatkalpasütralaghubhāṣya
245

धनत्य आह सेलो जं पविसइ नीति चिय तुज्झं ॥ ६४ (३६४) leaf 38 कप्पपेढिया सम्मत्ता | गाथा ९३२ ॥ छ ॥
सेले छिद्द चालिणि मिहो कहा सोउ उट्टियाणं तु ।
छिद्दा (ड्डाऽऽ )ह तत्थ बेट्टो सरिंतु सुमरामि नेदाणिं ॥ ६३ (३६३) '
एगेण वसति व (ब) तिएण नीति कन्नेण चालणी आह ।
282 (b).
A. 1883-84.
Ends.--- leaf 1876 एसा तु दुपयजुत्ता etc., up to छिण्णसंसारी practically
as in No. 576 followed by the lines as under :--
1 According to the printed cadition this No. is 343.
॥ ७०० ॥ सर्व्वसंख्यागाथा ३३०० ( १ ) कल्पभाष्यं समाप्तं ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥
N. B.-- For other details see No. 576.

Page #273

246
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[578.
बृहत्कल्पसूत्र
Brhatkalpasūtra टब्बासहित
with tabbā No. 578
191.
1873–74, Size.- 10.1 in. by 4} in. Extent.-(text) 23 folios ; 7 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line.
» –(țabbā) » » ; 13 » » » » ; 56 » » » » Description.-- Country paper brittle and grey; Jaina Devanāgari
characters ; bold, small, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; edges, singly; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary in Gujarāti; numbers for foll. written as usual in both the margins ; fol. ja blank; edges and corners of foll. 2 to 7 and 11 to 23 more or less worn out; strips of paper pasted to fol. 76, 84, 85, 106 and 1b; fol. 9th partly torn ; so is the fol. 19th; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to fol. 235; condition on the whole fair; red chalk used; both the text and the tabbā almost complete ; the text is divided into six uddeśakas; the extent of each of them is as under :
Uddeśaka
I II III
foll. »
I sb ga
to » ,
sa sa 11
IV
VI » 224 236. Age.-- 19th century. Author of the tabbā.-- Not mentioned. Subject.--- The text along with its explanation in Gujaräti. Begins.- ( text ) fol. røg & Oli sfiora aterai(Far)# TA:
atas faroistrui(ur) at etc., as in No. 568. „ – (tabba ) fol. rbil # F#: ( FR ) forgi (fr ) Il sotergentot
F#(af):

Page #274

579.)
V. 6 Chedasätras
247
Ends.-( text ) fol. 23* For FAST S xH TË FSHET Y etc....
संवत् १८...... मिती आशाढवद ५ सनिवार वार लिषतं श्रीश्रीश्रीश्रीश्री
206 3177.......... „ - (tabbā ) fol. 236 Fashtag | TETTU Fataal?)
ATAT T a . Reference. The text is published. See No. 568.
बृहत्कल्पसूत्र टव्वासहित
Brhatkalpasūtra
with tabbā
No. 579
1892-95, Size.— 10j in. by 48 in. Extent.—(text) 25 folios ; 7 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line.
„ -(tabbā), ; 14 „ „„ „; 50 » » » » Description.--- Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters; this Ms. contains the text along with the interlinear ţabbā; the foriner written in a bigger hand-writing ; clear and good hand-writing; numbers for foll. entered as usual in both the margins; white pigment used; edges of the first and the last ( 25th ) foll. slightly damaged ; condition on the whole very good ; both the text and its tabbā complete ; the text which is styled as Vaitakalpa in the tabbā, is divided into six uddeśakas as under :
Uddeśaka foll. B to sa
86
con
III IV
gb
,
Inb
,
190
»
196
24
256.
VI Age.— Not modern. Author of the tabbā.--- Not mentioned.

Page #275

248
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1580.
Subject.--- A chedasūtra along with its explanation in Gujarāti. Begins.--- ( text ) fol. Ib ॥ ६ ॥ नो कप्पति निग्गंधाण वा etc. ,, - ( tabba ) fol. I ॥ ६ ॥ ॥ हिवे ईहां वैतकल्पसुतनो अर्थ लिपीयें
छ । वैतकल्प एहवो नाम किम कहायुं ते शिष्य पुछयाऽनंतर अत्र गुरु उत्तर कहें छे पापनें विदारे ते भणी वैतकल्प etc. ( tabba ) fol. xb ॐ नम(:) सिद्धं
नो० न कल्पइ नि० साधुनइ वा अथवा etc. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 25* इच्छालोलुत्ते मुत्तिमग्ग etc., practically up to
थेरकप्पट्रिति as in No. 568 followed by the lines as under :--
त्ति बेमि ६ छटो उद्देशो( सो ) सम्मत्तो ॥६॥ इति श्रीवृहत्कल्पसूत्र(त्र) संपूर्णम् । शुभं भवतु ॥ - ( tabba ) fol. 25 श्रीसुधर्मस्वामि जंबूस्वामि प्रति कहई हे जंबु जिम मइ श्रीमहावीर देव समीपइ सांभल्यु हुँतउ तिम हुं तुज प्रतिइं कहुं छंउंः ॥
इति श्रीमहावृहत्कल्पसु(सू)त्रं संपूर्णम् ॥ शुभं भवतु etc. Reference.-See No. 578.
वृहस्कल्पसूत्रचूर्णि (वुड्डकप्पसुत्तचुण्णि)
Brhatkalpasūtracūrņi (Vuddhakappasuttacunni)
13.
No. 580
1880-81. Size.- 29 in. by 21 in. Extent.-- 281 + 2 + 2 = 285 leaves ; 5 to 7 lines to a page; 125
to 130 letters to a line.
Description.-- Palm-leaf durable and greyish; Jaina Devanāgaii
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work

Page #276

580.1
V. 6 Chedasätras
249
having been written into three separate columns, and the last leaf into II; but, really it is not so, since the lines of the first are continued to the rest; borders of each of the columns ruied in three lines in black ink; red chalk used ; leaves numbered in both the margins ; in the right-hand one as १, २,३ etc. and in the left-hand one as श्री) श्री) श्री) श्री'
etc.; 2 extra leaves in the beginning as well as at the end; condition good ; this Ms. does not seem to contain the
complete text (sütra ); complete; extent 16000 ślokas. Age.-- Samvat 1218. Author.-- Not mentioned. Subject.-- A commentary in mixed Prakrit and Sanskrit languages.
elucidating Bịhatkalpasútra and its laghubhāșya. Begins.--- ( text ) leaf 10 & T oys forrierrot etc. ,, - (com.) ,, ,, ५ 0 ॥ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
मंगलादीणि सत्थाणि । मंगलमज्झाणि । मंगलावसाणाणि । मंगलपरिग्गहिया य सिस्सा ॥ सत्थाणं अवग्गहेहावायधारणसमत्था भवंति । तानि चादिमध्यावसानमंगलात्मकानि सर्वाणि लोगे विराजंति । विस्तारं च गच्छंति । अनेन कारणेनादौ मंगलं । मध्ये मंगलं । अवसाने मंगलमिति ।
आदिमंगलगहणेणं । तस्स सत्थस्स अविग्घेणं । लहुं पारं गच्छति । मझे मंगलगहणेणं । तं सत्थं थिरपरिजियं भवति । अवसाणे मंगलगहणेणं । तं । सत्थं सिस्सप[डि]सिस्सेसु अव्वोच्छित्तिकर भवइ । तत्रादौ मंगलं पापप्रतिषेध.
कत्वादिदं सूत्रं । etc. Ends.--- leaf 281 अप्पमादीणं गुणदीवेति। जो य एयाए कप्पाणुपालणाए ।
दीवणाय । बट्टइ । तस्स आराहणा भवति । णाणदसणचरित्तमयी जहणिया । मज्झिमा उक्कोसिया वा तओ य आराहणाओ च्छि(छि)ण्णससारी भवति । संसारसंतई छेत्तुं । मोक्खं पावतीति कल्पचूपी समाप्त[] ॥ छ ग्रंथ १६००० अंकतो(5)पि ॥ छ ।।
संवत् १२१८ वर्षे द्वि० आषाढशुदि ५ गुरावयेह श्रीमदणहिलपाटके समस्तराजाबलीविराजितसमलंकृतमहाराजाधिराजपरमेश्वरपरमभट्टारकउमा1 See Appendix IV. 32 [J. L. P1

Page #277

250
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[581.
पतिवरलब्धप्रसादमहाहवसंग्रामनिवूढप्रतिज्ञापौढनिजभुजरणांगणविनिजित'शाकंभरी भूपालश्रीमत्कुमारपालदेवकल्याणविजयराज्ये तत्पादपद्मोपजीवित]महामात्यश्रीयशोधवले श्रीश्रीकरणादौ समस्तमुद्राव्यापारान परिपंथयति सतीत्येवं काले प्रवर्ध(त)माने ॥ गंभूता चतुश्चत्वारिंशच्छतपथके देवश्रीभोपलेश्वरशासनारूढभुज्यमानराजश्रीवैजलदेवेन पट्टित'चाहरपल्लि'ग्रामे तद्वास्तव्यश्रे साउकउद्यव° शोभनदेवेन कल्पचूर्णिपुस्तकं पुस्तकसवलकद्रव्यं वृद्धि नीत्वा तेनैव श्रीमज्जिनभद्राचार्याणामर्थे लेखकसोहडपाचाल्लिखापितेति ॥ छ ।
यादृशं पुस्तके दृष्टं तादृशं लिखितं.........?
......शुद्धमशुद्धं वा मम दोषो न दीयते ॥ सुरसरि सुरगिरि सुरतरु सुरनाहो जाव सुरालया संति ।
विउसेहि पढिजंतं ताव इमं पुत्थयं होउ ॥
छ ॥ मंगलं महाश्रीः ।। शुभं भवतु ॥ लेखकपा....... Reference. There is a Ms. of Bịhatkalpacūrņi in the Limbdi
Bhandara. See its Catalogue No. 1852.
बृहत्कल्पसूत्रचूार्ण
Brhatkalpasūtracūrņi
130. No. 581.
1872-73. Extent.— Leaf 1595 to leaf 4666. Description.- Two extra leaves at the end ; on one of them there
is a note of the missing leaves and on the other the beginnings and ends of the three works are indicated ; leaves 159* ann 4666 are blank ; extent 14000 ślokas. For other
details see No. 569. Age.--- Samvat 1334. Begins.-- fol. 159 नमः प्रवचनाय ॥
मंगलादीणि सत्थाणि । मंगलमज्झाणि मंगलावसणाणि ॥ मंगलपरिग्गहिया य सिस्सा । सत्तत्थाणं अवग्गहेहावायधारणासमत्था भवंति । तानि 1-4 Letter sjare gone.

Page #278

582.]
V: 6 Chedasutras
251
चादिमध्यावसान मंगलात्मकानि सव्र्व्वाणि लोके विराजति ॥ विस्तारं च गच्छेति ॥ etc.
Ends. fol. 465b अप्पमादिणं गुणो etc., up to सो ( मो ) क्खं practically as in No. 582 followed by वा पावतीति कल्पचूर्णी समाप्ता ॥ छ ॥
संवत् १३३४ वर्षे मार्ग शुदि १३ गुरौ । कल्पचूर्णी समाप्ता [ : ] ॥ शुभं भवतु सर्वजगतः अंकतो ( ७ ) पि ग्रंथ ( सहस्राणि ) ......
.१४०००
प्रत्यक्षरगणनया निनीत ॥ छ ॥
In Jaina Granthāvalī ( p. 12), it is remarked that on p. 49 of Deccan College (?) Pralamba Suri is mentioned as the author of Bṛhatkal pacürņi.
Reference.
बृहत्कल्पसूत्रविशेषचूर्णि (वुड्ढकप्पसुत्तfaezgfoor)
No. 582
---
Brhatkalpasūtraviśeṣacurņi (Vuddhakappasuttavisehacunņi)
Size. 10 in. by 5 in.
Extent.- 282 folios; 13 lines to a page; 44 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper smooth and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; sufficiently big, legible and very fair handwriting; borders not ruled; foll. 1 to 198 numbered in both the margins; the rest, in the left-hand margin only; foll. 1a, 176 and 182b blank; foll. 1, 67, 78 to 96, 120 etc., slightly torn; some of the foll. corrected in the margins; foll. seem to have been pressed against a wooden board having lines drawn at regular intervals; fol. 77th appears to be superfluous; complete so far as it goes; extent 11000 ślokas; condition poor.
Age.--Not quite modern.
Author. Not mentioned.

190. 1873-74.

Page #279

22
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[58.
Subject.-- A commentary to Bșhatkalpasutra in Prakrit and Sanskrit
languages. This commentary is composed after Brhatkalpasútracũrņi. In order that these works can be distingui
shed, the word visesa is added. Begins.-- fol. b ॥ ५ ॥ ॥ ॐ नमा(मः) सर्वज्ञाय॥
नमो अरहताणं etc., up to पढम हवइ मंगलं as in No. 496. This is followed by the lines as under :--
से गामंसि वा णगरंसि वा चत्तारि सुत्ताई उचारेयश्चाई ॥ सूत्रमिदमध्यास्य व्याख्यामभिधास्याम इत्यत्राभिधास्यति । भवानथ को(s)स्याभिसंबंधः ? उच्यते । बुत्तो गाहा । प्रथमसूत्रे आहार उपदिष्टो यादृग्विधो भोक्तव्यः । इह तु
वसहिं वर्णयति etc. Ends.--- fol. 282 अपमादिणं गुणो दीवेइ सो णाणादिणं, आरारुह मज्झिमाए वा
उक्कोसियाए वा आराहओ भवति सो संसारसंततिं छिंदित्ता ॥ मोक्वं बा पावति ॥ छ ॥ विशेषकल्पचुण्णी सम्मत्ता। छ etc. ग्रंथसंख्या सहस्र ११००० etc.
बृहत्कल्पसूत्रविशेषर्णि
Brhatkalpasūtravisesacūrņi No. 583
399.
1880-81. Size.— 113 in. by s} in. Extent.- 175 - 3 - 2 - 33 - I - 1 - I = 134 folios ; 17 lines to a
page; 54 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin, rough and greyish; Jaina
Devanagari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand
margin only; fol. IA_blank ; a portion of the first two foll. worn out; similar is the case with foll. 47 to 53 and 172 to 173 ; condition tolerably good; foll. 71 to 73, 75,76, 109 to I4I, 143, ISo and 174 missing; yellow

Page #280

583.)
V. 6 Chedasutras
pigment rarely used; this Ms. ends abruptly; the discussion about the utsarga-sútras and apavada-sutras forms the last topic of this Ms.
Age.— Pretty old.
Begins. fol. rb Ա ६० ए 'नमः सर्व्वज्ञाय
253
नमो अरहंताणं नमो सिद्धाणं etc, as in No. 582.
Ends. -- fo! 175 इदाणिं जिणकप्पट्टिती । णिज्जुत्तिगाहा ॥ णिज्ज (ज्जु )त्ती पंचकपे मासक य जो वन्तिओ गमो सेसं कंठ्यं । गंछंमि य गाहा । गच्छिनिम्माभो (तो) ते धीरा उप्पत्तिया बुद्धिमंता इत्यर्थः । मुणियपरमच्छ ( त्थ) त्ति । अब्भुजय विहार कालो सांप्रतमित्येवं गृहीतार्थः । जाहिंजति । बि (धि) तिथि(ब)लियागाहा ॥ तव सूरो समच्छा । वलवीरियग्गहणं बि (धि) तिसरीरसंघयणाणं । चविवह गोपदर्शनार्थ परीसहोवसग्गाणं अभीरू ॥ छ ॥
दाणि कप (c) ती संजम गाहा । संजा ( ज )मो से ( स ) त्तरसविहो । तं करेंता ति संज[ज]मकरणुज्जोव त्ति । तवसा उज्जोवगा । अहं (ह) वा सुतेणं । उज्जोवेंति संजमतवाणं णिष्फायपाणो णादाहिं । तेसिं वा अवोछिति । कारया दाणो । बुद्धवासेणं । ठायंति तदा एगरे कत्ते विसवसंता । आ (अ) नेहि य दोसेहि ण लिं(लि)प्पंति ॥ छ ॥

इदाणिं जिणकप्पहिती मोत्तु ( ? त्तुं ) गाहा । जिणकप्पट्टतिग्रहणात् । गच्छविणिग्गया(य) सामायारिं । मोत्तुं । जां(जं) सेसं सा थेरकप्पट्टिई सा यदुपदं संजुत्तामउसग्गधुत्ता । अववादजुत्ता य । पलंबा उ गाहा ॥ प्रलंबसूत्रादारभ्य जादिदं षड्विधकल्पस्थितिसूत्रं । उस्सा (रस)गा (गे) उ ( अ )घवायं करेमाणो । अववादे य उस्सग्गं करेमाणो । अरहंताणं । आसायणाए बट्टइ । अरहंतपन्नत्तस्स । आसायणाए बट्टइ। अरहंतपन्नत्त (त्ता) सायणाय वट्टमाणो दीहसंसारी भवति । तम्हा पलंबसुत्तादि । छव्विहकप्पट्टती उवसाणे उस ग्गो (गे) पत्ते उ[व] सग्गविही कायध्वो । अववादे य । [ अववादे य । ] अववादे । पत्ते अ. This Ms. ends thus abruptly.
N. B. — For other details see No. 582.

Page #281

254
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(584.
बृहत्कल्पसूत्र
Brhatkalpasūtraबृहदभाष्य
brhadbhāsya (520957
(VuddhbakappasuttaTCHTE)
vuddhabhāşa )
150. No. 584
1881-. Size.— 13 in. by s} in. Extent.-- 128 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 63 letters to a line. Description.--- Country paper rough and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with TEAIETS ; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; space between these pairs coloured red; foll. numbered only once and that, too, in the right-hand margin ; unnumbered sides have a disc in red colour in the centre; the numbered, in each of two margins, too; several foll. worm-eaten here and there; margins of a good many foll. damaged ; a strip of paper pasted to foll. 103, 107, 109 etc. condition fair ; fol. 1a blank; yellow pigment and red chalk
used ; complete ; extent 8600 ślokas. Age. Old. Author.--- Not mentioned. Subject. --- This bhāșya is different from the preceding laghubhåşya
and is known as bịhadbhāṣya. It, too, is, however a metrical composition in Prākrit elucidating Bịhatkalpasūtra. Since this bhāşya has been composed after laghubhașya of Sanghadāsa Gani, it is styted as bịhadbhäșya so that it may be distinguished from the former. Even the cũrņi and
višeşacúrni have been composed prior to this bịhadbhâșya. Begins. fol. 5 & OIL ID PHÌ FATT I
काऊण नमोक्कारं तित्थकराणं तिलोकमाहिताणं । कप्पव(व्व)वहाराणं वक्वाणविधि( हिं) पवक्खामि । दुगि कारणत्थो धातू पाययसीलीइ भवति कातूणं कातूणं पि ण णज्जति । घडपडकडमाइयं किमवि । तत्थ विसेस[सस्थमिदं भण्णत्ति(ति) कातूण(तो ण)मोक्कार । OTA afa gaforerat quhelut orgie 11 etc.

Page #282

585.]
v.6Chedasatras
255
Ends.- fol. 128b
सामी अणुण्णविज्जति दुमस्स जस्सोग्गहो व असीणे कूरसुरपरिग्गहिते इणमो गमयो मुणेतब्बो
णेत्थं ते वा अण्णे इसा खलु सुरेणं जं परिग्गहियं । तत्थ विसेसो चेव गमो सगारपिंडमि म गणतो जक्खोब्विया होति पलि ।। छ ॥ श्रीः ॥ छ श्रीरस्तु ।
साहश्री वच्छासतसहसकिरणेन पुस्तकमिदं गृहीतं सुतवर्द्धमान
शांतिदासपरिपालनार्थ' ग्रं० ८६०० माहजनइ ॥ Reference.-- There is a Ms. of Brhatkalpabhāsya in the Limbdi
Bhandara. See its Catalogue No. 1853. Perhaps this is the same work.
बृहत्कल्पसूत्रपर्याय
Brhatkalpasūtraparyāya
736 (11). No. 585
1875-16. Extent.--- fol. 9 to fol. 12'. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyāya
736 (1).
No. 1875-76.
Author.-- Not mentioned. Subject.—Difficult words etc. occurring in Brhatkalpasūtra explained
in Sanskrit. Begins.- fol. 9 कल्पपर्याया यथा निर्नय इत्यर्थः । एतद्विभाषा इत्येतस्य पर्यायाः ।
अथवा अस्मिन्नेव गच्छाधिवास अस्मिन् कल्पाध्ययनवेदिति etc. Ends.- fol. 12 सुक्कं शुक्ल । रुक्खदुग्गं कडिल्लं भण्यते । एग पोरिसीए ठवि
(य) भत्तं लन्धमित्यर्थः । छ । इति कल्पपर्यायाः समाप्ताः । छ ।
! Practically this line occurs in Nos. 467: (p. 45 ) and 476 (p. 58).

Page #283

256
बृहत्कल्पसूत्रपर्याय
No. 586
No.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Extent. fol. 14a to fol. 19a.
Description. Complete. For further details see Pañcavastukaparyāya
789 (11). 1895-1902.
Begins. fol. 14
Ends. fol. 19
Y |
N. B.-- For other details see No. 585.

¶¶f
Brhatkalpasūtraparyaya
789 (11). 1895-1902.
r etc., as in No, 585.
[ 586.
etc., as in No. 585.

Page #284

21
587.]
VI. 6 Chedasatras
THE SIXTH CHEDASŪTRA पञ्चकल्पसूत्रचूर्णि
Pañcakalpasūtracūrņi (पंचकप्पसुत्तचुण्णि)
( Pancakappasuttacunni) No. 587
- 162.
1873-74 Size.-97 in. by 41 in. Extent.--- 61 folios; Is lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and grey ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with gaarars; small, legible and very fair handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; foll. 19 and 610 blank; red chalk used; complete ; extent 3125 ślokas ; edges of the first and last foll. slightly damaged ; otherwise the
condition is very good. Age.- Pretty old. Author.--- Not mentioned. Subject. -- A commentary in two languages viz. Sanskrit and Präkrit
on the laghubhāşya of Pancakalpasútra, a work of Bhadra
bāhusvāmin, who extracted it from the 9th pūrva. Begins.- fol. 1॥ ५ ॥ नमः सिद्धेभ्यः ।।
मंगलादीनि सत्थाणि पूर्वाभिहितानि मंगलानि पूर्वता चास्मिन् तंत्रे कल्पाख्य(ख्ये) ओघनिष्पन्ने निक्षेपे भगवंतः तीर्थकरा ऋषभाद्याः कृतार्थाः कृतकृत्या इति कृत्वा तेषां नमस्कारः कृतः अधुना(s)स्मिन्नामनिष्पन्ने निक्षेपे पंचकल्पसंज्ञके येनेदं दशाकल्पसूत्रे प्रवचनहितार्थाय पूर्वादाहृतं तस्य नमस्कारं करोमि प्रत्येकशः गाहामूत्रकर्तुः । तत्राद्या गाथा ॥ वंदामि
मद्दबाहुं । वदि स्तुत्यभिवादयोः । Ends.-- fol. 61 बहुस्सुओ गीयत्थसंविग्गो नत्थियाणिं कप्पप्पकप्पस्स गाहाओ
भाणियच्छा(व्वा)उ
कप्पपणयस्स भेयं सोच्चा नच्चा तहेव घेत्तूण(णं) चरणकरणे विसुद्धे आचरणपडू(रू)वणं कुणह ॥
कप्पपणयस्स भेउ परूविउ मोक्खसाहणट्टाए । 33 [J.L. P.]

Page #285

1258
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[588.
जं चरिऊण सुविहिया करेंति दुक्खक्स्वयं धीरा ॥ पंचकल्पचूर्णिणः समाप्ता ॥ छ ।
ग्रंथप्रमाणं सहस्रत्रयं शतमेकं पंचविंशत्युत्लवं(?) लिावितं श्रीमदाम्रदेवाचार्यकृते पंचकल्पपुस्तकं अंकि(क)तो(5)पि ग्रंथप्रमाणं ग्रंथायं ३१२५ । छ etc.
धन्यास्ते ये(s)पि तारुण्ये त्यक्त्वा साम्राज्यसंपदं
दुर्द्धरं च तपस्तप्त्वा पुन यांति संसृतौ ॥ छ ॥ etc.
श्रीजयसोममहोपाध्यायानां प्रतिरियं ॥ Reference.-For an additional:Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1675.
पञ्चकल्पसूत्रबृहद्भाष्य (पंचकप्पसुत्तवुड्डभास)
Pañcakalpasūtrabrhadbhāsya ( Pancakappasuttavuddhabhāsa )
No. 588
1279. 1886-92.
Size.- 104 in. by 4; in. Extent.-- 89 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper thin, rough and grey ; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; sufficiently big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; fol. I blank ; edges of the first two and last . foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good ; com
plete; 2574 gāthās; extent 3185 ślokas. Age. — Pretty old. Author.- Saighadasa Ksamasramana as noted on p. 261.

Page #286

588.]
VI. 6 Chedasatras
259
Subject. The entire work is composed in Prakrit in verses. It elucidates the laghubhāṣya (?) of Pañcakalpasūtra which is considered to be the 6th (last) chedasūtra'. It is reported in Jaina Granthavali (p. 16) that now-a-days no manuscript of this chedasūtra is available.2 It existed up to Samvat 1612. Hence Jitakalpasutra is substituted in its place.
Sometimes it is found that the bṛhadbhāṣya of an agama is preceded by its curņi. It is on this analogy that the curni of Pañcakalpasūtra is given a place prior to its bṛhadbhāṣya. So this must be for the present looked upon as a tentative arrangement.
Begins.--- fol. rb ॥ ॐ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ॥
दामि भवाहुं पाणं चरिमसम (घ) लसुणाणीं ।
कारगामसिं दसाण कप्पे य [य] ववहारे । कप्पं ति णामणिष्पं ( प )पणं महत्थं वत्तकामतो । निज्जूहगत भत्तीय मंगलाए य संधुतिं । तित्थगरणमोक्कारो सत्थस्स तु आइए समकखाउ (ओ) | इह पुण जेणज्झणं णिज्जूढं तस्स कीरति तु । सत्थाणि मंगलपुरस्सराणि सुहसवणगहणधरणाणि । जम्हा भवंति यं ( जं) ति य सिरसपसिस्सेहिं पव (च) यं व । भत्तीय सत्थकत्तरि तं (तत्तो) उवओगगोरवं सत्थे । एएण कारणेणं कीरइ आदी णमोक्कारो । बंद अभिवाद श्रुतीए सुभसहो णेगहा तु परिगीतो । दण पूणणणं त्थु (शु)णणं सक्कारमेगट्टा । भति सुंदर त्तिय तुलत्थो जत्थ सुंदरा बाहू | सो होत्ति(ति) भद्दबाहू गोण्णं जेणं तु पा(बा) लत्ते ।
I Muni Punyavijayaji once wrote to me in this connection that Pañcakappa formed a topic of the bhasya of Brhatkalpasūtra and it was somehow looked upon as a separate treatise as was the case with Ohanijjutti and Pindanijjutti. See p. 298 of my article “The Jaina Commentaries” published in the Annals of the Bhandarkar O. R. Institute ( vol. XVI, pts. III-IV ). On this page I have further mentioned that Muni Kalyāṇavijayaji has observed that in Pañcakappasutta there is a reference about Kalika Suri's going to Ajivika for studying astanga-nimitta.
2 For a similar remark see Winternitz, Geschichte vol. II, p. 311 and "A History of Indian Literature " vol. II, p. 465.

Page #287

260
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
पाणं (ल) क्खिज्जइ पेसलभावो तु पा (बा) हुजुयलस्स । उबवण्णमतो णामं तस्सेयं भद्रबाहु त्ति ।
अण्णे वि भद्दबाहू विसेसे ( स ) णं गोण्णगहण 'पाईणं । असं प ( प ) सिद्धे थि(वि) सेसे (स)णं चरिमसगलसुतं । चरिमो अपच्छिमो खलु चोदस पुव्वा उ होति सगलसुतं ।

साण बुदासट्टा सुत्तकरज्झयणमेयस्स ।
किं तेण कयं तं तू जं भण्णति तस्स कारतो सो उ ।
भणति गणधारीहिं सव्वसुयं चैव पुव्वकतं ।
तत्तो च्चिय णिज्जूढं अणुग्गहट्टाए संपयजतीणं । सो सुत्तकारउ (ओ) खलु स भवति दसकप्पववहारे । वंदे तं भगवंतं बहुभद्द सउ ( स ) भद्द सव्वउ (ओ) भई । पवयणहिययकेउं सुयणाणपभावगं धीरं ।
Ends. fol. 892
दि सो पुव्वणि । तदि (मिती (ति)तं चै (चे) व णामगोहि । इस्सिरियाइ गुण भागा (गो) सो से अस्थि ति तो भगवं । भ कल्लाणं ति य एतं च सुबहु जस्स । सो होति बहुमो सोभणभद्दो सभो ति । खीरासवमादीणि तु सुभाणि भद्दाणि तस्स तु बहूणि । सव्बो इह परलोए भद्दतो सव्वतो भद्दो । आमोसद्दादि इह तू परलोए होंत्त (त) ऽणुत्तरसुरादी । सुकुलम्पत्ती य तओ ततो य पच्छा य णेव्वाणं । भाति त्ति भद्दमहवा भाईणाणादिएहिं सो जम्हा । सो होति भद्दणामो कुव (ण)ति भद्दाणि वा जम्हा | etc.
दंसण माणचरिते जा पुव्वपरूवणा [या ] यरणया य । एसो उ मूलसंघो तिविहा थेरा करणजुत्ता । पुव्वंति परुविज्जा । आयारादी सुवन्नियचरिते । तं सम्ममायरंतो हवति तु संघो तहा थेरो । जो सो हीणचरित्तो अण्णस्स असतीत पुव्वभणिताउ । कुलथेराति ठविज्जति तस्सुवदेसो इमो होइ । होज्ज व वसण (प) तो सरीरमायंकता असहुओ वा । चरणकरणे असत्तो । युद्धं मग्गं परूबिज्जा ।
[588.

Page #288

589.
VI. 6 Chedasatras
26r
बसणं वा जीम(मादी मूलजरादी) पु(तू) होइ आतंको ध(घि)तिसरीरबलेणं हीणो असहु मुणेयव्वा(बो)। एएहि कारणेहिं अकप्पपडिसेवणं करंतो उ । सुद्ध(छ) मग्गपरूवे अप्पाहणिया अओ एनो। कप्पपणयस्स भेदो सोचा (नचा) तहेव घेनणं । चरणकरणे विसुद्धे आयरणपरूवणं कुणह ।' आयरियसमा(गा)साओ सोच्चा णच्चा य घेत्तुमत्थेणं । हियए ववत्थवेडं आयरणपरूवणा कुज्जा । कप्पपणगस्स भेदो परूविडं मोक्खसाहणट्टाए । जं चरिऊण सुविहिया करेंति दुक्खक्वयं धीरा ।' पंचविहसुत्तकप्पाण विभासा वित्थरं पमोत्तूणं । गहिया सीसहियट्ठा अव्वोच्छित्तट्टया चेव । छ ।
महत्पंचकल्पभाष्यं संघदासक्षमाश्रमणविरचितं समाप्तमिति ।। छ । गाहग्गेण पंचवीससयाई चउहत्तराई ॥ २५७४ ॥ श्लोकग्रंथाग्रं ३१८५ ॥
Reference. - See Jaina Granthāvali (p. 16 ) and for an extract see
Abhidhänarajendra vol. V (pp. 48-49). For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1676.
पञ्चकल्पसूत्रपर्याय
Pañcakalpasūtraparyāya
No. 589
736 (13).
1875-76. Extent. -~-fol. 13* to fol. 14. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Palicavastukapar
yaya No.736 (1).
yaya NO.1875-76. Subject.- Difficult words etc., occurring in Pancakalpasutra explain.
ed in Sanskrit.
1- See pp. 257-58.

Page #289

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[590.
Begins. fol. 13 पंचकल्प पर्या (या) यथा दशविधोऽप्याचारः आलोचनादिः । मालसणाणि मालयोग्यपुष्पाणि । उवद्धवीयारले पिंडे य इत्यत्र उवद्धं
उपस्थापना | etc.
262
Ends. fol. 142 इति संधिर्विस्मृतस्य संधानं प्रति पृच्छति वा एते । वसणं (वाजीमाई इति ) वाजीकरण (दि) कं कामोद्रेककरणमित्यर्थः । कुहंडी अंबिका छ ॥ इति पंचकल्पपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ॥
-
पञ्चकल्पसूत्रपर्याय
No. 590
Pañcakalpasūtraparyāya
789 (13). 1895-1902.
Extent. - fol. 202 to fol. 21 1.
Description. Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukapar. 789 (1). 1895-1902.
yāya No.
Begins. fol. 20 पंचकल्पपर्याया यथा । दशविधो etc, as in No. 589. Ends. -- fol. 211 इति संधिर्विस्मृतस्य etc. as in No. 589.
N. B. For other details see No. 589.

Page #290

591.1
Jitakalpasatra
JĪTAKALPASŪTRA
जीतकल्पसूत्र (जीयकप्पत्त )
No. 591
Size. 13 in. by 2 in.
Extent. 18+ I = 19 leaves; 5 lines to a leaf; 40 to 45 letters to a line.
Description.
263
Jitakalpasūtra (Jiyakappasutta) 75 (a).
1880-81.
Palm-leaf thin, very durable and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with years; sufficiently big, clear, uniform and good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance as if the work is divided into two columns; but, really speaking it is not so, since lines of the first column extend to the second; borders of each of the columns ruled in six lines in black ink; there is a hole in the space between the two columns; red chalk used to bring into prominence the numbering for verses; leaves numbered in both the margins, but in numbers only as 2, etc; leaf 1 blank; several leaves slightly worm-eaten; condition tolerably good; this work ends on leaf 122; complete; this Ms. contains in addition the two works as under :
(1) श्रावकप्रायश्वित्त
leaves 12 to 13b.
(2) जीतकल्प चूर्णिगतसिद्धत्थेत्यादिविवरण, 13b to 18b. There is one extra blank leaf at the end. This Ms. is placed between two wooden boards.

Age.- Fairly old.
Author.--- Jinabhadra Gani Kṣamāśramaņa, author of Viseṣāvaśyakabhāṣya and its svopajña commentary, Viseṣaṇavati and Bṛhatkṣetrasamäsa'. He was alive according to the tradition in or about Vira Samvat 1115 i. e. the Vikrama Samvat 645.
I
In this work I, 69 ff. word-symbols have been used with the left to right arrangement to express numbers. See "History of Hindu Mathematics " pt I, p. 61.

Page #291

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 591.
This
Subject.-Penances prescribed for the violations of rules and regulations enjoined for Jaina saints in the canon. subject is here presented in 103 verses in Prākrit. Begins.— leaf rb ६० ॥ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
264
arrareपणामो वोच्छं पच्छित्तदाणसंखेवं । जीवबहारrयं जीव (य) स्य विसोहणं परमं ॥ १ संवरविणिज्जराओ मोक्खस्त पहो तवो पहो तासि । तवसो य पहाणं पच्छित्तं जं च नाणस्स ॥ २ । etc. leaf 3b
उद्देस समुहसे सत्तावीसं अणुण्णवणियाए । अब य ज (ऊ) सासा पट्टण पडिकमणमाई || २२ बोसग्गत्ति दारं ॥
उदेसज्झयण सुयक्खं धं गेसु कमसो माइस्स | कालाकमणाइसु नाणायाराइयारेसु || २३
leaf 4 ॥ २७ नाणायारो ॥ etc.
।। ३०२ दंसणायारो | etc.
leaf 4 || ३४ इदासी (णी) मुत्तर गुणविय (स) यमभिधीयते ॥
leaf 5b
رد
"
धावणडेवणसंघरिसगमण किड्डा कुहावणाई उक्कुट्टिगीयछेलियजीवरुयाईस (य) चउत्थं ॥ ४५
leaf 6a
मुहत [र]रहरणे फिडिए निव्वीइयं चउत्थं च । नासियहारिविए वा जीएण उत्थछट्टाई (ई ) ॥ ४८ leaf 6° कोहे व (ब) हुदेवासेए
ears पुरिमाणमायामं सव्वसो चउत्थं च । पुव्वमपेहियथंडिलनिसिवोसिरणे दिवा सुत्रिणे ॥ ५३ तिविवि (व) हिणो विच्चुयविस्सरियापेहियानिवेयणए । निव्वisi पुरिमेगासणाइ सव्वंमि चायामं ॥ ४६

1-3 These indicate the nos. of the verses.

Page #292

591.)
Jitakalpasatra
265
leaf 66
कोहे बहुदेवसिए आसवककोलगाइएसुं च ।
ल्ह(लोस(सु)णाइसु पुरिमडूं तन्नाइव(बोधमुयणे य ॥ ५४ Ends.-- leaf 12
अणवटुप्पो तवसा तवपारांचाची) य दो वि विच्छिन्ना । चोहसपुत्वधरंमी । धरंति सेसा सया कालं ॥१०२॥ इय एस जीयकप्पो समासओ सुविहियाणुकंपाए । काहेओ देओ सो पुण पत्तेसु परिच्छियगुणेसु ॥१०३ ॥ 11 g Il gta starchy FE FATATATAT I got
Reference. This work along with Siddhasena's cürņi etc. (pp.
1195-1210 ) was edited in Roman characters by Ernst Leumann and published under the title "Jinabhadra's Jitakalpa mit Auszügen aus Siddhasena's Cúrņi” in Sitzungsberichte der Königlich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Berlin, 1892. The contents of this edition are noted by A. Guérinot in his work “Essai de Bibliographie Jaina ” on p. 156. The text is published in Devanāgari characters by Jaina Sāhitya Samsodhaka Samiti, Ahmedabad in A. D. 1926, as No. 7 of its series called Jaina Sahitya Samsodhaka Granthamālā. In this edition are published Siddhasena Gani's cūrņi styled as bịhaccūrņi together with vişama padavyakhyā and introduction in Gujarati mainly dealing with the life and works of Jinabhadra Gani Kşamā. śramaņa. In this introduction (p. 16) it is pointed out that instead of 10 kinds of prāyaścitta, g' are mentioned in Tattvärtha ( IX, 21-22 ) and that should be taken into account while deciding the authorship of Tattvärtha. For a Ms. of Jītakalpa with bhāșya see Limbdi Catalogue, No. 982.
1 For the reason why 9 are mentioned see Siddhasena Gaņi's ţikä (p. 253 ) and my introduction (p. 26).
34 (J. L. P. 3

Page #293

266
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[.592.
जीतकल्पसूत्र
Jītakalpasūtra विवरणलवसहित
with vivaraṇalava
1153. No. 592
- 1887-91. Size.- 10} in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 62 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 35 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with occasional gentas ; small, legible and very fair hand-writing ; borders ruled indifferently in four lines in black ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 1* blank; a table representing वर्षासु दानयन्त्र given on fol. 471 and 47°; a similar one for प्रायश्चित्तs on fol. 50° ; on fol. 62b the title etc. are written ; otherwise it is blank; this Ms. contains the text having 105 vereses and the commentary; both complete; condition very good ; some lacune on fol.
45 Age: - Samvat 1611. Author of the commentary.-- Śrītilaka Súri. Subject.-The text together with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 2* कयपवयण( प )पणामो etc. ,, - ( com. ) fol. 1 ॥ ॥ ॐ नमः श्रीपंचपरमेष्टि(ष्टिीभ्यः ।
वंदे वीरं तपोवीरं तपसा दुस्तपेन यः॥ सु(शुद्धं स्वं विदधे स्वर्ण । स्वर्णकार इवाग्निना ॥ . जिनप्रवचनं नौमि । नवं तेजस्वि मंडलं यतो ज्योतींवि(पि) धावंति हनुमंतर्गतं तमः ॥ निष )प्रत्यूहं प्रति(णि दधे । न(भवानीतनयानहं । सर्वानपि गणाध्यक्षानक्षामोदरसंगतान् । जिनभद्रगणिं स्तौमि । क्षमाश्रमणमुत्तमं । यः श्रुताज्जीतमुधे । सौ(शौ)रिः सिंधोः सुधामिव ।

Page #294

593.]
Jitakalpasätra
267
प्रणम्यात्मगुरूंस्तान ये(च)नसारशलाकयेव यद्वाचा अज्ञानतिमिरपूरितमुद्घाटि(त) ममांतर चक्रुः ॥ इति नुतिकृतभ्यु(सु)कता(तः) श्रुतरहस्यकल्पस्य जीतकल्पस्य (।) विवरणलवं करिष्ये स्वस्मृतिबीजप्रबोधाय ॥
इह निशीथकल्पव्यवहारादीनि भूयांसि च्छेदसूत्राणि etc. Ends..- (text ) fol. 61b इय एस जीयकप्पो etc., up to सो पुण as in __No. 589 followed by the line as under:
पत्ते सुपरिच्छियगुणमि ।। १०५। ,, - ( com. ) fol. 62 सुविहितानुकंपया शोभनं विहितमनुष्टानं येषां ते ।
सुविहितास्तेषामनुकंपया कथितः । प्ररूपितो। देयः। पुनरयं पात्रे । सुपरीक्षितगुणे । जात्यकांचनवत्तापच्छेदनिकषसहे। संविग्ने गीतार्थे न पुनरन्यस्मिन् जीतकल्पदायकग्राहको द्वावपि कर्मनिर्जरया । शुद्धयतः । सिध्यत श्वेति । छ । इति श्रीश्रीतिलकाचार्यविरचिता ॥जीतकल्पवृत्तिः । समाप्तः । संवत् १६११ इग्यारोत्तरावर्षे वैशाषशुदि द्वितीयां बुद्धवारे ॥ 'तपागच्छनायकभट्टारकश्री२१विजयदानसूरीश्वरस्वहस्तदीक्षितेन परोपकारार्द्रचेतसा जयहर्षगणिना लषितो जीतकल्पवृत्तिरियं । पं०श्री संयमरत्नम(गोणिशिष्यविवेकचंद्रगाणिवाचनार्थ ॥ शुभं भवतु । श्री
श्रमणसंघस्य वाच्यमाना चिरं जयतु । इयं वृत्तिरिति भद्रं ॥ छ । श्रीश्री । Reference. — For an extract of the beginning and the end of vivaraņa
lave see Jinavijaya's introduction (p. 18 ) to his edition of Jitakalpasūtra noted in No. 591.
जीतकल्पसूत्र
Jitakalpasūtra विवृतिसहित
with vivrti.
573. No. 593
- 1895-98. Size.- 102 in. by 41 in. Extent. — *120 folios ; 16 lines to a page ; 55 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters wiih occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible and very.

Page #295

268
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(593:
fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in blank ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 1; foll. 1o, 566 and 1200 blank; some of the foll, slightly worm-eaten ; small bits of paper pasted to some of these foll.; condition fair ; fol. 29a blank except that facertori is written on it; but this does not affect the continuity; results pertaining to es of Fast and others tabulated on fol. 366; those regarding art etc., in the case of ācāryas and others on fol. rora ; tables beginning with E14 Fres(ET)971 Jah on fol. 104"; the original fol. 120th missing ; a new one is substituted in its place ; this Ms.
contains the text and the commentary ; both complete. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.“ (text ) fol. 2* #44aqoraqorat etc. „ --( com. ) fol, roynoy TA: stra99999
Jefa Helquete etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 1196
उस्संघट्टिय कम्मिअ भोगेलेवाडसनिहीवमणो।
afe 3e FreEXIETE HEITURATE etc. (text) fol, 120*
इय एस जीयकप्पो समासओ सविहियाएकंपाए।
कहिओ देओ यं पुण पत्ते सुपरिच्छियगुणंभि ॥ १०७॥ Ends.--- ( com. ) fol. 120° 372 UHRATTATTOUTAIT etc. ala
जीतकल्पस्य शुद्धार्थ पालयति धारयति आचार्य शुद्धमुपार्जयति तस्मात्
This is the same verse as occurs in Sadhuratna's vivrti of Yatijītakalpa (see p. 283). So one may be led to believe that this Ms. contains Yatijītakalpa and not Jitakalpa but then there is another fact to be noted that in that case the number of verses cannot be only 107. So this requires a thorough investigation which is not possible at this stage.

Page #296

Jitakalpasūtra
शुद्धगोत्रमुपार्जयति यावत् सिध्यति ॥ १०७ ॥ इति श्रीजीतकरुपीका
समाप्ता [ : ] ॥ ग्रंथाग्रंथ ६७७३ ॥
N. B. For other particulars see No. 593.
594.1
जीतकल्पसूत्रचूर्णि ( afaacqgagfont)
No. 594
Begins. fol. 1 ॥ ६० ॥ नमः सिद्धेभ्यः ॥
Jitakalpasūtracurņi (Jiyakappasuttacunni)
Size.-- 103 in. by 4 in.
Extent. -21 folios; 15 lines to a page; 52 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; small, legible, uniform and good handwriting; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; space between these pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; unnumbered sides have a small disc in the centre in red colour; and the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; fol. 1a blank; complete ; condition very good; yellow pigment used while making corrections.

269
Age.-- Old.
Author.
Siddhasena.
Subject. Perhaps the oldest available commentary (cūrņi) in Prakrit and Sanskrit on Jitakalpasütra. There is some other curni composed prior to this work. See pp. 272-273.
1233. 1887-91.
सिद्धत्थसिद्धसासणसिद्धत्थसुयं मुव (यं) च सिद्धत्थस्स । afzai azarů azazgfę afgú que altafzú || ? ||

Page #297

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[594.
एक्वारस वि गणहरे दुद्धरगुणधारए धराहिवसारे जंबुप्पभवाईए पणमह सिरसा समत्तसुत्तत्थधरे दसणवपुवी अइसेसिणो व अवसेसणाणिणो प(य) जत्तेणं । सव्वे वि सबकालं नि(ति)गरणसुद्धण णमह जइगुणप्पवरे । एत्तो णिव्वाणगं णिवाणं गमयत्ती(ती) अ णिबाणगं । पगयं पसत्थवयणं (पहाणवयणं) व पवयणं (ण)मह सया। णमह य अणुओगधरं । जुगु(ग)प्पहाणं पहाण णे(णा)णी(ण) मयं । सव्वसुइसत्थकुसलं दंसणणाणोवओगम्मयमि(? मग्गमि) ठियं । जस्स मुहणिज्झरा[ओ] मयमयवसगंधाहिवासिया इव भमरा । णाणमयं योख (रंद)तिसिया रत्तिं च दिया मुणिवरा सेवंति सया ससमयपरसमयागमलिविगणियच्छंदसदणिम्माउ(ओ) ... ... दससु वि दिसासु जस्स य अणुओगो भमइ अणुग(व)मो जसपडहो । णाणाणं णाणी(ण)य हेउ(ऊ)ण य पमाण(गण)हराण य पुत्था(च्छा)। अविसेसउ(ओ) विसेसा विससियावि(व)स्सयंमि अणुवम्म(मोमइणा। जेण य त्थे(च्छे)ए(य)सुयच्छा(स्था) आवत्तीदाणविरया(योणा जत्तणं । पुरिसविसो(से)सेण फुडा णिजू(ज्जूढा जीयदाणकप्पमि विही परसमयागमणिउणं सुसमियसमणसमाहिमग्गेण गयं । जिणभरखमासमणं खमासम(णा)णं णिहाणमिव एक्कं ते(तं) णमिउ मयमहणं माणरिहं लोहवज्जियं जियरोसं । तेण य ( जीय )विरइयगाहाणं विवरणं भणिहाभि जहत्थं ।
को वि सीसो विणीओ आवस्सयदस(वे)गालियउत्तरज्झयणायार. णिसीहसूयगडदस(सा)कप्पववाहा(र)माईयं । अंगपरि(वि()। बाहिर च सुत्तओ अत्थओ व अहिज्जिऊण गुरुमवगम्म । अणुजाणावेऊण बारसावत्तकयकिइकम्मो । पायपडि(उ)द्धि (ट्रिीयउ(ओ) करयरलजुवलं मत्थए द्ध(ठोविडं विण्णवेइ । भगवं कप्पववहारकप्पियाकप्पियचुल्लकप्पमहाकप्पा(प्प)सुयाणिसहिाइएसु च्छेदसुत्तेसु अइवित्थरेण (पच्छिोतं(तं)। भणियं । etc. fol. 2 जीतववहा(र)स्स एस जोगो त्ति गुरुणा भण्णइ etc. fol. 2 वोत्थं(च्छं) भणामि पावं छिंदतीति पायच्छित्तं चित्तं वा जीवो भण्इ पाएण वा वि चित्तं सोधइ अइयारमलमलियं तेणं पायच्छित्तं पाइवे( ए च )कारस्स च्छकारो लक्खणिओ । तस्स पायच्छित्तस्स दाणं etc,

Page #298

$94. J
Jitakalpasitra
fol. 26 गुरू भइ आमं । अण्णे वि चत्तारि वबहारा अस्थि । तं जहा | आगम । सु । आणा धारणा । पुव्वाणु ( पु ) व्वीए जीतववहारा एसिं पंचमो । सीसो भइ । आगमववहाराईणं । जीतववहारपज्जवसाणाणं । को व ( प ) इविसेसो ( 1 ) गुरू भइ आगमववहारिणो छज्जा (ज्ज) जाते (तं) जहा । केवलि (ल) मणओहिणाणी । चोदसदसणवपुब्बी सुयववहारी पुण अबसेसची एक्कारसांगणो (आ) कप्पववहार (रा) अवएय अहिगयत्तत्था सुयववहारिणो त्ति etc.
fol. 6 इरिया कहं वा (क) हंतो गच्छेज्जा । भासाए [ एसणाए भिक्खा - ] (इ) (२) (गव्य (थ) भासा ( इ एसणाए भिक्खाग) हणकाले | अणुवउत्तो ण पमज्जइ आदाण णिक्खेवेसु अपडिलेहियथंडिले उच्चारो (रि) इ पाडे (रि टुवेज्जा । गुरुआसायण त्ति | गिणाइ सव्व (?) मिति गुरु । तस् आसाणा का अवि (धि) क्खेवो परिब्भवो वा । जच्चाइगुणहीणरसं । आउ (ओ) णाणाइतियं तस्स साडणे (णा) । आ (अ) वणयणं विणासो । आसायणा भण्णइ
27
etc.
fol. 7 अविहीय को (का) सजभिय इच्चादि अविहीए हत्थमदाऊण कासड मुहपोत्तियं वा । एवं जंभाइयछीइएस वि वाय इति । etc.
fol. 8o मुअंमि उद्देसर्समुदेसाणुट्टाणपघट्टणपडिक्कमणसुअक्खंधंगपरियडणाईए (सु) सुए काउस्सग्गं (ग्गो) कीरइ । सावज्जमुमिणा (णे) णा (पा) णा (इ) वायाइ । आदिसद्देण अणवि (व) ज्जमुमिणे व कि ( क ) म्ह (म्हे ) ति । तहा दुणिमित्तदुस्सउण पढिहणणणिमित्तं । अदु(ट्टु)स्सामुस्सग्गकरणं ण णा) बा ब (च) हु(उ) विहा समुह
ral | उज्जाणी (ओयाणी) तिरित्थ (च्छ) गामिणी । आदिमा समुद्दे । पच्छिल्ला वि(ति)णि ईए | उज्जाणी पडिसोत्तगामिणी । उ (ओ) वा (या)णी पुण अणुसोत्तगामिणी । तिरच्छगामिणी नदी त्थि (छिं) दंती गच्छइ । णइ (ई) - संता चवा । सो पुण पादेहि संघट्टो (ड) लेव उवरिलेवेहि तिविहो होइ । वाहाउच्छवादिईहि य सव (व)च्छ (त्थ) पाय च्छित्तं जयणा ( णो ) वउत्तस्स विहीए । काउस्सग्गो पायच्छित्तं होइ etc.
fol. 13 धावणडेवण इच्चादि धावणं गइभेओ । डेवणं ओलंडणं । संघरसे गर्म (मणं) को सिग्ध (ग) इति । जमलिओ वा गच्छइ । किच्चा (ड्डा) अट्ठावयचउंरंगजूवादि ॥ कुहावणं इंदजालबट्टखेडादि आदिसद्देण समास - पहेलियकुडेहगा घेष्पंति । उक्किट्टि (ट्टी ) पुकारितकलकलो गीयं गीयमेव छ (छे ) लियं सेंटियं जीवं (व) नु (रु)यं । मयूरतित्तिरमुगसारससारिगादीलवियं
१ 'समुद्देसाणुणा पट्ठवण ०' इति स्यात् ।

Page #299

272
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 594.
सव्वेते अभत्तो । आइसद्देण । अजीवन (रु) वे वि । अरहट्टगद्धि (ड) या पाउयासदेव ॥ छ ॥ etc.
fol. 13a
तिहि य से (दो) पण उ ( ओ / होवाहिम्मि । वाले य सोत्थि (त्ति )ए चेष सेसतियवासताणे पणयं तह चिलिमिलीण इसा (मं) ।
बालमई सुत्तमई वागमई तह य दंडकडयमई ।
( संथारगदुगमसिरं झुसिरं पिय दंडपणगं च
( डंडविडंडग ) तह य वि लट्टि । तहि णालिया य पंचमिया । अवलेह णिमि (म) त्ततियं । पासवञ्चारखेले य ।
चम्मतियथु (त्थु ) र पाउर तल (लि) यगा | अहवा वि चम्मातिविहामिमं कत्तत्तिलि (लि) गावज्झा) । पढ (ड) गदुगं चेव होइ इमं । संथारुत्तरपट्टो | अहवा सण्णाहपट्टपं ( प ) ल्ल (ल्ह) थी ।
।
मज्झो अज्जाणं पुण अइरित्ता (त्तो) वारग्गे (गो) होइ ॥ छ ॥ etc. fol. 14' कक्कोलगलबंगंपू इ ] गफलजाइफलतंबोलादिमु सव्वत्थ उत्थं । पुव्वगाहाओ अणुवट्टाविज्जाइ । लसुणे अचित्ते पुरिम | etc.
fol. 14 तूली आलिंगणी । सं (अं) गे (गो) वहाणं गंडोवहाणं । मयू ( सू ) र गोय | एयं अपाडेलेहियं । दूसपणगं । गंडीपोत्थगो कच्छवीपुत्थओ मुट्टीपोत्थओ च्छेवाडी (पुडगं) एयं पोत्थयपणगं । गोमहिसं । अयएला । मियचम्मपणगं । एत्थ तणपण तदुपडिलेहे । दूसपणए चम्मपणए य पुरिम | अप्पाडलेहिय दूसपणए एक्कासणं पोत्थगपणगग्गहणे आयामं । बेइंदियाइतसबहे जं च आवज्जइ (तं च दिज्जइ) । प (बि) इयचुणि (णि) कारमएण पोत्थय पणगे वि पुरिमङ्कं ॥ छ ॥
fol. ISa साय णिसीहकप्पववहाराभिहिता । सुत्ता (त) उ (ओ) । अत्थउ (ओ) आणा । अणवत्थमित्थ (च्छ)त्तविराहणा सविच्छ (त्थ ) रा तवसो सो व तओ पणगाई छम्मासा ( स ) पज्जवसाणो अणेगावत्तिदाण्ण (ण) विरयणा लक्खणो तेसु Rode इह पुण जीयववहारे संखेवेणं । आवत्तिदाणं णिरूविज्जइ ॥ छ ॥ fol. Isb जत्थ पुण चणगणिष्फावकंजियादि । लुक्खाहारदुब्बलो दुल्लहो वा । तत्थ जीयदाणं हीणमवि देज्जा ॥ छ ॥ etc.
fol. 166 तह द्धि (धि) ति इच्चादि । तहे ति आणंतरिए । धिइसंघयणे चरभंगा । धिईए संघयणेण य पढमो संपण्णो । इह य पढमपच्छिमा

Page #300

594.1
Jitakalpasutra
273
भंगा दुवे गहिया पु(स)त्तेण मज्झिल्ला दुवे भाणियव्वा अहवा पी(बी)यभु(च)ण्णिगा(रा)हि(भि)प्पाएण चत्तारि वि सुत्तेणेव गहिया etc. fol. I7* आचेल्लुक्कुदसियादि दसविहे कप्पे ठिया । कयरे ते । इमे वक्खमाणे ।
आचेलुक्कुद्देसिय सेज्जायर गयपिंड किइकम्मे
वय जेट पडिकमणे मो(मा)सं पज्जोसवणकप्पे' etc fol. 17 ज तेण कारणेण जीयववहारे । अट्रमभत्तं अतं णिवीइमाइए । एवं मझ गहिय(यं)। जंतव(वि)हीए एयस्सेय हुंडीकरणथं जे(ज)न्तावहाणं
भणामि । etc. Ends. --- fol. 21 तवअगवटुप्पो । तवयारंचिओ व भद्दवाहुसामिम्मि चरिम
चोदसपुत्रधरे दो वि वोच्छिण्णा । लिंगखेत्तकालाणवटा?प्प)पारंचिया ताव अणुसज्जिस्संति जाव तिच्छं(त्थं) इति एस इन्चादि । इतिकरि(र)णो परिसमत्तिवयणो एस इति अणंतरुट्टिो जीतकप्पो । जीयव( व हारो कप्पो वि(व)ण्णणा (प)रूवण त्ति एगर्दै ॥ समासओ संखेवओ सोभणं विहियं जसि णाणाइतियं ते सुविहिया साहु ति । (ते)सिं अणुकंपाणिमित्तं कहिओ अक्खाओ । देयो दायवा(वो) । अयं पुण कहियं पत्ते किंविसिइ(दे) । मं(सं)विग्गवज्जा(ज)भीरू परिणामकडजोगी गोयत्यो आयरियवण्णमा(या)दी संगहसीलो अपरितंतो । बहुस्सुओ मेहावी । एवमादिगुणसंपन्नो पत्ते पुण सद्दोऽवधारणे । पत्ते चवे दायव्यो । नापत्ते सुट्ट परिस्थि(च्छि)य(या) गुण(णा) जस्स एते । चेव संविग्गादी जो भणिया गुणा आदिमज्झावसाणेसु तावत्थे( च्छे )दणिकसेसु य जञ्चसुवण्णमिव अविकारि जं तं सुपरिस्थि(च्छि )यगुणं । तम्मि सुपरिच्छियटणे सुत्तत्थयओ देवो( ओ )यमिति ।
इति (जेण) जीयदाणं साहूणा(तियारपंकपरि सुद्धिकार सुद्धिकरं गाहाहि फुडं रइयं महुरपयत्थाहि पावणं परमहितं ॥ जिणभद्दखमासमणं णित्थि(च्छिोयसुत्तत्थदायगामलचरणं
तमहं वंदे पययो परम्म(म) परमोवगा(हा)रकार(रि)णमहप्पं(ग्धं) ॥ छ । जीतकप्पचुण्णी सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ॥सिद्धसेनकतिरेषा ॥ छ ॥ etc.
1 For this verse see pp. 103, 119 and 200. 35 [L.L."

Page #301

274
Jaina Literature and Philosoplay
1595.
Reference. --Published. Sve No. 591. Peterson's fifth Report
(p. 128 ) and F. Kielhorn's Report in connection with ancient palm-leaf Mss. acquired for the Government of Bombay, 1881 and Indian Antiquary vol. X (p. 100) may be also consulted. For an extract of a bhäșya said to have been composed after this cūrņi sec Jinavijaya's edition (p. 17) of Jitakalpasūtra published by Jaina Sahitya S. Samiti.
जीतकल्पसूत्रचूर्णि
Jitakalpasūtracurņi (17EEFT )
(Jiya kappusittacunni)
23. No. 595
1880-81. Size. -- 124 in. by 2 in. Extent.--85 leaves ; 3 to 5 lines to a leaf; 38 letters to a line. Description.-- Palm-leaf thin, durable and greyish ; Jaina Deva
nägari characters with FEATES ; small, quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appear ance of the work having been written in two separate columns; but, really it is not so ; for, the lines of the Ist column extend to the 2nd; borders of each of the columns ruled in six lines, in pairs of three, in black ink; there is a hole between these columns; leaves numbered in both the margios; in the right-hand margin as 2, 3 etc; in the lefthand one as oft), 2, 3, etc.; leaf 1* blank except
the title ctc. written on it ; a portion of the ist leaf worn out; a strip of white paper pasted to it; some of the leaves
slightly worm-eaten ; condition tolerably fair ; complete. Age. - About the 12th century according to Jinavijava. Begins.-- leaf 15 y Dll AA: HETI
GUAGAFO etc. Ends. - leat 835 77 31TECTI etc., up to RÆTTITAITOTAEN N H
practically as in No. 594 followed by the lines as under :

Page #302

596. !
Jitakalpasutra
जीतकल्पचुनी समाप्ता ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ सिद्धसेनकृतिरेषा ॥
छ ॥ ६३॥ छ ॥
Reference. This Ms. is utilized by Jinavijaya in his printed edition. For other details see No. 594.
जीत कल्पसूत्र चूर्णि
No. 596
Size. 12 in. by 21 in.
Extent.
275
Jitakalpasūtracurni
79+ 2 + 1 = 82 leaves; 4 to 6 lines to a leaf; 50 letters to a line.
Age. About the 13th century according to Jinavijaya.
Begins. leaf 1 0 11 facing
etc.

Description. Palm-leaf thin, durable and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; small, quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in two separ ate columns; but, really it is not so, since lines of the first column extend to the second; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink; each leaf has a hole in the space between the columns; red chalk used; almost every leaf more or less worm-eaten; edges gone at times; condition tolerably fair; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand margin as ?, etc., and in the left-hand one as, fa, ft, o, etc.; this Ms. ends abruptly, so this work is incomplete; two extra blank leaves in the beginning and one at the end; marginal notes occasionally given; leaf 1 blank.
24.
1880-81.

Ends. - leaf 79 एए सा भाणियन्त्रा वित्थरयेण छ । अण्णमण्णं करमाणी । पुत्रभणितो || आसायणपारंचिओ जह( नेण उम्मा)सा उक्कांसेण संत्रच्छर ।

Page #303

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
पडिसेवणा पारंचितो जहण्णेण बारसमासे This Ms ends thus i. e., to say it goes up to the explanation of the 100th gatha. See p. 29th of the printed edition of Jinavijaya.
Reference. This Ms. which is more correct;than No. 595 is utilized
by Jinavijaya in his printed edition.
276
जीतकल्पसूत्रचूर्णिगतसिद्धत्थेत्यादिविवरण
No. 597
-
Extent.-- leaf 13b to leaf 18b. Description.- Complete. For other details see Jitakalpasūtra
No. 591.
T
Jitakalpacurnisütragata
siddhatthetyādivivaraṇa
Subject.-— Salutation to sthaviras, eulogy of pravacana etc., explained in Sanskrit.
1597.
Begins.-- leaf 13° शास्त्रारंभे विघ्नोपशमनावेष्टदेवता? गणधर २ स्थविर प्रवचनानां यथाक्रमं । वर्णनाद्यरूपकचतुष्टयमाह || सिद्धन्छे (त्थे ) त्यादि ॥ सिद्धा निष्पन्ना अर्थाः प्रयोजनानि यस्य ज्ञानावाप्तौ सत्यां समाप्त (तं) कर्तव्यं इत्यर्थः ॥
etc.
75 (c).
1880-81.
leaf Içb अधुना जीतसूत्रकर्तुर्जिन भद्रगणेर्वर्णनाय श्लोकषदकमयं कुलकमाह । मह येत्यादि ॥ etc.
leat 17" आचारचूलाउ इमा गाथा ||
leaf 16 समयशब्द आचाराथाऽत्र तत्र स्वाचारपराचारयोः प्रतिपादको ( ( ) - ( ) आगमः etc.
Ends.-- leaf 17° तं नत्वा महमथनं मानारिं हंति मानारिहस्तं शेषं सुगमं । स्कंध कं छंदः सर्वरूपकेषु आर्यागीतिरित्यपरनामकं ॥ छ ॥ कोबीत्यादि. Then we have the following gathas from Acăracălă1:--

पढमं कज्जं नाम विकारणे दप्पओ पढमपय (ये) |
पढमे छके पढमं पाणाइवाओ मुणेयच्चो ॥ १
For a work styled as Acaracülika see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, No. 1833.

Page #304

598.
Jitakalpasútra
277
एवं मुसावाओ अदिन्नमेहुणपरिग्गहो(हे) चेव । वी(बी)यछक्के पुढवाई तईयछक्के अकप्पाई ॥२ निकारणदप्पेणं अट्ठारसचारियाई एयाई । एवमकप्पाईसु वि एक्वेक्क होति अटारस ॥ ३ ॥ बीयं कर्ज कारण पढमपयं तत्थ दंसणणिमित्तं । पढमो छक्को वघा(?)इं तत्थ वि पढम तु पाणवहो ॥ ४ ॥ दसणममुघंतणं पुवकमेणं तु चारणीयाई । अट्टारसठाणाइं एवं नाणाइपक्के ॥ ५॥ चउवीसहारसगा एवं एए पडंति कप्पंमि दस होति अप्पंमि सम्बसमासेण पुण संखं ॥ ६॥
3 ॥ छ ॥
छ॥
Reference.- This work may be compared with Sricandra Suri's
Jitakalpabhaccūrņivişama padavyākhyā, since the passages above referred to seem to agree with the corresponding ones therein.
जीतकल्पसूत्रपर्याय
Jitakalpasūtraparyāya
No 598
736 (15). 1875-76.
Extent.-- fol. 15a to fol. 15€. Description.- Complete. For
other details see Pancavastuka
__ paryaya No. 736 ( 1 ).
- 1875-76. Subject.--- Difficult words etc., occurring in Jitakalpasutra explained
in Sanskrit. Begins.--- fol. I5 तब्ध विणासणे [दु]दुविहभेए इत्यस्य व्याख्यानगाथा यथा
जोगं १ अईयभायं २ मूलु ३ त्तरभेयओ २ अहव करें।
जाणाहि दुविहभेयं सपक्वपरपक्खमाई च ॥१ Ends.--- fol. I; अन्नोन्नाहिद्वाण सेवण ति भणियं होइ इति पुतसेवेत्यर्थः पावण
पावनं । इति जीतकल्पपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ॥ छ ।।

Page #305

278
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
600.
जीतकल्पसूत्रपर्याय ....
Jitakalpasūtraparyāva
789 (15). No. 599
1895-1902. Extent.- fol. 234 to fol. 240. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pañca vastuka
paryāya No. 789 ( 1 ).
paryaya NO. 1895-1902. Begins.- fol. 23 तत्वविणासणे दुविह etc., as in No. 598. Ends.-- fol. 24° अन्नोन्नाहिद्वा( ट्राण सेवण त्ति । etc. ___N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 598.
जीतकल्पसूत्रपदपर्याय
Jitakalpasūtrapadaparyāya
736 (33). 1875-76.
No. 600 Extent.-- fol. 39* to fol. 400. Description.--- Complete. For other details see
Pancavastuka -
paryāya No. 736 ( 1 ).
1875-76.. Author.--- Not mentioned. Subject.-Explanation in Sanskrit pertaining. to difficult passages
etc. occurring in Jitakalpa. Begins.--- fol. 39* शास्त्रारंभे विघ्नोपशमनायेष्टदेवतागणधर स्थविर३प्रवचनानां
४ यथाक्रमं वर्णनाय रूपकचतुष्टयमाह । सिद्धत्थेत्यादि etc. fol. 39 'प्रतिदिनाचरणीयमनुष्ठानं तेन क्षमाप्रधाना ये (श्रोमणास्तेषां निधानमिवैकमनेकानेकशिष्यसंपत्समन्वितत्वं तस्याह ॥ छ । fol. 394 तं नत्वा मदमथनं मानारि(रि) हंति मानार(रि)हत(स्तं) शेषं मुगम स्कंधकं छंद(ः) सर्वरूपकेषु आर्यागीतिरित्यपरनामकं का(को वित्यादि etc.
1-2
The lines here given tally with those on p. 32 ot Jinavijaya's edition.

Page #306

602..
Ends. fol.
402
आउट्टियाउविच्वा कज्जं नाणाइथं उस्सग्गववायभवे सतह समायर तो तं सहलं होइ स तु ।
जीतकल्पपदपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ।
This is followed by three yantras making up one plete. The opening portion is as under:
गुरु ५ ५ २॥
जीतकल्पसूत्रपदपर्याय
Jitakalpasutra
जीतकल्पसूत्रपदपर्याय

गुरु १० । १०
padaparyāya No.
ल ॥
गुरु १५
No. 601
Extent. fol. 64 to fol. 65.
Description.-- Incomplete. For other details see 789 (1). 1895-1902.
paryāya No.
ल १२ ॥
१५
279
com
Jitakalpasūtrapadaparyaya
789 (33). 1895-1902.
Begins. -- fol. 642 शास्त्रारंभे विघ्नोपशमनायेष्ट etc, as in No. 600. Ends. - fol. 65° कल्पसेवनामाश्रित्य ज्ञानादीनि त्रयोविंशतिपदानि तेषु मध्ये एकैकस्मिन् पढ़े एवमष्टादशसु चतुर्विंशत्या गुणितेषु कल्पा. This Ms. ends thus. N. B.--- For additional information see. No. 600.
etc.

Pañcavastuka
No. 602
Extent.-- fol. 55 to fol. 58b.
Description. Complete. For other details see Nandisūtravisama
332 (1). A. 1882-83.
Jitakalpasütrapadaparyaya
332 (16).
A. 1882-83.

Page #307

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Begins. fol. 552 शास्त्रारंभे विघ्नोपशामनाये etc., as in No. 600. Ends. fol. 560 प्रतिदिनाचरणीयमनुष्ठानं etc. as in No. 600
280
fol. 560 तं नत्वा मदमव (थ) नं मानारि ( (रं) हंति etc, as in No. 600. fol. 58 इयं उस ( ग ) ववाय etc., up 10 जीतकल्पपद(प) या (:) समाप्ताः ॥ as in No. 600 followed by the lines as
under
| 602.
गुरुमासः || लपा (पं)चमासिकं गुरु पांचमासिक लघु षाण्मासिकं etc. ...तव यंत्रकमिदं अनेन क्रमेण अन्या अपि सप्त पंक्तयो भाष्या(यो ) विधिना द्रष्टव्या ( : ) । इह च यंत्रकं खंडत्रयेण लिखितं । तस्यामात freeकादधः स्थापठित्वा एकमेव यंत्रक अवगंतव्य उ वउ ॥ छ ॥ श्री Then we have the yantra which occupies fol. 59s and a part of the fol. 59t and which ends with the line भो (भा) गो नास्ति लब्धं शून्य १० लघपगविरूण: ( ? )
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 600.

Page #308

603.1
Yatijitakalpasutra
281
YATIJITAKALPASUTRA यतिजीतकल्पसूत्र
Yatijitakalpasutra (जइजीयकप्पसुत)
( Jaijiya kappasutta ) No. 603
1305.
1891-1895. Size:.-- 9: in. by in. Fixtent.--- 15 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and white ; Jaina Deva
någari characters with qehrars at times ; small, clear and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines, in red ink ; red chalk used ; foll. numbered in the righthand margin; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre ; the numbered, in each of the two margins, 100; fol. 156 blank; complete ; 23 verses in the
beginning are the same as in Jitakal pasútra. Age.-- Samvat 1621. Author.-- Somaprabha Suri ( see No. 605 ). Subject. - The text consisting of Präkrit gåthās borrowed from
the older Jitakalpasutra, Nisithasutra etc. Begins.-- fol. 1 ॥ ॥ नमो(s)हंदभ्यः ।।
कयपवयण(प)पणामो बुछ(च्छं) पछि(च्छि)नदाणसंखवं । जीअविव बहारगयं जीवस्म विसोहणं परमं ॥ १ ॥ etc. भिन्नं १ लहु २ गुरु ३ लहुगा ४ णागाढे पयवुढिगाढे ।
अप्पे य अप्पत्ताऽपत्ता बनवा(?व्या) यणुद्देसणाईस य ॥ २४ ॥ Ends. -- !ol. 15
पाडेकमण काल भोयणधी । उदे हे सगमाइभूमि उवहीणं । गुरुगअ अपेहिं पणगं । आवसिनिसीहिया भंगे ५। इय जीयनिसीहाईण । अणुसारेण जईण पच्छित्तं ।
लेसण सयपरट्रा । भणियं सोहच्छतु) गीयत्था । ६ ॥३०६ ॥ इति श्रीज(य)ती(ति)जीतप्रायच्छि(श्चित्तविद्धि(धि) अधिकारः ममा ।। 01. L. P..

Page #309

282
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1604.
संवत् १६२१ वर्षे ॥ माहबदि १३ । लक्षते 'गोगदा मद्धे । लेखकपाठकयोः ॥
FRATTUTHA Il 11 Reference. -- For additional Ms. see Jaina Granthāvali (pp. 56-57).
यतिजीतकल्पसूत्र
Yatijitakalpasūtra विवृतिसहित
with vivrti
784. No. 604
1895-1902. Size.-- 102 in. by 4.3 in. Extent.- 72 - 33 = 39 folios ; 19 lines to a page ; 66 letters to a
line.
Description.-- Country paper tough and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgarī
characters with certats ; small, not quite legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; numbers for foll. written in both the margins ; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary ; results pertaining to various trursants in connuection with acāryas, upādhyāyas and others tabulated on fol. 60b; we come across anothor tabulated form on fol. 63a beginning with 814 gruarai() TFAH 333; fol. 725 blank exoept that
TATT: etc. written on it; both the text and the commentary incomplete as foll. 2 to 34 are missing ; some of the foll. slightly worm-eaten ; condition on the whole good ; the commentator styles the text as Jitakalpa ; see p.
284. Age.-- Fairly old. Author of the commentary.-- Sädhuratna Súri, pupil of Devasundara
Sūri. Subject. --- The text together with a Sanskrit commentary composed
in Samvat 1456 ( see No. 606). At the time of the composition of this Sanskrit commentary, Somatilaka Súri's commentary on Yatijītakalpa was extinct. See v. 7.

Page #310

604.]
Yalijitakalpasutra
Begins.--- ( text ) fol. 1a कथपवयणप्पणामो etc.
- ( com. ) fol. 14 ए ए
७
0

'नमः श्रीजिनप्रवचनाय ||
283
जयति महोदयशाली भास्वान् श्रीवर्द्धमानतीर्थपतिः ॥ विशदं चरणपं ( प ) थं सा तपस्थितिर्यदुदिता तनुते ॥ १ ॥ जयति प्रवचनदीपः प्रतिहतदुरपोह मोहतिमिरौघः । चित्रं निरंजनोऽयं जगति गुणग्रामवृद्धिकरः ॥ ( २ ॥ ) सकलत्रिलोक विस्मयविधायिनि निःसीमधीगुणातिशयान् । बहुविधलब्धिसमृद्धान्निखिलानपि गणधरान्नौमि ॥ ३ ॥ प्रणमामि विश्रुतनभद्रगणिक्षमाश्रमणमुख्यं । संक्षिप्तजीतकल्पं महाश्रुतायः समुद्दधे ॥ ४ ॥ श्री सोमप्रभमीन गुरूत्तमान स्तौमि विश्रुतावि (ति) शयान् । सुविहितहिताय विहितः सव्यासौ यैरसावेच 'व) ॥ ५ ॥ श्री सोमतिलकसूरीन वंदे विख्यात वैभवाभ्युदयान् । यैरस्य जीतकल्पस्य तेने वृत्तिरतिविशदा ॥ ६ ॥ मंदमतिबोध हेतोरतिगहनमहागमा च गाहनया । कालानुभाववशतो व्युच्छिन्ना सा तदैव परं ॥ ७ ॥ युग्मं जगति जयंति गरिष्ठा गुरवः श्रीदेवसुंदर मुनींद्राः । संप्रति निष्प्रतिमगुणप्रभावाद्भुता विदिताः ॥ ८ ॥ ये निजवचनसुधांजनवशेन शिष्यस्य मादृशस्यापि ( | ) उद्घाटयंति लोचनमांतरमज्ञानतिमिरभूतं । ९ । तस्याः पुनरालोख चित्रकलाकौशलेन विकलो ( s)पि । तै(:) स्वविनेयकनिष्टो (ऽप्यादिष्टोऽयं ततो यतते ( । ) १० ( । ) यद्यपि साहसमेवं कुर्वन् हास्यो (S) स्मि तदपि किं कु । यन्मामत्र प्रसभं प्रेरयति गुरुप्रसादो ( s) यं ११
इह दुःषमांधकारनिमग्नजिनप्रवचनप्रदीपायमानश्रीजिनभद्रगणिक्षमाश्रमणविरचितो जीतकल्पो (s) तिसंक्षिप्तः निशीथभाष्यादिछेदग्रंथाश्वातिमहांतो दुरवगाहाश्र्व अतः साध्वनुग्रहाय पूज्यश्री सोमप्रभसूरयः किंचित्सविस्तरप्रायश्चित्तविधिप्रतिपत्तये जीतकल्प निशीथा यंतर्गतगाथा

Page #311

281
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
| 60s.
भिरेव यतिप्रायश्चित्तविभागाविर्भावकं जीतकल्पनामकं प्रकरण चिरंतन
जीतकल्पात्किंचित्समधिकगाथाकदंबकं कृतवंतः etc. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 71"
इअ जीअनिसीहाईअणुसारेण जईण पच्छिन ।
लो(लेसेण) सपरट्टी(ट्टा) भणिभं सोहंतु गीअस्थी(स्था) ३०६ --- ( coom. ) fol. 72* अत्र च जीतकल्पसूत्रे पुरातनजीतकल्पसूत्रगता
एव तद्रूपाः कियत्यो गाथाः संति कियत्यः श्रीनिशीथादिग्रंथानुगतास्तद्रपा एव कियत्यस्तु श्रीनिशीथादिमहाग्रंथगतार्थलेशग्रहणेन ग्रथिता(:) कातिपया(:) पुन(:) सुखप्रतिपत्त्यर्थ पुरातनजीत कल्पगतमुकुलितार्थविस्तारेण विरचिता : ) स्वल्पा( : ) पुन( : ) सुविहितजनाचीर्णजीतानुगतसामाचारीगता एतासां च गाथानां विवरणमपि प्रायस्तद्रूपमेव तत ग्रंथगतमत्र लिखित्र मत्र लिखितं मस्तीत्यवगंतव्यं इदं चैवविध जीतकल्पसूत्रं कालानुभावतः प्रायो निराधारपारमेश्वरप्रवचनाधारभूतैः(:) निर्मलसंयमकमलाहृदयालंकारहारकल्पै(:) सकलसुविहितवातशिरोमणिभि( :) विश्वविख्यातश्री तपा'महागच्छगगनांगणनभोमणिभिः परमगुरुश्रीसोमप्रभसूरिभिः) प[रि ]वित्र. चारित्रैकतानमानसै( :) मंदतरमेधाधारणावगमविनेयजनानुग्रहार्थमेवा(s)मुद्रसकलपरमागम समुद्र महाप्रयलेनाबगाह्यामृतकल्म प्रकटमकारि छ इति
यतिजीतकल्पवृत्ति(:) ससूत्रा समाप्ता ॥ छ ॥ etc. Reference..--- For extracts see P. Peterson's Report III, pp. 277-279.
For the date see C. M. Duff's “ The Chronology of India" p. 238 and Weber II, p. 1210.
यतिजीतकल्पसूत्र विवृतिसहित
Yatijitakalpasūtra
with vivrti
No. 605
1253. 1886-92.
Size. --- 98 in. by 4, in. Extent.- 125 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line.

Page #312

Hos.
Yatijitakalpasatra
285
Description.-- Country paper tough and white ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with occasional पृष्टमात्राs; small, bold, quite legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foli. numbered in the right-hand margin ; foll. 14 and 1256 blank; results regarding the strisis of ācāryas and others tabulated on foll. 105 and 1069 ; those pertaining to गुरुतर, गुरुतम and commencing with ६।५ ओ(उ)स्कृष्टापत्तौ etc., on fol. I09 and 109" ; this Ms. contains the text and its commentary in Sanskrit ; both complete ; the commentary composed in Samvat 1456; its extent is
5700 Slokas : condition excellent. Age: -- Thursday, the 13th of the bright half of Phālguna of
Saṁvat 1745 i. e. 21st February 1689. See “ An Indian Ephemeris” vol. VI, p. 180.
Begins.-- text ) fol. 2' कयाप)वय णप्पणामो वुच्छं etc. ,, ..-- (com.) fol. I" || ए ६०॥ऐं नमः ॐ नमः श्रीजिनप्रवचनाय
जयति महोदयशाली etc. Enis. -- ( text ) fol. 1 24° इअ जीअभिनिसिहाई etc., up to गीअत्था
., .-- (com.) fol. 124 अत्र च जीतकल्पसूत्रे etc., up te प्रकटमकारीति
E as in No. 605 followed by the lines as under:वर्षे तर्कशराब्धिचंद्र१४५६ गाणते श्रीविक्रमाकांगते
गुर्वादेशवशाद्विलोक्य सकलाः कल्पादिशास्त्रावली(:)। शिष्यः श्रीयुतदेवसुदरगुरोः सूरिय॑धात श्री'तपा'गच्छेदोर्यतिजीतकल्पविकृति श्रीसाधुरत्नः स्फुटं ? प्राज्ञैरुदेशतो वृत्तौ ग्रंथमानं विनिश्चितं
सहस्रा(:) पंच श्लोकानां शतैः सप्तभिरन्विताः ॥२॥ छ संवत् बाणाब्धिसप्तंदु फाल्गुने मितपक्षके त्रयोदशीगुरुवारे लेखिता ‘पत्तने पुरे ॥ श्रीरस्तु ।। N. B. – For other details see No. 605.
| In Peterson's Report noted on p. 284 there is 1656, which is wrong.

Page #313

286
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 606.
यतिजीतकल्पसूत्र विवृतिसहित
Yatijitakalpsūtra
with vivrti
No. 606
1234. 1887-91.
Size.---- 99 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- (text) 84 - 1 - 1 = 82 folios ; 3 lines to a page ; 35
letters to a line.
» -com.) 82 folios ; 18 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters; this is a fanta Ms.; the text written in the centre, in a slightly bigger hand; legible and very fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; space between these pairs coloured red ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only ; information about the various guisas presented in a tabular form on fol. 700; this Ms. contains the text and the commentary as well ; both practically complete; for, only foll. I and 68 are missing ; extent of the
commentary 5700 ślokas ; condition very good. Age. --- Saṁvat 1700. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 2* FTTTTO TUTTAT etc. „ - ( com. ) fol. 2a strugalia Sriddə 3 fara trenda e उक्तंच
पावं छिंदइ जम्हा पायच्छित्तं ति भण्णइ तम्हा ।
पाएण वा वि चित्तं विसोहइ जेण पच्छित्तं । १।
att grät TRT rata etc. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 836 731 SITTEETS etc., up to sf1979 80 €
as in No. 605 followed by the line as under :--
gfat fizasia 977 ) Farg ll yü xaq etc.

Page #314

606.1
Yatijitakalpasūtra
Ends. ( com. . ) fol. 83" अत्र च जीतकल्पसूत्रे etc., up to प्रकटमकारीति छ as in No. 605 followed by इति श्रीयतिजीतकल्पवृत्तिजगत्प्रतीतश्री' तपागच्छाधिरा (ज) सुविहितशिरोमणिभट्टारकप्रभुश्री देवसुंदरशिष्य श्री साधुरत्नस ( सू ) रिकृता [:] followed by वर्षे तर्कशराब्धिetc., up to सप्ततिरन्विताः २ as in No. 606. Then run the lines as under :---
ग्रंथाग्रं ५७०० संवत् व्योमन्न (न) भाव (ब्जबांधववर्षयुजमासे सितपक्षे पांचमी कर्मचायां गीष्वातीदिवजय दुग्र्गे श्रीम' ल्लुका गच्छ मुकुट माणिक्यापिरसान्वितानुयोगकृत केशवजी शिष्या (य) लब्धर्षिणा ( s) लेखि लेखकपाठकयोः शुभं भवतु etc. श्लोकसंख्या ५७०० etc. N. B. — For further particulars see No. 635.

287

Page #315

288
Jaina Literature and Philosoply
1 607
SRADDHAJĪTAKALPASUTRA
श्राद्ध जीतकल्पसूत्र ( AGF1957 )
वृत्तिसहित
Sraddhajitakalpasutra (Saddhajiyakappasutta) with vrtti
1263. 1887-91.
No. 607
Size. -- 94 in. by 48 in. Extent.-- 63 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and greyish : Jaina Deva
nāgari characters with occasional Teas; small, legible and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only ; fol. 1a blank ; fol. 63rd is also practically so except that IGRAFAES is written on it ; ATTEITUFTF tabulated on fol. 61", and some details about nivi etc., on fol. 62b; this Ms. contains the text as
well as the commentary ; both complete; condition good. Age.- Old. Author.- Dharmaghoșa Sūri, pupil of Devendra Sûri. He appears
to be the same as the author of Girinārakalpa published in “Bhaktāmara-stotra-pădapürtirúpa Kāvyasamgraha" pt. I, pp. 176-180. For his life etc., in Sanskrit see Jaina Sāhi
tyoddhāra Granthävali No. I, pp. 56--61. Subject. -- Penances prescribed for violations of vows pertaining to
Śrävakas and Śrāvikās treated in verses in Prakrit and their
explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.-- ( text ) fol. 1b
FTC9(W)7TACOOLAN HİSTİ Ag?TOTIES #1
ATTITAUTTOTET Friga får TATTÀ II & etc. ---( com. ) fol. 1" 590117A: GETTTÀTÊXT: 11
श्रीवीरं सगणधरं नत्वा श्रुतधरमुनीन् गुरूंश्च मुदा । श्राद्धजनजीतकल्पं विवृणोमि स्वपरहितकृतये ॥ १

Page #316

507.]
Śräddhajitakalpasutra
289
इह हि श्रावकजनप्रायश्चित्तप्रतिपादका विविधसामाचार्यभिप्रायेणानल्पा जीतकल्पाः संति । तेषु च क्वचिद्विस्तरेण क्वचित् संक्षेपेण प्रायश्चित्ता न्यभिधीयते । तत्र च पूर्वाचार्यपरंपरा(?या)ताम्नास्य न नानातिचारानाश्रित्य पुरुषाद्यौचित्ये न का (5)पि का(s)पि प्रायश्चित्तापत्तिरुक्ता । प्रतिदिनं च कस्य सामस्तान तदवगाहनसामर्थ्य भवेत्त(तः) किं कुत्र तपो भवति कथं च सम्यम् शुद्धिर्भवतीति व्यामुांत्यंतेवासिनोऽतस्तेषां सुखेन प्रायश्चित्तप्रतिपत्तये परमगुरुश्रीधर्मघोषसूरिषा( पा)दाः समस्तश्राद्धजीतकल्पानामुपनिषत् - कल्पं कल्पव्यवहारनिशीथयतिजीतकल्पानुसारेण श्राद्धजीतकल्प
कृतवंतः ।। अयं च योग्यानामेव विनेयानां प्रदेयो नायोग्यानां । etc. Ends.--- ( text ) fol. 63*
सिरिदेविंदमुणीसरविणेअसिरिधम्मघोससूरीहिं।
इय सपरजाणणट्ठा रइ सोहंतु गीअत्था ॥ (१४१) ,, - ( com. ) fol. 63 व्याख्या ॥ श्रीदेवेंद्रमुनीश्वराणां विनेयैः शिष्यैः
श्रीधर्मघोषसूरिभिरितीदं श्राद्धजीतकल्पशास्त्रं स्वपरज्ञानार्थाय स्वपरपरिज्ञानार्थहेतवे सूत्ररूपतया ग्रथितं । इदं हि यद्यपि श्रुतानुसारादेवोक्तं न पुनर्निजमनीषिकया ' कल्पनाविजृभितं तथापि गीतार्थाः श्रीनिशीथादिछेदग्रंथसूत्रार्थधराः शोधयंतु प्रमादादिजनितं दृषणं व्यपनयंतु शुद्धिं जनयंविति गाथार्थः ॥ १४१
इति श्राद्धर्जातकल्पवृत्तिः स(?माप्ता) ॥ ॥ Reference.--- See Weber III, No. 1946.
I See p. 180, foot-note No. 1. 37 |J. L. P]

Page #317

290
(C
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
नन्दी सूत्र ( नंदीसुत्त )
No. 608
Size.-- 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 46 folios; 9 lines to a page; 36 letters to a line.
Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with as; bold, very big, quite legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in three thick lines in red ink; foll. 1a and 46 blank; a portion of fol. 1b kept blank most probably with a view to decorate it with an illustation; yellow pigment used; numbers for foll. entered twice on one and the same page but in two different margins; in the right-hand margin as ?, etc., and in the left-hand one asa, fa, è, q, ‡ etc.;' some of the foll. ? slightly worm-eaten; condition tolerably good; complete. This Ms. includes Bṛhannandi useful for Yogakriya. This work, too, is published in the Agamodaya Samiti Series at the end of Nandisutra (pp. 253 and 254a). Age. Samvat 1648.
V. 2 CULIKASUTRAS
THE FIRST CULIKĀSUTRA
No.- 749 1899-1915
Author. Devarddhi Gani also known as Devavācaka, pupil of Duşa Guni. See No. 629. Jarl Charpentier makes the following observation in his introduction (p. 18) to Uttaradhyayanasutra :—
After all, I think that the authorship of Devarddhi is not
[ 608.

I It seems that some believe that only palm-leaf Mss. can have letternumerals; but it is not so as can be seen from this paper Ms. I can point out at least two more such paper Mss. where there are letter-numerals. They are
Nandisutra
(Nandisutta)
756.
1899-1915.
1275
(Nalayana) and No.1884-87 (Kumarapalaprabhandha) respectively.
Furthermore it may be mentioned that only a majority of palm-leaf Mss. contains letter-numerals. For No. 591 has no letter-numerals, though it is a palmleaf Ms. See p. 263.

Page #318

608.
T
very strongly established, and we may regard him as redactor rather than the author of canonical works. "
Subject.-.- This work known as Nandyadhyayana', too, indulges in discussion of knowledge and that of its various divisions which forms the main feature of this work. This work is looked upon as one of the 45 agamas. It is regarded as one of the two culikäsutras, the other being Anuyogadvarasutra. Begins. -- fol. 1 ॥ ६० ॥ नमः श्रीप्रवचनाय ||
1. 2 Culikasutras
fol. ;a
जयइ जगज्जी (जी)बजोणी || वियाणओ जगगुरु (रू) जगाणंदो ॥ जगणाहो जगबंधू ॥ जयइ जगधियामहो भयवं ॥ १ ॥
जयइ सुयाणं पभवो ॥ तित्थयराणं अपच्छिमो जयइ ॥ जय गुरू लोगाणं ॥ जयइ महप्पा महावीरो ॥ २ ॥ etc.

तवणिय सच्चसंजम । विणयज्जवखंतिमद्दवरयाणं । सीलगुणगद्दि (वि) याणं ॥ अओगजुग पहाणाणं ॥ ४८ कुमालकोमलतले । तेसिं पणमामि लक्खणपसत्थे । पाए पावयणीणं । पडिच्छगसएहिं पणिवइए ॥ ४९ जे अण्णे भगवंते । कालियसुय आणुओगिए धीरे । ते पणमिऊण सिरसा । णाणस्स परूत्रणं वोच्छं ॥ ५० थेरावलिया सम्मत्ता ।
See Nos. 615, 617 and 620.
291
सेल पण कुडग चालिणि ॥ परिपूणग हंस महिस मेसे य ।
मसग जलूग बिराली । जाहग गो मेरि आभीरी ॥ १
से समासओ तिविहा पण्णत्ता || तंजहा ॥ जाणिया १ अजाणिया २ हुन्
ढा ३ ॥ जाणिया जहा ॥
खीरमिव जहा हंसा | जे घुति इह गुरुगुणसमिद्धी । देसे य विवज्जंती ॥ तं जाणसु जाणियं परिसं । १ । अजाणिया जहा ।
जो होइ पग महरो । मियछावयसीहकुक्कडयभूया । रणमित्र असंटविया । अजाणिया सा भवे परिसा । २ ।

Page #319

292
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
दुवडा जहा ।
णय कत्थइ जिम्माओ । ण य पुच्छइ परिभवस्स दोसेण वस्थिव्व वायपुण्णो । फुट्टइ गामेल्ल्यदुवियड्डो ॥ ३ ॥ जाणं पंचविहं पण्णत्तं ॥ तंजहा || आभिणिबोहियणाणं ९ सुयणाणं २ ओहिणाणं ३ मणपज्जवणाणं ४ केवलणाणं ५ ॥ etc.
[ 608.
fol. 202 सुयणाणपरोक्खं चउदसविहं पण्णत्तं । तंजहा । अक्खरसूयं १ । अणक्खरसुयं २ | सण्णसुर्य ३ । असण्णिसुयं ४ | सम्मसुयं ५ | मिच्छसुयं ६ । साइयं ७ | अनाइयं ८ । सपज्जवसियं ९ ।। अपज्जवसिय १० । गमियं ११ । अगमियं १२ । अंगपट्ठि १३ । अनंगपट्टि १४ ॥ etc.
tol. 21o से किं तं सम्मसुयं । सम्मसुर्य जं इमं अरहतेहिं भगवतेहिं उप्पण्णजाणदंसणधरेहिं तेलोक्कणिरिक्खियमहिय पूइएहिं तीयपच्चुप्पण्णमणागयजाणएहिं सव्वण्णूहिं सव्वदरिसीहिं पणीयं दुबालसंगं गणिपिडगं । तंजहा ॥ आयारो || १ | सूयगडो २ । ठाणं ३ । समवाओ ४ । विवाहपण्णत्ती ५। याधम्मक हाओ ६ । उवासगदसाओ ७ । अंतगडदसाओ ८ । अणुत्तरोववाइयदसाओ ९ । पण्हावागरणं १० । विवागसुयं ९९ । दिट्टिवाओ १२ । इच्चेयं दुबालसंगं गणिपिडगं चउदसपुब्विस्स सम्म - सुयं । अभिण्णदसपुव्विस्स सम्मसुयं । तेण परं भिण्णेसु भयणा । से त्तं सम्मसुयं ५ ॥
से किं तं मिच्छसुयं । मिच्छसुर्य जं इमं अण्णाणिएहिं मिच्छदिट्टीहिं सच्छंदबुद्धिमइविगप्पियं । तं जहा । भारहं । रामायणं । भीमासुरक्खं । कोडिल्लयं । समभद्दियाओ । खोडमुहं । कप्पाणिसियं । णागतुहुमं । कणगसत्तरी । वइमोसेयं । बुद्धवयणं । बेसियं । काविलियं । लोग इयं । सद्वितंतं । माढरं पुराणं । वागरणं । भागवयं । पायंजली | पुस्सदेवयं । लेहं । गणियं । सउणिरुयं । गीयं । णाड्याई | अहवा बावन्तरि कलाओ । चार वे गोवंग एयाई मिच्छहिट्टिस्स मिच्छत्तपरिग्गहियाई मिच्छसुयं ॥ एयाई चैत्र सम्मद्दिट्टिस्स सम्मत्तपरिगहियाई सम्मयं || अहवा मिच्छस्सि वियाई चेव सम्मसुयं । etc.

fol. 23 आवस्सयवइरित्तं दुविहं पण्णत्तं । तं जहा ॥ कालियं । उक्कालियं च ॥ से किं तं उक्कालियं ॥ उक्कालियं अणेगविहं पण्णत्तं । तंजहा । दसवेयालियं । कप्पाकप्पं । चुल्लकप्पसुयं । महाकप्पसुयं । उबवाइयं । रायपसेणियं । जीवाभिगमो । पण्णवणा । महापण्णवणा ।

Page #320

6c8.1
I. 2 Calikasatras
293
पमायप्पमायं । णंदी । अणुओगदाराई । देविंदत्थओ। तंदुलवेयालियं । चंदावेज्झयं । सूरपण्णत्ती । पोरिसिमंडलं। मंडलपवेलो। विज्जाचरणविणिच्छओ।गाणिविज्जा । ज्जा(झा)णविभत्ती। मरणविभत्ती। आयावसोही। वीयरायसुयं । संलेहणासुयं । विहारकप्पो । चरणविही । आउरपञ्चक्खाणं । महापञ्चक्खाणं । एवमाइयाई । से तं उक्कालियं ॥
से किं तं कालियं । कालियं अणेगविहं पण्णत्तं । तं जहा ।। उत्तरज्झयणाई । दसाओ । कप्पो । ववहारो । णिसीहं । महाणिसीहं । इसिभासियाई । जंबुद्दीवपण्णत्ती । दीवसागर. पण्णत्ती । चंदपण्णत्ती । खुड्डियाविमाणपविभत्ती । महल्लिया. विमाणपविभत्ती। अंगचूलिया। वग्गचूलिया। विवाहचूलिया। अरुणोववाए ! वरुणोववाए । गरुलोववाए। धरणोववाए । वेस मणोववाए । वेलंधरोववाए । देविंदोववाए । उट्ठाणसुए। समुहाणसुए। णागपरियावलियाओ। णिरयावलियाओ । कप्पियाओ। कप्पडिसियाओ। पुफियाओ। पुप्फचूलियाओ। वहीदसाओ एवमाईयाइं चउरासीइपइण्णगसहस्ताई। भगवओ अरहओ उसभसामिस्स आइतित्थयरस्स । तहा संखेज्जाई पडण्णगसहस्साई मज्झिमगाणं जिणवराणं । चउइसपइण्णगसहस्साणि भगवओ यद्धमाणसामिस्स । अहवा जस्स जत्तिया सीसा । उप्पत्तियाए । वेणइयाए । कम्मियाए । पारिणामियाए । चउन्विहाए बुद्धीए उववेया । तस्स तत्तियाइं पइण्णगसहस्साइं । पत्तेयबुद्धा वि तत्तिया
चेव । से तं कालियं । etc. Ends.-- fol. 45' इमं पुण पट्टवणं पडुच अमुगस्स उद्देसो समुद्देसो अणुण्णा वा पवत्तई । खमासमणाणं हत्थेण सुत्तेणं अत्थेणं तदुभएणं अपाजाणामि ॥
॥ छ ए गंदी संमत्ता ।। आसन्वृद्ध तपोगणे सुगुरवः श्रीधर्मरत्नाह्वया
स्तच्छिष्या विनयादि (दि)मण्डनवरास्तेषां विनेयो(s)न्तिमः । चित्कोशे समलीलिखञ्च गुणसौभाग्यावसूरिनिजे ।
नदि नंदिमसौ सदा प्रथयतु ज्ञानस्य सद्वाचितः ॥ संवत् १६४८ वर्षे माघसुदि २ बुधे ।। श्रीरस्तु ।

Page #321

294
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 609.
Reference. -- Published along with Malayagiri Süri's commentary
in the Agamodaya Samiti Series as No. 16. For contents etc. see Weber II, p. 672ff., Indian Antiquary, vol. XXI, p. 224ff and Introduction (pp. 18 and 29ff) to Uttaradhyayana by Charpentier. Winternitz, Geschichte vol. II, p. 315, La Religion Djaïna ( pp. 72 and 80), A History of Indian Literature vol. II, pp. 429f., 433, 442f., 452, 4531. , 456n., 4610., 472, 473n., 544n. and 592n., and Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 79 ) may be also consulted.
The extract containing a list of non-Jaina works given on p. 292 is met with in Anuyogadvärasútra. It is quoted by Weber in Indische Studien vol. XVII, 9. This is reproduced by Jarl Charpentier in his introduction (p. 29) to Uttarādhyayanasūtra. He has tried on pp. 29-30 to identify these works with the well-known ones; but as he himself says he has not completely succeeded therein. Furthermore, he has there referred to Bhagavati 2, 248n.
For additional Mss. and their descriptions see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 393 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 38. There are Mss. of the text in the Limbdi Jaina Jnāna. bhandāra, too. See its Catalogue No. 1498.
नन्दीसूत्र
Nandisutra
109 ( b ). No. 609
1872-73. Extent.-- fol. 1556 to fol. 1709. Description. Complete; extent 700 ślokas. For other details sec
Nandisūtravivarana No. 619. Age.--- Samvat 1474. Begins. fol. 1550g & OIL ATT Fragrant etc. Ends.-- fol. 1709 TCH) SO TE Tu etc., up to STOLAITTÀ as in No. 608
followed by J !! ll jers boo AFHAT I FITTARE 11

Page #322

610.]
1. 2 Calikasalras
295
श्रीश्रमणसंघस्य ॥ संवत् १४७४ वर्षे फाल्गुनवदि २ भौमे ग्रंथानं सूत्र सप्त शतानि वृत्तिसहितं उभयं ८५३५ संपूर्ण. Then in a smaller and probably different hand-writing we have:भट्टारकश्रीराजसागरमरिपट्टालंकरणश्री आचार्यश्री ५श्रीवृद्धिसागरमूरिगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥ संवत( त्) १७११ वर्षे महोपाध्यायश्रीलाब्धसागर. गणिशिष्यपंडितश्रीविनीतसागरगाणइं प्रति भंडार मुकी छइं । सा० कर्मचंदसत सा रूपा पासवीरहस्ते ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ।
नन्दीसूत्र
Nandisutra No. 610
203.
1871-72. Size.--91 in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 29 folios ; 11 lines to a page ; 39 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters with पृष्टमात्राs; bold, big, clear and good handwriting ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; the space between these two pairs coloured red ; numbers for foll. entered in both the margins as usual; fol. I decorated with a diagrann in red colour ; fol. 29 blank; edges of the first fol. worn out to some extent ; condition tolerably good ; this Ms. does not contain Brhannandi ; in the left
hand margin the title is written as नंदीसूत्र. Age.--. Old. Begins.- fol. I":॥ ॐ नमो(मः) श्रीवीतरागाय ।।
जयइ जगजीवजोणी etc. as in No. 608. Ends. - fol. 29a १ अणु(ग )णा १ उण्णमणी २ नमणी ३नामणी ४ ठवणा ५ प्पभावो
६ पभावणं ७ पयारो ८ तदुभयहियं ९ मज्जाया १० नाउं ११ मग्गो य १२ कप्पो य १३।२।

Page #323

296
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 611.
संग्रह १४ संवर १५ निज्जर १६ ठिइकरणं चेव १७ जीवबुद्धि (प) यं १८ पय १९ पवरं चैव २० तहा वीस मणु ( ण् ) णाई (इ) नामाई | ३ | इति श्रीनंदी सूत्रं समाप्तं ।
N. B. For further particulars sec No. 608.
नन्दी सूत्र
No. 611
Size. 10 in. by 43 in.
Extent.- 14 folios; 15 lines to a page; 44 letters to a line. Description. Country paper very thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; bold, clear and good hand-writing, borders mostly ruled in three lines in red ink; fol. ra blank; some of the unnumbered sides decorated with a small disc in red colour in the centre; the numbered, with two more, one in each of the two margins; edges of the last fol. partly damaged; condition tolearbly good; complete; this Ms. does not contain Brhannandi.
Age.- Old.
Begins.- fol. 1b
Ends. fol. 14b

ए ए श्री गौतमाय नमः ॥
Ա
aug ansiasoff etc., as in No. 608.
१ अणु ( ) णा १ उण्णमणी २ etc., up to वीसमणु (ण) नाइ नामाई ३ as in No. 610 followed by नंदीसूत्रं सम्मत्तं ॥ श्रीरस्तुः ॥
N. B.
For further particulars see No. 608.
Nandisutra
204.
1871-72.

Page #324

513.
नन्दी सूत्र
No. 612
Extent. leaf 326 to leaf 35.
Description. Complete so far as it goes. For other details see
अरिहणास्तोत्र No.
1392 (I). 1891--95.
Subject. The portion up to azar forms the 1st sutra of Nandisutra. This entire work seems to be a part of Bṛhannandi generally given at the end of Nandisūtra.
नन्दी सूत्र बालावबोधसंहित
Begins.— leaf 325 अथ नंदिसूत्रं ॥ नाणं पंचविहं पन्नत्तं तंजहा || आभिणिबोहियताणं । सुवाणं । ओहिनाणं । मणपज्जवनाणं । केवलनाणं नो उच्चसिज्जति etc.
No. 613
1. 2 Culikäsutras
Ends.- leaf 35* इमं पुण पट्टवणं पडुञ्च इमस्स साहुस्स इमीए साहुणीए वा अगस्स सुक्खंधस्स वा उहेसस्स अण्णाए वा नंदी पवत्तए ॥ छ ॥ ॥ नंदी सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ||
Reference.--- See No. 608.
77
I-2
38 [J. L. P. J
Size. 103 in. by 41 in.
Extent. (text) 42 folios; 7 to 11 lines to a page; 35 letters to a line.
--(com.),
; 82 Description. Country paper rough, white and thin; Jaina Devanagari characters; on the whole this is a qarar Ms. ; the hand-writing of the text bigger as compared with that of

222 ڈرو
These numbers refer to a column.
297
Nandisutra
1392 ( ).
1891-95.
در ود دو ور

Nandisutra
with balavabodha
389.
1871-72.
رو در دو

Page #325

298
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 614
the bālāvabodha ; clear and very fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; condition very good ; the bālāvabodha ends on fol. 386 and it explains the text practically up to से तं परोक्खनाणं से तं नंदी सम्मता। , the following मूत्र being से & ñ ar Tural JEE 90 .ar etc. This Ms. does not contain BỊhannandi.
Age.- Not modern.
Author of the bālāvabodha.-- Not mentioned. Subject.-- The text along with an explanation in Gujarati. Begins.-- (text) fol. 1" 11 6 09
ATT Flui etc. os -f com. ) 4 & ll fol. 18 * FA: 11
AT ATTEITIES FEATITI AUT TE SIT FFA(A)! i etu. Ends.---( text ) fol. 426 STTUTTI GUJAUCT R etc., up to ATATE(E) 11311
as in No. 610 followed by z 1 Bft it fi ll P , ( com. ) fol. 386 EITT TTTJEI TUTTI TE FT.
(trof: ii etc. EFTOTTA FE I TUTTA This Ms. ends
here thus. Reference.--- For a Ms. containing the text and its bälāvabodha seu
Līmbdi Catalogue No. 1502 and for one having the text and tabbā see No. 1503.
नन्दीसूत्रचूर्णि
Nandisutracūrni (aangião)
( Nandisuttacuņni)
1197. No. 614
1884-87 Size.-- 101 in. by 13 in. Extent.-- 29 folios ; 15 lines to a page; 50 letters to a line.

Page #326

614.1
1. 2 Culikāsutras
Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with TTS; bold, clear and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. 12 and 29b blank ; foll. 4 to 24 numbered twice on one and the same page but in different margins; so are the foll. 27 to 29; there is some space kept blank in the centre of the numbered and the unnumbered sides as well; edges of the zoth fol. slightly worn out; condition on the whole very good; complete; extent 1400 Ślokas; composed (?) in Śāka 598.
. Age. -- Not modern.
Author.
Not mentioned. According to the tradition Jinadasa Gani Mahattara.
Subject. A commentary to Nandisūtra in Prakrit and Sanskrit languages.
Begins. fol. rb ॥ ए ॥ ए उँ नमो वीतरागाय [ : ] ॥
Rai (खं ) ( ध )तादीणं मंगलाधिकारे मंदित्ति वत्तव्वा णंदणं णंदी etc.
Ends. -- fol. 294 इमा बिही सू (मू) यं दु ( हु )गा (का) रं गाहा । गुरुणो अणुउ (ओ) ग कहणे इमा विही सुत्तत्थो खलु गाहा ॥
जन्न (न्नु) भणितमूणं वा अतिरिक्तं वा वि अह्नव विपरीत
समा (म्म ) णुयोगधरा कहिउं काउं समक्खति ॥
299
छ ॥

'णिरेण 'गामेत्त महासहा [सदा] जिनो (ता) पसूयती संखजोग द्धि(?) ताकुला ॥ कमद्धि(?)ता (ता?) वसंत चिततक्खरो
फुनु (डु) काहयतं अभिधाणकमुणो
म(स)कराज्ञी पंचसु वर्षशतेषु व्यतिक्रातेषु अष्टनवतिषु ॥ नंदिअध्ययनचूर्षिणः समाप्ता ॥ छ ॥ ग्रं० ग १५०० ॥ छ ॥ श्री ॥ छ ॥ ९ ।
11
1. In the printed edition it is as under:--
सकराजातो पंचम वर्मशतेषु नंयध्ययनचूर्णी समप्ता इति ॥ ग्रंथा ग्रं ॥ १५०० ।।

Page #327

300
Jaina Literature and Philosopisy
[515.
Reference.- Published along with Haribliadra Sūri's commentary
on Nandisúira in Rsabhdevji Kesarimalji Samsthā, Rutlam in A. D. 1928. For an additional Ms. see Līmbdi Catalogue No. 1499 where the date of composition is recorded as Saka 598.
नन्दीसूत्राववरण
Nandisutra vivaramās
757. No. 615
1899-1915. Size.-- 11 in. by s in. Extent.-- 120+1+1=122 folios ; 9 lines to a page ; 32 letters to a
line. Description. - Country paper thick, tough and white ; Laina Deva
nāgaricharacters; big, not quite legible and very fair handwriting ; borders not ruled ; toll. mostly numbered in botla the margins; fol, 12 blank; fol. 21 repeated; fol. 12 practically doubly copied ; thus there is a dittographical error;
complete ; extent 2336 ślokas; condition very good. Age.- Modern. Author:- Haribhadra Súri, wlro is well-known as Väkini-mahaltara
súnu, a devotee of Jinabhadra (?!. Subject - A commentary in Sanskrit on Nandisútra, wherein we
find quoations in Prakrit and Sanskrit as well. It is said that Haribhadra has utilized linadāsa Gani's cárni on the
Nandisutra. Begins.-- fol. 17: Fare
जयति भुवनैकभानुः सर्वथा विहितस्वलालोकः ।।
नित्योदितः स्थिरस्तापवर्जितो बर्द्धमानजिनः ।। इह सर्वेणैव संसारिणा सत्वन नारकतिर्यनरामरगतिनिबंधनाऽनेकशारीरमानसा अतितीव्रतरदुक्खोखो)ऽघसंस्थानपीडितेन जातिजरामरणशोक Forzaarangaratrāt startet EW2191[37]n(a) stronauta

Page #328

616.
I. 2 Culikashtras
301
पीडानिर्वेदात्तत्परित्यागाय निरातिशयालोकसुखाभिलाषाञ्च तदवाप्तये आत्म
परतुल्यचित्तेन सर्वथा स्तु( स्व )परोपकाराय प्रवर्तितव्यामिति etc. Ends.-- fol. 120 आह परिनिष्टा(टा) सप्तम इत्युक्तं वयश्वानुयोगप्रकारास्तदेतत्कथ
मित्यत्रोच्यते विनेय गणं विज्ञाय त्रयाणामन्यतमप्रकारेण सप्तारका(र)णादविरोध(धा)दिन्या(त्यो)घविनयविषयं तावत् सूत्रं न पुनः स एव नियमविधिरुटितसविनेयानां सकल(च्ट्र)क्ष(ब)ण एवाशेषग्रहणदर्शनादलं विस्तरेण सेत्तमी मित्यादि तदेतत् कु(श्रुति(नि)ज्ञानमिति (निगमनं स(सेत्त(त)मित्यादि तत्परोक्षमिति निगमनमेव नद्यध्ययनविवरणं समाप्तम् ॥ छ ।।
यदिहोत्सूत्रमज्ञानात् व्याख्यातं तद् बहुश्रुतेः(तैः) क्षतव्यं कस्य सम्मोह(6) लघण्य(?)स्तस्य जायते नद्यध्ययनविवरणं कृत्वा यदवाप्तमिह मया पुण्यं
तेन खलु जीवलोको लभतां जिनशासने नंदी(दी) कृतिः से(सि)तांबराचार्यजिनभद्रपादसेवकस्य हरिभद्रेस्यति ग्रंथाj २३३६
शुभं भवतु ।। छ छ छ छ छ Reterence. - Published by Rsabhadevji Kesarimalji Samstha,
Rutlam in A. D. 1928.
नन्दीसूत्रविवरण
Nandisutravivarana
110 No. 616
___1872-73. Size.- Iom in. by 4: in. Extent.--- 89 - I = 88 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 32 letters to a
line.
Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters; big, legible and fair hand-writing ; borders indifferently ruled in two lines in red ink ; yellow pigment used ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; un
१. 'उद्मस्थस्य न जायते' इति स्यात् ।

Page #329

302
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1617.
numbered sides have a very small disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; the first fol. missing ; otherwise complete; this Ms. contains the प्रतीकs of text; extent 3336 Slokas ; condi
tion good. Age.- Samvat 1650. Begins.--- fol. 2 विज्ञार्थादेव दस्मादभिलिखितार्थावाप्तिः प्राणिनामित्यतः प्रारभ्यते
अर्हद्वचनानुयोगः । अयं च परमपदप्राप्तिहेतुत्वात् श्रेयोभूतो वर्त्तते श्रेयांसि बहुविघ्नानि भवंति यथोक्तं
श्रेयांसि बहुविध्नानि भवंति महतामपि
अश्रेयास प्रवृत्तानां क्वापि यांति विनायकाः ।' etc. Ends.- fol. 89 पर(रि)निष्टा सप्तम इत्युक्तं etc. , up to जिनभद्रपादसेवकस्य
हरिभद्रस्येति as in No. 615 followed by the lines as under :
___ ग्रंथानं ३३३६ श्रीरस्तु शुभं भवतु श्रीसंघस्य संवत् १६५० वर्षे
अश्वनिवदि १५ दिने ‘उसमापुर'मध्ये लषिता ग. दर्शनसागरेण । श्री ॥ N. B.- For other details see No. 615.
नन्दीसूत्रविवरण
Nandisutravivarana No. 617
1270.
1886-92. Size.-- Iol in. by 4 in. Extent.--- 164 + 1 = 165 folios, 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a
line. Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina Deva
nagari characters with पृष्टमात्राs; bold, sufficiently big, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; mostly the numbers for the foll. are entered twice, once
1 This verse is quoted by Haribhadra Sûri in his svopajna commentary to Anekantajayapatākāprakarana, See also Silanka Suri's commentary on the Ācārăngastitra.

Page #330

617.}
1. 2 Calikåsstras
303
in each of the two margins ; foll. 146 and 163 also nunbered at the top as १, २ etc; fol. ra blank ; the first two foll. slightly torn in more than one place ; the 4th and the sth foll. have their edges damaged ; yellow pigment used; condition tolerably good ; fol. 154 repeated ; complete ;
7732 Slokas. Age.--- Pretty old. Author.--- Malayagiri Sūri. Subject. – Nandisutra explained in Sanskrit with the help of the
củrņi and Haribhadra Súri's commentary. Begins.--. fol. Ibt 0 नमः ॥
जयति भुवनैकभानुः सर्वत्रा(था) विहितकेवलालोकः । नित्योदित स्थिरस्तापवजितो वर्द्धमानजिनः ॥ १॥ जयति जगदेकमंगलमपहतनिःशेषदुरितघनतिमिर(रं) ।
रविबिंबमिव यथास्थितवस्तुविकाशं जिने बचः ॥२॥ इह सर्वेणैव संसारमध्यमध्यासीनेन जंतुना नारकतिर्यग्नरामरगतिबंधनविविधशारीरमानसानेकदुःखोपनिपातपीडितेन पीडानिर्वेदितः संसारपरिजिहीर्षया जन्मजरामरणरोगशोकाद्यशेषोपद्रवाऽसंस्पृश्यपरमानंदरूपनिःश्रेयसपदमधिरोदु(हुकामेण तदवाप्तये स्वपरसममानसीभूय स्वपरोपकाराप य) यतितव्यं ।। तत्रापि महत्यामाशप(? य )विशुद्धौ परोपकृतिः कर्तुं शक्यते । इत्याशयविशुद्धिप्रकर्षसंपदे(? पाद)नाय विशेषतः परोपकारे यल आस्थेयः परोपकारश्च द्विधा द्रव्यतो भावतश्च । तत्र द्रव्यतो विविधान् पानधनकांचनादिप्रदानज य]नितः स चालकांतिकः कदाचित्ततो विशूव(चि)कादिदोषसंभवत उपकारासंभव...' व्यात्पतिकः कियकालमात्रभावित्वात् । भावतो जिनप्रणीत. धर्मसंपादनजनितः स चैकांतिकः कदाचिदपि ततो दोषाऽसंभवात् आत्यं तिकश्च परंपरया शाश्वतिका मोक्षसौख( ख्य )संपादकत्वात् । जिनप्रणतो. (5)पि च धर्मो विधा श्रुतधर्मश्चारित्रे(त्र)धम(म)श्च तत्र श्रुतधर्मः स्वाध्यायश्वारित्रधर्मः क्षात्यादिरूपो दशधा श्रमणधर्मः (।) उक्तं च ।
सुसुयधम्मो सज्जाउ(ओ) चरितधम्मो समणधम्मो ।
I See No. 615. 2 Letters are gone since the corresponding portion of the paper is worn out.

Page #331

304
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
तत्र
धर्मपत्समन्विता एवं प्रायश्वारित्रधर्माभ्युपगमयथावत्परिपाल समर्था भवतीति प्रथमतस्तत्प्रदानमेव न्याय्यं तत्र परमाहत्यमहिमोपशोमितभगवद्वर्धमान स्वामिनिवेदितमर्थमवधार्य गणभृत् सुधर्म स्वामिना तत्संतानवर्तिभिश्वान्यैरपि सूत्रप्रदानकारि । न च सूत्रादविज्ञातादभिलिखि(बि)तार्थावातिरुपजायते । ततः प्रारंभणीयः प्रवचनानुयोगः स च परमपदप्राप्तिहेतुत्वात् श्रेयोभूतः । श्रेयांसि च बहुविधतानि भवति । यत उक्त
--
1.
Ends. fol. 164 b अथवा कंचिन्मंदमतिविनेयमधिकृत्य तदुक्तं द्रष्टव्यम् । न पुनरेष एव श्रवणविधिनियम उद्घटितज्ञविन (ने) यानां सकृत् श्रवणत एवावशेषग्रहणदर्शनादिति कृतं प्रसंगेन । सेतमित्यादि । तदेतत् श्रुतज्ञानं तदेतत्
श्रेयांस बहुविधनानि भवति महतामपि ।
असि प्रवृत्तानां वापि यांति विनायकाः ॥
इति ततोऽस्य प्रारंभ एव सकलप्रत्यूहापशमनाय मंगलाधिकारे नंदिर्वक्तव्यः अथ नंदिरिति कः शब्दार्थः उच्यते etc.
परोक्षमिति ॥ छ ॥
ध्ययनं पूर्व प्रकाशितं येन विषमभावार्थम् । तस्मै श्री चूर्णिते नमोऽस्तु विदुषे परोपकृते ॥ १॥ मध्ये समस्त भूपीठं यशो यस्याभिवर्द्धत । तस्मै श्री हरिभद्राय नमष्टीकाविधायिने ॥ २ ॥ वृत्तिर्वा चूर्णिर्वा रम्या ( 5 ) पि न मंद ( मे )धसां योग्या । अभवदिह न तेषामुपकृतये यत्न एष कृतः । ३ ॥
नंद्यध्ययनं तित्थए (?) विवृण्वता कुशलम् । यदवापि मलयगिरिणा सिद्धिं तेनाश्नुतां लोकः ॥ ४ ॥
See p. 302.

इति श्रीमलयगिरिवेचिता नद्यध्ययनटीका संपूणी ग्रंथाग्रं ७७३२ शिवमस्तु सव (d) जीवानां ॥ छ ॥
Reference. - Published. See No. 608. For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1500.
[ 617.
अर्हतो मंगलं मे स्युः सिद्धाश्व मम मंगलम् । साधो मंगलं सम्यग् जैन धर्मश्व मंगलम् ॥ ५ ॥

Page #332

618.} 1. 2 Culikasutras
305 नन्दीसूत्रविवरण
Nandisutravirarna No. 618
276.
1885-1884. Size.- 11,in. by 4 in. Extent.---98 folios ; 19 lines to a page ; 70 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with occasional पृष्टमात्राs; small, bold, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; the ist, in both the margins; there is some space kept blank in the centre of the numbered and unnumbered sides as well so that it forms a pattern so to say; fol. I blank ; edges of the first and the last three foll. slightly worn out ; foll. SI to 73 more or less worm-eaten ; condition very
fair ; complete. Age.--- Samvat 1682. Begins.- fol. Ib ॥ ६ 01 ॐ नमो जिनाय ॥
जयति भुवनेकभानुः सर्वत्राविहतकेवलालोकः । नित्योदितः स्थिरस्तापवर्जितो वर्द्धमानजिनः ॥ (१) etc.
ततोऽस्य प्रारंभ एव सकलप्रत्यूहोपशमनाय मंगलाधिकारे नंदिक्तव्यः ।
अथ नंदिरिति कः शब्दार्थ उच्यते etc. Ends.--fol. 98' न पुनरेष एव सर्वत्र श्रवणविधिनियम उद्घटितविनेयानां सकृच्छ्रवणत
एवाशेषग्रहणदर्शनादिवि(?ति) कृतं प्रसंसे (गे)न से तू(त्त )मित्यादि तदेतच्छृतज्ञानं तदेतत्परोक्षमिति । छ ।
नद्यध्ययन पूर्व प्रकाशतं येन विषमभावार्थ । तस्म श्रीचार्णकृते नमोऽस्तु विदुषे परोपकृते १ मध्येसमतभूपीठं यशो यस्याभिवद्धते तस्मै श्रीहरिभद्राय नमष्टीकाविधायिने । २॥ वृत्तिर्वा चूर्णि; रम्या(s)पि न मंदमेधसं(सां) योग्या।
अभवदिह तेन तेषां उपकृतये यत्न एष कृतः (॥३॥) 39 U. L.P.]

Page #333

306
Jaina Literature and philosophy
619
बह्वर्थमल्पता(श) नद्यध्ययन विवृण्वता कुशलं । यदवापि मलयागारणा सिद्धिं तेनाइनुतां लोकः ॥ ४ ॥ अर्हतो मंगलं मे स्युः सिद्धाश्च मम मंगलं ( । ) साधवो मंगलं सम्यक् जि जै)नो धर्मश्च मंगलं
छ इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचिता नद्यध्ययनटीका समाप्तः । छ शुभं भवतु
संवत् १६८२ वर्षे कार्तिकमासे शुक्लपक्षे चतुर्थीतिथौ मोमदिने मह गोवर्धनेन लिपीकृतः । छ etc. N. B.--. For further particulars sec No. 617.
नदीसूत्र विवरण
Nandisutravivartana
109(a). No.619
1872-73. Size.-- 12 in. by 45 in. Extent.— 170 folios; 14 lines to a fage ; 52 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with penars; big, legible, good and uniforns hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between these pairs coloured red; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margint ; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; soll. I and 170b blank; this Ms. contains प्रतीकs of the text; complete ; extent 7832 ślokas ; this Ms. contains an additional work viz. Nandisútra which begins on fol. 1556 and
ends on fol. 170%; condition good... Age.-- Samvat 1474. Begins.-- fol. "ए ६ ॥ नमो जिनाय ॥
जयति भुवनैकभानुः etc.

Page #334

620.
2. 2 Cilikasairas
307
Ends.- foi. I55 अथवा किंचिन्मंदमति etc., up to नयध्ययनटीका
practically as in No. 617 followed by the lines as under:--
समाप्ता ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथानं ७८३२ ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु चतुर्विधश्रधिव(म) ग घस्य ॥ छ ॥ कल्याणमस्तु लेख पाठकयोः शिवमस्तु ॥ छ । N. B..... For further particulars see No. 618.
नन्दीसूत्र विवरणदुर्गपदव्याख्या
Nandisūtravivarana-durgapadavyāklıya
730. No. 620
1892-95. Size.--- 9Fin. by 4, in. Extent.-- 6 folios ; 15 lines to a page; 54 letters to a line. Description.--- Country paper very thin and whitish : Jaina Devana
gari characters with पृष्ठमात्रा ; bold, clear and good hand - writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; there is some space kept blank in the centre of the numbered and the unnumbered sides as well; this is so done that it forms a pattern; fol. 6a blank ; in the left hand margin the title is
written as alicato condition very good. Age.--- Old Author - Śricandra Sūri, pupil of Dhaneśvara Sūri. His earlier ___ name was Parsvadeva Gani. See G. O. Series vol. XXI,
p. 21. Subject.-- A small gloss on Nandisutra styled as Durgapadavyakhya. Begins.-- fol. 1 सम्यगित्येवं गुर्बाराधनविषयत्वेनाष्टावपि गुणा व्याख्यायते श्रुता. वाप्तौ मूलोपायात्वदुराधनाया इति गाथार्थः
श्रीधनेश्वरसूरीणां पादपझोपजीविना । नंदिरत्तौ कृता ब्या(ख्या) श्रीमच्छीचंद्रसूरिणा ॥

Page #335

Jo8
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[621.
समाप्ता चेयं नंद्यध्ययनटीकायां श्रीशीलभद्रप्रभुश्रीधनेश्वरसूरिशिष्यश्रीचंद्रसूरिविरचिता दुर्गपदव्याख्या "छ॥ स(से) तत्तं नंदी समते ति वचनादाचार्यपदस्थापनायानु?योमतु योगानुज्ञाविषये ७) यं नंदिरेताब
प्रमाणा समर्थितेति । etc. Ends.--- fol. 5 अनुज्ञा १ उन्नमना २ नमनीश । नामनी ४ स्थापना ५ प्रभवः ६
प्रभावना ७ । प्रचार । ८ तदुभयं । ९ हितं १० मर्यादा ११ न्याय्य १२ ॥ मार्गश्च १३ । कल्पश्च १४ । संग्रह १५ । संवरः १६ । निर्जरा १७ स्थिति. करणं १८ जीवतिवृद्धिपदं १९ पदप्रवरं २० इति विंशतिरेतेषां च पदानामर्थः संप्रदायाभावान्नोच्यते ॥ छ ।
इति समाप्ता श्रीशील भद्रप्रभुश्रीधनेश्वरसूरिशिष्यश्रीचंद्रमूरिविरचिता नंदिटीकायां दुर्गपदव्याख्या ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ॥ छ ।
स्व(स्वे) कष्टे(5)ति(भिनिधाय कष्टमाधिक मा स्म(मेऽन्यदा जायतां
___ व्याख्यानेऽस्य तथाविधे सुमनसामाश्रुतानाममुं । इत्यालोचयता तथापि किमपि प्रोक्तं मया तव च
__ दुव्याख्यानविशोधनं विदधतु प्राज्ञाः परार्थोद्यताः । १ ॥
इति श्रीनंदीहि(टि)प्पन हा संपूर्ण:(र्णा) ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ॥ छ । Reference.-- For another Ms. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p.
393 and see for extracts Peterson, Reports V, pp. 202-203.
नदीसूत्र
Nandisutraविषमपदपर्याय
vişamapadaparyāyat No. 621
736111).
1875-76. Extent.-- fol. 16 to fol. 174. Description:-- Complete. For other details see Paricavastukapar.
vava No. 736 (1).
yaya No. 1875-76. .
Subject.-- Difficult words etc., occurring in Nandisutra explained
in Sanskrit.

Page #336

I. 2 Culikāastiras
नमोजिनाय ।
जयतीति जेतव्यजयेन विजयते 4 ऐकांतिक इति नैश्वयिकः । आत्यंतिक इति अव्यवच्छेदपरः । etc.
623.1
Begins. --- fol. 163 ६०
नन्दीसूत्रविषमपदपर्याय
No. 622
Fnds.--- fol. 17 शार्दूलादि करोति पउप्पए पछोपको । सगरयाण इति पर्यते यतः । सगरस्य जितशत्रुभ्रातृजः । इति नदिविषमपदपर्यायाः समथिताः । ॥
-
ए
नन्दी सूत्रविषमपदपर्याय
No. 623
Extent.-- fol. 24b to fol. 260.
Description.-- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukapar
yāya No.
789 ( 1 ) . 1895-1902.
Begins.--- fol. 24 ॐ नमो जिनाय ।

309
जयतीति जेतव्य etc., as in No. 621.
Ends.--- fol. 266 शार्दूलादि करोति पउप्पर पछोपको etc., as in No. 6 21.
N. B.-- For other details see No. 621.
Nandisutra
visamapadaparyaya
789 (17). 1895-1902.
Size. -- 97 in. by 44 in.
Extent. -- 61 folios; 15 lines to a page; 43 letters to a line.

Nandisūtravisamapadaparyaya
332 (1).
A 1882-83.

Page #337

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1623
Description. Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional rs; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. 1a blank except that the title farfar is written there; results pertaining to gurupaucamāsika etc. tabulated on foll. 58 and 59a; yellow pigment used; complete so far as it goes; some of the foll. of this Ms. have stuck together probably owing to the presence of gum in the ink used; so unless they are separated, it is not possible to mention all the additional works contained here. So a tentative list is being given as under:----
310
( 1 ) दशकालिक सूत्र पर्याय 2 ) ओघनिर्मुक्तिपर्याय
(3) पिण्डनिर्युक्तिविषमपदपर्याय
) पिण्डनिर्मुक्तिविषमगाथाविवरण ( 5 ) उत्तराध्ययनबृहद्वृत्तिपर्याय
( 6 ) आचाराङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
)
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र
( 8 ) स्थानाङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
( 9 ) समवायाङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
( 10 ) भगवती सूत्रपर्याय
(II) जीवाभिगमसूत्रपर्याय
( 12 ) जीवाभिगमसूत्रवृत्तिपर्याय ( 13 ) qanqargaqqia
( 14 ) प्रज्ञापनासूत्र विवरण विषमपदपर्याय (15) जीतकल्पसूत्रपदपर्याय
Age. Samvat 1672.
Begins. --- fol. r" नमः श्रीवीतरागाय | नमः ॥
No. 27
57
74
86

در
""
در
», 123
210
""
,, 213 ,, 230 ", 233 602
""
Ends. fol. 3qg etc., as in No. 621. N. B.-- For other details see No. 621.
audifa ada etc., as in No. 621.
foll. ? to 22b
22b
23a
23b
29a

دو
""
23
در
27
در
در
ور
*
2)
در
""
ور
""
""
23
23b
29a
342
366
412
446
4F0
47a
513 53a 53a
54a
55a
I ww
در
33
در
22
در
در
در
دو
23
در
د.
29
در
در
34a
366 41*
+
445
472
S1a
53a
54a
55a
585

Page #338

625.
I.2 Culikasutras
311
स्थविरावली (थेरावली)
Sthavirāvali ( Theravali)
No 624
641 (d). 1892-95.
Extent.-- fol. 212 to fol. 22". Description.--- Complete. For other details
sce
Upadesamala
No. 641 (a ).
1892-95.' Author.- Devarddhi Gani alias Deva Väcaka. Subject. -- List of the sthaviras. This work is a part and parcel of
Nandisútra. Compare the beginning of Avaśyakasútra
niryukti. Begins. — fol. 21
जयइ जगजीवजोणी विआणओ जगगुरु(रू) जगाणंदो।
जगनाहो जगबंधू जयइ जगपियामहो भयवं ॥१॥ Ends..~ fol. 22
जे अन्ने भगवंते कालियसु आ )ण(णु)ओगिए धीरे । ते पणमिऊण सिरसा नाणस्स परूवणं वुच्छं ॥ ५०।
इति श्रीस्थावरावली समाप्ता ।। छ Reference.--. Published. See No. 608. Cf. a Ms. numbered as
3:28 in the Limbdi Catalogue.
स्थविरावली
Sthaviravali No. 625
826 (x).
1892-95. Extent.-- fol. 3374 to fol. 339'. Description.--- Complete. For other details see Sasvatacaitvastotra
No. 826 (a).
No. 1892-95
!
This is the 43rd verse in the printed edition.

Page #339

312
Jaina Literature and Philosoply
[ 826
Begins.--- fol. 337 ए ६0 ।।
जयइ जगजीवजोणी वियाणओ जगगुरू जगाणंदो।
जगनाहो जगबंध जयइ जगपियामहो भयवं ॥१॥ etc. Ends.--- fol. 339
जे अन्ने भगवंते कालियसुयअ(? आ )णुओगिए धीरे। ते पणमिऊण सिरसा नाणस्स परूवणं बुच्छं ॥ ५० ॥
थिरावलिया सम्मत्ता। N. B.--- For further particulars see No. 624.
स्थविरावली
Sthavirāvali No. 626
73 (0).
1880-81. Externt.-- leaf 64° to leaf 674. Description.-- Incomplete; according to the printed edition, it ends
with the 24th verse and not the 26th. For further particulars see Upadesamala No. 7(a).
- 1880-81.. Begins.--- leaf 64
जयइ जगजीवजोणी etc. Ends. ---leaf 67 जसभई ओ( तु )गियं वंदे संभूयं चेव माढरं
मद्दबाहुं च पाइन्न । थूलभदं च गोयमं ॥ २६ ॥
छ ॥ इति थिरावली समाप्ता॥ ___N. B.--- For other details see No. 624. Cf. a Ms.. numbered as
3129 in the Līmbdi Catalogue.

Page #340

628.)
1.2 Calikasatras
313
स्थविरावली
Sthavirāvali
652. No. 627
1884-86. Size.-- 9 in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 3 folios ; 11 lines to a page ; 35 letters to a line. Description... Country paper rough and white ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with occasional TTHETS; big, clear, unisorm and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; complete ; condition very
good. Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.-- fol. 1* ! toll sgranara FA !!
FUE FTTRIT etc. Ends.-- fol. 36 pt etc., up to go as in No. 624 followed by
189 HI at spillea facralsur FAAT UITTRA gari hala FA 8 31
etc. N. B.--- For other details see No. 624.
स्थविरावली
Sthaviravali No. 628
610 (c).
1884-86. Extent.-- fol. 6b to fol. 76. Description. Incomplete ; it ends abruptly with the eulogy of
the sangha; this Ms. contains only the first ten verses which, too, are not free from mistakes. For other details see graduace No. 1884-86.
i 610 (a). 40 U. LP

Page #341

314
Begins. fol. 6b
Ends:-- fol. 7b
जरं जग जोणीव याणां जगगरुं जग्गाणंना etc.
तत्र संजय
जइ संघ चंद नीमल समतत्रीसुधजीनाथां 3 परतथगनुं असंगरूप तत्रतीयदीत्तलेसस नाणंजुम से तनम संघ रस १०
लपीक्रीतं नेमचदजी आतमाअरथे । श्रीसरसती ममो नमजी
N. B. For other details see No. 624.
zxfàciaci Kattaika
No. 629
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
""
अहरामोहय दधतीचं
(com.),, ; 21',,
Size. 10 in. by 41 in.
Extent. (text) 3 folios; 6 to 10 lines to a page; 34 letters to a line.
""

در در
Age. Pretty old.
Author of the avacüri- Not mentioned.
Subject.
,, ;
1-2 These numbers refer to a column.
در
[629.
102

Sthavirä vali
with av.curi
Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional garars: this is a qt Ms; this Ms. contains the tex: and a small commentary; the text is written in a bigger hand-writing as compared with one for avacuri; legible, fairly uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; both the text and the avacuri complete; condition very good except that edges of some of the foll. are slightly damaged.
390
1871-72.
29 99 99
The text along with a brief explanation in Sanskrit.

Page #342

630. J
Begins. - ( text ) fol. 1 ॥ ६० ॥ ओ ( ँ) ।
जब जगजीवजोणो etc.
"
— ( com. ) fol. r* ६० ॥ नमः श्रीवर्द्धनानय । श्रीगच्छेशश्री मे हतुंग सूरिगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
श्री आवश्यक सूत्रनिर्मुकविषयः प्रायो दुपदार्थः कथामात्रं नियुक्त्युकं च feer | इह श्रीदेववाचकेत्यपरतामा देवर्द्धिगाणज्ञनपचकरूपं नंदिग्रंथं वक्तुकामां मंगलार्थ पूर्व मालिका (कां) अभिधित्सुः etc.
Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 30 जे अन्ने etc., up to बुद्धं as in No. 624 followed by the lines as under :
""
स्थविरावली दब्बासहित
I. 2 Culikasutras
।। ४९ ।। आभिणिवोही (हि) अनाणं० ५० इति स्थविरावली श्रीरत्नचंद्रोपाध्यायानां ॥
No. 630
( com. ) fol. 30 जे अन्ने० ये अन्येऽतीता भाविनश्व भगवतः श्रुनरनैश्वर्य भाजः कालिक श्रुतानुयोगिनो धीराः etc. नंदिनामकमध्ययनमहं दृष्यगणिशिष्यो देववाचकं ( को ) वक्ष्ये ॥ ५० ॥ इति स्थावरावली विवरण || अर्ह इह हि श्रीभद्रबाहुः श्री आवश्यकानिर्युक्तिं विरंचयनादौ मंगला etc. भावनंदिस्तु ज्ञानपंचकं तच्चेदं || आभिणियो० ॥ ५० ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ etc.
--
— (çab!ā),,
a line.

Size. - 97 in. by 44 in.
Extent.- (text) folios ; 4 to 5 lines to a page ; 40 to 42 letters to
a line.
,, ;
315
IO
"
"" "" "" ;

Sthaviravali with tabba
713 (a). 1899-1915
58
97
22

Page #343

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 630.
Description. Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with quas; this Ms. contains the text as well as the interlinear tabba; the former written in bigger hand-writing as compared with that of the tabba; clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; condition very good; incomplete though the numbering of toll. is continuous; for, hand-writing etc. differ and over and above the work on fol. 3a is altogether different; it is a portion of Catuḥśarana with tabbă noted in the first part of D. C. J. M. (vol. xvii) as No. 281.
Age. Old.
Author of the tabba.-- Not mentioned.
316
Subject. About 15 gathas of the Sthaviravali along with its explanation in Gujarati.
Begins. (text) fol. 1a
जयह जगजीवजोणी etc.
- ( com. ) fol. r* भगवंत परमेश्वर केहवा छइ भगवंत जयवंत व जग विश्व तथा जीव तेहनी योनि उत्पत्तिस्थान etc.
Ends. (text) fol. 2
35
-- ( com. ) fol. 25 संवररूप वर प्रधान जल पांणी तेहनो प्रगलीय कहतां. This work ends thus abruptly
See No. 613
Reference
जीवदया सुंदरकर (रु) उ(ह) रीयमुणिश्वर महंदअ ( इ न्नस्स
उस्स( स ) वधाउपगलंतर त्त(?) दित्तोस हि गुहस्स १४
संवरवरजलपr This work ends thus abruptly.

Page #344

63.]
1. 2 Calikasåtras
317
स्थविरावलीवृत्ति बालावबोधसहित
Sthavirāvalīvrtti with bålāvabodha
No. 631
1347 (8).
1891-95. Size.- 10.1 in. by 4. in. Extent.-- 85 folios ; 18 lines to a page ; 64 letter; to a line. Description. --- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nagari characters; very small, legible and tolerably good: hand-writing; borders ruled mostly in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; yellow pigment used profusely at the end ; this Ms. contains mostly the talas of the text; both the Sanskrit and Gujarāti commentaries end on fol. 36; both complete ; condition very good ; this Ms. contains in addition the following I2 works:--- ( 1 ) आवश्यकपीठिकाविवरण ( बालावबोध ) foll 3° to 130 ( 2 ) लघुवरवारिका
,, 13,, 22% ( 3 ) वृद्धारबारेकादीपिका ( 4 ) उपसर्ग
32* ,, 360 15 ) समवसरणावचूरि
36° ,, 40 16 ) गणधरावल्यवरि
,, 40* ,, 420 (7) सामाचारीदीपिका
, 42°,, 45 ( 8 ) उपोद्घातनियुक्ति
, 45,, 6r. ( 9 ) नमस्कारनियुक्ति
,, 62, 70 ( 10 ) सामायिकनिर्युक्यवरि
,, 70* ,, 750 (II) चतुर्विशतिस्तवदीपिका
,, 75°, 78 ( 12 ) बन्दनकनियुक्तिदीपिका
: 78,,856 This is followed by a commentary on samanlagits but its portion on fol. 856 is less legible on account of yellow pigment profusely used there : moreover, this commentary ends abruptly

Page #345

Ends.
318
Age. - Pretty old.
Author of bālāvabodha - Not mentioned.
Subject. Explanations in Sanskrit and Gujarati pertaining to Sthavirāvali.
Begins. -- fol. ra जन (इ) जगजीवजोणी । १ । भगवान् जयते । भगवंत परमेश्वर जयवंत वर्त्तई । किंविशिटो भगवान् | जगज्जीवयोनिविज्ञायकः । पुनः किंविशिष्टः । जगद्गुरुः । पुनः किं० | जगदानंदः पुनः किं० जगन्नाथः । पुनः किं० । जगत्पितामहो यो भगवान् ॥ १ ॥ जयइ सुयाणं । महात्मा महावीरो जयाते । etc.
"
17
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( text ) fol. 3b
जे अन्ने भगवंते । कालियसुअअ (आ) णुओगिए धीरे ।
ते पणमिऊण सिरसा । नाणस्से परूवणं वुत्थं (च्छं) ।। ५० ।
- ' com.) fol. 3° येऽन्ये अतीता भाविनश्व भगवंतः । श्रुतरत्ने (न) श्वयंभाजः कानुनः धीराः तान् शिरसा प्रणम्य । ज्ञानस्य मत्यादिपंचभेदस्य । प्ररूपणां प्ररूाणाकारि । नंदिनामकमध्ययनं । अहं दुष्वगणिशिष्यो देववाचका ( को ) वक्ष्ये
[632.
I
---( bala° ) fol. 3" जे ओरा अतीत तथा भावी विद्यमान भगवतं । कालिक श्रुना अनुयांगधारी | आचार्य गजधर ते मस्तकइं करीनइ प्रणमउं । ते प्रणमीनइ हूं दूष्यगणित शिष्य । देवद्धिंगाणे वाचक इस्यइ नामइ । नंदीसूत्रनइ आदि । तथा श्री आवश्कनी आदि भद्रबाहुस्वामिह १ पंच ज्ञान ती प्ररूपणा बोलइ छइ । मंगलीकनइ आर्थे ज्ञान पंचना विचार जूजूआ कहसि । शिष्यना अनुग्रह सादिहं । सर्व मंगलीक माहि सारमंक (ग) लीकतिद्वा[?] रद्द ज्ञानप्रधान मंगलीक जाणिवं ॥ छ ॥

इति श्रीस्थविरावली श्रीदेवद्विगणिना कृता समः प्तेयम् ॥ Reference. For a Ms. having Sthavitavali and an anonymous commentary see Limbdi Catalogue No. 3130.
स्थविरावल्यवचूरि
No. 632
Size.— ro‡ in. by 4 in.

Sthaviravalyavacuri
1381. 1886-92.

Page #346

633.j
Extent.-- 3 folios; 21 lines to a page ; 64 letters to a line.
Description.
I. 2 Culkasutras
Country paper very thin and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with TS; small, legible, uniform and good hand--writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; this Ms. contains the ads of the text; complete; condition very good.
Age. — Pretty old.
Author. - Not mentioned.
Subject. A small commentary in Sanskrit dealing with the eulogy of sthaviras.
319
Begins.-- fol. r* ए ६० जय जग० जयति इंद्रियविषयक पायघातिकर्मादिशत्रगण, पराजयात् सर्वानप्यतिशेते जगह धर्माधर्माकाशपुद्गलास्तिकायरूपं जीव (बं)ति प्राणान् धारयंतीति जीवा इति जीवास्तिकायग्रहणं । युद्ध मिश्रणे । युवंति तेजस फार्मणशरीरवंतः संत औदारिकेग वैक्रियेण वा शरीरेण अस्ति (स्ती) ति योनय जीवोत्पतिस्यानानि तासां विविधम नेकप्रकारमुत्पादाय नंतधर्मात्मकतया जानातीति। etc.
Ends. fol. 30 एत्रमावलिकाक्रमेण महापुरु (पा)णां स्तवमभिधाय संप्रति सामान्येन श्रुतधरनमस्कारमाह । जे अ० । येऽन्येऽतीता भाविनश्व भगवंतः श्रु(रोतरत्नतिकरपू रेतस्वात् । समरे स्वर्यादिनंतर कालिक) श्रुनुयोगिनः। तान् प्रणम्य ज्ञानमनिकादे: बू ( प्र ) रूपणा कारकमध्यय ( नं) वक्ष्ये क (एव) माह उच्यते । दूषगजिनामा'......शिष्यो देववाचकः ॥ इति स्थि ( स्थ) विरावलिकावचूरिः ॥ ४ ॥
स्थविराग्यवरि
No. 633
Size.- ro in. by 4g in.
I The correrponding portion is gone.

Sthaviravalyavacuri
260.
1873-74.

Page #347

320
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1634.
Extent.-- 4 folios ; 74 lines to a page ; 68 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper very thin and greyish; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters with gearat ; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in red ink ; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; edges of some of the foll. slightly damaged ; condition very fair ; fol. 4• blank ; this Ms. contains the stories of the Sthavirävali; complete ; the scribe has styled this work as Stha
virāvalikāvacũri Age.— Fairly old. Author.--- Not mentioned. Subject.- A small commentary in Sanskrit to Sthavirāvali. Begins.-- fol. 14 5 ROTATO Fofat fauft Turaamallarna
PAFUTA I etc. Ends.-- fol. 4* Ara TUT EIFFTITIA Tilaa: TF TUTTETCEAETON() **
(TAIG gora Pillar Tarifstoteaara II
at furatrates ra : 11 g It etc.
स्थविरावल्यवचूर्णि
Stba virävalyavacūrņi
261. No. 634
1873-74. Size.- 11 in. by 6 in. Extent.-- 6 folios; 18 lines to a page ; 32 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters; big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; condition very good ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; complete ; this Ms. appears to be a copy of a Ms. as old as stated here; this work styled by the scribe as Sthaviråvalikávacũrņi appears to agree to a great extent with No. 633.

Page #348

631.1
I. 2 Culikasairas
Age.--- Sainvat Is18. Author. -- Not mentioned. Subject.-- A small commentary in Sanskrit explaining Sthavirāvali. Begins.- fol. ! ५ ६ ॥ जयइ ज० ॥ जयति इंद्रियविषयकषाय etc. Ends.-- fol. 6° तान् प्रणम्य ज्ञानस्याभिनिचोधिकादेः प्ररूपणां प्ररूपणाकारकमध्य
यनं वक्ष्ये क एवमाह ॥ उच्यते दूषगणिनामाचार्यशिष्यो देववाचकः । इति स्थविरावलिका(व)चूर्णिः समाता । छ । संवत् १५१८ वर्षे का० ॥
4: [ J. L. P.]

Page #349

322
अनुयोगद्वार सूत्र ( अणुओगद्दारसुत्त) वृत्तिसहित
No. 635
33
Size.-- 103 in. by 4 in.
Extent.
I
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
ور
THE SECOND CULIKĀSŪTRA
Author of the text.-- A Jaina Saint. See p. 326.
(text) 133 folios; 1 to 6 lines to a page; jo letters to a line.
Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with gars; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; it is a faqat Ms.; the hand-writing of the text bigger than that for the commentary; beautiful, bold and clear but at times misleading hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; numbers for foll. entered twice on one and the same page but in two different margins; most of the foll. have their edges and corners worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent; condition poor; yellow pigment used; foll. 1 and 1336 blank; very incorrect; both the text and the commentary complete; extent of the text 1900 slokas and that of vṛtti 5700 slokas. Age. Fairly old.
ور
Anuyogadvarasutra (Anuogaddārasutta) with vrtti
(com.) 133 folios; 11 to 14 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line.
1635

Sec Peterson, Reports III, p. 156.
1078.
1887-91.
,, commentary.-- Maladharin Hemacandra Suri, pupil of Abhayadeva Súri of Harṣapüriya gaccha of Praśnavahana kula. This Hemacandra is the author of Bhavabhavana and its commentary composed in Samvat 1170. He has commented upon Viseṣavasyakabhāṣya in Samvat 1175. As regards his other works mention may be made of Upadesa

Page #350

635.
II. 2 Callkāsutras
323
māla and its vịtti and commentaries on Jivasa māsa, Šataka and Haribhadra Sūri's vịtti on the Avaşyakasūtra and its niryukti. Hemacandra was honoured at the court of King Jayasimha of Gujarat. See Peterson, Reports, V. p. 14,
v. 42-55, p. 90, v. 16-19 and p. 96. Subject.-- In this work which forms one of the 45 āgamas and
which is regarded as one of the two củlikāsútras, there are treated various topics worth knowing. It starts by mentioning the five types of knowledge, and deals in details with śruta-jñana, the 2nd type. Then follow the various ādúpūrvis, ten types of nāman, tables of measurement of corn, space, time etc., the number of human beings, the 21 kinds
of number etc. Begins.-- (text ) fol. IG नमो वीतरा( गाय
नाणं पंचविहं पन्नत्तं ॥ ॥ तंजहा अभिणिबोहियनाणं etc. -- (com.) fol. I'९६० ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
सम्यवुभा क सुरेंद्रकृतसंस्तुति( त पादपद्म
मुद्दामकामकारराजकठोरसिंह। सद्धर्मदेशकब(ब)रं वरदं नतो( 5 )स्मि
वीरं विशुद्धतरबोधनिधि(धि) सुधीरं ॥१॥ अनुयोगभूता( तां) पादान्वंदे श्रीगौतमादिसूरीणां । निष्कारणबंधूनां विशेषतो धर्मादातृणां २ etc.
fol. 5. अयमत्र भावार्थोऽनुयोगस्य प्रक्रांतत्वाद्वक्तव्यताप्रतिव( ब )द्धाया अस्या गाथाया इहावसरस्तद्यथा।
निक्खेवेग निरुत्त विहि पविनी य केण वा कस्स । तद्दार भेय लक्खण तदरिह परिसा य सुत्तत्थो
अस्य विनेयानुग्रहार्थ व्याख्या इहानुयोगस्य निक्षेपो नामस्थापनादिको वक्तव्याः( व्यः) १ तथाऽनुयोगस्यैकार्थिकानि वक्तव्यानि यदाह
अणुओगो य नियोगो भास विभासा [व भासा ] य वत्तिय(य) चेव
एते अणुभोगस्स य नामा एगट्रिया पंच २ तथा अनुयोगनिरुक्तं वक्तव्यं । तद्यथा । अ( ? )भिधायिकसूत्रेण सहार्थस्यानु नियतः (अनुकलो वा योगोऽस्येदमाभिधेयमित्येवं संयोज्य शिष्येभ्यः प्रतिपादनमनुयोगः सूत्रार्थकथनमित्यर्थः अथवा एकस्यानंतो(5)र्थ इत्यर्थो महान् सूत्रं त्वः । ततश्राणुना सूत्रेण सहाथस्य योगोऽशुयोगस्तदुकं

Page #351

324
1.
Jaina Literature and hilosophy
foreigकुलो जोगो सुत्थस्सायेण जो स ( य ) अायोगो सुत्तवअणं जोगो अत्थस्स अणुओगो ३ ।
तथा अनुयोगस्य विधिर्वक्तव्यो यथा प्रथमं सूत्रार्थ एवं शिष्यस्य कं( क )थनीय द्वितीयायां सो ( 5 ) पि निर्युक्त्यर्थ ( ध ) कथनमिश्रस्तृतीयचा ( वा)रायां तु प्रसंगानुप्रसंगागतः सर्वो (S) प्यर्थी वाच्यस्तदुक्त (कं)
Ends.--- ( text ) fol. 1324
तत्थो खलु पढमोवी (बी) ओवि (नि) ज्जुत्तिमीसओ भणिओ तइओ य निरवसेसो एस विही होइ अणुओगो (गे) । इत्यायन्यो(s) are faधर्वाच्यो दिग्मात्रत्वादस्येति । ४ etc.
aai पि नयाणं बहुविहवत्तव (व) यं निसामे ( मि ) ता तं सव्वनावसुद्ध 'चरणगुणाओ साहू | '
सेतं ( त्तं ) गए छ | अनुयोगद्वाराणि च समाप्तानि ॥ छ ॥ अनुयोगसूत्रं ग्रंथाग्रं १३९९ छ श्री
- ( com. ) fol. 132 तदेवं समर्थितं नयद्वारं तत्समर्थने च समर्थितानि चत्वार्यप्युपक्रम(मा)दीमि(नि) द्वाराणि । तत्समर्थने चानुयोगद्वारं समा
॥ छ ॥

प्रायो ( 5 )न्यशास्त्रदृष्टः सर्वो ( 5 ) प्यर्थो मया ( 5 ) सं(क )लितः न पुनः स्वमनीषिकया तथापि यत्किंचिदिह वितथं । १ सूत्रमि (म) तिलंय लिखितं तच्छोध्यं मय्यनुग्रहं कृत्वा परकीयदोषगुणयोस्त्या गोपादानावर्धकुशलैः २
छद्मस्थस्य हि बुद्धिः स्खलति न कस्येह कर्मवशगस्य । स च बुद्धिविरहितानां विशेषतो मद्विधामु (सु) मता (म् ) ॥ ३
1635
कृत्वा यद् वृत्तिमिमां पुण्यं समुपार्जितं मया तेन मुक्तिमचिरेण लभतां क्षपितरजा (:) सर्वभव्यजनः ४
श्री 'वाहन' कुलांबुन (नि) प ( धि ) प्रसूत (:) क्षोणीति कीर्त्तित रुदीर्णशाखाः ( खः विश्वप्रसाधित विकल्पितवस्तुरुच्चै
>
छायाशतप्रचुरनिर्वृतभव्य जंतुः १५ (५)
For this verse see D. C. J. M. vol. XVII, pt. 1, p. 25.

Page #352

635.1
II. 2 Calikasntras
2)
ज्ञानादिकुसुमानिचितः फलितः श्रीमन्मुनींद्रफलवंदैः । कल्पद्रुम इव गच्छः श्री हर्षपुरीय'नामा(s)स्ति[:]। ६
__ (युग्मम्) एतस्मिन्गुणरत्नरोहणगिरिगांभीर्यपाथोनिधि
स्तुंगत्वानुकृतः क्षमाधरपतिः सौम्यत्वतारापतिः । सम्यग्ज्ञानविशुद्धसंयमतपःस्वाचारचर्यानिधिः शांत(:) श्रीजयसिंहमूरिरभवन्नि(:)संगचूडामणि() ॥७
रत्नाकरादिवतस्माच्छिष्यरत्नं बभूव तत्
स वागीशो(5)पि नो मन्ये यद्गुणग्रहणप्रभु(:) ८ श्रीवारदेववियुधैः सन्मंत्राद्यतिशयप्रवरतायैः
द्रुम इच यः संसिक्तः कस्तद्गुणवर्णने विबुधः ? ॥ ९ तथाहि। आज्ञा यस्य नरेश्वरैरपि शिरस्यारोप्यते सादरं
यं दृष्ट्वा । 5)पि मुदं व्रजंति परमां प्रायो(5)प दुष्टा अपि यद्वक्वांधिनियंदुज्ज्वलवचापीयूषपानोद्यतै
गीर्वाण ()रिव दुग्धसिंधुमथने तृप्तिर्न लेभे जनैः १० कृत्वा येन तपः सुदुः()करतरं विश्व (प्र)योध्य प्रभो__ स्तार्थ मर्वविदः प्रभावितमिदं तैस्तैः स्वकीयैर्गुणैः। शुक्लीकुर्वदर्शषविश्वकुहरं भव्यैर्निबद्धस्पृह
यस्या(5)शास्वनिवारित बिचरात श्वेतांशुमौ(गौ)रं यश(ः) । ११ 'यमुना प्रवाहविमलश्रीमन्मुनिचंद्रमरिसंपर्कान(त)। अमरमरितेव सकलं पवित्रितं येन भुवनतलं १२ विस्फूर्जत्कलिकालदुस्तरतमःसंतानलुप्तस्थितिः
सूयणे विवेकभूधरशिरस्यासाद्य येनोदयं सम्यग्ज्ञानकरौश्चिरंतनमनिक्षुब्धुः(ण्णः) समु(द )द्योतितो
मार्गः सो(s)भयदेवमरिरभवत्तेभ्यः प्रसिद्धो भुवि १३ तच्छिष्यलवप्रायैरवगीतार्था(धैरोपि शिष्टजनतुष्टयै । श्रीहेमचंद्रमरिभिरियमनुरचिता प्रकृतवृत्तिः १४
अनयोगद्वारं समाप्त छ छ । अत्र प्रत्यक्षरगणनया ग्रंथाय शतं ५७०० छ॥ श्री॥शिवमस्तु

Page #353

326
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 635.
यादृशं पुस्तकं दृष्टं तादृशं लिषितं मया।
यदि शुद्धम(शु)द्धं वा मम दोषो न दीयते ॥
lll lp y II TITET II PATUTA ET II II 11 3 I JU Reference. The text along with the Sanskrit commentary of Mala
dhārin Hemacandra Sûri and the Gujarāti gloss of Mohan(?) published at Calcutta in 1879 A. D. and by D. L. J. P. F. Series as Nos. 31 and 37 in 1915-16. For contents etc. see Ind. Stud. XVII, pp. 17-40, Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 301ff., Weber, II, p. 692, Winternitz, Geschichte vol. II, p. 315, La Religion Djaïna p. 80, A History of Indian Literature vol. II, pp. 429f., 45.8., 472, 4730., 522 and 589, Die Lehre der Jainas pp. 79-80 and Maxmüler's work viz." India, what can it teach us” (p. 362 ) London 1883.
A Hindi translation of the Sthanakavāsin version of this text is published. See J. T. P. p. 4.
A. B. Dhruva's introduction to his edition of Syādvādamañjari of Mallişeņa with the Anyayoga-Vyavaccheda-Dvåtrimśikā may be also consulted. Therein on pp. xlviii- li he has discussed the date of the composition of Anuyogadvāra. On p. xlix he has made the following remark in a foot-note:--
“The Jaina tradition ascribes not only the divisions of Anuyoga, but also the compilation or composition of Anuyogadvāra to Aryarakṣīta (see Āvaśyaka I. 774). ”
For description of additional Ms, see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 381 and Keith's Catalogue No. 7483.
Līmbdi Catalogue Nos. 76 and 78 may be also referred to; the former contains the text only like No. 7483 noted above, whereas the latter, the text and its bālāvabodha as well.

Page #354

536. ]
11. 2 Calikasutras
327
अनुयोगद्वारसूत्र
Anuyogadvārasūtra वृत्तिसाहित
with vrtti
1230, No, 636
1891-95. Size.— 108 in. by 41 in. Extent.-- (text) 153 folios; I to 13 lines to a page ; 28 letters to
a line. »-(com.) „ „,;.7" lines to a page ; 102 letters to a line. Description.— Country paper thick and white; Jaiva Devanāgarī
characters with palats; bold, clear and good hand-writing; this is a Ms., it contains both the text and the conmentary ; the former written in a comparatively bigger hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; each of the foll. ja and 1536 decorated with the same design which is beautiful and variegated in colours ; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 1*; red chalk and yellow pigment used; both the text and the vṛtti complete ; extent of the latter 5700 ślokas; the space meant for the commentary not utilized for writing it even when there is nothing to be
written there; vide foll. 104 to 108 ; condition good. Age:-- Old. Begins.----( text ) fol. 16 BITTEET TAITTAA
ATO agiãe etc., as in No. 635. „ --- ( com. ) fol, 2 SG OLI PAT( Ti siqaret a:
TEUTETT etc. as in No. 635. Ends. - ( text ) fol. 1500 FTTH O Faroi etc., up to profissit pie as
in No. 635 followed by the lines as under :अणुओगहारा सम्मत्ता छ
सोलस सयाणि चउरुत्तराणि (१६०४) गाहाण जाण सम्वग्गं दुसहस्समणुहस( दुभ ) छंद वित्तपरिमाणओ भाणयं
1-2 These numbers refer to a column.

Page #355

328
छछ
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
नगरमहादाराई व कंमहारो (S) णु ओगबरदारा अक्खरबिंदूमत्ता लिहिया दुक्खक्खयाए
श्री अनुयोगद्वारसूत्रवृत्ति संपूर्ण छ सूत्रग्रंथाग्र १८००
Ends.-- ( com. ) fol. 1524 तदेवं समर्थितं नयद्वारं etc., up to प्रकृतवृत्तिः as in No. 635. The fifth verse and the following verses of the colophon are here numbered as 2, R etc., and the last is hence numbered as go. Then run the lines as under :
ग्रंथाग्रं ५००० छ छ छ
विशुद्धविपक्षपाः क्षपिताक ( क ) ल्मि ( ल्म ) षाः सच्छ्रियो
भवन्ननिधिश्रुताः गुणनिधानसूरीश्वरा (३)
सुवाचकशिरोमणिः प्रवरतद्विनेयाग्रणीः
स्फुरत्सकलस( श )क्तिमानजनि पुण्यचंद्रा भिधः ॥ १ ॥
N. B. — For other details see No. 635.
अनुयोगद्वारसूत्रवृत्ति
No. 637

[637
Anuyogadvarasūtravṛtti
Size.-
10‡ in. by 4‡ in.
Extent.- 89 folios; 17 lines to a page; 58 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and greyish ; Jaina Devanagarî characters; clear, small and tolerably good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right--hand margin; fol. 1a blank; this Ms. contains the states of the original text; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; condition good ; practically complete; this Ms. is however, colophon.
lacking in the

572.
1884-86.

Page #356

638.]
Age - Not modern.
Author - Maladhārin Hemacandra Suri.
Subject. A Sanskrit commentary elucidating Anuyogadvāra.
II. 2 Calikasutras
Begins. fol. rb एए ॥ ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ।
सम्यक सुरेंद्र etc., as in No. 635.
Ends. - fol. 89 यथा प्रत्येकमसत् समुदितेष्वपि सिकताकणेषु तैलं प्रत्येकमतीव ज्ञानक्रिययोर्मुक्त( क्त्य ) वापिका शक्तिरुक्तं वा (च ) ।
पत्तेयमभावाड (ओ) निवा(वा) णं समुदियासु वि न जुत्तं
नाणकिरियासु वोतुं (त्तुं) सिकता समुदाय तेल्लं च (व)
उप स्यादेतद्यदि सर्वथा प्रत्येकं तयोर्मुक्त्यनुपकारिताऽभिधीयेत । यदा नु (तु) तयोः प्रत्येकं देशापकारिता समुदाये तु संपूर्ण ( र्णा ) हेतुता तदा न कश्विद्दोषः । आह च ।
वसुं न सह च्चिय सिकयातेल्लं व साहणाभावे ( ? वो ) । देशो (सो) वगारिया जा सा समवायमि संपुन्ना ।
अतः स्थितमिदं । ज्ञानांक्रेये समुदिते एव मुक्तिकारणं । न प्रत्येकमिति तत्त्वं । तथा च पूज्याः
नाहीस नाणा (ण) नओ भणइ किं च (व) किरियाए ।
( किरियाए ) चरणनउ (ओ) तदुभयगाहो य सम्म' This Ms. ends thus abruptly.
अनुयोगद्वारसूत्रवृत्ति
No. 638
Reference.— Published. See No. 635. For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 79.
329

Anuyogadvarasutravṛtti
Size— rog in. by 44 in.
Extent.-- 162 folios; 13 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line.
412.
1882-83.
r The missing letter ought to be सं. See p. 27ob of the printed edition. 42 [J. L. P. J

Page #357

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Description. Country paper thin and grey; Jaiņa Devanagar characters with occasional gears; big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; yellow pigment used; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual; foll. 1a and 162b blank; a portion of fol. 1 kept blank most probably with a view to decorate it with an illustra tion of a Tirthamkara; fol. 35th wrongly numbered as 34th in the right-hand margin; edges of some of the foll. slightly damaged; fol. 161st slightly torn; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 162"; condition tolerably good; complete extent 6000 slokas.
339
Age. Samvat 1652. Begins. -- fol. 1 ॥ ५
अनुयोगद्वार सूत्रवृत्ति
No. 639
॥ ॐ नमः श्रीवीतरागाय
etc., as in No. 635.
Ends. fol. 161° तदेवं समर्थित etc, up to प्रत्यक्षरगणनया as in No. 635This is followed by the lines as under:---
ग्रंथाग्रं ६००० इति श्रीमदनुयोगद्वार सूत्रवृत्तिः समाप्तः । छ । श्री (पु.) के दृष्ट्वा तादृशं लिष्यतं मया ।
जदि सयमसद्ध्यं वा मम दोषो न दीयते[:] "
छ ॥ संवत् १६५२ वर्षे जे (ज्ये)ष्ट (ष्ट) वदि ३ बीज दिने वारशुक्रे 'मोद' ज्ञातीय पंड्या राजसुतवणाझा लष्यतं
N. B. For other details see No. 637.

1639
Anuyogadvarasutravṛtti
Size. 11 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 107 folios; 15 lines to a page; 59 letters to a line, Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with garars; bold, big, uniform, legible and beautiful hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand nargin; fol. 1 blank; the first fol.

543.
1895-98.

Page #358

540.1
11. 2 Culikāsütras
331
damaged in more than one place ; foll. 57 to 62 slightly worm-caten; so are foll. 69 to 85 ; condition tolerably
good; complete ; extent 5700 ślokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins. - fol. roy Q 0 FT atatiate it
FIUETT etc., as in No. 635. Ends.-- fol. 107a TTA HASA etc., up to toht: 8e (the number
of verses not continuously written; otherwise this is the
14th ) as in No. 635 followed by our 410017! N. B.- For other details see No. 63.7
अनुयोगद्वारसूत्रवृत्ति
Anuyogadvārasūtravriti No. 640
1170.
1886-92. Size.-- 103 in. by 4in. Extent.- 107 folios ; is lines to a page; 58 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and greyish ; Jaina Deva.
nāgarī characters with HITS; bold, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; this Ms. seems to be a part of anothor Ms.; for, its first fol. and the following are numbered in the right-hand margin as 38, 39 etc; the 38th fol. slightly torn ; some of the foll. have their edges somewhat damaged ; strips of paper pasted to the edges of several foll. ; condition not satisfactory; a tabular representation on foll. 64 and 65; complete; extent 5700 slokas.
Age.-- Fairly old. Begins.-- fol. 38a 11 011 Haftastare il
PPTEUSE etc. , as in No. 635.

Page #359

332
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1641.
Ends.--- fol. 144' FATA etc., up to TATIA: ? - as in No. 639
followed by aj. 4900 ITO Jaana Frencia N. B.-- For other details see No. 637.
अनुयोगद्वारसूत्रवृत्ति
Anuyogadvārasūtravrtti
No. 641
1881-82. Size. 30.4 in. by 1 in. Extent. - About 300 leaves; 5 lines to a leaf ; 120 letters to a line. Description.- Palm-leaf brittle and yellowish in colour ; Jaina
Devanāgarī characters with TATIS; big, legible, unisorna and good hand-writing; this work appears to be written into three separate columns; but, really speaking it is not so, since the lines of the first column are continued in the rest ; borders of every column ruled in three lines in black ink; most of the leaves are broken in several pieces: moreover they are not arranged in order ; to do so would inean breaking more leaves as the condition of the leaves is very fragmentary; every leaf is numbered in two places, once in the right-hand margin and once in the left-hand one practically as in the case of Acãrarängasūtracürņi No. 8, it is difficult to say where this Ms. begins and where it ends; on leaf 291 we have references to TUTTETUT, get
करण and अनिवृत्तिकरण ; सम्यक्त्वलाभादिति गाथादशकार्थः ।। २०४॥ Age. -- Fairly old. Begins.--- leaf 2425 (A)'ils facta: 1 F FETE 11
होज्ज व नोआगमओ सुओनउत्तो विजं सदेसम्मि ।।
उवजुज्ज हन उ सधे ते णायं मीसभावाम ॥ T: gatty HATTA HITT: 1 #T(s) la ISTER GET...(C)'... I A, B and C indicate the rst, 2nd and the 3rd columns. The matter written here from the 3rd column does not seem to belong to the same leaf but to another one which has got stuck in its place. This is what the assistant informs me. It has not been possible to verify the above passage copied out by him.

Page #360

62.
II. 2 Culikásūtras
333
... ... ... ... ... ... ...नमाहा । श्रीगमउ उवउ गोशुद्धोबि( A 1. 2 ) यस्यापि श्रुतस्यानंताभिलाप्याविषयत्वादेतदुपयोगस्य चैकदा संभवात्ततश्चैकदेशवचन( B नोपशब्दस्यायं नोआगमस्तस्म येनैवं सत्यागमनोआगमभावश्रुतयोरविशे ... ... (C)... ... ... ... शब्देन द्रव्यश्रुतमागमतो भावश्रुत नोआ(A 1. 3) भिहिओ य नोसट्टो । देसे तदस्य भावे दव्वे किरियाए भावे य । आह प्रतिषेधवाचकत्व । न । शब्दो मि (B)......धेन क्वचिदभिहितः । किं तर्हि देशादिषु पंचस्वथे(2ीषु (ओभिहितस्तत्र दश नोघटो घटैकदेश... ... ( C )... ... ... द्भिन्नस्य श्रुतोपयोगम्य विवक्षा क्रियते इदमुक्तस्य ( A 1. 4 ) रघटत्वे तदन्य देशानामपि तद्वदेनाघटत्वात्सर्वघटाभावप्रसंगः ॥ एवं पदशकटा......दप्या B )भावप्रसंगेन सर्वशून्यतापत्तिः । नापि घटैकदेशघटः । एवं हि प्रत्यवयवं घटप्राप्त्या एकस्मि ( A l. 5) श्य ते (B) यथा नाघट इत्युके तदन्यपटादिः प्रतीयते यथा अब्राह्मण इत्यभिहिते
क्षत्रियादिर्गम्यते द्रव्ये ... ... N. B... . For other details see No. 637.
अनुयोगद्वारसूत्र वार्तिकसहित
Anuyogadvärasutra
with vārtika
No. 642
122, 1873-74.
Size.-- 10 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- ( text) 175 folios ; [ to 6 lines to a Page; 4 letters to
a line. ,, --(com.) ,, ,, ; 10 ,, 15, ,, , ,, ; 57 ,, ,,
a line. Description.--- Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari
characters with geflats; this Ms. contains both the text and its explanation in Gujarāti styled as vārtika ; this is a fagra Ms; the hand-writing of the text distinctly
See p. 332 foot-note.

Page #361

334
Jaina Literature and Philosopliy
[ 647.
bigger than that of the commentary ; clear, bold, and fair hand-writing ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; foll. ra and 17; blank ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines. in black ink; the intervening space between these pairs coloured red up to the 35th fol ; red chalk and yellow pig. ment used; the fol. 6oth slightly torn ; so is the fol. 62nd: edges of the I75th (last) fol. somewhat damaged ; condition good; both the text and the vārtika complete; the
latter is styled as bālāvabodha, too. Age.-- Not modern. Author of the vārtika.-- Molha, disciple of Sobharsi. Subject. - The text with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- text ) fol. 10 ६ । अंह नमः।
___णाणं पंचविहं etc., as in No. 635. " - ( com. ) fol. I" अर्ह नमः ।
प्रणिपत्य जिन मूना सर्वज्ञ सर्वदर्शिन
बालानामुपकाराय वक्ष्येऽनुयोगवार्तिकं १ श्रीदेवगुरु(रू)ब(न्) नमस्कृत्या(5)नुयोगद्वारसिद्धांतस्य बालावबोधोऽल्पमतिनापि मया मत्तो हीनतरप्राज्ञानामुपकाराय कथंचित् प()कायस्याऽप्युपकाराय विधीयते इति श्रीअनुयोगद्वारसूत्रनउ अर्थ संस्कृत भाषाई केतलाएकनई
प्रच्छत्ता दुहिलउ छइ etc. ns.- ( text ) fol. I74° सम्बेसि पि नयागं etc., up to दुव ख(क्व)यदाए as in No. 635 followed by the lines as under :
२ गाहा १६०४ अनुष्टुप् ग्रंथानं २००५ अणआ( ओग)दा(दा)रं सुत्त समत्तं छ । ---- ( com. ) fol. I75" इति ते इम नयद्वार समाप्त कीधु तेहना समाप्ति करतां
समाप्त कीधां चारेइ अनुयोगद्वार च्यारि अनुयोगद्वारनी समाप्ति थातां श्रीअनुयोगद्वारसूत्र पणि समाप्त थयु इति श्रीजार्षिक्रमांभोजमधुलिहा शोभार्षदीक्षितेन मोहलनाम्ना विरचितोऽयं( य )मनुयोगद्वारसिद्धांत बालावबोधः तथा सर्वे(वोऽ)प्यत्र मया वृत्तिदृष्टोऽर्थो लिखितो(डोस्ति न तु स्वमनीषिकया तथापि किंचिदिह वितथं भवति तद् बुद्धिमद्भिः शोध्यं उक्तं हि

Page #362

5+3.
II. 2. Calikasatras
सूत्रमतिलंव्य लिखितं तच्छोध्यं मय्यनुग्रहं कृत्वा
परकीयदोषगुणयोः साध्वो( 'त्यागो)पादानविधिकुशलैः १ इति वृत्तिवाक्यमत्रापि ज्ञेयमिाते । इति श्रीअनुयोगद्वारसूत्रबाला
Paarl :) FAIT: Reference. - For a Ms. having the text and a bälāvabodha set
Limbdi Catalogue No. 79. For furtier details see No. 635.
अनुयोगद्वारान्तर्गतसाधूपमाद्वादशी टीकासहित
Anuyogudvārāntargatasādhūpamādvādasi
with tika
No. 643
1162. 1884-87.
Size.-10.) in. by 43 in. Extent.-- (text) 2 folios ; 1 line to a page ; }8 letters to a line.
(com.)
; 17
)
54
»
»
»
Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish: Jaipa Devanāgari
characters ; this Ms. contains both the text and the com. mentary; it is a fêtret Ms.; bold, clear and good hanPage #363

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1643.
forms only a part of Anuyogadvāra as it is the 13 ist
sútra. See the printed edition (p. 256). Begins.-- ( text ) fol. 1 ॥ ५ ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ।।
उरग १ गिरि २ जलण ३ सागर ४ नहयल ५ तरुगण ६समो य जो होई ।। भमर ७ भिय ८ धरण ९ जलरुह १० रवि ११ पवण १२ समो य
__सो समणो ॥ १॥ , -- ( com. ) fol. I. ॥ ५ ॥ ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नम(:)।
अत्रानुयोगद्वारे चत्वारि सामायिकान्युक्तानि तानि कानीत्याह । प्रथम सम्यक्त्वसामायिक । द्वितीयं श्रुतसामायिकं । तृतीय देश(वि)त्ति(रति)सामायिकं । चतुर्थ सर्वत(वित्ति(रति)सामायिकं । एषां चतुण्णी लक्षणान्याहुः। सम्यक्त्वसामायिकस्य श्रद्धाल(लक्षणं । श्रुतसामायिकस्य तत्त्वज्ञानलक्षणं । देश(वि)त्ति(रति)सामायिकस्य विरताविरतलक्षणं । सर्ववित्ति(रति)सामायिकस्य सर्वसावद्ययोगनिवृत्तिलक्षणं तेषां मध्ये सर्वत(वित्तिरतिसामायिकमंत(?) उपमाद्वारेण लक्षणानि वर्णयन्ताह
etc. Ends.--- ( text ) fol. 2' इति श्रीअनुयोगद्वारे साधूनां द्वादशोपमा । लि. *.
रवजी॥ ,, - ( com. ) fol. 2" साधवः एताभिरुपमाभिः गुणैर्युक्तो(क्ता) भवंति स
श्रमणेति । एतद्विपरीतस्तु लिंगभारवाहकै(रे)वेति । १२ ।
इति श्रीअनुयोगद्वारे क. श्री ५ भिखूजीपठनाय । श्री ॥
1 This very gāthā is found in the niryukti of Dašavaikālikasútra (ch. 2, 1. 16)

Page #364

ADDENDA TO PARTS I & II
Under this heading I have furnished such additional information about the Mss. already described, as could be given by consulting printed works on hand.
PART 1
No. 1, page 1. Author.. Add : For information about him see p. CXXXIII of “A fourth Report of operations in search of Sanskrit Mss. in the Bombay Circle, April 1886-March 1892”, by Professor Peter Peterson and p. LXXXI of “A fifth Report of operations in search of Sanskrit Mss. in the Bombay Circle, April 1872-March 1895 " by the same scholar.
No. 1, page 1. Subject.- Add after “long ago.”: Names of all of these 25 adhyayanas are mentioned in Samavāyāngasutra (the 25th samavāya ).
No. 1, page 2. Reference. - After “ Jacobi,” add: Pali Text Society.
After “ Schubring,” add : Abhandlungen für die Kunde des Morgenlandes, XII, 4.
No. 1, page 3. Reference. Before "For contents” add : The text together with silārka Sūri's commentary and Gujarāti translation was published in five parts by Hirāläl Hamsaräj, Jamnagar.
This Acārāngasūtra is referred to by Hemacandra Sūri in his svopajña laghuvștti of Siddhahaima (V. 2. 25 ) as under:
"धारयन आचाराङ्गम्, अधीयन् द्रुमपुष्पीयम्".
In Ardhamăgadhi-Reader (pp. 45-48) Banārasi Das Jaina has given as extracts the Ist and 4th uddeśakas of Tasty, and the 6th of falta
1-2 In this addenda these will be hereafter referred to as Peterson IV and Peterson V repectively.
43 J.L.P.)

Page #365

338
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
H. Jacobi, Archiv für Religionswiss XVIII (1915, p. 283ff., Bambhacerium by Schubring given in “Worte-Mahāvīras " (Quellen der Religionsgeschichte, vol. XIV, Göttingen, 1926) p. 66ff., and the review of the translation etc. by Leumann in " Zeitschrift für Indologie und Iranistik”, Leipzig, VII, pp. 157162, Die Lehre Der Jainas nach den Alter Quellen dargestellt' (p. 61 ) by W. Schubring, La Religion Djaïna ( pp. 30, 37, 73, 74, 83, 91, 211, 212 and 214 ) by Guérinot, Geschichte der Indischen Litteratur”? (vol. II, pp. 295-297) by Maurice Winternitz, and A History of Indian Literature (vol. II, p. 428,431, 435-438, 441n., 463n. , 506 and 577 ) by the same author may be also consulted.
In the last line add: For additional Mss. of the text see “the Catalogue of the Limbdi Jaina Jñāna-bhandāra”Nos. 155 and 159. For a Ms. of the text with a Gujarăti gloss see the same Nos. 157, 160, 161 and 3264, and Keith’s “ Catalogue of Sanskrit and Prākrit Manuscripts in the Library of the India Office" (vol. II, pt. II ) No. 7441. For a palm-leaf Ms. having the text, its niryukti and Silänka's commentary sec p. 39 of “ the catalogue of the palmleaf Mss. in the temple of śāntināth, Cambay” given as Appendix I by Peterson in his first “Detailed Report of operations in search of Sanskrit Mss. in the Bombay circle, August 1882- March 1883. On pp. 39 and 40 opening and concluding lines of all these works viz., the text etc. are given. On p. 89 of the same catalogue given as Appendix I in "A Third Report of operations in search of Sanskrit. Mss. in the Bombay circle, April 1884- March 1886” 6 by Peterson mention is made of a palm - Icaf Ms. having the text and its niryukti. For other details see Weber XVI, 260
No. 1, page 3. Foot-nole I.- Add : Sten Konow supports this view. See his Review of “Die Lehre der Jainas” published in " Ex Actorum Orientalism volumiwe XIV Excerptum ”.pp. (154-155)7.
i In this work information about exegetical literature and articles pertaining to the Jaina canonical treatises etc., is given. .. ."
2-6 In this addenda these will be hereafther referred to as Die Lehre der Jainas, Winternitz, Geschichte, Limbdi Catalogue, Keith's Catalogue, Peterson I and Peterson II respectively.
! !! 7 Vide the issue dated 2-3-35 of " Jaina " ! p. 161 ), a weekly of Bhavpagar.
S

Page #366

Addenda to Parts I & II
339
No. 6. page 7. Author.- Add : See Paterson IV, p. LXXXIV and V, p. XLVIII.
No. 6, page 8. Reference.- Add: For additional Mss. of Acārāngasūtraniryukti see Līmbdi Catalogue No. 158 and Peterson 1, App. p. 39 and III, App. p. 89.
No.:9, page 11. Reference. - Add : Limhdi Catalogue No. 156 and Peterson III, App. p. 131 may be also consulted.
No. II, page 12. Author.- Add : For other details sce Peterson IV, pp. CXX-CXXI and V, p. LXXII.
No. 11, page 13. Reference - Add : For a palm-leaf Ms. of the sīkā see Peterson I, App. p. 39. This Ms. was written for the great minister Tejahpala. See Peterson I, p. 68.
In connection with Fleet's note see Peterson HI, pp. 36-37. On p. 90 ( App. ) of this report the following lines are no:ed :=
"शकमकालातीतसंवत्सरशतेषु सप्तसु चतुरशीत्यधीकेषु वैशावपंचम्यां SITETTÉTalatura 11".
For a discussion about the date of the composition of Acărāngasútraţikā see Jinavijaya's Gujarāti introduction ( pp. 11-14) and its appendix (pp. 19-20 ) to his edition of Jita kalpasútra. Heriin a question about the identity of Silankācirya with Koțyåcārya and Tartvácārya referred to in Kuvalayamālā is tried to be established. Furthermore there it is pointed out that he cannot be a pupil of Jinabhadra Gaņi.
Šilänka Suri's date is discussed by H. Jacobi in his introduction (pp. 10 and 12 ) to Samaräiccakahá.
No. 16, page 16, Author.-- Add: See also Peterson V, pp. XXIV and XXV.
No. 17, page 19. Reference.-- Extracts from this very Ms. are given in Peterson IV, p. 73.
No. 28, page 25 Subject.--- Names of the 16 adhyayanas of the first śrutaskandha are mentioned in Samavāyāngāsútra ( 16th samavāya, p. 31) whereas these along with the names of the second
1 Four dates are recorded : (i) gāka 772, ( ii ) sāka 784, (iii) Sāka 798 and (iv) Gupta 772. Out of this the third is supported by Bhattippanikā and a palmleaf Ms in the sāntináth temple at Cambay,

Page #367

340
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
śrutaskandha, in the 23rd samavāya (p. 42). See also Weber's Indischen Studien XVI, p. 2;9.
No. 28, page 26. Reference --Before “the English translation” add : The text along with its Gujarāti translation by Muni Māneka is published in 1922, Surat. The rith adhyayana of the ist śrutaskandha is reproduced as an extract in Ardhamāgādhi-Reader (pp. 52-55 ), whereas its English translation from "the Sacred Books of the East” vol. XLV, on pp. 139-141. The 14th adhyayana and the ist uddeśaka of the 3rd adhyayana are given here on pp. 58-61 and 61-62 respectively. Their English translation reproduced from S. B. E. vol. XLV appears on pp. 147-153.
Before " For the discussion ” add : Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 62), La Religion Djaïna (pp. 38, 73, 213 and 214), Winternitz, Geschichte (p. 291f., and pp. 297–299 ) and A History of Indian Literature vol. II (pp. 428, 431, 438-441 and 476n. ) may be also consulted.
No. 28, page 27. Reference. --- In the last line add : See Līmbdi Catalogue Nos. 3035, 3037 and 3042. For a palm-leaf Ms. having the text, its niryukti and ţikā by siláňka see Peterson III, App. p. 70. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 259.
No. 30, page 28. Reference.- Add: Limbdi Catalogue No. 3047 may be also consulted. For a palm-leaf Ms. having niryukti and ţikā see Peterson I, App. p. 37 where extracts are given.
No. 32, page 30. Subject. --Add : This commentary is composed with the help of Vāhari Gaņi.
No. 32, page 30. Reference. — Add: Limbdi Catalogue No. 3046 may be also consulted. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson V, App. p. 71. On this page and the next we have a colophon of the scribe.
No. 36, page 34. Reference.--- For Mss. of the text with dipika see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 3039 and 3043.
No. 46, page 46. Author.-- Pasacandra, pupil of Sādhuratna. He wrote a vārtika on Catuḥsarana in Samvat 1597. See Peterson III, App. p. 214. He is the author of the bālāvabodha of Acārānga

Page #368

Addenda to Parts I & II
341
sútra and that of Tandulavaicārika. See D. C. J. M. vol. XVII, pt. I, Nos. 4, 5 and 331.
No. 46, page 46. Reference.- For Mss. of the text with bālāvabodha see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 3038, 3040 and 3044, and for those with tabb, see the same Nos. 3045 and 3047 (2nd entry). For an additional Ms. of the text with a commentary in vernacular and that of the text with Pāsacandra's Gujarāti commentary see Keith's Catalogue Nos. 7442 and 7443.
No. 48, page 48. Reference.- Add : For a Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 3041.
No. 52, page 51. Reference --- For a Ms. see Līmbdi Catalogue No. 3036.
No.58, page 55. Reference. After “p. 300." add : La Religion Djaina (p. 73), A History of Indian Literature ( vol. II, pp. 6n. 4281f., 441f., 446n., 450, 452, 456n., and 457n.), and Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 62) may be also consulted. For Mss. of she text see Limbdi Catalogue No. 3131 and Keith's Catalogue No. 7444. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 267.
No. 61, page 57. Author.- This Nägarşi should not be confounded with one referred to in Peterson III, p. 256 ( v. 86 of Rāyamallabhyudayakāvya ).
No. 61, page 59. Reference -- Add: For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 3132.
No. 62, page 60. Reference.-- For a Ms. of the text with bālāvabodha etc, see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 3134, 3137 and 3141, and Keith's Catalogue No. 7445.
No. 65, page 63. Author.- Add : For additional information see Peterson IV, pp. IV-V, 70 and 88 and V, pp. 34 and 149.
No. 65, page 63. Reference.-- Add : For Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 3138 and 3140. The latter contains the text, too. For a palm-leaf Ms. of the çikā see Peterson, III, App. p. 100. See also Weber II, p. 401 and XVI, p. 277.
For a vivaraña on gäthås occurring in this Sthānāngasūtraţikā see Limbdi Catalogue No. 3139. The authorship of this vivarana is attributed to Sumatikallola and Harsanandana.

Page #369

342
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
No. 75, page 70. Reference.--- Nos. 3133, 3135 and 3136 of Limbdi Catalogue may be compared with this work.
No. 76, page 72. Reference.-- After “(p. 311ff.).” add : Winternitz, Geschichte i vol. II, pp. 291 and 300 ), La Religion Djaina (pp. 72 and 7:3), A History of Indian Literature (vol. II, pp. 650, 429, 441f., and 497n.) and Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 6263 ) may be consulted. There are Mss. of this work in the Limbdi Bhandara. See its Catalogue Nos. 2721-2723. Out of them the last IWO contain tabbä, too. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 176. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 277.
No. 79, page 75. Reference.---- For a palm-leaf Ms see Peterson III, App. p. 176. For other details see Weber II, p. 420.
No. 87, page 81. Subject.-- In Ardhamāgadhi-Reader ( p. XLVIII) it is said that the first 20 sayas ( śatakas ) are a record of conversation between Mahāvīra and his senior disciple Indrabhūti, and that sayas 21 to 41 contain legends which throw great light on the life of Mahāvira.
No. 87, page 81. Reference. - After “p. 300." add : La Religion Djaïna ( pp. 22, 37 and 74 ), A History of Indian Literature (vol. II, pp. 388, 398f., 429, 442, 445, 459n., and 473n.) and Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 63 ) may be consulted. For a passage from Bhagavatisútra (VII. 13 ) see Nyāyāvatára No. 741. .
1892-95, Before “ For a " add : For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 1887-1890, 1894 and 1896', and Keith's Catalogue Nos. 7476 and 7447. In the Limbdi Bhandāra there are Mss. for भगवतीसूत्रगमा, भगवतीसूत्रबीजक, भगवतीसूत्रस्वाध्याय, भगवतीसूत्रस्वाध्याय and wa TaTETTOTIT. See Nos. 1891, 1892, 3415, 34163 and 1897. For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson I, App. pp. 34 and 41. For additional information see Weber XVI, p. 294.
1 This contains a ţabbă, too.
2-3 The authors of these two svädhyayas are Devacandra and Vinayavijaya respectively

Page #370

Addenda to Parts 1 & 11
No. 92, page 88. Reference. Add: Limbdi Catalogue No. 1893 and 1895 may be consulted. The latter No. contains the text, too. For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson III, App. p. 172 and V, App. p. 57.. On pp. 58-59, some account of the doner, the donee and others is given. For other details see Weber II, p. 464.
No. 97, page 93. Reference. Add: Each of the three works परमाणुखण्डपत्रिंशिका. पुद्गलषटूत्रिंशिका and निगोदषत्रिंशिका along with Ratnasimha Suri's Sanskrit commentary and the Gujarati translation is published by the Jaina Atmānanda Sabha as श्रीप्रकरणपुष्पमाला (fager) in A. D. 1917, as No. 34 of its Series.
343
No. 101, page 96. Author of the com. Add: According to Klatt's conjecture, this Ratnasimha Suri is guru of Vinayacandra Suri and pupil of Saiddhantika Municandra'. Cf. Weber II, p. 1209 and Peterson IV, pp. CIII and CIV.
No. 101, page 97. Reference. For an additional Ms. of the text see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1649.
No. 106, page 101. Reference. Add: For an additional Ms. of the text see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1394. The text with the vṛtti is referred to in Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 134). For a paper Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 212. Compare Weber II, p. 937
No. 110, page 103. Author of the balavabodha. Add: Is he the one mentioned among the pupils of Jayacandra and Municandara, in Pererson IV, p. 110 (Bharateśvarabahubalivṛtti by Subhasila Gani)?.
No. III, page 104. Reference.-- Add: For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 1686 and 1687. The latter contains avacüri,
too.
No. 116, page 108. Author of the bälävabodha-- Add: For other details see Peterson IV, p. CI and VI, p. XIV. Also see my bhūmikā (p. 96-111) Stuticaturviṁśatika by Sobhana Muni.

'
No. 124, page 113. Subject.-- After as vargas. add Names of the 19 adhyayanas of this sixth anga are noted in Samaväyängasutra (19th samavāya, p. 36).
I See p. 198.
"3

Page #371

344
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
As regards discussion of the title etc. , see Weber, vol. XVI, p. 307f., Steinthal's specimen p. 4f., and Hüttemann Jñāta-Erzht. · p. iff.
No. 124, page 114. Reference.-- After “p. 301." add.: La Religion Djaïna (p. 74, A History of Indian Literature (vol. II, pp. 13in. , 132n. , 429, 445-449 and 514n.) and Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 63-65 ) may be also consulted.
In the last line add : For additional Mss. of the text see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 1042, 1045 and 10462, and Keith's Catalogue Nos. 7448 and 7450, and for one having the the text and Kanakakusala Gaņi's Gujarāti gloss as well, see the latter Catalogue No. 7449. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 60. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 306.
No. 129, page 120. Reference.-- Add: For an additional Ms. having both the text and the commentary see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1044
No. 130, page 122. Reference. ---Add : For additional Mss. see Līmbdi Catalogue No. 1043. For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson III, App. pp. 60, 73 and 146. On pp. 60-62 an extract is given. See also Weber II, p. 482.
No. 135, page 127. Reference.--Before " A Gujarāti translation" add : The text is published in Århatamata prabhākara Series, too.
The seventh adhyayana ( lecture ) is given as an extract in Roman characters in “ Introduction to Prākrit” (pp. 161-165 ) by Alfred C. Woolner. He has given foot-notes and English translation on pp. 165-168.
After “p. 303ff.” add : A History of Indian Literature (vol. II, pp. 428n. , 429n., 4450., 449, 45on., and 636), La Religion Djaina (pp. 74, 80 and 252 ) and Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 65 ) may be also consulted. For additiona IMss. see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 337 and 339), and Keith's Catalogue Nos. 7451 and 7452. For a palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson III, App. p. 73. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 315.
1-3
Each of these contains a țabbà, too.

Page #372

Addenda to Parts I & II
345
No. 139, page 131. Reference.- Add: For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 338. For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson III, App. pp. 73 and 146. On p. 73 puşpikā is given. For other details see Weber II, pp. 490 and 191 notes.
No. 143, page 135. Reference.---- Add : The text along with introduction, gloss, notes and an appendix was published by P. L. Vaidya, Poona, in A. D. 1932.
The text of this anga and that of the next with introduction, translation, notes, appendices and Abhayadeva Sūri's commentary are published by Shambhulal Jagsi (Gurjara-grantha-ratna-kāryalaya). For detailed information reg.irding the subject-matter etc., Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, pp. 304-305), La Religion Djaina ( p. 71), A History of Indian Literature ( vol. II, pp. 429 and 450f. ) and Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 65 and 66 ) may be consulted.
For additional Mss. of the text see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 414, 415' and 4172, and Keith's Catalogue Nos. 7553 and 7454. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 73.
No. 145, page 136. Reference. Add : For additional Mss. ice Limbdi Catalogue No. 416. For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson III, App. pp. 73 and 146.
No. 150, page 140. Reference.--After “Winternitz” add : La Religion Djaina (pp. 74-75), A History of Indian Literature (vol. II, pp. 429 and 450-452 ) and Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 66 ).
After “p. 381." add : Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 70, 713, 734, 745 and 32466, and Keith's Catalogue No. 7455 inay be also referred to. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 73.
No. 154, page 142. Reference.-- Add : For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 72. For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson III, App. pp. 73 and 146.
1-2 These contain Gujarāti paryāya and vivarana respectively.
3-6 These contain over and above the text Gujaräti paryaya, ţippaņa, tabbā and tabbà respectively.
14 ().L.P.)

Page #373

340
laina Literature and Philosophy
No. 159, page 145. Subject.-Add: Thus the contents of this work differ from those noted in Sthänăngasútra according to which the tenth anga deals with palmistry or so. This made Weber believe that this roth anga and the 8th and the 9th as well, were for the similar reason compositions of a dare later than one for the redaction of the canon. Jarl Charpentier, however, does not endorse this opinion. See his introduction (p. 17 ) to Uttaradhyayanasútra.
No. 159, page 145. Reference.-- After "1919." add: In Ardhamågadhi-Reader ( pp. 49-51 ) there is given an extract of the ist dvāra (pāņavaho). Its English translation appears on pp. 133-136. For subject-matter etc., La Religion Djaina (pp. 75 and 211), Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, pp. 305-306) and A History of Indian Literature (pp. 429 and 452) may be consulted.
No. 159, page 146. Reference. - Add : See Limbdi Catalogue No. 1783, 1784 1786", 1788; and 17894. For a palm-leaf Ms. having the text and the commentary see Peterson III, App. P. 73.
No. 162, page 148. Reference.- For palm-leaf Mss. having this commentary see Peterson III, App. pp. 73 and 146.
No. 163, page 149. Reference ---Add : For an additional Ms, see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1785. See also Weber II, p. 524.
No. 170, page 157.. Reference.--For a Ms. of the bālävabodha see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1787.
No. 173, page 159. Reference. --Before - For contents” add : An extract of the ist chapter of the ist part along with its English translation is given in Ardhamägadhi-Reader on pp. 1-12 and 80-93 respectively.
After “p. 306. " add : La Religion Djaina (p. 77 ), A History of Indian Literature ( vol. II, pp. 429 and 452f.) and Die Lehre der Jainas ( pp. 66-67 ) may be also consluted.
After “p. 395. " add : See Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 2337, 2339 and 2341, and Keith's Catalogue No. 7456 which has the text along
1-4 In addition to the text these contain Gujarati and Sanskrit paryaya, paryāya, abba and tabbà respectively.

Page #374

Addenda to Parts I & II
347
with glosses in bhasa. For a palm-leat Ms. having both the text and vrtti see Peterson III, App. p. 73.
No. 176, page 161. Reference.--For a Ms. having both the text and the tabbă see Limbdi Catalogue No. 2340.
No. 177, page 163. Reference.--- Add : For palm-leaf Mss. of the vrtti see Peterson III, App. pp. 73 and 146.
No. 182, page 167. Subject. Moreover, therein are described in full a city, a sanctuary, a garden, a king, a queen and Lord Mahavira, to name a few out of many. Thus, this is a store-house of Toys ( stof #s). These descriptions are reproduced or indicated with the ending word fra, where required.
No. 182, page 167. Reference. After “Samiti." add : In Ardhamāgadhi-Reader on pp. 38-44, the 39th sutra is given as an ex. iract. Its English translation occupies pp. 120-126.
Atter "p), 36711. " add : For further particulars see Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, pp. 292 and 307), La Religion Djaina (p. 75 ), and Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 67). For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 405 and 407. The atter contains tabbā, too. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 59. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 377.
No. 184, page 169. Reference.--- Add: For a palm-leat Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 59. For a paper Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 406. For other details see Weber II, p. 444.
No. 189, page 174. Subject.--As regards this dialogue Winternitz has made the following note-worthy observation in his article viz. "The Jainas in the History of Indian Literature” (p. 147 ) published in “Indian Culture" vol. I, No. 2:
* One of the most interesting places in the Jaina angas(?upangas) is the Paësi dialogue in the Rāyapaseņaijja, a Buddhist version of which is the Pāyāsisutta of the Dighanikaya Nr. 23. The original may in this case be the Jaina dialogue, but it is also possible that both have to be derived from an older itibăsa-samvada, forming part of the ancient ascetic literature."

Page #375

348
Jama Literature and Philosophy
No. 189, page 175. Reference.-After" p. 307." add: La Religion Djaina (p. 76), A History of Indian Literature (vol. II, pp. 429, 443 and 455ff.) and Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 67-68) may be also consulted. For Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 2190, 2191' 21942 and 21953 and Keith's Catalogue Nos. 7457 and 7458, too. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 79.
Add after "pp. 145-149": See also Indischen Studien vol. XVI, p. 382ff. and Leumann the Aupapatikasūtra p. If.
No. 193, page 178. Author of the commentary.-Add: For details see Peterson IV, p. LXXXVIII and V, p. L.
No. 193, page 178. Reference.-Add: See also Limbdi Catalogue No. 2193.
No. 194, page 179. Reference.-Add: Limbdi Catalogue No. 2192 may be also consulted. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 59.
No. 198, page 184. Reference.-After "p. 371." add: Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, p. 292), La Religion Djaina (p. 76), A History of Indian Literature (vol. II, pp. 429, 442 and 446) and Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 68-69) may be also consulted. For Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 1004 and 1006. The latter contains vivṛti, too.
No. 200, page 186. Reference.-Add: For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1007.
No. 201, page 188. Reference.--After " (p. 42)." add : Limbdi Catalogue No. 1005 may be also referred to.
No. 214, page 195. Author. Add: For additional information about him see Peterson IV, p. CXXII.
No. 214, page 196. Reference.-Add after "respectively ": The text along with Malayagiri Sūri's commentary and Gujarati translation is published in 3 parts by Bhagvandas Harak hcand, Ahmedabad.
1-3 In addition to the text, these contain paryaya, tabba and tabba respectively.

Page #376

Addenda to Parts I & II
349
After “p. 373ff.” add : For subject-matter etc. Winternitz, Geschichte ( vol. II, p. 292 ), La Religion Djaïna (p. 76), A History of Indian Literature (vol. II, pp. 429, 442 and 456 ) and Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 69-70 ) may be also consulted.
Add at the end : For additional Mss of the text styled as Prajñapanā Bhagavati see Keith's Catalogue Nos. 7459(?) and 7460. Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 1730 and 1734' may be also referred to. In No. 1731 is mentioned a work viz. T UTGITT TTTİATTIG. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p 183. An extract is given here. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 392.
No. 218, page 203. Reference. - For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1733.
No. 223, page 233. Reference. --Add: Limbdi Catalogue No.1732 may be also consulted. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 100.
No. 221, page 204. Author.--- For additional information about him see Peterson IV, pp. CXXXVII-CXXXIX, V, p. LXXXIV and VI, p. XXIV.
No 234, page 213. Reference. -After "1899." add : For contents etc. of this Suryaprajñapti see Winternitz, Geschichte ( vol. II, pp. 292, 307f., and 316), La Religion Djaina (pp. 37, 76, 80, 83 and 140 ), A History of Indian Literature (vol. II, pp. 429, 457 and 476n.) and Die Lehre der Jainas ( pp. 70-72).
Add at i he end : Limbdi Catalogue No. 3049 and Keith's Catalogue Nos. 7461 and 7462 may be also referred to. For a palm-- leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 173. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 401.
No. 235, page 214. Reference.- Add: For an additional Ms. see Limbi Catalogue No. 3050. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, p. 173. As an extract, the opening lines are given here.
No. 236, page 216. Reference.-After " 35-41." add : Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, pp. 292, 308 and 316), La Religion
1
This contains tabbă, too.

Page #377

350
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Djaina (p. 76 ), A History of Indian Literature ( vol. II, pp. 429 and 456f. I and Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 72-73) may be also consulted.
At the end add : See also Limbdi Catalogue No. 1015. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson I, App. p. 39. Here a few lines from the beginning and end are given. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 416.
No. 238, page 217.jAuthor of the comnientary. For other de tails see Pererson V, p. LXXXV.
No. 238, page 218. Reference ---- For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1020.
No. 241, page 223. Author of the commentary. - For other de tails see Peterson IV, p. CXVIII.
No. 241, page 229. Reference. For an additional Ms. See Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 1017'-1019. For other details see Weber II, p. 587.
No. 242, page 230. Reference. --- Add : For a Ms. having the text and a țabba sce Limbdi Catalogue No. 1022.
No. 246, page 234. Reference.-- Add : For a palm-leaf Ms. sec Peterson III, App. p. 144.
No. 249, page 237. Reference. Add: For an additional Ms. see Lîmbdi Catalogue No. 1016.
No. 251, page 242. Reference.---After “p. 20." add - Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, pp. 292 and 316), La Religion Djaina (p. 76), A History of Indian Literature ( vol. II, pp. 429 and 456f.) and Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 73 ) may be also consulted.
After * p. 31;" add : Limbdi Catalogue No. 922 may be also referred to. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 154. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 416.
1 This does not contain the text.
2-3 These contain over and above the text, vitti and respectively.
Sanskrit paryaya

Page #378

Addenda to Parts I & II
351
No. 254, page 244. Reference. - Add : For an additional Ms. having both the text and the commentary see Keith's Catalogue No. 7463, and for one having only a commentary see Limbdi Catalogue No. 923. On p. 154 (App.) of Peterson III, a palm-leaf Ms. is noted.
No. 255, page 248. Reference. - After" 1922. "add : Nirayāvaliya was edited by S. J. Warren, Amsterdam, 1879 ( Prakrit and Sanskrit glossary). It is published by P. L. Vaidya.
After “ p. 178. ” add : For subject-matter etc. Winternitz, Geschichte i vol. II, pp. 292 and 308 ), La Religion Djaina (p.76), A History of Indian Literature (vol. , pp. 429, 457 and 458) and Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 73-74) may be also consulted. For additional Mss. of the text see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1397 and for a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, p. 109. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 418.
No, 256, page 249. Author of the com. - Add : For information regarding a saint of the same name see Peterson IV, p. CXXII, V, p. LXXIV and VI, p. XXII.
No. 262, page 253. Reference. - Add: For a Ms. baving the text and a tabbä see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1398. See also Keith's Catalogue No. 7464 which has both the text and a few glosses.
No. 266, page 258. Reference--Before. “ For contents” add : An attempt to collect references about narratives, legendary ancedotes etc. is made by Kurt von Kamptz in his monograph "Uber die vom Sterbfasten handelper ältern Paiņņa des Jaina-Kanon", Hamburg, 1929.
In La Religion Djaina (pp. 77-78), the following 10 prakirnakas are dealt with:
(1) Catuḥśaraņa, (2) Aturapratyakhyana, (3) Bhaktaparijña, (4) Samstāraka, (3) Tandulavaicārika, (6) Candrāvedhyaka, (7) Devendrastava, ( 8 ) Ganividya, (9) Mahapratyākhyāna and (10) Virastava.
1- Over and above the the text these contain Gujarăti paryāya and tabbá by Rājacandra Suri and Megharăja respectively.

Page #379

352
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 75--76) too, deal with not only these ten prakirņakas but with two more viz. Tirthodgālika and Ārādhanāpalākā. It may be noted that the order of the ten prakirn. akas followed here differs from the one mentioned above. For, (I) to (10) of La Religion Djaina correspond to ( 1 ), (4), (2), (3), (8), (6), ( 9 ),(7), ( 5 ) and ( 10 ) of Die Lehre der Jainas.
In Winternitz, Geschichte, prakirņakas are referred to on pp. 292, 308 and 316. On p. 292 the same ten prakirņakas as noted. La Religion Djaina are mentioned and that, too, in the same order. As expected these very prakirņakas are dealt with in the same order by Winternitz in his another work viz. "A History of Indian Literature ” (vol. II, p. 429). For other details regarding the prakirņakas see the same work (pp. 448r.., 458-461, 461n. 472 and 473 ).
No. 266, page 258. Reference.--After “p. 389.” add : Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 815 and 816 may be also consulted. For palmleaf Mss. see Peterson I, App. p. 85 and III, App. pp. 11 and 27: Out of the last two the first contains 27 găthas and the second, 63. For other details sec Weber XVI, p. 433.
No. 275, page 261. Reference- Add : For a Ms. having this text and an avacũri see Limbdi Catalogue No. 823 and Keith's Catalogue No. 746).
No. 276, page 265. Reference. - The question of the authorship 2 of Catuḥsaraņa, its last verse and the translation pertaining to the commentary of this verse are given in Peterson I, Asp. pp. 50-51. Extracts from this very Ms. are given here on pp. 89-90. My entry about the author seems to be an error.
No. 280, page 269. Reference.- Add : For a Ms having the text and a tabbā see Limbdi Catalogue No. 822. No. 821 mentions one with bälävabodha and No. 820, bālāvabodha only.
No. 283, page 271. Reference. - Add: For an avacũri by Mahendra Súri see Limbdi Catalogue No. 817. For anonymous avacūris see the same Catalogue Nos. 818 and 8193.
1, 3 These contain bälāvabodha of the avacūri and the text respectively.. 2 Compare Weber II, p. 608.

Page #380

Addenda to Parts I & II
353
No. 285, page 273. Reference— After “p. 382.” add : Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 168-171 may be also consulted.
No. 292, page 277. Reference--- Add : For a Ms. of an anonymous avacũri see Limbdi Catalogue No. 172.
No. 298, page 282. Reference-- Add : For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1870.
No. 307, page 286. Reference— Add : For an anonymous avacũri see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1871.
No. 309, page 287. Reference Add: For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 3108.
No. 319, page 293. Author of avacūri. --- Add: For information about saints of the same name see Peterson IV, p. XXV and V, p. XIV.
No. 323, page 297. Reference.- Add : Jarl Charpentier says on p. 10 of his introduction to Uttarādhyayanasūtra that the Sanskrit equivalent of Tandulaveyaliya is uncertain ; probably it is Tandulavăitālika.
No. 331, page 302. ReferenceAdd : For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 1129 and 1130.
No. 333, page 304. Reference- Add : For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 930.
No. 339, page 307. Reference— Add: For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1223.
No. 344, page 310. Reference- Add : For an additional Ms. see Lîmbdi Catalogue No. 675..
No. 349, page 312. Reference- Add: For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1980.
No. 355, page 315. Reference— Add : For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 2391.
1 The former seems to have only bālāvabodha. 45 (J.L.P.

Page #381

354
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
No. 365, page 318. Reference Add: For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 408. For other details see Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 83).
No. 364, page 323. Reference.-- Add: On pp. 232-234 (App.) of this Report extracts are given. Most of them pertain to the puspikäs of the sections. For other details see the same Report pp. 43-44
No. 365, page 324. Reference. – Peterson III, App. p. 217 notes a Ms. at Cambay. It probably deals with this very work.
For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 33.
No. 369, page 326. Reference. See Weber XVI, p. 436. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 13. Here one verse from the beginning and one from the end are given.
No. 372, page 328. Description.--. Instead of Samvat 1078 it should be 1008.
No. 372, page 328. Author.-- See Peterson V, p. LXIX. Cf. Weber, p. 826, 1. 6.
No. 372, page 329. Referenze - Add : An extract from this very Ms. is given in Peterson IV, App. p. 74.
No. 374, page 331. Reference- Add : For Mss. Limbdi Caralogue No. 657 may be also consulted.
No. 382, page 342. Reference. — For extracts from a Ms., hava ing vivsti see Peterson V, App. pp. 161-162.
No. 386, page 346. Reference --- For a Ms. having the text and an anonymous commentary see Limbdi Catalogue No. 658.
No. 338, page 348. Authet.- Add: For additional information about him or his namesake see Peterson IV, p. LXXV.
No. 395, page 357. Reference-- For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1121.
Tirthodgāra' is referred to in the svopajna vrtti 10 Tattvatarangiņi (v. 29).
1
This is styled as Tirthoddhara in the printed edition on p. 23.

Page #382

Addenda to Parts I & II
355
Four gãthâs from Tirthodgālika are quoted in Gāthāsahasri and they are published by Jacobi in his Kalpasūtra, p. 115. They are quoted in Samdehavişausadhi and Kalpasūtradurga padanirukta'. See Peterson III, App. 285 and 303.
No. 398, page 359. Reference.--- Add: For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1255.
No. 399, page 361. Ref.rence. - After “p. 69." Add: On this page this work is styled as Ārādhanākulaka. A few lines from à Ms. of this work at Cambay are given in Peterson III, App. p. 214 and V, App. p. 69.
Add in the last line Limbdi Catalogue No. 1533 may be also consulted.
No. 408, page 367. Author.- For details about him see Bhandarkar Report, 1882-83, p. 47 ff., Peterson IV, pp. XLI-XLII, V, p. XXIII, and VI, p. IX. Also see pp. 1-37 of the bhumikā of Apabhraíśakāvyatrayi ( G. O. Series No. XXXVII).
No. 408, page 367. Reference -- Add : Limbdi Catalogue No. 1630 mentions 4 Mss. of the text and No. 1611 one having the text and the panjikā.
For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson I, App. pp. 63, 71 and 101 and III, App. pp. 9 and 31. On page 63 of the ist report are given the ist verse and the last ( 103rd. ), and on each of the pages 71 and 101 only the first verse is given. On p. 31 of the third Report the number of găthás is mentioned as 104.
No. 415, page 371. Author of the commentary – Add: For his other work and spiritual lineage see his Pākṣikasūtravștti noted on pp. 128-130 of Peterson III. For details about him sec Peterson IV, p. C. Here his guru is mentioned as Candrasüri and not Śrīcandrasüri. See also Peterson VI, p. XI.
No. 417, page 374. Author of the commentary.-- Add : For other details about Udayasimha see Peterson V, p. VIII.
I See D. C. J. M. vol. XVII, Pt. II, pp. 197-199.

Page #383

356
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
No. 423, page 381. Reference- Add : For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1971.
No. 427, page 384. Reference.- See Peterson I, p. 53. Here it is stated that Sri Harişena in his Jagatsundariyogamålā speaks in the most enthusiastic terms about Yoniprābhrta, an encyclopædia.
No. 428, page 385. Reference. — Cf. the description of Vaggacūliyā given in Die Lehre der Jainas ( pp. 83-84).
No. 429, page 386. Reference.- For an additional Ms. at Cambay see Peterson III, App. p. 217, and for one at Limbdi see Limbdi Catalogue No. 2846.
No. 430, page 387. Reference- Add : There is a work named Siddhaprābhịtasūtra mentioned in Līmbdi Catalogue No. 2864 In No. 2865 its tikā is referred to.
For a palm-leaf Ms. containing both the text and the ţikā see Peterson III, App, p. 143. Here the extracts are given.
PART II
No. 434, page 2'. Subject. - After “well.” add: Niśitha is wrong but traditional translation of Nisiha is the view expressed by Jarl Charpentier in his introduction (p. 101 to Uttarādhyayanasūtra. He has there cited Weber's Ind. Stud. XVI, p. 452.
No. 434, page 2. Reference- After “p. 88." Add : La Religion Djaina (p. 78 ). Weber XVI, p. 452 and Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 77 and 78) may be also consulted. For an additional Ms. of the text see Keith's Catalogue No. 7466. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peter. son V, App. p. 100. The latter contains the first five uddeśakas of the text, bhäşya and cūrņi. Extracts from each of these three are given on pp. 100-101.
No. 440, page 12. Reference- Add : For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1401. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson I, App. p. 6.
| Henceforth this page-number refers to this second part.

Page #384

357
Addenda to Parts 1 & II
No. 443, page 15. Author. Add: He is said to be an author of Anuyogadvarasŭtracürni', Brhatkalpasütracurni and Avasyakasūtracūrņi. See Indian Antiquary vol. XI p. 2532, and Weber II, p. 1004.
No. 443, page 17. Reference- Add: As regards some of the important extracts from Niśithasûtraviseṣacürni, see pp. 299-300 of my article viz. "The Jaina commentaries" published in the Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute vol. XVI, pts. M-IV.
15
How the name jiņadāsa is suggested by the Niśithasūtraviseṣacurņikara himself is explained by me in my note "Methods adopted by Jaina writers for recording their own names and those of their gurus in the works composed by them (p. 84) published in the Annals of B. O. R. I, vol. XVII, pt. 1. I have now come to know that Dr. F. Kielhorn, too, has suggested in his Report for 1880-81 on p. 24, the method of determining the name Jiņadāsa.
Niśitha( sūtratrāviseṣa )cūrņi (Uddeśaka XVII) is referred to by Mallisena Suri in his Syādvādamañjari2 (com. to v. I of Anyayogavyavacchedadvātrimśikā) where he says that in the curņi, it is said that from the upalakaṣaṇa of 1008 exterior lakṣanas, an infinite number of the interior ones follows.
At the end add: For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, Äpp.
P. 25.
No. 449, page 23. Author.- Add: Is he also the author of Jitakalpasutravṛtti and Pratisthakalpa referred to in Peterson V, p. LXXIV ?
No. 457, page 31. Reference- Add: Weber XVI, p. 455, La Religion Djaina (p. 78) and Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 78) may be consulted. For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 1977
and 1978.
I See Peterson III, App. p. 186.
2 See p. 5 of the Bombay Sanskrit and Prakrit Series No. LXXXIII.

Page #385

Jasna Literature and Philosophy
No. 462, page 39. Reference- After "1872-73." Add: Weber XVI, p. 465, La Religion Djaïna (p. 78), Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, pp. 292 and 311), A History of Indian Literature ( vol. II, pp. 529, 401, 464, 476n. and 592n.) and Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 77) may be also consulted.
358
In the last line add: For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson I, App. p. 13 and III, App. p. 157. The latter contains only the tenth uddeśaka.
No. 466, page 43. Reference- For a Ms. of the text with a tabba see Limbdi Catalogue No. 2427.
No. 467, page 45. Reference Add: For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 2325.
No. 470, page 49. Reference- For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 2426. For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson I, App. 13 and III, App. pp. 63 and 157.
No. 476, page 58. Reference- Add: For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 2423.
No. 479, page 62. Reference- After "consulted. " Add: See Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, pp. 292 and 307), La Religion Djaïna (p. 78), A History of Indian Literature (vol. II, pp. 429, 462 and 476n.) and Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 76 and 77). Weber
XVI, p. 467 may be also consulted. There is a palm-leaf Ms. for this work at Cambay, and under the title "Dasasrutaskandhachurni," extracts from this' are given in Peterson III, App. p. 181.
No. 485, page 68. Reference.-- For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 182. The opening and concluding lines are given on pp. 182-183. The opening lines are also given in Peterson IV, p. 100; but through oversight he has taken them as belonging to curņi.
I This does not only contain curņi as noted by Peterson, but it contains its text, too.

Page #386

Addenda to:Parts I & II
359
No. 488, page 72. Reference. --- For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson III, App. pp. 142 and 181.' On pp. 181-182 extracts are given from the second Ms.
For the concluding lines see Peterson IV, App. p. 100.
No. 492, page 76. Reference -- Add : For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1183.
No. 496, page 82. Reference.- For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson 1, App. pp. 19, 29', 422, 683, 694, 83, 86, III, App. pp. 16, 20 and si, and V, App. pp. 53 and 109. On p. 4 of III, a passage from Kalpasútra is quoted and its English translation is given.
For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 493.
No. 500, page 89. Reference— For illustrated Mss. of Kalpasutra see Limbdi Catalogue No. 509 and the 14 Mss. utilized by Prof. W. Norman Brown in his work entitled as “A Descriptive and illustrated Catalogue of Miniature Paintings of the Jaina Kalpasutra' (pp. 2-3). This Catalogue contains 45 plates having 152 illustrations. Miniatures from the Kalpsūtra have been previously published chiefly by Dr. W. Hüttemann, who gave examples from a single Ms. in the Museum für Völkerkunde, Berlin, and by Dr. A. K. Coumaraswamy from Mss. belonging to the museum of Fine Arts, Boston. Jaina Citrakalpadruma, too, contains illustrations from Kalpasutra etc.
No. 502, page 91. Author of the commentary.-- Add : For some details see Peterson IV, p. XXXVII, and V, p. XXII.
No. 507, page 100. Reference. - Add : For an extract from the the end see Peterson IV, pp. 8o and 81.
No. 520, page 128. Author of the commentary. Add : Author of Aștalakși. For other details see Peterson IV, p. CXXVI.
1-3 There are two works noted ou each of these pages:
+ On this page as well as on pp. 19, 23, 42 and 68 a few lines from Kalpasútra are given.
5 See preface (p. I) to Brown's work above referred to.

Page #387

360
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
No. 547, page 197. Reference. - For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson I, App. p. 69', III, App. p. 15 and for a paper Ms. III, App. p. 307. In each of the last two cases the colophon is given.
No 548, page 199. Reference. For additional Mss. see Peterson III, pp. 302 and 304. From each of these two Mss. extracts are given.
No. 567, page 223. Reference. - Cf. the work Paryusaņaśataka ( 110 gāthás ) with svopajña vivaraņa noted on p. 466 in B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV as No. 1847.
No. 568, page 227. Reference.--- After “p. 30.” Add : For palm-leaf Mss. at Cambay see Peterson I, App. p. 6 and III, App. p. 153.
No. 572, page 233. Author of the commentary.-Add : He is one of the 3 pupils of Vinayendu (Vinayacandra ). For other details about him see Peterson V, p. XII.
No. 572, page 233. Begins-- The two gāthäs of the bhāșya given here are numbered as 2125 and 3635 respectively in the edition in press.
No. 572, page 234. Ends. - The two gäthās given here are numbered as 3653 and 3654 respectively in the above mentioned edition.
No. 572, page 234. Reference- In the edition above referred to, the last gāthā pertaining to the ist uddeśaka is numbered as 3289, and the last gātha pertaining to the 2nd uddeśaka as 3678. Bịhatkalpasūtra with laghubhāșya etc. is printed up to four parts. Out of them the first is already published. The second is likely to be very shortly published. This second part and the third part deal with the first uddeśaka, whereas the fourth deals with the second and the third uddeśaka. This is what Muni Punyavijayaji informs me in his letter dated 23-1-36.
1 The author's name is lierc wrongly given as Devasenaguni.

Page #388

Addenda to Parts I & II
15
361
For a palm-leaf Ms. of the commentary at Patan and for the extracts from it see Peterson V, p. 101 and pp. 101-104' respectively.
No. 573, page 235. Begins--- The two gāthās here given are respectively numbered as 3655 and 3656 in the edition above referred to.
No. 576, page 245. Reference.-- Add : For palm-leaf Mss. at Cambay see Peterson I, App. p. 6 and III, App. p. 153.
No. 580, page 250. Reference. Add : For palm-leaf Mss. at Cambay see Peterson I, App. p. 6 and III, App. pp. 170 and 177, and for one at Patan see V, p. ror,
No. 587, page 258. Reference.--- For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 179. Extracts from this very Ms. are given on pp. 179-180.
No. 588, page 258. Author.- Add: See Weber II, p. 826. Peterson in his Reports IV, p. CXXV identifies this Samghadāsa with the author of the first khanda of Vasudevahindii. Is our author the same as the laghubhāșyakāra of Brhatkalpasūtra ?.
No. 588; page 261. Reference.— Add: For extracts from this very Ms. see Peterson IV, pp. 103-104. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 178 and, for extracts from it see pp. 178 and 179.
No. 591, page 263. Author.- Add: For some other details about Jinabhadra see Peterson IV, p. XXXIX.
No. 591, page 265. Reference. — Add: For a palm-leaf Ms. of the text see Peterson I, App. p. 70.
No. 592, page 267. Reference.-- Add: For a palm-leaf Ms. having the text and vivaranalava see Peterson V, App. p. 130. For extracts from this Ms. see pp. 130-132.
1 The concluding lines of the 2nd khanda, the beginning and the end of the third and a big colophon of Ksemakirti are given here.
2 An extract from the end of the curņi on the ist uddešaka is given om pp. 177-178.
3 Cf, Weber II, p. 919. 46 ( J. L. P.]

Page #389

362
Jaina Literature and Fhilosophy
The ending portion can be given as under :--
'श्रीमान चन्द्रप्रभः सूरिर्युगप्राधान्यभागभूत् । तदासनमलश्चक्रुः कः श्रीधर्मघोषसूरयः ॥ १ ॥ तत्पश्री भुजोऽभूवन् श्रीचक्रेश्वर सूरयः । श्री शिवप्रभसूरिस्त सट्टश्रीहारनायकः ॥ २ ॥ तदीयशिष्यलेशोऽहं सूरिनोतिलकाभिधः । अनन्य समसौरभ्यश्रुताम्भोजमधुव्रतः ॥ ३ ॥ इमामीदृग्विधां चूर्णेस्तस्याश्वोपनिबन्धतः । गुरूणां सम्प्रदायाच्च विज्ञायार्थे स्वशक्तितः ॥ ४ ॥ अकार्ष जीतकल्पस्य वृत्तिमत्यल्पधीरपि । सा विशोध्या श्रुतधरैः सर्वैर्मयि कृपापरैः ॥ ५ ॥ वृत्तिं रचतया चैतां यन्मया सुकृतं क्रतम् । भवे भवेऽहं तेन स्यां श्रुताराधनलालसः ॥ ६ ॥ शतद्वादशब्दानां गते विक्रमभूभुजः । विहिता स्वहितार्थेयं चतुःसप्ततिवत्सरे ॥ ७ ॥ ' सहस्रमेकं श्लोकानामधिकं सप्तभिः शतैः ।
प्रत्यक्षरेण सङ्ख्याया मानमस्य विनिश्वितम् ॥ ॥ ८ ॥ " No. 604, page 284. Reference.-- Add: For a summary
ses 4 to 7 etc. given on p. 283 see : Peterson III, p. 29.
CC
No. 608, page 290. Fooi-note I.-After" respectively". Add:Recently I have come across four more paper Mss. of this kind. 552 1315 1895-98. 1887-91
They are : (1) No.
(? Upadeśamañjarī ), No.
8263
( Saptatikā ) and ( 4 )
1892-95
23
1877--78
( Nandayantīkathā ), (3) (śāśvatacaityastotra etc. ).

of ver
There are ordinary numerical characters on both sides of a palmleaf Ms. of Niśithacūrni noted in Peterson III, App. p. 25.
I From this it follows that vivaranalava was composed in Samvat 1274.
2 No. 8217 deals with Nirayāvalisutra.
3 This Ms, contains foll. 294-339. Out of them letter-numerals are given for foll. 294-324.

Page #390

Vo: 608, page 294. Reter ruce. -- For a paim-leaf Ms. at Cambay see Peruson Ili, App. p. 35, and for description of a Ms. see Keith's Catalogue Nos. 7482 and 8218. For other details see Indischen Sudien vol. XVII, p. t. For a facsimile of a Ms. pertaining to Nandisutra see Weber III, plate 3 ( given at the end.
No. 617, page 304. Reference.--- For a palm-lcat Ms. see Peter son III, App. p. 35. Extracts are given on pr. 35-36.
No. 635, page 326. Reference.-- Add: For a palm-leaf Ms. of the text see Peterson III, App. 186, and for those containing the vrtti sce III. App. p. 36 and 1, pp. p. 52.
101 Appendix II, page 14. Foct--rubte 3.--- Add: No. Upadeśamā laprakarana, may be also consulted for ekära and ikära
1872-73
I Can :86-187 extracts are given from this Ms. 2 On p. 37 extracts are given from this Ms.

Page #391

Page #392

Appendix I Jaina and Non-Jaina characters
Vowels
15
Jaina 71113
ZT Non-Jaina 31
37 371 33
ctus
Jaina
|
ST
Eb
Non-Jaina
TE
Consonants
Jaina
#55
Non-Jaina og
für Her
ELII
has
,
الفقر اقرار کر
1
4
har
Jaina ala 5 Non-Jaina 575
al
1-5
7,14
The corresponding Hindi letters are respectively as under:
1, 7, 8, T and . For variants see Appendix II (p. 4) and my third Kiranavali (p. 13, 1. 3) forming the 3rd part of Arhata jivana jyoti and published by Babu Jivanlal Panalal, Bombay, 1935. In Jaina MSS. each of these is mostly written as shown in Appendix II (p. 4). In Hindi z stands for 3. At times this is also written as one below it. Compare . The corresponding Hindi letters are and T respectively, For a variant see Appendix II (p. 5).
10
11, 12 23

Page #393

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Consonants (continued)
Jaina
E
فر
t
Non-Jaina &
تكر | لر هر للر الر | بدر عر
اكو اهر | فر
کر
Jaina
her hor # later 18
CICERO
Non-Jaina
Pranava and Ligatures
Ja ina | |
#
35
27
B
Non-Jaina 3
STEG UT UT
Jaina
I toto
shop
Non-Jaina 5
is het
OUTTE
5HOUT
In Jaina MSS. this is at times written as shown in Appendix II (p.5).
2, 3, 7
In Hindī, these are respectively written as TT and T.
It seems that this is not the way in which this letter is written in Jaina MSS. Some write it as indicated in the 3rd Kiraņāvali (p. 13, 1.4). Some believe that in the Jaina script there is no letter corresponding to a. In Jaina MSS. each of these is also written as shown in Appendix II, pp. 5, 5 and 4 respectively.
5. 6. 8

Page #394

Appendix 1 Miscellaneous Letters
Jaina
100
Non-Jaina
ho
heng
Jaina Non-Jaina
15 | Gho
Mga
Jaina
अ
छ
यो a
Non-Jaina
Non-Jaina
Numerals
Jaina
Non-Jaina
22:18
For variants see Appendix I (p. 2) and Appendix II (p.5). In this connection the following remark has been made by the late Prof. William Dwight Whitney in his work entitled "A Sanskrit Grammar" (p. 4):
"The hook above, turning to the left or to the right, is historically the essential part of the character, having been originally the whole of it; the hooks were only later prolonged, so as to reach all the way down beside the consonant. In the MSS., they almost never have the horizontal stroke drawn across them above, though this is added in all the printed forms of the characters." See fol. 10% of No. 687 of 1899–1915 (311&latutafit fala). The corresponding numerals in Hindi are 3,4,5 and & respectively.
5-8

Page #395

Appendix II Typical Symbols and Characters from Jaina Mss.
1
] ,
६
क
अ
ऊ । क
8-14 |
प
फ
ब
8.14
घ
म
क

15-21
15-21
क
ह
लु
न
ग | द
द्य
22-28 |
स | श्च ।
६
छ | ग्ल्फ
| क |
29-35
29-35
ध
म
म_की_
_ यः
_
These marginal figures denote the serial numbers of the large squares facing them.

*

Page #396

ul
It
én
ronts
Tea 5
207
som
IT
HUN I 16
Appendix II
(Supplement)
Edge
w
LC 1 €
E
-ORS 301
Jo
13 |
214 |
V
26-12
43-49
50-56
57-63
64-70

Page #397

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
List of Manuscripts from which the symbols and characters
in Appendix II have been reproduced
The symbols and characters here given have been mostly' reproduced from the following Mss. of the Government Mss. Library deposited at the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute:--
Sq. No.' Name of the work Collection No. Folio Line
756 नन्दीसूत्र
1899-1915 1 1 गौतमपृच्छा
776 बालावबोधसहित 1899-1915 1 1
अजितशान्तिस्तव 266 विवरणसहित 1871-72
1. 1
1088 आलापक
1887-91
11
141 गुरुतत्त्वप्रदीप
1881-82
23 कल्पसूत्र
1126 कल्पदमकलिकासहित 1887-9121 4 सहित
82 समरादित्यकथा
1898-99 12868
618 अस्मच्छब्दस्तव
1892-95
214
This word is used to point out that in some cases letters have not been reproduced exactly but in a slightly modified form. For instance, instead of the letters given in the Sq. Nos. 11, 13, 15, 19, 20, 21, 22, 26, 28, 29, 31, 55, 5s and 56 the following are to be found in the Mss. :
था, ध्र, क्का, ग्गि, डे, ढ्यां, सू, ब्धि, कैः, राष्ट्ये, स्था, ज, जे and झं.
2 This stands for the number of the squares occurring in the two plates. They arecounted horizontally in succession.

Page #398

• Sq. No.
8
Appendix II Name of the work Collection No. Folio Line मूलशुद्धि
1887-91 1768
1232
82
समरादित्यकथा
1898-99
7012
"
, 10
बृहत्कल्पादि
1223 1887-91
10761
82
समरादित्यकथा
1898-99 12245
1223
बृहत्कल्पादि
1887-91
178b9
2A 14
12543
178b 11
अस्मच्छब्दस्तव कल्पसूत्र कल्पकौमुदीसहित बृहत्कल्पादि सम्मतिप्रकरण (प्रथम खण्ड) मूलशुद्धि भववैराग्यशतक
टब्बासहित बृहत्कल्पादि
618 1892-95
833 1875-76
1223 1887-91
409 1880-81
1232 1887-91
605 1895-98
1223 1887-91
2a2
1756 17
105
178b 1
266
कर्पूरप्रकर
8a 12
1873-74
141 1881-82
गुरुतत्त्वप्रदीप सम्मतिप्रकरण (द्वितीय खण्ड)
409
1880-81
197 1873-74
24
पश्चाशक

Page #399

8
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Sq. No. Name of the work Collection No. Folio Line
25
मूलशुद्धि
176 6
कर्पूरप्रकर
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

अञ्चलमतदलन
प्रायश्चित्त
कर्पूरप्रकर
बृहत्कल्पादि
"
नमस्कार मन्त्रादि
सम्मतिप्रकरण ( प्रथम खण्ड )
प्रत्याख्याननिर्युक्त्यादि
गोम्मटसार ( कर्मकाण्ड )
उत्तमकुमाररास
""
1232 1887-91
"
266
1873-7
360
1880-81
1110
1891-95
266
1873-74
1223 1887-91
"
575 1895-98
409
1880-81
166
ईर्यापथिकषत्रिंशिका 1873-74 तथा पर्युषणादशशतक
1220
1884-87
1051
1884-87
"
1318
1891-95
""

8a 1.
5a 14
68
8a 6
107a 4
107 13
17b 1
1b 2
142a 7
13a 1
1307
14b8
12 1
2a

Page #400

Appendix II
Sq. No. Name of the work Collection No. Folio Line
40
उत्तमकुमाररास
1318 1891-95
4b 1
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55

"2
""
उपदेशमाला
2
""
1.
""
77
12
ܙܕ
उत्तमकुमाररास
सिद्धान्तरत्न
77
कल्पसूत्रवृत्ति तथा कालिकाचार्यकथावचूरि
कुवलयमाला
प्रव्रज्याविधान
कथोद्धार
""
"2
101
1872-73
77
77
77
A
""
99
77
1318
1891-95
1316
1891-95
77
154
1881-82
107
1872-73
1299
1887-91
5b 1

6b 1
19a 1
15a 1
15b 1
16a 1
22a 1
13b 1
287
A. 1883-84 28a 3
19a 1
3a 1
7b 6
5a 1
1b 5
105b 11
18b 3

Page #401

____Io
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
___Sq. No.
Name of the work Collection No. Folio Line
154 कुवलयमाला
1881-82 19
1325 कथास-ग्रह
1891-95 36 16
107 प्रवज्याविधान
1872-73 106a7
659 कल्पसूत्र
1892-95 115 1: कल्पद्रुमकलिकासहित
698 जीवविचार
1892-95
1a 10
19
उत्तमकुमाररास
10a 12
1318 1891-95
1298 1887-91
कथासङ्ग्रह
2b1
___1b 1
"
श्रावकविधि
14b 4
1270 1887-91
654 1899-1915
कयवन्नारास
1b 1
687
10 1
आदीश्वरजीनी विनति 1899-1915
1442 पद्मनन्दिपञ्चविंशतिका 1886-92
1
1
1 The letters given in squares Nos. 60 and 61 are taken from Jaina Mss which do not belong to the Government Mss. Library deposited at the Bhandarkat Oriental Research Institute.

Page #402

Appendix II
Explanatory Notes to Appendix II
As regards the symbols and characters given in the two plates above, there are good many points worth noting; however, I reserve them for the future. I shall here deal with only a few. To begin with I may say that some of the characters given here are likely to be mistaken for something else. As a matter of fact a few scholars have been already misled, and this has added to the errors of ignorant scribes. For instance, it appears that the corresponding Jaina character for was mistaken for by the late Prof. Bühler. This caused the late historian Vincent A. Smith make the following wrong statement in his article "The Jain Teachers of Akabar" published in R. G. Bhandarkar Commemoration Volume (p. 273):—
"No. CXVIII commemorates one of these pilgrimages, which was undertaken by Vimalaharsa and 200 others. The same inscription states that Hiravijaya belonged to the Sapha race."
it
Here the word Sadhu is mistaken for Sapha.
The late Prof. A. Weber was misled by the corresponding Jaina ligature for . He mistook it for . See his Catalogue (Verzeichniss der Sanskrit und Prakrit-handschriften der Königlischen Bibliothek zu Berlin ), vol. II, pt. II, p. 525, l. 132, p. 576, 1.93 etc. There is another Jaina ligature viz. one for which was mistaken for this same veteran scholar and pioneer of Jaina studies in Europe. See his catalogue of Mss. in the Berlin Library (above referred to) vol. II, pt. II, p. 577, l. 254.
by
By the by I may point out that one more ligature of the Jaina script is likely to be mistaken so much so that it may not be even suspected to be a ligature. One conversant with the Jaina script
1 Several of them are due to an interchange of letters, some of them being as under:
इ and ह ; and त्र; क्ष and क्ष्य ; च and ; त and न ; त and न ; त and म त and भ; त्त and न्व ; त्म and न्य; त्र and न्न; भ and ; त्र and स; भि and वि; म and स; स and स्व; स्त and सू; स्य and स्स; ष्ट andब्द ; and ह and ब्द.
2-3 Miyagrame is written for miyagganie and pograla for poggala.
4 Vaddeyya is written for vadejjä.

Page #403

12
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
knows it full well that I when written with its circular bottom to its left stands for g in the Jaina script. The late Babu Rajendralal Mitra mistook the Jaina character for gas a as can be seen from his work “A Catalogue of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Library of His Highness the Maharāja of Bikanera ” ( Calcutta, 1880), No. 1537" (p. 702 ) and No. 1780(p719 ) respectively.
Now I may say a few words about some of the symbols given in the two plates of this appendix. The very first symbol given in the first square of the first plate is read as bhale (H) in Gujarāti. It may be ornamented at times for which the reader is referred to the 68th and the 69th squares occurring in the last line of the second plate. Bhale occurs in the beginning of Jaina Mss. in various ways, some ofwhich are as under :
& Ol1, 11 & 011, 115 & Oll, 11 4 & Oll, dll, Ull, y 011 4,4 & II, 115 & 0, 11 & 0 0 II, 11 & 0 and 14 I 013
The second symbol occurring in the second square of the first plate appears to be the same as one evaluated as it by Pandit Gaurishankar Hirachand Ojha in his work The Palæography of India, plate XXVII. It is sometimes found in the beginning of Jaina Mss. 4, like the one preceding it and the one following it. Usually we have the first symbol noted above. At times this (&), .too, appears without a portion above the horizontal stroke i. e. as as Thus Jaina Mss. begin in a number of ways.
In Prof. A. B. Keith's Catalogue of the Sanskrit and Prakrit Manuscripts from the Library of the India Ofice ( vol. II, pt. II ) one comes across the phrase “ Jaina diagram ” 6.
A question is likely to be raised here as to what is meant by this Jaina diagram. My surmise is that it stands for (i) any one of the
1-2 Văņānga-sutra is written for Thānānga-sútra and Vāņānga-tripătha for Thānāúga-tripātha. 3 See the following pages in order :
23, 2, 127, 4, 16, 61, 63, 95, 83, III, 38 and 118. 4 Sce p. 204.
See p. 181. 6 See vol. II, pt. II, pp. 1241, 1243 ctc.

Page #404

Appendix 11
first three symbols given in the first three squares of the Ist plate, (ii) one of its variants or (iii) the combinations of one of them with or without a danda or daņdas and a cipher or ciphers.' ..
The sign placed by the letter og in the 34th square, the last but one in the ist plate is generally regarded as one for anu svāra. ? But it appears that in this Ms. and some others as well, it is used for a dash and for ornamentation, too. It seems it is used for upadhmaniya also as can be seen from “The Palæography of India”, plate XXVII.
Various signs have been used up till now while combining vowels with consonants. In plate No. XX given in The Palæography of India there are four distinct ways to be noticed regarding a sign for . One of them (the sign used for 3 in 1 ) can be compared with what is used here above q' in the 35th square, the last in the first plate. Pandit Ohja has observed on p.3 that this is a matra of str and it belongs to the Kutila script.
The sign occurring in the sand square (i. e. the 17th of the 2nd plate ) is one we meet with for jihvāmuliya and upadlımàniya spirants, the ist when a visarga is followed by and q, and the 2nd, when it is followed by q and a respectively.
The sign given in the 53rd square (i. e. the 18th of the 2nd plate) stands for the sign of avagraha (separator') which is used in the Mss. for three different purposes : (i) to mark the elision of initial
1 While going through this proof-sheet I learn that Prof. A. B. Keith has kindly replied to the Curator through whom I had inquired about the Jaina diagram. His reply is as under :
".....the Jaina diagram referred to normally resembles the first form (6) given in Prof. Kapadia's letter and is sometimes held to be intended as an abbreviation of arbam,”
2 Compare the Bengali method of writing anusvāra. 3. On fol. 3b of No. 1086 (FETTSÄTTET), in the end we have
1887-91' 4. For additional examples see the sign above n on fol. 10 of No. 237
1873-74 (HETETLETSTÍTETLEIST#l), the sign 01 on fol. zö of No. 1403. (FTLIGHT)
1886-92 and the sign on Ton fol. 153a of No. 300 (Tanaqatata FT).
1883-84

Page #405

14
Jamna Literature and Philosophy
3 after final c or 31, (ii) to indicate a hyphen and (iii) to denote a mark of hiatus.'
The object in giving the squares Nos. 36-46, 65 and 66, 47-49 and so is to show how the signs for ikära’, ikära, ekāraj and anusvåra of the Devanāgari script are written in an ornamental way in Mss.
The sign ✓ placed above the kană of u given in the 67th square occurring in tne last line of the 2nd plate suggests that this kānă is to be deleted. Generally, when a letter is not to be taken into account, a dot is placed above it.
It is said that at times a circles is drawn circumscribing a letter to indicate that it is not wanted. I do not remember to have noticed it up till now but I have come across Mss. where the redundent portion is placed in brackets.
I Cf. William Dwight Whitney's A Sanskrit Grammar (p. 7).
2 Some of the ornamentations pertaining to this are found on p. 16 of the prastāvanā of Sanmati prakarana (Srī Puñjābhai Jaina Granthamālā, No. 6), 3 See also No. 318. ( FREN977). 1871-72
578 4. See v. 142 given on fol. 4cob of Gommațasāra No. 1
. 1875-76 S This circle is called " kundalanā". See “ A Sanskrit English Dictionary " (p. 235 ) by Monier Williams. Prin. K. K. Handiqui has made a similar remark in his foot-note on kundalană ( p. 548 ) occurring in Naişadhacarita (I, 14). Vidyadhara in his commentary to this verse (fol. sb of No. -
454 I makes the
1895-1902 following observation regarding kundalanā:
“अन्यदपि यदाधकं शब्दादि भवति तस्य निरर्थकत्वाद रेखया कुण्डलना क्रियते । ... Àreizení 911P FOSHI....” Nāräyaņa in his commentary ( p. 13 ) of the Nirnayasagar edition says :
" et franare FUSTA 19:57" 6 See leaf 1478 of 250196 No. 92 (B. O. R. I.), and leaf 2100 of Figa. Ms, belonging to Yadugiriyatirāja matha.

Page #406

Et
l uus
TEV
TEU Stavorot võr
rom
FT
TEU
ITUATU
Voss
F C
Appendix III Typical Letter-numerals from No 36 of 1880-81

La r
u sty
TEU poc | TEV EG
teutos
F věc
car
FTU
067
TEU MY
FEU
wo

Page #407

16
F
& Et
.
ܣܐ ܘܕ | ܣ ܘ ܝ ܝ ܣ ܒ ܩܘܣ
Ꮳ
44

70
101
127
Appendix III
(Continued)
10 25
20
No G
२
9
QoJC 2010 20
50
I'm
80
102
200
36 290299
सा
रृी 385
usty dobr
सु
सा
100
56
90
110
201
300
400
Yup

AD 0,06 TEU AT YOUR
200
FDT EG
सा
त
60
100
358
401
N. B.-- Figures in inset squares represent numerical values of the corresponding letter-numerals.
260
344

Page #408

Appendix IV (Variants of Typical Letter-numerals)
C
Ho
११
- m
श्री

| १०
९
୧୮
-
2
५
१
AC
Patt
Wa
ल
४
१८
२
| ११
5
बाल क
2
क्रूं न
४
2
عطر
9
लं पूर्व ১0
सेल
बिल फ
m
४
3
W
To m

ܡܪ ܕ
फ
تو
4
21
E
4
S
8
२
१
Vf
क
युक
क
स्फ
ॐ
fo
प्र. |
x
K
१५
१४ |
१३
17

Page #409

81
Appendix IV
( Continued )
तिक
ह
Gre
ст
蕙

K
5
१७
v
8
५
जे काय को पूर्ण
&
फु
Ο
وید
我
2
ligh
६
oc
ov
→
बुद
Гуд
Sh
फु
फु
K
१९
१७
१४.
5
45

ग्रा
| १७
7
9
fur
or
झज्ञ
कच्छा
低
K
ू a
F
शफ़ी पर फ
00
o
av
९.
५
an

Page #410

KI
र्था
११॥
16
Hy.
.
50
Appendix IV
( Continued )
११]
DE
yo
wcom
urav
०
०
०
Irvideo
Porot

Page #411

ܘ 98
ܘ 9 | ܘ
ܟ | ܘ
(Continued ) Appendix IV
801
ܘܗ ܘܗ ܐܘ̣
?
ܘܘ ܘܗ ܀ ܕܗܘ ܘ ܕ ܀
?? 9 ܀ ܗ ܕ݁ܬ݂ܶܗ 7 ܙܘ
܀ |
ܐܝ 63 | ܕ݂ܺ.9
ܝ ܗ
ܗ݈ܺܝ - ܘ ܗ
-ܘ̣ܝ
ܝ |90
90/
70/
50[

Page #412

100
200
300 |
400
E) ू 0

१
or
Appendix IV
( Continued )
ROO
मु
०
o Bho স এ
४
F
r
८९२ १०
F9005 0 0 . 00
6

Ho
A90
१०
१०
21

Page #413

22
Jaina Literature and Fhilosophy
List of Manuscripts from which the letter-numerals in
Appendix IV have been reproduced
The following Mss. of the Government Mss. Library deposited at the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute have been utilized for preparing the five plates of Appendix IV:
No. Name of the work Collection No. Samvat __ 1 निशीथसूत्र( उ. १४-२०)-_36 . विशेषचूण्यादि
1880-81
1146 2 विशेषावश्यकभाष्यवृत्ति
57 1880-81
1138 (शिष्याहिता)
3 पश्चवस्तुक
41 1880-81
1179
58
। विशेषावश्यकभाष्यवृत्ति
119 (1)
1880-81
13 1880-81
1218
5 बृहत्कल्पसूत्रचूर्णि 6 ऋषिदत्ताचरित्र . निशीथसूत्र( उ. ११-२०)
विशेषचूादि . पिण्डविशुद्धि
1880-81
1264
38
1880-811
1294
47
1880-81
1300
3
. उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र
1332
10 बृहत्कल्पसूत्र'
1880--81
128 1872-73
129 1872-73
1334
, बृहत्कल्पसूत्रलघुभाष्य
130
, बृहत्कल्पसूत्रचूर्णि
1872-73
1-3 The Mss. for all these three works are placed in the same box. That is why the same number ( 10 ) is placed in front of each of them, though their Collection Nos. differ. The first is utilized for a variant of the letter-numeral for 1, the second for 100, and the third for 300 and 400.

Page #414

Appendix Iv
No. Name of the work Collection No. Samvat
2
1880 -81
11 उत्तराध्ययन सूत्र
12 उत्तराध्ययन सूत्रवृत्ति
13 चैत्यवन्दनसूत्रवृत्ति ( ललितविस्तरा )
14 ललितविस्तरा पञ्जिका
15 मलयगिरीय शब्दानुशासन 1880-81
61
16 सप्ततिका
17 व्यवहारसूत्रभाष्यटीका
18 व्यवहारसूत्रादि
19 आचाराङ्गसूत्रचूर्णि 20 कल्पसूत्रादि

5
1880-81
20
1880--81
21 1880-.81
66 1880--81 14 1881-82
12 1881--82
2 1881--82
14 1880-81

1342
"
23

Page #415

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Explanatory Notes on Appendix IV
Figures to in inset squares occurring in the five plates of Appendix IV stand for the serial numbers of Mss. referred to in the list of Mss. given on pp. 22 and 23. The marginal numbers denote the values of the letter-numerals facing them.
24
K is an abbreviation used for Kielhorn's Report for 1880-81 and 1873-74.
As far as possible, letter-numerals have been entirely reproduced from Mss., but in a few cases they are only partially reproduced. For instance, from Ms. No. 3, 4 is taken out of 64; from Ms. No. 28, 46 and 9 are taken out of 204, 166 and 219; from Ms. No. 2, 4, 6, 6, 9 and 50 are taken from 24, 26, 46, 19 and 52, and from Ms. No. R, 9 is taken out of 39.

Page #416